Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 17, 2014

Registration No. 333-199178


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Amendment No. 1
to

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



INC Research Holdings, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  8731
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  27-3403111
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600
Raleigh, North Carolina 27604-1547
Telephone: (919) 876-9300
Facsimile: (919) 876-9360

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

D. Jamie Macdonald, Chief Executive Officer
Christopher L. Gaenzle, Esq., Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary
3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600
Raleigh, North Carolina 27604-1547
Telephone: (919) 876-9300
Facsimile: (919) 876-9360

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Heather L. Emmel, Esq.
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
767 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10153
Telephone: (212) 310-8000
Facsimile: (212) 310-8007

 

Donald R. Reynolds, Esq.
S. Halle Vakani, Esq.
Wyrick Robbins Yates & Ponton LLP
4101 Lake Boone Trail, Suite 300
Raleigh, North Carolina 27607
Telephone: (919) 781-4000
Facsimile: (919) 781-4865

 

Marc D. Jaffe, Esq.
Ian D. Schuman, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Telephone: (212) 906-1200
Facsimile: (212) 751-4864



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

            If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, check the following box.  o

            If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

            If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

            If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

            Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "accelerated filer," "large accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

             The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, Dated October 17, 2014.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                  Shares

LOGO

INC Research Holdings, Inc.

Class A Common Stock



          This is an initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of INC Research Holdings, Inc. All of the                           shares of Class A common stock offered hereby are being sold by the company.

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $             . We have applied to list the shares on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "INCR."

          We are an "emerging growth company" as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See "Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company."

           See "Risk Factors" on page 17 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.



           Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



 
  Per Share   Total  

Initial public offering price

  $     $    

Underwriting discount(1)

  $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $    

(1)
We refer you to "Underwriting" beginning of page 155 of this prospectus for additional information regarding total underwriting compensation.

          To the extent that the underwriters sell more than             shares of Class A common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional              shares from us at the initial price to public less the underwriting discount.



          The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                      , 2014.



Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Credit Suisse


Baird

 

Wells Fargo Securities

 

William Blair



Prospectus dated                          , 2014.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  1

RISK FACTORS

  17

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  46

CORPORATE REORGANIZATION

  48

USE OF PROCEEDS

  49

DIVIDEND POLICY

  50

CAPITALIZATION

  51

DILUTION

  54

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

  56

SELECTED AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

  58

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  64

BUSINESS

  94

MANAGEMENT

  112

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

  120

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

  135

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

  139

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

  141

DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS

  146

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  148

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

  150

UNDERWRITING

  154

LEGAL MATTERS

  158

EXPERTS

  158

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

  158

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  F-1



          You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free-writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. Neither we nor the underwriters (or any of our or their respective affiliates) have authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the underwriters (or any of our or their respective affiliates) take any responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters (or any of our or their respective affiliates) are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is only accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.


TRADEMARKS

          We own or have the rights to use various trademarks referred to in this prospectus, including, among others, INC Research, PlanActivation, ProgramAccelerate, QualityFinish, QuickStart, the Trusted Process, Kendle and their respective logos. Solely for convenience, we may refer to trademarks in this prospectus without the TM and ® symbols. Such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent permitted by law, our rights to our trademarks. Other trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

i



MARKET AND INDUSTRY INFORMATION

          Market data used throughout this prospectus is based on management's knowledge of the industry and the good faith estimates of management. All of management's estimates presented herein are based on industry sources, including analyst reports, and management's knowledge. We also relied, to the extent available, upon management's review of independent industry surveys and publications prepared by a number of sources and other publicly available information. We refer herein to the 2013 CenterWatch Global Investigative Site Relationship Survey, which surveyed over 2,000 global sites to evaluate the performance of CROs across 36 specific relationship attributes. CenterWatch, a leading publisher in the clinical trials industry, conducted the biannual global survey of investigative sites during November/December 2012 and January 2013, soliciting online responses from principal investigators, sub-investigators and study coordinators about CROs they have worked with in the past two years. To develop the mailing list for the most recent survey, CenterWatch solicited investigative site contacts directly from all CROs based on investigative sites the sponsor or CRO had worked with actively in 2010, 2011 and through 2012. The sites selected were required to have sufficient experience with the sponsor or CRO to be able to evaluate the company on multiple project dimensions (sites selected could range from sites having completed at least a few patient visits to sites that have already completed studies). Respondents from sites were principal investigators, sub-investigators or study coordinators, and sites worldwide, with no limitations on countries, were surveyed.

          All of the market data used in this prospectus involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we believe the estimated market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information, which in part is derived from management's estimates and beliefs, is inherently uncertain and imprecise. Projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in our estimates and beliefs and in the estimates prepared by independent parties.

ii


Table of Contents

 


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

           This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the risks of investing in our Class A common stock discussed under "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to "our company," "we," "us" and "our" refer to INC Research Holdings, Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, after giving effect to the corporate reorganization described below; references to "INC Holdings" refer to INC Research Holdings, Inc.; references to "INC Intermediate" refer to INC Research Intermediate, LLC and references to "INC" refer to INC Research, LLC, our wholly-owned subsidiary. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to "common stock" refer to our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock, which is convertible into our shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, after giving effect to the corporate reorganization described under "Corporate Reorganization." References to GAAP are to the generally accepted accounting principles of the United States.


Overview

          We are a leading global Contract Research Organization, or CRO, based on revenues, and are exclusively focused on Phase I to Phase IV clinical development services for the biopharmaceutical and medical device industries. We provide our customers highly differentiated therapeutic alignment and expertise, with a particular strength in Central Nervous System, or CNS, oncology and other complex diseases. We consistently and predictably deliver clinical development services in a complex environment and offer a proprietary, operational approach to clinical trials through our Trusted Process® methodology. Our service offerings focus on optimizing the development of, and therefore, the commercial potential for, our customers' new biopharmaceutical compounds, enhancing returns on their research and development, or R&D, investments and reducing their overhead by offering an attractive variable cost alternative to fixed cost, in-house resources.

          Over the past decade, we have systematically built our scale and capabilities to become a leading global provider of Phase I to Phase IV clinical development services, with approximately 5,500 employees in 50 countries across six continents as of September 30, 2014. Our broad global reach has enabled us to provide clinical development services in over 100 countries. Our global footprint provides our customers with broad access to diverse markets and patient populations, local regulatory expertise and local market knowledge. We have developed our capabilities and infrastructure in parallel with our extensive, industry-leading relationships with principal investigators and clinical research sites, as demonstrated by our ranking as the "Top CRO" in the 2013 CenterWatch Global Investigative Site Relationship Survey, which was conducted by CenterWatch, a third-party leading publisher in the clinical trials industry. The survey covered responses from over 2,000 global sites across 36 specific relationship attributes about CROs that the sites surveyed have worked with in the past two years. Our diversified customer base includes a mix of many of the world's largest biopharmaceutical companies as well as high-growth, small and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies.

          For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we had total net service revenue of $652.4 million and $596.0 million, respectively, net loss of $(41.5) million and net income of $26.3 million, respectively, Adjusted Net Income of $15.4 million and $39.0 million, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA of $105.5 million and $113.9 million, respectively. Net service revenue, Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA increased by 12.7%, 462.2% and 25.1%, respectively, and net loss decreased by 29.7% for the year ended

 

1


Table of Contents

December 31, 2013 from the year ended December 31, 2012. As of September 30, 2014, we had outstanding term loans under the $375.0 million credit agreement that we entered into on July 12, 2011, or the 2011 Credit Agreement, of $291.0 million and $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 11.5% Senior Notes, or the Notes. In connection with this offering, we intend to refinance our existing senior secured credit facilities with new senior secured credit facilities in an aggregate principal amount of $525.0 million, consisting of a $425.0 million term loan facility and a $100.0 million revolving credit facility. We intend to use the proceeds of the $134.0 million of additional term loan borrowings, along with the proceeds of this offering and $             of cash on hand to redeem all of our outstanding Notes and pay any redemption premiums, make-whole interest and related fees and expenses. For a reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA, each of which are non-GAAP measures, to our net income (loss), see "Selected and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data."


Our Market

          The market for our services includes biopharmaceutical companies that outsource clinical development services. We believe we are well-positioned to benefit from the following market trends:

          Trends in late-stage clinical development outsourcing.     Within the clinical development market, we primarily focus on Phase II to Phase IV clinical trials. Biopharmaceutical companies continue to prioritize the outsourcing of Phase II to Phase IV clinical trials, particularly in complex, high-growth therapeutic areas such as CNS, oncology and other complex diseases, which are our primary areas of therapeutic focus. We estimate, based on industry sources, including analyst reports, and management's knowledge, that the market for CRO services for Phase II to Phase IV clinical development services will grow at a rate of 8% to 9% annually through 2018, driven by a combination of increased development spend and further outsourcing penetration. In addition, we estimate that total biopharmaceutical spending on drug development in 2013 was approximately $74.6 billion, of which the clinical development market, which is the market for drug development following pre-clinical research, was approximately $65.1 billion. Of the $65.1 billion, we estimate our total addressable market to be $56.3 billion, after excluding $8.8 billion of indirect fees paid to principal investigators and clinical research sites, which are not a part of the CRO market. We estimate that total biopharmaceutical spending on clinical development will grow at a rate of 3% to 4% annually through 2018. In 2013, we estimate biopharmaceutical companies outsourced approximately $20.6 billion of clinical development spend to CROs, representing a 9% increase in such spending compared to 2012 and a penetration rate of 37% of our total addressable market. We estimate that this penetration rate will increase to 46% of our total addressable market by 2018.

          Optimization of biopharmaceutical R&D efficiency.     Market forces and healthcare reform place significant pressure on biopharmaceutical companies to improve cost efficiency. In response to high clinical trial costs, particularly in therapeutic areas such as CNS and oncology, which we believe present the highest mean cost per patient across all clinical trials, biopharmaceutical companies are streamlining operations and shifting development to external providers in order to lower their fixed costs. Based on efficiencies gained through experience, we estimate that CROs have shortened clinical testing timelines by as much as 30%. Full service CROs can deliver operational efficiencies, provide high visibility into trial conduct, and allow biopharmaceutical companies to focus internal resources on their core competencies related to drug discovery and commercialization.

          Globalization of clinical trials.     Clinical trials have become increasingly global as biopharmaceutical companies seek to accelerate patient recruitment, particularly within protocol-eligible, treatment-naïve patient populations (patient populations that have not previously

 

2


Table of Contents

received treatment for the particular disease) without co-morbidities (the presence of other diseases or disorders) that could skew clinical outcomes. Additionally, biopharmaceutical companies increasingly seek to expand the commercial potential of their products by applying for regulatory approvals in multiple countries, including in areas of the world with fast growing economies and middle classes that are spending more on healthcare. These trends emphasize the importance of global experience and geographic coverage, local market knowledge and coordination throughout the development process.

          Management of increasingly complex trials.     Complex trial design expertise has emerged as a significant competitive advantage for select CROs that have a track record of successfully navigating country-specific regulatory, trial protocol and patient enrollment barriers. Measures of clinical trial complexity significantly increased over the last decade, as evidenced by total procedures per trial protocol increasing by 57% between 2000 and 2011. In addition, the therapeutic areas where we have a particular focus, including CNS, oncology and other complex diseases, often require more complex testing protocols than other disease indications.


Our Competitive Strengths

          We believe that we are well positioned to capitalize on positive trends in the CRO industry and provide differentiated solutions to our customers based on our key competitive strengths set forth below:

          Deep and long-standing expertise in the largest and fastest growing therapeutic areas.     Over the past 20 years, we have focused on building world-class therapeutic expertise to better serve our customers. We provide a broad offering of therapeutic expertise, with our core focus in the largest and fastest growing therapeutic areas, including CNS, oncology and other complex diseases such as genetic disorders and infectious diseases, which collectively constitute over 75% of our backlog as of September 30, 2014. Based on industry data, we estimate that CNS, oncology and other complex diseases together represent over 55% of total Phase III drugs under development. We believe we have been growing faster than the market, resulting in market share gains in our key therapeutic areas. Our total net service revenue grew by 12.7% in 2013 and our net service revenue for CNS and oncology, collectively, grew by 21.3% in 2013.

          Clinical development focus and innovative operating model.     We derive approximately 99% of our net service revenue from clinical development services without distraction from lower growth, lower margin non-clinical business. Since 2006, we have conducted our clinical trials using our innovative Trusted Process® operating model, which standardizes methodologies, increases the predictability of the delivery of our services and reduces operational risk. Since initiation of the Trusted Process®, we have reduced median study start-up time (defined as the period from finalized protocol to first patient enrolled) on new projects by 26%. Based on industry sources for the median study start-up time for the biopharmaceutical industry, we believe we achieve this milestone for our customers at a significantly faster pace than industry medians. Ninety percent of our new business awards in 2013 were from repeat customers, which we believe is directly attributable to our innovative business model.

          Unmatched, industry-leading principal investigator and clinical research site relationships.     We have extensive relationships with principal investigators and clinical research sites. We believe these quality relationships are critical for delivering clinical trial results on time and on budget for our customers. Motivated and engaged investigative sites can facilitate faster patient recruitment, increase retention, maintain safety, ensure compliance with protocols as well as with local and international regulations, and streamline reporting. The ability to recruit and retain principal investigators and patients is an integral part of the clinical trial process. Our focus on principal investigator and clinical research site relationships is unmatched in the industry, as demonstrated

 

3


Table of Contents

by our ranking as the "Top CRO" in the 2013 CenterWatch Global Investigative Site Relationship Survey.

          Broad global reach with in-depth local market knowledge.     We believe that we are one of a few CROs with the scale, expertise, systems and agility necessary to conduct global clinical trials. We offer our services through a highly skilled staff of approximately 5,500 employees in 50 countries as of September 30, 2014 and have conducted work in over 100 countries. We have expanded our presence in high-growth international markets such as Asia-Pacific, Latin America and the Middle East and North Africa. Our comprehensive regulatory expertise and extensive local knowledge facilitate timely patient recruitment for complex clinical trials and improved access to treatment-naïve patients and to emerging markets, thereby reducing the time and cost of these trials for our customers while also optimizing the commercialization potential for new therapies.

          Diversified, loyal and growing customer base.     We have a well-diversified, loyal customer base of over 300 customers that includes many of the world's largest biopharmaceutical companies as well as high-growth, small and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies. Further, many of our customers are diversified across multiple projects and compounds. Our top five customers represented approximately 54 compounds in 64 indications across 132 active projects and accounted for approximately 34% of our net service revenue in 2013. Our customer base is geographically diverse with well-established relationships in the United States, Europe and Asia. We believe the breadth of our footprint reduces our exposure to potential U.S. and European biopharmaceutical industry consolidation. For example, 25% of our 2013 net service revenue was associated with biopharmaceutical customers whose parent companies are headquartered in Japan. We believe that the tenure of our customer relationships as well as the depth of penetration of our services reflect our strong reputation and track record. While 90% of our new business awards in 2013 were from repeat customers and our top ten customers have worked with us for an average of six years, we were also awarded clinical trials from 53 new customers in 2013, with particularly strong growth among small to mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies. We have also increased our penetration in the large biopharmaceutical market, which we define as the top 50 biopharmaceutical companies measured by annual drug revenue, as evidenced by our new business awards from large biopharmaceutical companies growing by 46% in 2013. In the last twelve months we have performed work for all of the top 20 companies in the large biopharmaceutical market. We believe we have increased our market share significantly in recent years and are well poised to continue growing our customer base.

          Outstanding financial performance.     We have achieved significant revenue and EBITDA growth over the past several years. For example, during fiscal year 2013, we increased our net service revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income by 12.7%, 25.1%, and 462.2%, respectively, and decreased our net loss by 29.7%. We have continued this growth in the first nine months of 2014 with year-over-year growth of our net service revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income of 24.7%, 50.5% and 283.0%, respectively, and increased our net (loss) income from a loss of $28.6 million to net income of $26.3 million. The momentum in our business is also reflected in the growth in our backlog and new business awards (which is the value of future net service revenue supported by contracts or pre-contract written communications from customers for projects that have received appropriate internal funding approval, are not contingent upon completion of another trial or event and are expected to commence within the next 12 months minus the value of cancellations in the same period). Backlog and new business awards are not necessarily predictive of future financial performance because they will likely be impacted by a number of factors, including the size and duration of projects which can be performed over several years, project change orders resulting in increases or decreases in project scope and cancellations. For the period from December 31, 2012 to September 30, 2014, our backlog increased by 14% and net new business awards grew by 20.4% during 2013 compared to 2012. We believe our

 

4


Table of Contents

outstanding financial profile and strong momentum demonstrate the quality of the platform we have built to position ourselves for continued future growth.

          Highly experienced management team with a deep-rooted culture of quality and innovation.     We are led by a dedicated and experienced senior management team with significant industry experience and knowledge focused on clinical development. Each of the members of our senior management has 20 years or more of relevant experience, including significant experience across the CRO and biopharmaceutical industries. Our management team has successfully grown our company into a leading CRO through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions and believes we are well positioned to further capitalize on industry growth trends.


Growth Strategy

          The key elements of our growth strategy include:

          Focus on attractive, high-growth late-stage clinical development services market.     We believe outsourcing late-stage clinical development services to CROs optimizes returns on invested R&D for biopharmaceutical companies. As development spend and outsourcing penetration rates continue to increase, we estimate that the late-stage clinical development services market will grow at a rate of 8% to 9% annually through 2018 and is poised to realize incremental growth relative to the overall CRO market. We believe that our core focus on the late-stage clinical development services market ideally positions us to benefit from this growth trend. Additionally, we believe that our differentiated approach of investing in highly experienced people, making better use of enabling technology and improving the process of clinical development, will allow our customers to generate superior returns.

          Leverage our expertise in complex clinical trials.     We intend to continue to develop and leverage our therapeutic expertise in complex clinical trials. We believe that our focus on and deep expertise in complex therapeutic areas such as CNS, oncology and other complex diseases better position us to win new clinical trials in these fast growing and large therapeutic areas. This is enhanced by the use of our proprietary Trusted Process® methodology that reduces operational risk and variability by standardizing processes and minimizing delays, instills quality throughout the clinical development process and leads customers to more confident, better-informed drug development decisions.

          Capitalize on our geographic scale.     We intend to leverage our global breadth and scale to drive continued growth. We have built our presence across key markets over time, developing strong relationships with principal investigators and clinical research sites around the world. We have expanded our patient recruitment capabilities, principal investigator relationships and local regulatory knowledge, which will continue to position us well for new customer wins in a wide array of markets. We have added geographic reach through both acquisitions and organic growth in areas such as Asia-Pacific, Latin America and the Middle East and North Africa, which we believe is critical to obtaining larger new business awards from large and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies. Our long-term growth opportunities are enhanced by our strong reputation in emerging markets and our track record of efficiently managing trials in accordance with regional regulatory requirements.

          Continuous enhancement of our Trusted Process® methodology to deliver superior outcomes.     We intend to continue the development and enhancement of our Trusted Process® methodology, which has delivered measurable, beneficial results for our customers and improved drug development decisions. We believe our Trusted Process® will continue to lead to high levels of customer satisfaction. We expect that through continuous enhancement of our Trusted Process® methodology, we will achieve better alignment of best-in-class technology to enable increased

 

5


Table of Contents

visibility into critical processes, management and controls in the drug development process. We intend to continue to position ourselves to quickly adopt best-in-class technology through effective third-party collaborations without the need for high capital investments and maintenance costs, driving attractive returns on capital.

          Continue proven track record of identifying and successfully integrating selective acquisitions to augment our organic growth.     Over the past decade, we have developed a systematic approach for integrating acquisitions. We have successfully acquired and integrated ten companies. These strategic acquisitions have increased our size, scale and reach, complementing our organic growth profile as we have become a leading provider of CRO services. Our acquisitions have enabled us to expand our global service offerings across all four phases of biopharmaceutical clinical development while also allowing us to achieve significant synergies and cost reductions. We will continue to evaluate opportunities to acquire and integrate selective tuck-in acquisitions within the CRO sector in order to strengthen our competitive position and realize attractive returns on our investments.

          Driving our human capital asset base to grow existing relationships.     As a clinical service provider, our employees are critical to our ability to deliver our innovative operational model by engaging with customers, delivering clinical development services in a complex environment, and supporting and executing our growth strategy. All employees undergo comprehensive initial orientation and ongoing training, including a focus on our Trusted Process® methodology. Our recruiting and retention efforts are geared toward maintaining and growing a stable work force focused on delivering results for customers. We have a successful track record of integrating talent from prior acquisitions and believe we have a best-in-class pool of highly experienced project management and clinical research associates, or CRAs. A significant majority of our CRAs are specifically trained in individual therapeutic areas, with over 60% of our CRAs focused on CNS, oncology or other complex diseases. In addition, 85% of our CRAs are principally focused in one therapeutic area, and over 70% of our CRAs are solely focused in their area of expertise.


Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

          As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenues during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other regulatory requirements for up to five years that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include, among other matters:

    a requirement to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;

    exemption from the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting;

    exemption from the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards until they would apply to private companies;

    exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer;

    an exemption from the requirement to seek non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute arrangements; and

 

6


Table of Contents

    reduced disclosure about executive compensation arrangements.

          We will remain an emerging growth company for five years unless, prior to that time, we (i) have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues, (ii) have a market value for our Class A common stock held by non-affiliates of more than $700 million as of the last day of our second fiscal quarter of the fiscal year when a determination is made whether we are deemed to be a "large accelerated filer," as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or (iii) issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We have availed ourselves of the reduced reporting obligations with respect to executive compensation disclosure in this prospectus, and expect to continue to avail ourselves of the reduced reporting obligations available to emerging growth companies in future filings to the extent available.

          In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new and revised accounting standards. An emerging growth company can, therefore, delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to "opt out" of that extended transition period and, as a result, we plan to comply with new and revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of those standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new and revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

          As a result of our decision to avail ourselves of certain provisions of the JOBS Act, the information that we provide may be different than what you may receive from other public companies in which you hold an equity interest. In addition, it is possible that some investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of our elections, which may cause a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and more volatility in our stock price.


Risks Associated with Our Business

          Investing in our Class A common stock involves a number of risks, including the following:

    If we do not generate a large number of new business awards, or if new business awards are delayed, terminated, or reduced in scope or fail to go to contract, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

    Our backlog might not be indicative of our future revenues, and we might not realize all of the anticipated future revenue reflected in our backlog.

    Our operating results have historically fluctuated between fiscal quarters and may continue to fluctuate in the future, which may adversely affect the market price of our stock after this offering.

    We have a history of net losses which may continue and which may negatively impact our ability to achieve or sustain profitability.

    If we underprice our contracts, overrun our cost estimates or fail to receive approval for or experience delays in documentation of change orders, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

    Our business depends on the continued effectiveness and availability of our information systems, including the information systems we use to provide services to our customers, and failures of these systems may materially limit our operations.

 

7


Table of Contents

    Our customer or therapeutic area concentration may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

    Our business is subject to international economic, political and other risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

    If we are unable to successfully increase our market share, our ability to grow our business and execute our growth strategies could be materially adversely affected.

    If we fail to perform our services in accordance with contractual requirements, regulatory standards and ethical considerations, we could be subject to significant costs or liability and our reputation could be harmed.

    We may be affected by healthcare reform and potential additional reforms which may adversely impact the biopharmaceutical industry and reduce the need for our services or negatively impact our profitability.

    Our substantial debt could adversely affect our financial condition.

    We will incur increased costs and obligations as a result of being a public company.

    Our Sponsors, as defined below, will effectively control our company, and their interests may be different from or conflict with those of our other stockholders.

          These and other risks are more fully described in the section entitled "Risk Factors" below, which you should carefully read and consider before making a decision to invest in our Class A common stock. If any of these risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation would likely be materially adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our Class A common stock would likely decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.


Our Sponsors

          Following the closing of this offering, affiliates of Avista Capital Partners, L.P., or Avista, and affiliates of Teachers Private Capital, or Teachers, the private investment arm of Ontario Teachers' Pension Plan Board, or OTPP, together will own a majority of our outstanding Class A common stock. We expect that following this offering Avista will own approximately         % of our outstanding Class A common stock, or    % if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is fully exercised, and Teachers will own approximately         % of our outstanding Class A common stock, or         % if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is fully exercised, and 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock following this offering. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock are each entitled to one vote per share and are substantially identical, except that Class B common stock will not carry the right to vote on the election of directors, and each share of Class B common stock will be convertible (on a one-for-one basis) into Class A common stock at any time at the election of the holder. We expect Teachers will own approximately         % of our Class A common stock assuming the conversion of all of its shares of new Class B common stock into shares of new Class A common stock. As a result, Avista and Teachers (each, a "Sponsor" and together, the "Sponsors") will be able to exert significant voting influence over fundamental and significant corporate matters and transactions. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering—Our Sponsors will effectively control our company, and their interests may be different from or conflict with those of our other stockholders" and "Principal Stockholders."

          Avista is a leading private equity firm with over $5 billion of assets under management and offices in New York, NY, Houston, TX and London, UK. Founded in 2005 as a spin-out from the

 

8


Table of Contents

former DLJ Merchant Banking Partners, or DLJMB, franchise, Avista makes controlling or influential minority investments primarily in growth-oriented healthcare, energy, communications and media, industrial and consumer businesses. Through its team of seasoned investment professionals and industry experts, Avista seeks to partner with exceptional management teams to invest in and add value to well-positioned businesses.

          OTPP is the largest single-profession pension plan in Canada, managing C$140.8 billion in net assets as of December 31, 2013. It is an independent organization responsible for investing the pension fund's assets and administering the pensions of Ontario's 307,000 active and retired teachers. OTPP has offices in Toronto, New York, London and Hong Kong. Teachers is the private investment arm of OTPP, managing $14.8 billion in invested capital as of December 31, 2013.


Corporate Reorganization

          Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will effect a corporate reorganization, whereby our direct, wholly-owned subsidiary, INC Intermediate, will merge with and into us, and we will be the surviving entity of such merger. As part of the merger, (i) each currently outstanding share of Class A common stock held by stockholders other than an affiliate of OTPP will be converted into           shares of new Class A common stock, with any fractional share rounded to the nearest whole number (which equates to a             for 1 reverse stock split), (ii) each currently outstanding share of Class A common stock held by an affiliate of OTPP will be converted into           shares of new Class B common stock, with any fractional share rounded to the nearest whole number (which equates to a             for 1 reverse stock split), (iii) each currently outstanding share of Class B common stock will be converted into             shares of Class D common stock, with any fractional share rounded to the nearest whole number (which equates to a                          for 1 reverse stock split), and (iv) each currently outstanding share of Class C common stock will be converted into one share of new Class C common stock. Following the merger and prior to this offering, we will redeem all of the outstanding shares of new Class C common stock and Class D common stock for $           and $           , respectively, using cash on hand, and subsequent to such redemptions of the new Class C common stock and Class D common stock, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation to eliminate the new Class C common stock and the Class D common stock from our authorized common stock. In addition, as part of the merger, we will also effect a             for 1 reverse stock split of our Class A common stock. Immediately following the merger, an affiliate of OTPP will convert the relevant number of shares of new Class B common stock into new Class A common stock such that affiliates of OTPP hold no more than 30% of the total issued and outstanding new Class A common stock after giving effect to this offering. We refer to these steps as the "corporate reorganization." The corporate reorganization will not affect our operations, which we will continue to conduct through our operating subsidiaries. See "Corporate Reorganization."


Refinancing

          In connection with this offering, we intend to refinance our existing senior secured credit facilities with new senior secured credit facilities in an aggregate principal amount of $525.0 million, consisting of a $425.0 million term loan facility and a $100.0 million revolving credit facility. We intend to use the proceeds of the $134.0 million of additional term loan borrowings, along with the proceeds of this offering and, assuming an initial public offering price of $       per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, $           of cash on hand to redeem all of our outstanding $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes and pay any redemption premiums, make-whole interest and related fees and expenses. See "Description of Material Indebtedness."

 

9


Table of Contents


Our Structure

          The diagram below reflects a simplified overview of our organizational structure following the corporate reorganization, the refinancing of our senior secured credit facilities and this offering (including the application of the net proceeds therefrom):

GRAPHIC


(1)
References to our senior secured facilities are to our new revolving credit facility and term loan facility that we intend to enter into in connection with this offering. See "Description of Material Indebtedness—Senior Secured Facilities."


Corporate Information

          We are a Delaware corporation and were incorporated on August 13, 2010. Our principal executive office is located at 3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600, Raleigh, North Carolina 27604-1547. Our telephone number at our principal executive office is (919) 876-9300. Our corporate website is www.incresearch.com. The information on our corporate website is not part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this prospectus.

 

10


Table of Contents

 


THE OFFERING

Class A common stock offered by us

               shares (             shares if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full).

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

             shares (             shares if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full).

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock

 

The underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional             shares of Class A common stock from us to cover over-allotments. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Class B common stock outstanding after this offering

 

             shares.

Voting rights

 

Each share of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to one vote per share, except that Class B common stock will not carry the right to vote on the election of directors.

Conversion rights

 

The shares of Class B common stock are convertible into Class A common stock, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for any stock splits, combinations or similar events. The shares of Class A common stock are convertible into Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time at the option of the holder so long as such holder holds Class B common stock following the corporate reorganization, subject to adjustment for any stock splits, combinations or similar events.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from our sale of             shares of Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $       million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering. This assumes a public offering price of $             , which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We expect to use substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering, $134.0 million of additional term loans under our new senior secured credit facility and approximately $             of cash on hand to redeem all of our outstanding Notes and pay any redemption premiums, make-whole interest and related fees and expenses. See "Use of Proceeds."

 

11


Table of Contents

Dividend policy

 

We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future; however, we may change this policy in the future. See "Dividend Policy."

Risk factors

 

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 17 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before investing in our Class A common stock.

Proposed trading symbol

 

"INCR."

          Unless otherwise indicated, the number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering:

    gives effect to the corporate reorganization, including the conversion of existing Class A common stock into             shares of new Class A common stock (including             shares of new Class B common stock outstanding following the corporate reorganization, which are convertible into shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis at any time at the option of the holders);

    excludes             shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options as of             , 2014 with a weighted average exercise price of $          per share; and

    excludes             shares of our Class A common stock reserved for the future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan.

          In addition, except where otherwise stated:

    the information in this prospectus gives effect to our corporate reorganization (including a         for 1 reverse stock split of our new Class A common stock) and the refinancing of our senior secured credit facilities as described in "—Corporate Reorganization" and "—Refinancing";

    the information in this prospectus gives effect to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which will be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering; and

    the information in this prospectus assumes no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option to purchase up to             additional shares from us.

          Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus assumes an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 

12


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

          The following tables set forth our summary and pro forma consolidated financial data for the periods ending on and as of the dates indicated. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2014 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial information set forth below on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for such periods. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year.

          The summary unaudited pro forma data for the periods presented and the unaudited pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data as of September 30, 2014 have been prepared to give pro forma effect to the corporate reorganization, the refinancing of our senior secured credit facilities, the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, including the repayment of certain indebtedness, as described in "Use of Proceeds."

          Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results of operations. You should read the information set forth below together with "Selected and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Capitalization" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2011(1)   2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Net service revenue

  $ 437,005   $ 579,145   $ 652,418   $ 478,053   $ 596,003  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    218,981     289,455     342,672     262,997     255,141  
                       

Total revenue

    655,986     868,600     995,090     741,050     851,144  

Direct costs

    279,840     389,056     432,261     320,182     381,102  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    218,981     289,455     342,672     262,997     255,141  

Selling, general and administrative

    95,063     109,428     117,890     83,699     104,332  

Restructuring and other costs(2)

    27,839     35,380     11,828     10,249     6,126  

Transaction expenses(3)

    10,322         508     324     2,042  

Goodwill and intangible assets impairment(4)

        4,000             17,245  

Depreciation

    15,700     19,915     19,175     13,934     16,628  

Amortization

    48,436     58,896     39,298     29,488     23,337  
                       

Income (loss) from operations

    (40,195 )   (37,530 )   31,458     20,177     45,191  

Interest expense, net

    (65,482 )   (62,007 )   (60,489 )   (44,358 )   (41,627 )

Other income (expense), net

    11,519     4,679     (1,649 )   (1,436 )   6,177  
                       

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    (94,158 )   (94,858 )   (30,680 )   (25,617 )   9,741  

Income tax benefit (expense)

    34,611     35,744     (10,849 )   (2,933 )   16,569  
                       

Net (loss) income

    (59,547 )   (59,114 )   (41,529 )   (28,550 )   26,310  

Class C common stock dividend

    (4,500 )   (500 )   (500 )   (375 )   (375 )
                       

 

13


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2011(1)   2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Net (loss) income attributable to Class A common stockholders

  $ (64,047 ) $ (59,614 ) $ (42,029 ) $ (28,925 ) $ 25,935  
                       
                       

Net (loss) income per Class A common share:

                               

Basic

  $ (0.17 ) $ (0.14 ) $ (0.10 ) $ (0.07 ) $ 0.06  

Diluted

    (0.17 )   (0.14 )   (0.10 )   (0.07 )   0.06  

Weighted average Class A common shares outstanding:

                               

Basic

    370,742     441,115     439,479     439,580     438,554  

Diluted

    370,742     441,115     439,479     439,580     441,221  

Unaudited Pro Forma Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders(5)

              $           $    

Pro forma basic net (loss) income per common share(5)

                               

Pro forma diluted net (loss) income per common share(5)

                               

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding(5):

                               

Basic

                               

Diluted

                               

Statement of Cash Flow Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Net cash (used in) provided by:

                               

Operating activities

  $ (18,533 ) $ 42,999   $ 37,270   $ 12,407   $ 117,328  

Investing activities

    (369,670 )   (12,974 )   (17,714 )   (12,559 )   (20,041 )

Financing activities

    422,053     (18,932 )   (6,841 )   (4,783 )   (8,213 )

Other Financial Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

EBITDA(6)

  $ 35,460   $ 45,960   $ 88,282   $ 62,163   $ 91,333  

Adjusted EBITDA(6)

    65,450     84,366     105,521     75,681     113,936  

Adjusted Net (Loss) Income(6)

    (3,711 )   2,735     15,375     10,174     38,971  

Diluted Adjusted Net (Loss) Income per common share(6)

    (0.01 )   0.01     0.03     0.00     0.09  

Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering(6)

                             

Diluted Adjusted Net Income per common share, giving effect to the offering(6)

                             

Capital expenditures

    4,763     9,591     17,714     12,559     17,739  

Cash dividend paid to Class C stockholders

    4,500     500     500     375     375  

Operating Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Backlog(7)

  $ 1,221,641   $ 1,320,548   $ 1,490,787   $ 1,372,451   $ 1,505,973  

Net new business awards(8)

    449,254     676,250     814,177     528,955     633,529  

Net Book-to-Bill ratio(8)

    1.0x     1.2x     1.2x     1.1x     1.1x  

 

14


Table of Contents

 

 
  As of September 30, 2014  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma(10)   Pro Forma
As Adjusted(11)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 185,803   $     $    

Total assets

    1,316,041              

Total debt and capital leases(9)

    588,405              

Total stockholders' equity

    293,488              

(1)
We acquired Trident Clinical Research Pty Ltd., or Trident, on June 1, 2011 and Kendle International Inc., or Kendle, on July 12, 2011. The financial results of these entities have been included as of and since the date of acquisition. For further details, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—The Effect of Acquisitions on the Comparability of Our Historical Financial Statements" and Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
Restructuring and other costs consist of (i) severance costs associated with the reduction of our workforce in line with our future business operations and duplicative staff as a result of our acquisitions of Kendle and Trident, and (ii) lease obligation and termination costs in connection with the abandonment and closure of redundant facilities as a result of our restructuring initiatives. Other costs consist primarily of information technology and other consulting and legal fees attributable to our integration of Kendle.

(3)
Transaction expenses of $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 were related to legal fees, accounting fees and the noncapitalizable portion of bank fees related to our acquisition of Kendle. Transaction expenses of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 were related to third-party fees associated with debt refinancing and the legal fees associated with our acquisition of MEK Consulting in March 2014, which we refer to as the MEK Consulting acquisition. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, transaction expenses were $0.3 million of legal fees associated with debt refinancing in February 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, transaction expenses were $2.0 million and consisted of $1.7 million of third-party fees associated with the debt refinancing and $0.3 million of legal fees associated with the MEK Consulting acquisition.

(4)
During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded a $4.0 million impairment charge related to the goodwill associated with our Phase I Services reporting unit. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we recorded a $17.2 million impairment charge related to intangible assets and goodwill associated with our Phase I Services and Global Consulting reporting units.

(5)
Pro forma net income and earnings per share:

Unaudited pro forma net (loss) income gives effect to adjustments to interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs related to (a) the repurchase of all of our outstanding Notes and (b) $134.0 million of additional term loans under our new senior secured credit facility, the proceeds of which, along with $             proceeds from the initial public offering and $             of existing cash, will be used to repurchase such outstanding Notes, as described in "Use of Proceeds." Unaudited pro forma earnings per share gives effect to the sale of the number of shares of Class A common stock required, using an assumed initial public offering price of $       per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, to (i) fund the proceeds used to repay the Notes and (ii) give effect to our corporate reorganization immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

For further details see "Selected and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data" included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(6)
We report our financial results in accordance with GAAP. To supplement this information, we also use the following non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus: EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA,

 

15


Table of Contents

    Adjusted Net Income (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per share) and Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per share, giving effect to the offering). For a discussion of the non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus, see "Non-GAAP Financial Measures." For reconciliations of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net Income (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per share) to our closest reported GAAP measures, see "Selected and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data."

(7)
Backlog consists of anticipated net service revenue from contract and pre-contract commitments that are supported by written communications. The dollar amount of our backlog consists of anticipated future net service revenue from business awards that either have not started but are anticipated to begin in the next 12 months, or are in process and have not been completed. The majority of our contracts can be terminated by our customers with 30 days' notice. Backlog has been adjusted to reflect any cancellations or adjustments to the related contracts and changes in the foreign currency exchange rates of awards not denominated in U.S. dollars. Included within backlog at September 30, 2014 is approximately $0.2 billion that we expect to generate revenue in 2014 and $0.7 billion in 2015, with the remainder expected to generate revenue beyond 2015. Backlog is not necessarily indicative of future financial performance because it will likely be impacted by a number of factors, including the size and duration of projects which can be performed over several years, project change orders resulting in increases or decreases in project scope and cancellations.

(8)
Net new business awards represent the value of future net service revenue awarded during the period supported by contracts or written pre-contract communications from our customers for projects that have received appropriate internal funding approval, are not contingent upon completion of another trial or event, and are expected to commence within the next 12 months, minus the value of cancellations in the same period. Net book-to-bill ratio represents "net new business awards" divided by net service revenue. We believe net book-to-bill ratio is commonly used in our industry and represents a useful indicator of our potential future revenue growth rate as it measures the rate at which we are generating net new business awards compared to our current revenues. Net book-to-bill is best viewed on a trailing twelve month basis due to the variability within any particular quarter that can be caused by a very large award or cancellation. The trailing twelve month net book-to-bill ratio for September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2014 was 1.0x and 1.2x, respectively. Further, we cannot assure you that the net book-to-bill rate is predictive of future financial performance because it will likely be impacted by a number of factors, including the size and duration of projects which can be performed over several years, project change orders resulting in increases or decreases in project scope and cancellations.

(9)
Includes $3.3 million of unamortized discounts as of September 30, 2014.

(10)
Pro forma information gives effect to our corporate reorganization as described in "Corporate Reorganization" immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

(11)
Pro forma as adjusted information gives effect to our corporate reorganization as described in "Corporate Reorganization" and the refinancing of our senior secured credit facilities and adjusts our capitalization to reflect the sale of               shares of our Class A common stock in this offering by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $       per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described in "Use of Proceeds."

 

16


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

          Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below together with the other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to purchase our Class A common stock. The occurrence of any of the following risks may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, reputation and future prospects. In this event, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

If we do not generate a large number of new business awards, or if new business awards are delayed, terminated, reduced in scope or fail to go to contract, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

          Our business is dependent on our ability to generate new business awards from new and existing customers and maintain existing customer contracts for clinical development services and other services. Our inability to generate new business awards on a timely basis and subsequently enter into contracts for such awards could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

          The time between when a study is awarded and when it goes to contract is typically several months, and prior to a new business award going to contract, our customers can cancel the award without notice. Once an award goes to contract, the majority of our customers can terminate the contract with 30 days' notice. Our contracts may be delayed or terminated by our customers or reduced in scope for a variety of reasons beyond our control, including but not limited to:

          As a result, contract terminations, delays and modifications are a regular part of our business. In the event of termination, our contracts often provide for fees for winding down the project, which include both fees incurred and actual and noncancellable expenditures and may include a fee to cover a percentage of the remaining professional fees on the project. These fees may not be sufficient for us to maintain our margins, and termination may result in lower resource utilization rates and therefore lower operating margins. In addition, cancellation of a clinical trial for the reasons noted above may also result in the unwillingness or inability of our customer to satisfy certain associated accounts receivable, which may in turn result in a material impact to our results of operations and cash flow. Historically, cancellations and delays have negatively impacted our

17


Table of Contents

operating results. In addition, we might not realize the full benefits of our backlog if our customers cancel, delay or reduce their commitments to us, which may occur if, among other things, a customer decides to shift its business to a competitor or revoke our status as a preferred provider. Thus, the loss or delay of a large business award or the loss or delay of multiple awards could adversely affect our service revenues and profitability. Additionally, a change in the timing of a new business award could affect the period over which we recognize revenue and reduce our revenue in any one quarter.

Our backlog might not be indicative of our future revenues, and we might not realize all of the anticipated future revenue reflected in our backlog.

          Backlog consists of anticipated net service revenue awarded from contract and pre-contract commitments that are supported by written communications. Once work begins on a project, revenue is recognized over the duration of the project, provided the award has gone to contract. Projects may be canceled or delayed by the customer or delayed by regulatory authorities for reasons beyond our control. To the extent projects are delayed, the timing of our revenue could be adversely affected. In addition, if a customer terminates a contract, we typically would be entitled to receive payment for all services performed up to the termination date and subsequent customer-authorized services related to terminating the canceled project. Typically, however, we have no contractual right to the full amount of the future revenue reflected in our backlog in the event of a contract termination or subsequent changes in scope that reduce the value of the contract. The duration of the projects included in our backlog, and the related revenue recognition, typically range from a few months to several years. Our backlog might not be indicative of our future revenues, and we might not realize all the anticipated future revenue reflected in our backlog. A number of factors may affect backlog, including:

          The rate at which our backlog converts to revenue may vary over time. The revenue recognition on larger, more global projects could be slower than on smaller, more regional projects for a variety of reasons, including, but not limited to, an extended period of negotiation between the time the project is awarded to us and the actual execution of the contract, as well as an increased timeframe for obtaining the necessary regulatory approvals. Additionally, delayed projects remain in backlog unless otherwise canceled by the customer, but do not generate revenue at the rate originally expected.

          Our backlog at September 30, 2014 was $1.5 billion. Although an increase in backlog will generally result in an increase in revenues over time, an increase in backlog at a particular point in time does not necessarily correspond directly to an increase in revenues during any particular period, or at all. The extent to which contracts in backlog will result in revenue depends on many factors, including, but not limited to, delivery against project schedules, scope changes, contract terminations and the nature, duration and complexity of the contracts, and can vary significantly over time.

18


Table of Contents

Our operating results have historically fluctuated between fiscal quarters and may continue to fluctuate in the future, which may adversely affect the market price of our stock after this offering.

          Our operating results have fluctuated in previous quarters and years and may continue to vary significantly from quarter to quarter and are influenced by a variety of factors, such as:

          Our operating results for any particular quarter are not necessarily a meaningful indicator of future results and fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our shares.

We have a history of net losses which may continue and which may negatively impact our ability to achieve or sustain profitability.

          We have a history of net losses and cannot assure you that we will achieve or sustain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the future. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we had net income of $26.3 million. However, we incurred net losses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 of $59.5 million, $59.1 million and $41.5 million, respectively. If we cannot maintain our profitability, the value of our stock price may be impacted.

If we underprice our contracts, overrun our cost estimates or fail to receive approval for or experience delays in documentation of change orders, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

          We price our contracts based on assumptions regarding the scope of work required and cost to complete the work. We bear the financial risk if we initially underprice our contracts or otherwise overrun our cost estimates, which could adversely affect our cash flows and financial performance. In addition, contracts with our customers are subject to change orders, which occur when the scope of work we perform needs to be modified from that originally contemplated in our contract with the customers. This can occur, for example, when there is a change in a key study assumption or parameter or a significant change in timing. We may be unable to successfully negotiate changes in scope or change orders on a timely basis or at all, which could require us to incur cost outlays ahead of the receipt of any additional revenue. In addition, under GAAP, we cannot recognize additional revenue anticipated from change orders until appropriate documentation is received by us from the customer authorizing the change. However, if we incur additional expense in anticipation of receipt of that documentation, we must recognize the expense as incurred. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

19


Table of Contents

Our business depends on the continued effectiveness and availability of our information systems, including the information systems we use to provide services to our customers, and failures of these systems may materially limit our operations.

          Our information systems comprise systems we have purchased or developed, legacy information systems from organizations we have acquired and, increasingly, due to the global nature of our business and our reliance on information systems (both internal and external) to provide our services, web-enabled and other integrated information systems. In using these information systems, we frequently rely on third-party vendors to provide hosting services, where our infrastructure is dependent upon the reliability of their underlying platforms, facilities and communications systems. We also utilize integrated information systems that we provide customers access to or install for our customers in conjunction with our delivery of services.

          As the breadth and complexity of our information systems continue to grow, we will increasingly be exposed to the risks inherent in maintaining the stability of our legacy systems due to prior customization, attrition of employees or vendors involved in their development, and obsolescence of the underlying technology. Because certain customers and clinical trials may be dependent upon these legacy systems, we also face an increased level of embedded risk in maintaining the legacy systems and limited options to mitigate such risk. We are also exposed to risks associated with the availability of all our information systems, including:

          The materialization of any of these risks may impede the processing of data, the delivery of databases and services, and the day-to-day management of our business and could result in the corruption, loss or unauthorized disclosure of proprietary, confidential or other data. While we have disaster recovery plans in place, they might not adequately protect us in the event of a system failure. Despite any precautions we take, damage from fire, floods, hurricanes, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, break-ins and similar events at our various computer facilities or those of our third-party vendors could result in interruptions in the flow of data to us and from us to our customers. Corruption or loss of data may result in the need to repeat a trial at no cost to the customer, but at significant cost to us, the termination of a contract or damage to our reputation. Additionally, significant delays in system enhancements or inadequate performance of new or upgraded systems once completed could damage our reputation and harm our business. Finally, long-term disruptions in the infrastructure caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities and acts of terrorism, particularly involving cities in which we have offices, could adversely affect our businesses. As our business continues to expand globally, these types of risks may be further increased by instability in the geopolitical climate of certain regions, underdeveloped and less stable utilities and communications infrastructure, and other local and regional factors. Although we carry property and business interruption insurance which we believe is customary for our industry, our coverage might not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur.

          Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential data, whether through systems failure or employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation, could damage our reputation and cause us to lose customers. Similarly, we have been and expect that we will continue to be subject to attempts to gain unauthorized access to or through our information systems or those we internally or externally

20


Table of Contents

develop for our customers, including a cyber-attack by computer programmers and hackers who may develop and deploy viruses, worms or other malicious software programs. To date these attacks have not had a material impact on our operations or financial results. Nonetheless, successful attacks in the future could result in negative publicity, significant remediation costs, legal liability and damage to our reputation and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, our liability insurance might not be sufficient in type or amount to cover us against claims related to security breaches, cyber-attacks and other related breaches.

Our customer or therapeutic area concentration may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

          If any large customer decreases or terminates its relationship with us, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially adversely affected. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our top ten customers based on revenue accounted for approximately 44% of our net service revenue and our top ten customers based on backlog accounted for approximately 58% of our total backlog. Various subsidiaries of Otsuka Holdings Co., Ltd. accounted for approximately 12%, 12% and 15% of our net service revenue in the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. It is possible that an even greater portion of our revenues will be attributable to a smaller number of customers in the future. Also, consolidation in our potential customer base results in increased competition for important market segments and fewer available customer accounts.

          Additionally, conducting multiple clinical trials for different sponsors in a single therapeutic class involving drugs with the same or similar chemical action may adversely affect our business if some or all of the trials are canceled because of new scientific information or regulatory judgments that affect the drugs as a class. Similarly, marketing and selling products for different sponsors with similar drug action subjects us to risk if new scientific information or regulatory judgment prejudices the products as a class, leading to compelled or voluntary prescription limitations or withdrawal of some or all of the products from the market.

Our business is subject to international economic, political and other risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

          We have operations in many foreign countries, including, but not limited to, countries in the Asia-Pacific region, Europe, Latin America and the Middle East and Africa. As of September 30, 2014, approximately 56.8% of our workforce was located outside of the United States, and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, approximately 28.2% of our net service revenue was billed to locations outside the United States. Our international operations are subject to risks and uncertainties inherent in operating in these regions, including:

21


Table of Contents

These risks and uncertainties could negatively impact our ability to, among other things, perform large, global projects for our customers. Furthermore, our ability to deal with these issues could be affected by applicable U.S. laws. Any such risks could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

Governmental authorities may question our intercompany transfer pricing policies or change their laws in a manner that could increase our effective tax rate or otherwise harm our business.

          As a U.S. company doing business in international markets through subsidiaries, we are subject to foreign tax and intercompany pricing laws, including those relating to the flow of funds between the parent and subsidiaries. Regulators in the United States and in foreign markets closely monitor our corporate structure and how we account for intercompany fund transfers. If regulators challenge our corporate structure, transfer pricing mechanisms or intercompany transfers, our operations may be negatively impacted and our effective tax rate may increase. Tax rates vary from country to country and if regulators determine that our profits in one jurisdiction should be increased, we might not be able to fully utilize all foreign tax credits that are generated, which would increase our effective tax rate. Additionally, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and

22


Table of Contents

Development, or OECD, has issued certain proposed guidelines regarding base erosion and profit sharing. Once these guidelines are formally adopted by the OECD, it is possible that separate taxing jurisdictions may also adopt some form of these guidelines. In such case, we may need to change our approach to intercompany transfer pricing in order to maintain compliance under the new rules. Our effective tax rate may increase or decrease depending on the current location of global operations at the time of the change. Finally, we might not always be in compliance with all applicable customs, exchange control, Value Added Tax and transfer pricing laws despite our efforts to be aware of and to comply with such laws. If these laws change we may need to adjust our operating procedures and our business could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to successfully increase our market share, our ability to grow our business and execute our growth strategies could be materially adversely affected.

          A key element of our growth strategy is increasing our market share both within the clinical development market and in the geographic markets in which we operate. As we grow our market share, we might not have or adequately build the competencies necessary to perform our services satisfactorily or may face increased competition. If we are unable to succeed in increasing our market share, we will be unable to implement this element of our growth strategy, and our ability to grow our business could be adversely affected.

Upgrading the information systems that support our operating processes and evolving the technology platform for our services pose risks to our business.

          Continued efficient operation of our business requires that we implement standardized global business processes and evolve our information systems to enable this implementation. We have continued to undertake significant programs to optimize business processes with respect to our services. Our inability to effectively manage the implementation of new information systems or upgrades and adapt to new processes designed into these new or upgraded systems in a timely and cost-effective manner may result in disruption to our business and negatively affect our operations.

          We have entered into agreements with certain vendors to provide systems development, integration and hosting services that develop or license to us the information technology, or IT, platforms and capacity for programs to optimize our business processes. If such vendors or their products fail to perform as required or if there are substantial delays in developing, implementing and updating our IT platforms, our customer delivery may be impaired, and we may have to make substantial further investments, internally or with third parties, to achieve our objectives. For example, we rely on an external vendor to provide the clinical trial management software used in managing the completion of our customer clinical trials. If that externally provided system is not properly maintained we might not be able to meet the obligations of our contracts or may need to incur significant costs to replace the system or capability. Additionally, our progress may be limited by parties with existing or claimed patents who seek to enjoin us from using preferred technology or seek license payments from us.

          Meeting our objectives is dependent on a number of factors which might not take place as we anticipate, including obtaining adequate technology-enabled services, depending upon our third-party vendors to develop and enhance existing applications to adequately support our business, creating IT-enabled services that our customers will find desirable and implementing our business model with respect to these services. Also, increased IT-related expenditures and our potential inability to anticipate increases in service costs may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

23


Table of Contents

We are in the process of implementing a new version of our Enterprise Resource Planning system and, if this new system proves ineffective, we may be unable to timely or accurately prepare financial reports or make payments to our principal investigators, vendors and employees, or invoice and collect from our customers.

          We are in the process of implementing a new version of our Enterprise Resource Planning, or ERP, system. Any delay in the implementation of, or disruption in the upgrade of this system could adversely affect our ability to timely and accurately report financial information, including the filing of our quarterly or annual reports with the SEC. Such delay or disruption could also impact our ability to timely or accurately make payments to our principal investigators, vendors and employees, and could also inhibit our ability to invoice and collect from our customers. When we upgrade our ERP system, data integrity problems or other issues may be discovered that if not corrected could impact our business or financial results. In addition, we may experience periodic or prolonged disruption of our financial functions arising out of this conversion, general use of such systems, other periodic upgrades or updates, or other external factors that are outside of our control. If we encounter unforeseen problems with our financial system or related systems and infrastructure, our business, operations, and financial systems could be adversely affected. We may need to implement additional systems or transition to other new systems that require new expenditures in order to function effectively as a public company. There can be no assurance that our implementation of additional systems or transition to new systems will be successful, or that such implementation or transition will not present unforeseen costs or demands on our management.

If we fail to perform our services in accordance with contractual requirements, regulatory standards and ethical considerations, we could be subject to significant costs or liability and our reputation could be harmed.

          We contract with biopharmaceutical companies to perform a wide range of services to assist them in bringing new drugs to market. Our services include monitoring clinical trials, data and laboratory analysis, electronic data capture, or EDC, patient recruitment and other related services. Such services are complex and subject to contractual requirements, regulatory standards and ethical considerations. For example, we must adhere to applicable regulatory requirements such as the United States Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, current Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, regulations, which govern, among other things, the design, conduct, performance, monitoring, auditing, recording, analysis, and reporting of clinical trials. If we fail to perform our services in accordance with these requirements, regulatory agencies may take action against us or our customers. Such actions may include sanctions such as injunctions or failure of such regulatory authorities to grant marketing approval of products, imposition of clinical holds or delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, rejection of data collected in our studies, license revocation, product seizures or recalls, operational restrictions, civil or criminal penalties or prosecutions, damages or fines. Additionally, there is a risk that actions by regulatory authorities, if they result in significant inspectional observations or other measures, could harm our reputation and cause customers not to award us future contracts or to cancel existing contracts. Any such action could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

          Such consequences could arise if, among other things, the following occur:

          Improper performance of our services.     The performance of clinical development services is complex and time-consuming. For example, we may make mistakes in conducting a clinical trial that could negatively impact or obviate the usefulness of the trial or cause the results of the trial to be reported improperly. If the trial results are compromised, we could be subject to significant costs

24


Table of Contents

or liability, which could have an adverse impact on our ability to perform our services and our reputation could be harmed. As examples:

Large clinical trials can cost hundreds of millions of dollars and improper performance of our services could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, damage our reputation and result in the termination of current contracts by or failure to obtain future contracts from the affected customer or other customers.

          Interactive Voice/Web Response Technology malfunction.     We develop, maintain and use third-party computer run interactive voice/web response systems to automatically manage the randomization of patients in a given clinical trial to different treatment arms and regulate the supply of investigational drugs, all by means of interactive voice/web response systems. An error in the design, programming or validation of these systems could lead to inappropriate assignment or dosing of patients which could give rise to patient safety issues, invalidation of the trial or liability claims against us. Furthermore, negative publicity associated with such a malfunction could have an adverse effect on our business and reputation. Additionally, errors in randomization may require us to repeat the trial at no further cost to our customer, but at a substantial cost to us.

          Investigation of customers.     From time to time, one or more of our customers are audited or investigated by regulatory authorities or enforcement agencies with respect to regulatory compliance of their clinical trials, programs or the marketing and sale of their drugs. In these situations, we have often provided services to our customers with respect to the clinical trials, programs or activities being audited or investigated, and we are called upon to respond to requests for information by the authorities and agencies. There is a risk that either our customers or regulatory authorities could claim that we performed our services improperly or that we are responsible for clinical trial or program compliance. If our customers or regulatory authorities make such claims against us and prove them, we could be subject to damages, fines or penalties. In addition, negative publicity regarding regulatory compliance of our customers' clinical trials, programs or drugs could have an adverse effect on our business and reputation.

          Insufficient customer funding to complete a clinical trial.     As noted above, clinical trials can cost hundreds of millions of dollars. There is a risk that we may initiate a clinical trial for a customer, and then the customer becomes unwilling or unable to fund the completion of the trial. In such a situation, notwithstanding the customer's ability or willingness to pay for or otherwise facilitate the completion of the trial, we may be ethically bound to complete or wind down the trial at our own expense.

          In addition to the above U.S. laws and regulations, we must comply with the laws of all countries where we do business, including laws governing clinical trials in the jurisdiction where the trials are performed. Failure to comply with applicable requirements could subject us to regulatory risk, liability and potential costs associated with redoing the trials, which could damage our reputation and adversely affect our operating results.

25


Table of Contents

Any future litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend.

          We may become subject, from time to time, to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business or pursuant to governmental or regulatory enforcement activity. While we do not believe that the resolution of any currently pending lawsuits against us will, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, litigation to which we subsequently become a party might result in substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources, which might seriously harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Insurance might not cover such claims, might not provide sufficient payments to cover all of the costs to resolve one or more such claims, and might not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. In particular, any claim could result in potential liability for us if the claim is outside the scope of the indemnification agreement we have with our customers, our customers do not abide by the indemnification agreement as required or the liability exceeds the amount of any applicable indemnification limits or available insurance coverage. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

Our business exposes us to potential liability for personal injury or claims that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

          Our business involves clinical trial management, which is one of our clinical development service offerings and includes the testing of new drugs on human volunteers. This business exposes us to the risk of liability for personal injury or death to patients resulting from, among other things, possible unforeseen adverse side effects or improper administration of a drug or device. Many of these volunteers and patients are already seriously ill and are at risk of further illness or death. Although we attempt to negotiate indemnification arrangements with our customers or vendors, we might not be able to collect under these arrangements and our exposure could exceed any contractual limits on indemnification. Any claim or liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

If our insurance does not cover all of our indemnification obligations and other liabilities associated with our operations, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

          We maintain insurance designed to provide coverage for ordinary risks associated with our operations and our ordinary indemnification obligations which we believe to be customary for our industry. The coverage provided by such insurance might not be adequate for all claims we may make or may be contested by our insurance carriers. If our insurance is not adequate or available to pay all claims or exposures associated with our operations, or if we are unable to purchase adequate insurance at reasonable rates in the future, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

If we are unable to attract suitable principal investigators and recruit and enroll patients for clinical trials, our clinical development business might suffer.

          The recruitment of principal investigators and patients for clinical trials is essential to our business. Principal investigators are typically located at hospitals, clinics or other sites and supervise the administration of the investigational drug to patients during the course of a clinical trial. Patients generally include people from the communities in which the clinical trials are conducted. Our clinical development business could be adversely affected if we are unable to attract suitable and willing principal investigators or recruit and enroll patients for clinical trials on a consistent basis. The expanding global nature of clinical trials increases the risk associated with

26


Table of Contents

attracting suitable principal investigators and patients, especially if these trials are conducted in regions where our resources or experience may be more limited. For example, if we are unable to engage principal investigators to conduct clinical trials as planned or enroll sufficient patients in clinical trials, we might need to expend additional funds to obtain access to more principal investigators and patients than planned or else be compelled to delay or modify the clinical trial plans, which may result in additional costs to us or cancellation of the trial by our customer. If realized, these risks may also inhibit our ability to attract new business, particularly in certain regions.

Many of the costs for our Phase I Services segment are fixed in nature, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

          Since a large amount of the operating costs for our Phase I Services segment are relatively fixed while revenue is subject to fluctuation, moderate variations in the commencement, progress or completion of the Phase I studies in our Phase I Services segment may cause variations in our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Expenses must be recognized when incurred and the delay of a contract could adversely affect our service revenues and profitability. Net service revenue from our Phase I Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2013 represented approximately 3.6% of our total net service revenue for that period.

If we lose the services of key personnel or are unable to recruit experienced personnel, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation could be materially adversely affected.

          Our success substantially depends on the collective performance, contributions and expertise of our senior management team and other key personnel including qualified management, professional, scientific and technical operating staff and business development personnel. There is significant competition for qualified personnel, particularly those with higher educational degrees, in the biopharmaceutical and related services industries. In addition, the close proximity of some of our facilities to offices of our major competitors could adversely impact our ability to successfully recruit and retain key personnel. The departure of any key executive, or our inability to continue to identify, attract and retain qualified personnel or replace any departed personnel in a timely fashion, might impact our ability to grow our business and compete effectively in our industry and might negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

Exchange rate fluctuations may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

          Approximately 27% of our fiscal year 2013 net service revenues were contracted in currencies other than U.S. dollars and 41% of our direct and operating costs are incurred in countries with functional currencies other than U.S. dollars. Our financial statements are reported in U.S. dollars and changes in foreign currency exchange rates could significantly affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Exchange rate fluctuations between local currencies and the U.S. dollar create risk in several ways, including:

          Foreign Currency Risk from Differences in Customer Contract Currency and Operating Costs Currency.     The majority of our global contracts are denominated in U.S. dollars or Euros while the currency used to fund our operating costs in foreign countries is denominated in various different currencies. Fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies we use to contract with our customers and the currencies in which we incur cost to complete those contracts can have a significant impact on our results of operations.

          Foreign Currency Translation Risk.     The revenue and expenses of our international operations are generally denominated in local currencies and translated into U.S. dollars for financial reporting

27


Table of Contents

purposes. Accordingly, exchange rate fluctuations will affect the translation of international results into U.S. dollars for purposes of reporting our consolidated results.

          Foreign Currency Transaction Risk.     We are subject to foreign currency transaction risk for fluctuations in exchange rates during the period of time between the consummation and cash settlement of a transaction. We earn revenue from our service contracts denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars over a period of several months and, in many cases, over several years. Accordingly, exchange rate fluctuations during this period may affect our profitability with respect to such contracts.

          We may limit these risks through exchange rate fluctuation provisions stated in our service contracts, or we may hedge our transaction risk with foreign currency exchange contracts or options. We have not, however, mitigated all of our foreign currency transaction risk, and we may experience fluctuations in financial results from our operations outside the United States and foreign currency transaction risk associated with our service contracts.

Unfavorable economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

          Unfavorable economic conditions, including disruptions in the credit and capital markets, could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. For example, our customers might not be able to raise money to conduct existing clinical trials, or to fund new drug development and related future clinical trials. In addition, economic or market disruptions could negatively impact our vendors, contractors, or principal investigators which might have a negative effect on our business.

Our effective income tax rate may fluctuate, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

          Our effective income tax rate is influenced by our projected profitability in the various taxing jurisdictions in which we operate. Changes in the distribution of profits and losses among taxing jurisdictions may have a significant impact on our effective income tax rate, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Further, we have a full valuation allowance on our net operating loss carryforwards and other net deferred tax assets in the United States and United Kingdom, our principal contracting locations. Accordingly, under GAAP, we do not recognize a tax benefit or expense in current operations for income generated in these jurisdictions. Factors that may affect our effective income tax rate include, but are not limited to:

28


Table of Contents

These changes may cause fluctuations in our effective income tax rate that could adversely affect our results of operations and cause fluctuations in our earnings and earnings per share.

We may be limited in our ability to utilize, or may not be able to utilize, net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards to reduce our future tax liability.

          As of December 31, 2013, we had U.S. federal NOL carryforwards of $191 million and state NOL carryforwards of $239 million, which may be limited annually due to certain change in ownership provisions of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. Our federal NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2018 and will completely expire in 2033. Our state NOL carryforwards may be used over various periods ranging from one to 20 years. See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a further discussion of our tax loss carryovers and current limitations on our ability to utilize NOLs.

          Future ownership changes within the meaning of Section 382(g) of the Code may subject our tax loss carryforwards to annual limitations which would restrict our ability to use them to offset our taxable income in periods following the ownership changes. In general, the annual use limitation equals the aggregate value of our equity at the time of the ownership change multiplied by a specified tax-exempt interest rate.

          We have had significant financial losses in previous years and, as a result, we currently maintain a full valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets including our federal and state NOL carryforwards.

We have only a limited ability to protect our intellectual property rights, and these rights are important to our success.

          We develop, use and protect our proprietary methodologies, analytics, systems, technologies and other intellectual property. Existing laws of the various countries in which we provide services or solutions offer only limited protection of our intellectual property rights, and the protection in some countries may be very limited. We rely upon a combination of trade secrets, confidentiality policies, nondisclosure agreements, and other contractual arrangements, and copyright and trademark laws, to protect our intellectual property rights. These laws are subject to change at any time and certain agreements might not be fully enforceable, which could further restrict our ability to protect our innovations. Our intellectual property rights might not prevent competitors from independently developing services similar to or duplicative of ours or alleging infringement by us of their intellectual property rights in certain jurisdictions. The steps we take in this regard might not be adequate to prevent or deter infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property or claims against us for alleged infringement or misappropriation by competitors, former employees or other third parties. Furthermore, we might not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate and timely steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Enforcing our rights might also require considerable time, money and oversight, and we might not be successful in enforcing our rights.

If we are unable to successfully integrate potential future acquisitions, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

          We have completed a number of acquisitions in the past and anticipate that a portion of our future growth may come from strategic tuck-in acquisitions. The success of any acquisition will depend upon, among other things, our ability to effectively integrate acquired personnel, operations, products and technologies into our business and to retain the key personnel and customers of our acquired businesses. In addition, we may be unable to identify suitable acquisition

29


Table of Contents

opportunities or obtain any necessary financing on commercially acceptable terms. We may also spend time and money investigating and negotiating with potential acquisition targets but not complete the transaction. Any acquisition could involve other risks, including, among others, the assumption of additional liabilities and expenses, difficulties and expenses in connection with integrating the acquired companies and achieving the expected benefits, issuances of potentially dilutive securities or interest-bearing debt, loss of key employees of the acquired companies, transaction expenses, diversion of management's attention from other business concerns and, with respect to the acquisition of international companies, the inability to overcome differences in international business practices, language and customs. Our failure to successfully integrate potential future acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Potential future investments in our customers' businesses or drugs could have a negative impact on our financial results.

          Although we historically have not engaged in business transactions with our customers other than to provide our services, we may in the future enter into arrangements with our customers or other drug companies in which we take on some of the risk of the potential success or failure of their businesses or drugs, including making strategic investments in our customers or other drug companies, providing financing to customers or other drug companies or acquiring an interest in the revenues from customers' drugs or in entities developing a limited number of drugs. Our financial results would be adversely affected if any such investments or the underlying drugs result in losses or do not achieve the level of success that we anticipate and/or our return or payment from any such drug investment or financing is less than our direct and indirect costs with respect to these arrangements.

Our relationships with existing or potential customers who are in competition with each other may adversely impact the degree to which other customers or potential customers use our services, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

          The biopharmaceutical industry is highly competitive, with biopharmaceutical companies each seeking to persuade payers, providers and patients that their drug therapies are better and more cost-effective than competing therapies marketed or being developed by competing firms. In addition to the adverse competitive interests that biopharmaceutical companies have with each other, biopharmaceutical companies also have adverse interests with respect to drug selection and reimbursement with other participants in the healthcare industry, including payers and providers. Biopharmaceutical companies also compete to be first to market with new drug therapies. We regularly provide services to biopharmaceutical companies who compete with each other, and we sometimes provide services to such customers regarding competing drugs in development. Our existing or future relationships with our biopharmaceutical customers may therefore deter other biopharmaceutical customers from using our services or may result in our customers seeking to place limits on our ability to serve other biopharmaceutical industry participants. In addition, our further expansion into the broader healthcare market may adversely impact our relationships with biopharmaceutical customers, and such customers may elect not to use our services, reduce the scope of services that we provide to them or seek to place restrictions on our ability to serve customers in the broader healthcare market with interests that are adverse to theirs. Any loss of customers or reductions in the level of revenues from a customer could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

30


Table of Contents

Our results of operations may be adversely affected if we fail to realize the full value of our goodwill and intangible assets.

          As of September 30, 2014, we had goodwill and net intangible assets of $756.4 million, which constituted approximately 57% of our total assets at the end of this period. We periodically (at least annually unless triggering events occur that cause an interim evaluation) evaluate goodwill and other acquired intangible assets for impairment. Any future determination requiring the write off of a portion of our goodwill or other acquired intangible assets could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. If we are not able to realize the value of the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, we may be required to incur material charges relating to the impairment of those assets. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $4.0 million associated with our Phase I Services reporting unit. Additionally, during the second quarter of 2014, we recorded an impairment of our intangible assets of $8.0 million and our goodwill of $9.2 million associated with our Phase I Services and Global Consulting reporting units. Such impairment charges in the future could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We face risks arising from the restructuring of our operations which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

          From time to time, we have adopted cost savings initiatives to improve our operating efficiency through various means such as reduction of overcapacity, primarily in our costs of services (billable) function, or other realignment of resources. For example, in March 2013, we adopted a plan to better align headcount and costs with current geographic sources and mix of revenue. The plan was completed by December 31, 2013 and involved the elimination of approximately 325 employee and contract positions. Similarly, in March 2012, in addition to synergies directly related to our acquisition of Kendle, we initiated a restructuring plan to align headcount with our existing book of business that led to a reduction in global headcount of approximately 250 employees. In order to realize the synergies related to our acquisition of Kendle and the cost savings from these additional staff realignment initiatives, we incurred significant one-time costs, which consist primarily of severance, retention bonuses, professional fees, IT transition costs, facility closure costs, legal expenses and various other costs. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we incurred total pre-tax charges of $11.8 million and $35.4 million, respectively, associated with our restructuring initiatives. Restructuring presents significant potential risks of events occurring that could adversely affect us, including a decrease in employee morale, a greater number of employment claims, the failure to achieve targeted cost savings and the failure to meet operational targets and customer requirements due to the loss of employees and any work stoppages that might occur, which, individually or in aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

We operate in many different jurisdictions and we could be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA, UK Bribery Act of 2010 and/or similar worldwide anti-corruption laws.

          The FCPA, UK Bribery Act of 2010 and similar worldwide anti-corruption laws prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our internal policies mandate compliance with these anti-corruption laws. We operate in many parts of the world that have experienced corruption to some degree and, in certain circumstances, anti-corruption laws have appeared to conflict with local customs and practices. Despite our training and compliance programs, we cannot assure that our internal control policies and procedures will protect us from acts in violation of anti-corruption laws committed by persons associated with us, and our continued expansion outside the United States, including in developing countries, could increase such risk in the future. Violations of the FCPA or other non-U.S. anti-corruption laws, or even allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in

31


Table of Contents

a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and reputation. For example, violations of anti-corruption laws can result in restatements of, or irregularities in, our financial statements as well as severe criminal or civil sanctions. In some cases, companies that violate the FCPA might be debarred by the U.S. government and/or lose their U.S. export privileges. In addition, U.S. or other governments might seek to hold us liable for successor liability FCPA violations or violations of other anti-corruption laws committed by companies that we acquire or in which we invest. Changes in anti-corruption laws or enforcement priorities could also result in increased compliance requirements and related costs which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The failure of third parties to provide us critical support services could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

          We depend on third parties for support services vital to our business. Such support services include, but are not limited to, laboratory services, third-party transportation and travel providers, freight forwarders and customs brokers, drug depots and distribution centers, suppliers or contract manufacturers of drugs for patients participating in clinical trials, and providers of licensing agreements, maintenance contracts or other services. In addition, we also rely on third-party CROs and other contract clinical personnel for clinical services either in regions where we have limited resources, or in cases where demand cannot be met by our internal staff. The failure of any of these third parties to adequately provide us critical support services could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

The operation of our Phase I clinical facility and the services we provide there including direct interaction with clinical trial patients or volunteers could create potential liability that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and reputation.

          We operate one facility where Phase I clinical trials are conducted. Phase I clinical trials ordinarily involve testing an investigational drug on a limited number of healthy individuals, typically 20 to 120 persons, to evaluate its safety, determine a safe dosage range and identify side effects. Some of these trials involve the administration of investigational drugs to known substance abusers. Failure to operate such a facility in accordance with applicable regulations could result in that facility being shut down, which could disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and reputation. Additionally, we face risks resulting from the administration of drugs to volunteers, including adverse events, and the professional malpractice of medical care providers. We also directly employ nurses and other trained employees who assist in implementing the testing involved in our clinical trials, such as drawing blood from healthy volunteers. Any professional malpractice or negligence by such principal investigators, nurses or other employees could potentially result in liability to us in the event of personal injury to or death of a volunteer in clinical trials. This liability, particularly if it were to exceed the limits of any indemnification agreements and insurance coverage we may have, may adversely affect our business and financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and reputation.

Risks Related to Our Industry

We face intense competition in many areas of our business and, if we do not compete effectively, our business may be harmed.

          The CRO industry is highly competitive. We often compete for business with other CROs and internal development departments, some of which could be considered large CROs in their own right. We also compete with universities and teaching hospitals. Some of these competitors have greater financial resources and a wider range of service offerings over a greater geographic area

32


Table of Contents

than we do. If we do not compete successfully, our business will suffer. The industry is highly fragmented, with numerous smaller specialized companies and a handful of full-service companies with global capabilities similar to ours. Increased competition has led to price and other forms of competition, such as acceptance of less favorable contract terms, which could adversely affect our operating results. In recent years our industry has experienced consolidation and a number of "going private" transactions. This trend is likely to produce more competition from the resulting larger companies, and ones without the cost pressures of being public, for both customers and acquisition candidates. In addition, there are few barriers to entry for smaller specialized companies considering entering the industry. Because of their size and focus, small CROs might compete effectively against larger companies such as us, especially in lower cost geographic areas, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Outsourcing trends in the biopharmaceutical industry and changes in aggregate spending and research and development budgets could adversely affect our operating results and growth rate.

          Our revenues depend on the level of R&D expenditures, size of the drug-development pipelines and outsourcing trends of the biopharmaceutical industry, including the amount of such R&D spend that is outsourced and subject to competitive bidding among CROs. Accordingly, economic factors and industry trends that affect biopharmaceutical companies affect our business. Biopharmaceutical companies continue to seek long-term strategic collaborations with global CROs with favorable pricing terms. Competition for these collaborations is intense and we might not be selected, in which case a competitor may enter into the collaboration and our business with the customer, if any, may be limited. Our success depends in part on our ability to establish and maintain preferred provider relationships with large biopharmaceutical companies. Our failure to develop or maintain these preferred provider relationships could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Furthermore, in order to obtain preferred provider relationships, we may have to reduce the prices for our services, which could negatively impact our gross margin for these services.

          In addition, if the biopharmaceutical industry reduces its outsourcing of clinical trials or such outsourcing fails to grow at projected rates, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. We may also be negatively impacted by consolidation and other factors in the biopharmaceutical industry, which may slow decision making by our customers, result in the delay or cancellation of existing projects, cause reductions in overall R&D expenditures, or lead to increased pricing pressures. Further, in the event that one of our customers combines with a company that is using the services of one of our competitors, the combined company could decide to use the services of that competitor or another provider. All of these events could adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

If we fail to comply with federal, state, and foreign healthcare laws, including fraud and abuse laws, we could face substantial penalties and our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects could be adversely affected.

          Even though we do not and will not order healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payers, certain federal and state healthcare laws and regulations pertaining to fraud and abuse are and will be applicable to our business. We could be subject to healthcare fraud and abuse laws of both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of available statutory and regulatory exceptions, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. If we or our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us,

33


Table of Contents

we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could materially adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

We may be affected by healthcare reform and potential additional reforms which may adversely impact the biopharmaceutical industry and reduce the need for our services or negatively impact our profitability.

          Numerous government bodies are considering or have adopted healthcare reforms and may undertake, or are in the process of undertaking, efforts to control healthcare costs through legislation, regulation and agreements with healthcare providers and biopharmaceutical companies, including many of our customers. By way of example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or, collectively, the Affordable Care Act, was signed into law. Among other things, this law imposes cost-containment measures intended to reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhances remedies against healthcare fraud and abuse, adds new requirements for biopharmaceutical companies to disclose payments to physicians, including principal investigators, imposes new taxes and fees on biopharmaceutical manufacturers and imposes additional health policy reforms. We are uncertain as to the full effect of these reforms on our business at this time and are unable to predict what legislative proposals, if any, will be adopted in the future. If regulatory cost-containment efforts limit the profitability of new drugs by, for example, continuing to place downward pressure on pharmaceutical pricing and/or increasing regulatory burdens and operating costs of the biopharmaceutical industry, our customers may reduce their R&D spending, which could reduce the business they outsource to us. Similarly, if regulatory requirements are relaxed or simplified drug approval procedures are adopted, the demand for our services could decrease.

          In addition, government bodies have adopted and may continue to adopt new healthcare legislation or regulations that are more burdensome than existing regulations. For example, product safety concerns and recommendations by the Drug Safety Oversight Board could change the regulatory environment for drug products, and new or heightened regulatory requirements may increase our expenses or limit our ability to offer some of our services. We might have to incur additional costs to comply with these or other new regulations, and failure to comply could harm our financial condition, results or operations, cash flows, and reputation. Additionally, new or heightened regulatory requirements may have a negative impact on the ability of our customers to conduct industry-sponsored clinical trials, which could reduce the need for our post-approval development services.

Current and proposed laws and regulations regarding the protection of personal data could result in increased risks of liability or increased cost to us or could limit our service offerings.

          The confidentiality, collection, use and disclosure of personal data, including clinical trial patient-specific information, are subject to governmental regulation generally in the country in which the personal data was collected or used. For example, U.S. federal regulations under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health, or HITECH, Act, or collectively, HIPAA, generally require individuals' written authorization, in addition to any required informed consent, before protected health information, or PHI, may be used for research and such regulations specify standards for de-identifications and for limited data sets. We may also be subject to applicable state privacy and security laws and regulations in states in which we operate. We are indirectly affected by the privacy provisions surrounding individual authorizations because many principal investigators with whom we are involved in clinical trials are directly subject to them as a HIPAA "covered entity." In addition, we obtain identifiable health information from third parties that are subject to such

34


Table of Contents

regulations. While we do not believe we are a "business associate" under HIPAA, regulatory agencies may disagree. Because of amendments to the HIPAA data security and privacy rules that were promulgated on January 25, 2013, some of which went into effect on March 26, 2013, there are some instances where HIPAA "business associates" of a "covered entity" may be directly liable for breaches of PHI and other HIPAA violations. These amendments may subject "business associates" to HIPAA's enforcement scheme, which, as amended, can yield up to $1.5 million in annual civil penalties for each HIPAA violation.

          In the European Union, or EU, personal data includes any information that relates to an identified or identifiable natural person with health information carrying additional obligations, including obtaining the explicit consent from the individual for collection, use or disclosure of the information. In addition, we are subject to EU rules with respect to cross-border transfers of such data out of the EU. The United States, the EU and its member states, and other countries where we have operations, such as Japan, South Korea, Malaysia, the Philippines, Russia and Singapore, continue to issue new privacy and data protection rules and regulations that relate to personal data and health information. Failure to comply with certain certification/registration and annual re-certification/registration provisions associated with these data protection and privacy regulations and rules in various jurisdictions, or to resolve any serious privacy or security complaints, could subject us to regulatory sanctions, delays in clinical trials, criminal prosecution or civil liability. Federal, state and foreign governments may propose or have adopted additional legislation governing the collection, possession, use or dissemination of personal data, such as personal health information, and personal financial data as well as security breach notification rules for loss or theft of such data. Additional legislation or regulation of this type might, among other things, require us to implement new security measures and processes or bring within the legislation or regulation de-identified health or other personal data, each of which may require substantial expenditures or limit our ability to offer some of our services. Additionally, if we violate applicable laws, regulations or duties relating to the use, privacy or security of personal data, we could be subject to civil liability or criminal prosecution, be forced to alter our business practices and suffer reputational harm. In the next few years, the European data protection framework may be revised as a generally applicable data regulation. The text has not yet been finalized, but it contains new provisions specifically directed at the processing of health information, sanctions of up to 2% of worldwide gross revenue and extra-territoriality measures intended to bring non-EU companies under the proposed regulation.

Actions by regulatory authorities or customers to limit the scope of or withdraw an approved drug from the market could result in a loss of revenue.

          Government regulators have the authority, after approving a drug or device, to limit its indication for use by requiring additional labeled warnings or to withdraw the drug or device's approval for its approved indication based on safety concerns. Similarly, customers may act to voluntarily limit the availability of approved drugs or devices or withdraw them from the market after we begin our work. If we are providing services to customers for drugs or devices that are limited or withdrawn, we may be required to narrow the scope of or terminate our services with respect to such drugs or devices, which would prevent us from earning the full amount of service revenue anticipated under the related service contracts.

If we do not keep pace with rapid technological change, our services may become less competitive or obsolete.

          The biopharmaceutical industry generally, and drug development and clinical research more specifically, are subject to rapid technological change. Our current competitors or other businesses might develop technologies or services that are more effective or commercially attractive than, or render obsolete, our current or future technologies and services. If our competitors introduce

35


Table of Contents

superior technologies or services and if we cannot make enhancements to remain competitive, our competitive position would be harmed. If we are unable to compete successfully, we may lose customers or be unable to attract new customers, which could lead to a decrease in our revenue and have an adverse impact on our financial condition.

          In addition, the operation of our business relies on IT infrastructure and systems delivered across multiple platforms. The failure of our systems to perform could severely disrupt our business and adversely affect our results of operations. Our systems are also vulnerable to demise from natural or manmade disasters, terrorist attacks, computer viruses or hackers, power loss or other technology system failures. These events could adversely affect our business or results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial debt could adversely affect our financial condition.

          On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to this offering, the refinancing of our senior secured credit facilities and the use of proceeds therefrom, as of September 30, 2014, our total principal amount of indebtedness would have been approximately $         . In addition, we would have had up to $         of additional borrowing capacity available under our senior secured facilities. Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and thus make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our senior secured facilities. If our cash flow is not sufficient to service our debt and adequately fund our business, we may be required to seek further additional financing or refinancing or dispose of assets. We might not be able to influence any of these alternatives on satisfactory terms or at all. Our substantial indebtedness could also:

36


Table of Contents

Despite our level of indebtedness, we are able to incur more debt and undertake additional obligations. Incurring such debt or undertaking such additional obligations could further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition.

          We may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although covenants under the credit agreement governing our senior secured facilities limit our ability to incur certain additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. To the extent we incur additional indebtedness, the risks associated with our leverage described above, including our possible inability to service our debt obligations would increase.

Servicing our debt will require a significant amount of cash, and our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control.

          Our ability to make payments on and refinance our debt, make strategic acquisitions and to fund capital expenditures depends on our ability to generate cash flow in the future. To some extent, our ability to generate future cash flow is subject to general economic, financial, competitive and other factors that are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that:

          We also may experience difficulties repatriating cash from foreign subsidiaries and accounts due to law, regulation or contracts which could further constrain our liquidity. If we cannot fund our liquidity needs, we will have to take actions such as reducing or delaying capital expenditures, marketing efforts, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt or seeking additional equity capital. We cannot assure you that any of these remedies could, if necessary, be effected on commercially reasonable or favorable terms, or at all, or that they would permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Any inability to generate sufficient cash flow or refinance our debt on favorable terms could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. In addition, if we incur additional debt, the risks associated with our substantial leverage, including the risk that we will be unable to service our debt or generate enough cash flow to fund our liquidity needs, could intensify.

Covenant restrictions under our senior secured facilities may limit our ability to operate our business.

          The agreement governing our senior secured facilities contains covenants that may restrict our ability to, among other things, borrow money, pay dividends, make capital expenditures, make strategic acquisitions and effect a consolidation, merger or disposal of all or substantially all of our assets. Although the covenants in our senior secured facilities are subject to various exceptions, we cannot assure you that these covenants will not adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other activities that may be in our best interest. In addition, in certain circumstances, our long-term debt requires us to maintain a specified financial ratio and satisfy certain financial condition tests, which may require that we take action to reduce our debt or to act in a manner contrary to our business objectives. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our senior secured facilities. If an event of default under our senior secured facilities occurs, the lenders thereunder could elect to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder, together with accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable. In such

37


Table of Contents

case, we might not have sufficient funds to repay all the outstanding amounts. In addition, our senior secured facilities are secured by first priority security interests on substantially all of our real and personal property, including the capital stock of certain of our subsidiaries. If an event of default under our senior secured facilities occurs, the lenders thereunder could exercise their rights under the related security documents. Any acceleration of amounts due under the senior secured facilities or the substantial exercise by the lenders of their rights under the security documents would likely have a material adverse effect on us.

Interest rate fluctuations may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

          Because we have variable rate debt, fluctuations in interest rates may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We may attempt to minimize interest rate risk and lower our overall borrowing costs through the utilization of derivative financial instruments, primarily interest rate swaps. As of September 30, 2014 we had approximately $291.0 million of total indebtedness with variable interest rates that only vary to the extent the three month LIBOR is over one percent.

Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering

We will incur increased costs and obligations as a result of being a public company.

          As a privately held company, we were not required to comply with certain corporate governance and financial reporting practices and policies required of a publicly traded company. As a publicly traded company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we were not required to incur as a privately held company, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company as defined under the JOBS Act. After this offering, we will be required to comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market, or the NASDAQ, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and operating results with the SEC. We will also be required to ensure that we have the ability to prepare financial statements that are fully compliant with all SEC reporting requirements on a timely basis. We expect to incur additional annual expenses of $3.0 million to $5.0 million related to these steps and, among other things, additional directors' and officers' liability insurance, director fees, transfer agent fees, hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. As a public company, we will, among other things:

38


Table of Contents

These changes will require a significant commitment of additional resources. We might not be successful in complying with these obligations and the significant commitment of resources required for complying with them could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The requirements applicable to public companies may strain our resources and divert management's attention.

          Following the consummation of this offering, we will be subject to various regulatory and reporting requirements, including those of the SEC and the NASDAQ. These requirements include record keeping, financial reporting and corporate governance rules and regulations. Our internal infrastructure might not be adequate to support our increased reporting obligations, and we may be unable to hire, train or retain necessary staff and may be reliant on engaging outside consultants or professionals to overcome our lack of internal resources or other resources. If our internal infrastructure is inadequate, we are unable to engage outside consultants or are otherwise unable to fulfill our public company obligations, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

          The changes necessitated by becoming a public company require a significant commitment of resources and management oversight that has increased and may continue to increase our costs and might place a strain on our systems and resources. As a result, our management's attention might be diverted from other business concerns. If we fail to maintain an effective internal control environment or to comply with the numerous legal and regulatory requirements imposed on public companies, we could make material errors in, and be required to restate, our financial statements. Any such restatement could result in a loss of public confidence in the reliability of our financial statements and sanctions imposed on us by the SEC, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our internal control over financial reporting does not currently meet the standards required by Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, and failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley could have a material adverse effect on our stock price, reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

          As a privately held company, we have not been required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting in a manner that meets the standards of publicly traded companies required by Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, starting with the second annual report that we file with the SEC as a public company, and generally requires in the same report a report by our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. However, under the recently enacted JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley until we are no longer an emerging growth company. Once we are no longer an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis. The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation of our existing controls and the incurrence of significant additional expenditures.

39


Table of Contents

          We are in the process of designing, implementing, and testing the internal control over our financial reporting in order to comply with this obligation, which process is time consuming, costly, and complicated. In connection with the implementation of the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies that cause us to incur significant costs and cause distractions from our business objectives and we might not be able to remediate deficiencies in time to meet the deadlines imposed by Sarbanes-Oxley for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. In addition, we may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any required improvements and receiving a favorable attestation in connection with the attestation provided by our independent registered public accounting firm. Further, material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting may exist or otherwise be discovered in the future. We will be unable to issue securities in the public markets through the use of a shelf registration statement if we are not in compliance with the applicable provisions of Section 404. Furthermore, failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could limit our ability to report our financial results accurately and timely, result in misstatements and restatements of our consolidated financial statements, cause investors to lose confidence and have a material adverse effect on our stock price, reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are a holding company and rely on dividends and other payments, advances and transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations and pay any dividends.

          We have no direct operations and no significant assets other than ownership of 100% of the capital stock of our subsidiaries. Because we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries, we depend on those entities for dividends and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations, and to pay any dividends with respect to our Class A common stock. Legal and contractual restrictions in our senior secured facilities and other agreements which may govern future indebtedness of our subsidiaries, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements of our subsidiaries, may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. The earnings from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries might not be sufficient to pay dividends or make distributions or loans to enable us to pay any dividends on our Class A common stock or other obligations. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

          As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to obtain an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting from our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. To the extent we choose to do so, our financial statements might not be comparable to companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and the market price of our Class A common stock may be more volatile.

40


Table of Contents

We are a "controlled company" within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. Our stockholders will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

          Following this offering, the Sponsors will together continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding Class A common stock. As a result, we are a "controlled company" within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NASDAQ. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a "controlled company" and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors, our nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee will not consist entirely of independent directors and such committees will not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Additionally, we only are required to have one independent audit committee member upon the listing of our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ, a majority of independent audit committee members within 90 days from the date of listing and all independent audit committee members within one year from the date of listing. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ.

          The Sponsors are not subject to any contractual obligation to retain their controlling interest, except that they have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our Class A common stock or other capital stock or other securities exercisable or convertible therefor for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters in this offering. Except for this brief period, there can be no assurance as to the period of time during which the Sponsors will maintain their ownership of our Class A common stock following the offering. As a result, there can be no assurance as to the period of time during which we will be able to avail ourselves of the controlled company exemptions.

Our Sponsors will effectively control our company, and their interests may be different from or conflict with those of our other stockholders.

          After the consummation of this offering, the Sponsors will collectively beneficially own         % of our outstanding Class A common stock, or         % of our outstanding Class A common stock if the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares. As a consequence, the Sponsors will be able to exert a significant degree of influence or actual control over our management and affairs and will control matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, and any

41


Table of Contents

other significant transaction. Additionally, the Sponsors are and, following the completion of this offering, will continue to be parties to a stockholders agreement, or the Stockholders Agreement. The Stockholders Agreement, among other things, imposes certain transfer restrictions on the shares held by such stockholders and requires such stockholders to vote in favor of certain nominees to our Board. For a discussion of the Stockholders Agreement, see "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions." The interests of the Sponsors might not always coincide with our interests or the interests of our other stockholders. For instance, this concentration of ownership and/or the restrictions imposed by the Stockholders Agreement may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us otherwise favored by our other stockholders and could depress our stock price.

          The Sponsors each make investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. The Sponsors may also pursue, for its own accounts, acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities might not be available to us. Our organizational documents contain provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy held by our directors affiliated with the Sponsors in certain corporate opportunities. Accordingly, the interests of the Sponsors may supersede ours, causing the Sponsors or their affiliates to compete against us or to pursue opportunities instead of us, for which we have no recourse. Such actions on the part of the Sponsors and inaction on our part could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

          Upon the consummation of this offering, the Sponsors will be entitled to nominate directors for four seats on our Board. Since the Sponsors could invest in entities that directly or indirectly compete with us, when conflicts arise between the interests of the Sponsors and the interests of our stockholders, these directors may not be disinterested.

Provisions of our corporate governance documents and Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our stockholders.

          Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that delay, defer or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in control of us or change in our management that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our Class A common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our Class A common stock. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our Board. Because our Board is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt to replace current members of our management team. Among others, these provisions include, (1) our ability to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, (2) the requirement that our stockholders may not act without a meeting, (3) requirements for advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals contained in our bylaws, (4) the absence of cumulative voting for our directors, (5) requirements for stockholder approval of certain business combinations and (6) the limitations on director nominations contained in our Stockholders Agreement. See "Description of Capital Stock" for more detail.

          Additionally, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, generally a person which together with its affiliates owns, or within the last three years has owned, 15% of our voting stock, for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in

42


Table of Contents

which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. The existence of the foregoing provision could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our Class A common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our Class A common stock.

There is no existing market for our Class A common stock, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity.

          Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A common stock. An active market for our Class A common stock might not develop following the consummation of this offering, or if it does develop, might not be maintained. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our Class A common stock that you buy. The initial public offering price for the shares of our Class A common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and might not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you might not be able to sell shares of our Class A common stock at prices equal to or greater than the initial public offering price.

Our stock price might fluctuate significantly, which could cause the value of your investment in our Class A common stock to decline, and you might not be able to resell your shares at a price at or above the initial public offering price.

          Securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of our Class A common stock regardless of our results of operations. The trading price of our Class A common stock is likely to be volatile and subject to significant price fluctuations in response to many factors, including:

43


Table of Contents

These and other factors may cause the market price and demand for shares of our Class A common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of our Class A common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our Class A common stock. In that event, the price of our Class A common stock would likely decrease. In the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, security holders have often instituted class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If we become involved in this type of litigation, regardless of the outcome, we could incur substantial legal costs and our management's attention could be diverted from the operation of our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decrease significantly.

          Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market following this offering by our existing stockholders, upon the exercise of stock options granted or by persons who acquire shares in this offering may cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decrease significantly. The perception that such sales could occur could also depress the market price of our Class A common stock. Any such sales could also create public perception of difficulties or problems with our business and might also make it more difficult for us to raise capital through the sale of equity securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

          Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have         outstanding shares of Class A common stock, of which:

          The lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering prohibit a stockholder from selling, contracting to sell or otherwise disposing of any Class A common stock or securities that are convertible or exchangeable for Class A common stock or entering into any arrangement that transfers the economic consequences of ownership of our Class A common stock for at least 180 days from the date of the prospectus filed in connection with this offering, although the

44


Table of Contents

representatives may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a lock-up, the representatives would consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request including, but not limited to, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares requested to be released, reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market for our Class A common stock and whether the holder of our shares requesting the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours. As a result of these lock-up agreements, notwithstanding earlier eligibility for sale under the provisions of Rule 144, none of these shares may be sold until at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting."

          As restrictions on resale expire or as shares are registered, our share price could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted or newly registered shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These sales might also make it more difficult for us to raise capital through the sale of equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

          See the information under the heading "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a more detailed description of the shares that will be available for future sales upon consummation of this offering.

We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.

          We do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends to holders of our Class A common stock for the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends will be at the discretion of our Board and will depend on our financial condition, capital requirements, legal requirements, earnings and other factors. Our ability to pay dividends is restricted by the terms of our senior secured facilities and might be restricted by the terms of any indebtedness that we incur in the future. Consequently, you should not rely on dividends in order to receive a return on your investment. See "Dividend Policy."

If securities analysts or industry analysts downgrade our shares, publish negative research or reports, or do not publish reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

          The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us, our business and our industry. If one or more analysts adversely change their recommendation regarding our shares or our competitors' stock, our share price would likely decline. If one or more analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our share price or trading volume to decline. As a result, the market price for our Class A common stock may decline below the initial public offering price and you might not be able to resell your shares of our Class A common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

If you purchase shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

          The initial public offering price per share is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our assets after subtracting the book value of our liabilities. Based on our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2014 and assuming an offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $             per share. See "Dilution."

45


Table of Contents


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

          This prospectus, including the sections entitled "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and "Business," contains forward looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy and plans and our objectives for future operations, are forward looking statements. The words "believe," "may," "might," "will," "estimate," "continue," "anticipate," "intend," "seek," "plan," "should," "expect" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward looking statements. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements we make regarding: (i) trends in R&D spending, outsourcing penetration rates and the incremental growth of the late-stage clinical development services market relative to the overall market; (ii) fast growing therapeutic areas and (iii) the continuous enhancement of our Trusted Process® to deliver superior outcomes. Forward looking statements are based largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short term and long term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward looking statements are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward looking statements. We caution you therefore against relying on these forward-looking statements.

          Some of the key factors that could cause actual results to differ from our expectations include regional, national or global political, economic, business, competitive, market and regulatory conditions and the following:

46


Table of Contents

          The forward looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. You should not rely upon forward looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, except as may be required by law.

          You should read this prospectus with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

47


Table of Contents


CORPORATE REORGANIZATION

          Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will effect a corporate reorganization, whereby our direct, wholly-owned subsidiary, INC Intermediate, will merge with and into us, and we will be the surviving entity of such merger. The corporate reorganization will not affect our operations, which we will continue to conduct through our operating subsidiaries.

          Currently, prior to the reorganization, our authorized capital stock consists of the following:

          Except as described below, each share of existing Class A common stock was issued in combination with a share of existing Class B common stock as a "Common Unit." Each Common Unit represents the full set of rights attributable to a typical share of common stock.

          As part of the corporate reorganization that will occur prior to this offering, our authorized capital stock will be as follows:

          As part of the merger of INC Intermediate, (i) each currently outstanding share of Class A common stock held by stockholders other than an affiliate of OTPP will be converted into             shares of new Class A common stock, with any fractional share rounded to the nearest whole number (which equates to a             for 1 reverse stock split), (ii) each currently outstanding share of Class A common stock held by an affiliate of OTPP will be converted into             shares of new Class B common stock, with any fractional share rounded to the nearest whole number (which equates to a             for 1 reverse stock split), (iii) each currently outstanding share of Class B common stock will be converted into             shares of Class D common stock, with any fractional share rounded to the nearest whole number (which equates to a                          for 1 reverse stock split), and (iv) each currently outstanding share of Class C common stock will be converted into one share of new Class C common stock. Following the merger and prior to this offering, we will redeem all of the outstanding shares of new Class C common stock and Class D common stock for $           and $           , respectively, using cash on hand, and subsequent to such redemptions of the

48


Table of Contents

new Class C common stock and Class D common stock, we will amend our certificate of incorporation to eliminate the new Class C common stock and the Class D common stock from our authorized capital stock. In addition, as part of the merger, we will also effect a             for 1 reverse stock split of our Class A common stock. Immediately following the merger, an affiliate of OTPP will convert the relevant number of shares of new Class B common stock into new Class A common stock such that affiliates of OTPP hold no more than 30% of the total issued and outstanding new Class A common stock after giving effect to this offering. We refer to these steps as the "corporate reorganization."

49


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

          We estimate that the net proceeds to us from our sale of                  shares of Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $                  million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering. The underwriters may also purchase up to a maximum of                  additional shares of Class A common stock from us pursuant to their option to purchase additional shares. We estimate that the net proceeds to us, if the underwriters exercise their right to purchase the maximum of                  additional shares of Class A common stock from us, will be approximately $                   million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering. This assumes a public offering price of $                  per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

          We expect to use substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering, $134.0 million of additional term loans under our new senior secured credit facility and approximately $             of cash on our balance sheet to fund the redemption of all of our outstanding Notes and pay related fees and expenses. We expect the repayment of our $300 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of Notes, plus redemption premiums, make-whole interest and related fees and expenses, to result in a cash outflow of $                  upon the consummation of this offering.

          The Notes bear interest at a rate of 11.5% per annum and mature on July 15, 2019. For further disclosure on the Notes, see "Description of Material Indebtedness—Senior Notes."

          This expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures depend on numerous factors, including the ongoing status of and results from our current operating activities, and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

          Assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, a $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                  per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $                   million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

50


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

          We have not declared or paid cash dividends on our existing Class A common stock or Class B common stock. In the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 and in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we paid dividends of $500,000, $500,000 and $375,000, respectively, to holders of our Class C common stock. We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock or our Class B common stock in the foreseeable future, and we intend to redeem any outstanding shares of Class C common stock in connection with the corporate reorganization. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering—We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future" and "Corporate Reorganization." However, in the future, subject to the factors described below and our future liquidity and capitalization, we may change this policy and choose to pay dividends.

          We are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock is dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers from our subsidiaries. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends is currently restricted by the terms of our senior secured facilities, the indenture governing the Notes and may be further restricted by any future indebtedness we or they incur. In addition, under Delaware law, our Board may declare dividends only to the extent of our surplus (which is defined as total assets at fair market value minus total liabilities, minus statutory capital) or, if there is no surplus, out of our net profits for the then current and/or immediately preceding fiscal year.

          Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board and will take into account:

          See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources."

51


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

          The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization, as of September 30, 2014:

          This table should be read in conjunction with "Use of Proceeds," "Selected and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Description of Capital Stock" and our financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of September 30, 2014  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma As
Adjusted(1)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 185,803   $                      $                     
               
               

Debt:

                   

Revolving credit facility(2)

  $   $     $    

Term loan(2)

    291,027              

Senior notes(3)

    300,000              

Capital leases

    677              
                   

Total long-term debt, including current portion          

  $ 591,704   $     $    
               

Stockholders' (deficit) equity:

                   

Existing Class A common stock ($0.01 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 444,297,200 shares issued and 438,606,200 outstanding on an actual basis; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis; and no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis)(4)

  $ 4,443   $     $    

Existing Class B common stock ($0.01 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 444,297,200 shares issued and 438,606,200 outstanding on an actual basis;             shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis; and no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis)(4)

    4,443              

51


Table of Contents

 
  As of September 30, 2014  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma As
Adjusted(1)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Existing Class C common stock ($0.01 par value, 50 shares authorized and 1 share issued and outstanding on an actual basis;             shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis; and no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis)(4)

                 

New Class A common stock ($0.01 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on an actual basis;             shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis; and             shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis)

                 

New Class B common stock ($0.01 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on an actual basis;             shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis; and             shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis)

                 

New Class C common stock ($0.01 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on an actual basis;             shares authorized and             shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis; and no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis)

                 

Additional paid-in-capital

    475,157              

Treasury stock

    (6,789 )            

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (20,870 )            

Accumulated deficit

    (162,896 )            
               

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    293,488              
               

Total capitalization

  $ 885,192   $                      $                     
               
               

(1)
Assuming the number of shares sold by us in this offering remains the same, a $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our total capitalization by $              million.

(2)
The existing senior secured facilities provide for a $75.0 million revolving credit facility and a $291.0 million term loan, before $3.3 million of unamortized discounts as of September 30, 2014. As of September 30, 2014, we had no borrowings outstanding and a letter of credit commitment of $0.9 million, giving us approximately $74.1 million of remaining revolver availability outstanding. The outstanding amount of the existing term loan facility as of September 30, 2014 is $291.0 million. In connection with this offering, we intend to refinance our existing senior secured credit facilities with new senior secured credit facilities in an

52


Table of Contents

    aggregate principal amount of $525.0 million, consisting of a $425.0 million term loan facility and a $100.0 million revolving credit facility. See "Description of Material Indebtedness—Senior Secured Facilities."

(3)
The senior notes consist of $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued July 12, 2011. See "Description of Material Indebtedness—Senior Notes."

(4)
Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will effect a corporate reorganization, whereby our direct, wholly-owned subsidiary, INC Intermediate, will merge with and into us, and we will be the surviving entity of such merger. As part of the merger, (i) each currently outstanding share of Class A common stock held by stockholders other than an affiliate of OTPP will be converted into             shares of new Class A common stock, with any fractional share rounded to the nearest whole number (which equates to a              for 1 reverse stock split), (ii) each currently outstanding share of Class A common stock held by an affiliate of OTPP will be converted into             shares of new Class B common stock, with any fractional share rounded to the nearest whole number (which equates to a             for 1 reverse stock split), (iii) each currently outstanding share of Class B common stock will be converted into             shares of Class D common stock, with any fractional share rounded to the nearest whole number (which equates to a              for 1 reverse stock split), and (iv) each currently outstanding share of Class C common stock will be converted into one share of new Class C common stock. Following the merger and prior to this offering, we will redeem all of the outstanding shares of new Class C common stock and Class D common stock for $           and $           , respectively, using cash on hand, and subsequent to such redemptions of the new Class C common stock and Class D common stock, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation to eliminate the new Class C common stock and the Class D common stock from our authorized common stock. In addition, as part of the merger, we will also effect a                  for 1 reverse stock split of our Class A common stock. Immediately following the merger, an affiliate of OTPP will convert the relevant number of shares of new Class B common stock into new Class A common stock such that affiliates of OTPP hold no more than 30% of the total issued and outstanding new Class A common stock after giving effect to this offering. See "Corporate Reorganization."

53


Table of Contents


DILUTION

          If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock upon the consummation of this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of our Class A common stock exceeds the book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering.

          Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2014 was $             , or $             per share of Class A common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities, and net tangible book value per share represents net tangible book value divided by the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding, in each case, after giving effect to our corporate reorganization but before giving effect to this offering.

          After giving effect to (i) the sale of                  shares of Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $           per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, (ii) the refinancing of the existing senior secured credit facilities and (iii) the application of the net proceeds from this offering, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2014 would have been $            million, or $           per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $           per share to our existing investors and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $           per share to new investors.

          The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share of Class A common stock basis:

Assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock

        $                     

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2014 before this offering

  $                           

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

             
             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

             
             

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors

        $                     
             
             

          The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2014 after giving effect to this offering, the total number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid to us, or to be paid, and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by our existing investors and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $           per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions:

 
  Shares
Purchased
  Total
Consideration
   
 
 
  Average Price Per
Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

                                % $                             % $                

New investors

                               
                       

Total

            % $         % $                

54


Table of Contents

          If the underwriters were to fully exercise their option to purchase           additional shares of our Class A common stock, the percentage of shares of our Class A common stock held by existing investors would be    %, and the percentage of shares of our Class A common stock held by new investors would be    %.

          A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $       per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $        million, the as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $       and the dilution per share to new investors by $       assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

          The above discussion and tables are based on the number of shares outstanding at September 30, 2014. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of such securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

55


Table of Contents


NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

          We report our financial results in accordance with GAAP. To supplement this information, we also use the following non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus: EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per common share) and Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per common share, giving effect to the offering). Management believes that these non-GAAP measures provide useful supplemental information to management and investors regarding the underlying performance of our business operations. We use these non-GAAP measures to, among other things, evaluate our operating performance on a consistent basis, calculate incentive compensation for our employees and assess compliance with various metrics associated with our 2011 Credit Agreement.

          EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA, further adjusted to exclude certain expenses that we do not view as part of our core operating results, including management fees that terminate in connection with this offering, acquisition related amortization, restructuring costs, transaction expenses, non-cash stock compensation expense, contingent consideration related to acquisitions, goodwill impairment charges, debt refinancing expenses, and results of and gains or losses from the sale of unconsolidated subsidiaries.

          Adjusted Net Income (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per common share) represents net income (including diluted net income per common share) adjusted to exclude amortization and other expenses that we do not view as part of our core operating results, including management fees that terminate in connection with this offering, acquisition related amortization, restructuring costs, transaction expenses, non-cash stock compensation expense, contingent consideration related to acquisitions, goodwill impairment charges, debt refinancing expenses, results of and gains or losses from the sale of unconsolidated subsidiaries and an adjustment to our tax rate to reflect an expected long-term tax rate which excludes the impact of our valuation allowances and historical net operating losses. Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per common share) represents Adjusted Net Income (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per common share) as further adjusted to reflect adjustments made to calculate pro forma net income (including diluted pro forma net income per common share).

          We believe that EBITDA is a useful metric for investors as it is a common metric used by investors, analysts and debt holders to measure our ability to service our debt obligations, fund capital expenditures and meet working capital requirements.

          Adjusted EBITDA is a measurement used by management and the Board to evaluate our core operating results as it excludes certain items whose fluctuations from period-to-period do not necessarily correspond to changes in the core operations of the business. Adjusted EBITDA is also a useful measurement for management and investors to measure our ability to service our debt obligations.

          Adjusted Net Income is also used by management and the Board to assess its business, as well as by investors and analysts, to measure performance. Management uses this measure to evaluate our core operating results as it excludes certain items whose fluctuations from period-to-period do not necessarily correspond to changes in the core operations of the business, but includes certain items such as depreciation, interest expense and an adjusted tax rate, which are otherwise excluded from Adjusted EBITDA. As we continue to reduce our outstanding debt as contemplated in this offering, we expect that items included in Adjusted Net Income and excluded from Adjusted EBITDA, such as interest expense, will have less impact on our financial performance. Accordingly, we expect that Adjusted Net Income will increasingly become more important for our Board in establishing incentive compensation based on our performance and for our investors as the measure of our operating performance on a period-to-period basis.

56


Table of Contents

          Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering gives effect to the offering and the related transactions contemplated therein. See footnote 5 to "Selected and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data." Management believes this measure is informative to investors by providing investors with the ability to compare Adjusted Net Income in future periods to historical amounts after giving effect to the offering.

          These non-GAAP measures are performance measures only and are not measures of our cash flows or liquidity. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per share) and Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per share, giving effect to the offering) are non-GAAP financial measures that are not in accordance with, or an alternative for, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP and may be different from similarly titled non-GAAP measures used by other companies. Non-GAAP measures have limitations in that they do not reflect all of the amounts associated with our results of operations as determined in accordance with GAAP. Some of the limitations are:

          See the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for our GAAP results. Additionally, for reconciliations of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net Income (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per share) to our closest reported GAAP measures see "Selected and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data."

57


Table of Contents


SELECTED AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

          The following tables set forth our selected and pro forma consolidated financial data for the periods ending on and as of the dates indicated. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2014 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial information set forth below on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for such periods. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year.

          Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results of operations. You should read the information set forth below together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Capitalization" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

58


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2011(1)   2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Net service revenue

  $ 437,005   $ 579,145   $ 652,418   $ 478,053   $ 596,003  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    218,981     289,455     342,672     262,997     255,141  
                       

Total revenue

    655,986     868,600     995,090     741,050     851,144  

Direct costs

    279,840     389,056     432,261     320,182     381,102  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    218,981     289,455     342,672     262,997     255,141  

Selling, general and administrative

    95,063     109,428     117,890     83,699     104,332  

Restructuring and other costs(2)

    27,839     35,380     11,828     10,249     6,126  

Transaction expenses(3)

    10,322         508     324     2,042  

Goodwill and intangible assets impairment(4)

        4,000             17,245  

Depreciation

    15,700     19,915     19,175     13,934     16,628  

Amortization

    48,436     58,896     39,298     29,488     23,337  
                       

Income (loss) from operations

    (40,195 )   (37,530 )   31,458     20,177     45,191  

Interest expense, net

    (65,482 )   (62,007 )   (60,489 )   (44,358 )   (41,627 )

Other income (expense), net

    11,519     4,679     (1,649 )   (1,436 )   6,177  
                       

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    (94,158 )   (94,858 )   (30,680 )   (25,617 )   9,741  

Income tax benefit (expense)

    34,611     35,744     (10,849 )   (2,933 )   16,569  
                       

Net (loss) income

    (59,547 )   (59,114 )   (41,529 )   (28,550 )   26,310  

Class C common stock dividend

    (4,500 )   (500 )   (500 )   (375 )   (375 )
                       

Net (loss) income attributable to Class A common stockholders:

  $ (64,047 ) $ (59,614 ) $ (42,029 ) $ (28,925 ) $ 25,935  
                       
                       

Net (loss) income per share attributable to Class A common stockholders:

                               

Basic

  $ (0.17 ) $ (0.14 ) $ (0.10 ) $ (0.07 ) $ 0.06  

Diluted

    (0.17 )   (0.14 )   (0.10 )   (0.07 )   0.06  

Weighted average Class A common shares outstanding:

                               

Basic

    370,742     441,115     439,479     439,580     438,554  

Diluted

    370,742     441,115     439,479     439,580     441,221  

Unaudited Pro Forma Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders(5)

              $           $    

Pro forma basic net (loss) income per common share(5)

                               

Pro forma diluted net (loss) income per common share(5)

                               

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding:

                               

Basic

                               

Diluted

                               

Statement of Cash Flow Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Net cash (used in) provided by:

                               

Operating activities

  $ (18,533 ) $ 42,999   $ 37,270   $ 12,407   $ 117,328  

Investing activities

    (369,670 )   (12,974 )   (17,714 )   (12,559 )   (20,041 )

Financing activities

    422,053     (18,932 )   (6,841 )   (4,783 )   (8,213 )

Other Financial Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

EBITDA(6)

  $ 35,460   $ 45,960   $ 88,282   $ 62,163   $ 91,333  

Adjusted EBITDA(6)

    65,450     84,366     105,521     75,681     113,936  

Adjusted Net (Loss) Income(6)

    (3,711 )   2,735     15,375     10,174     38,971  

Diluted Adjusted Net (Loss) Income per common share(6)

    (0.01 )   0.01     0.03     0.00     0.09  

Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering(6)

                             

Diluted Adjusted Net Income per common share, giving effect to the offering(6)

                             

Capital expenditures

    4,763     9,591     17,714     12,559     17,739  

Cash dividend paid to Class C stockholders

    4,500     500     500     375     375  

Operating Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Backlog(7)

  $ 1,221,641   $ 1,320,548   $ 1,490,787   $ 1,372,451   $ 1,505,973  

Net new business awards(8)

    449,254     676,250     814,177     528,955     633,529  

Net Book-to-Bill ratio(8)

    1.0x     1.2x     1.2x     1.1x     1.1x  

59


Table of Contents


 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of
September 30,
2014
 
 
  2011(1)   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 70,960   $ 81,363   $ 96,972   $ 185,803  

Total assets

    1,373,905     1,257,654     1,233,111     1,316,041  

Total debt and capital leases(9)

    605,593     594,186     594,479     588,405  

Total stockholders' equity

  $ 379,490   $ 316,830   $ 276,207   $ 293,488  

(1)
We acquired Trident on June 1, 2011 and Kendle on July 12, 2011. The financial results of these entities have been included as of and since the date of acquisition. For further details, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—The Effect of Acquisitions on the Comparability of Our Historical Financial Statements" and Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
Restructuring and other costs consist of (i) severance costs associated with the reduction of our workforce in line with our future business operations and duplicative staff as a result of our acquisitions of Kendle and Trident and (ii) lease obligation and termination costs in connection with the abandonment and closure of redundant facilities as a result of our restructuring initiatives. Other costs consist primarily of information technology and other consulting and legal fees attributable to our integration of Kendle.

(3)
Transaction expenses of $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 were related to legal fees, accounting fees and the noncapitalizable portion of bank fees related to our acquisition of Kendle. Transaction expenses of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 were related to third-party fees associated with debt refinancing and the legal fees associated with our acquisition of MEK Consulting in March 2014. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, transaction expenses were $0.3 million of legal fees associated with debt refinancing. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, transaction expenses were $2.0 million and consisted of $1.7 million of third-party fees associated with the debt refinancing in February 2014 and $0.3 million of legal fees associated with the MEK Consulting acquisition.

(4)
During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded a $4.0 million impairment charge related to the goodwill associated with our Phase I Services reporting unit. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we recorded a $17.2 million impairment charge related to intangible assets and goodwill associated with our Phase I Services and Global Consulting reporting units.

(5)
Pro forma net income and earnings per share:

Unaudited pro forma net (loss) income gives effect to adjustments to interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs related to (a) the repurchase of all of our outstanding Notes and (b) the borrowings under the $134.0 million of additional term loans under our new senior secured credit facility, the proceeds of which, along with $             proceeds from the initial public offering and $             of existing cash, will be used to repurchase such outstanding Notes, as described in "Use of Proceeds." Unaudited pro forma earnings per share gives effect to the sale of the number of shares of Class A common stock required, using an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, to (i) fund the proceeds used to repay the Notes, and (ii) give effect to our corporate reorganization as described in "Corporate Reorganization" immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

60


Table of Contents

    The following presents the computation of unaudited pro forma net income and unaudited pro forma earnings per share:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2013
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2014
 
 
  (in thousands,
except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to Class A stockholders

  $ (42,029 ) $ 25,935  

Pro forma adjustment for interest expense, net of tax(a)

             
           

Pro forma net income

  $   $  
           
           

Pro forma earnings per share

             

Basic

  $   $  

Diluted

         

Common shares used in computing income per Class A common share

             

Basic

    439,479     438,554  

Diluted

    439,479     441,221  

Total pro forma common share adjustment

             

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding

             

Basic

         

Diluted

         

(a)
These adjustments reflect the elimination of the historical interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs related to the 2011 senior notes and 2011 credit facility, as well as the incurrence of interest expense related to the new term loans, after reflecting the pro forma effect of the refinancing as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31, 2013  
 
  Interest
Expense
  Amortization
of Debt Issue
Costs
  Tax Effect   Total  

2011 senior notes

                    $  

2011 credit facility

                       

New term loans

                         
                   

Total

  $   $   $   $  
                   
                   


 
  Nine months ended September 30, 2014  
 
  Interest
Expense
  Amortization
of Debt Issue
Costs
  Tax Effect   Total  

2011 senior notes

                    $  

2011 credit facility

                       

New term loans

                         
                   

Total

  $   $   $   $  
                   
                   

    The pro forma adjustments are not tax affected as the impact amounts would have been offset by the release of deferred tax asset valuation allowances.

(b)
Adjustments for common shares as follows:

Indebtedness to be repaid with proceeds from this offering

  $          

Offering price per common share

             
             

Common shares assumed issued to repay Notes

           
             
             
(6)
We report our financial results in accordance with GAAP. To supplement this information, we also use the following non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus: EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per share) and Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per share, giving effect to the offering). For a discussion of the non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus, see "Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

61


Table of Contents

    Investors and potential investors are encouraged to review the following reconciliations of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per share) and Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering (including diluted Adjusted Net Income per share, giving effect to the offering) to our closest reported GAAP measures:

 
   
   
   
  Nine Months Ended  
 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  September 30,
2013
  September 30,
2014
 
 
  2011   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

                               

Net (loss) income as reported

  $ (59,547 ) $ (59,114 ) $ (41,529 ) $ (28,550 ) $ 26,310  

Interest expense, net

    65,482     62,007     60,489     44,358     41,627  

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (34,611 )   (35,744 )   10,849     2,933     (16,569 )

Depreciation

    15,700     19,915     19,175     13,934     16,628  

Amortization

    48,436     58,896     39,298     29,488     23,337  
                       

EBITDA

    35,460     45,960     88,282     62,163     91,333  
                       

Other expense (income)

    (9,864 )   (1,944 )   1,453     1,240     (6,177 )

Restructuring and other costs

    27,839     35,380     11,828     10,249     6,126  

Stock-based compensation expense

    1,176     1,248     2,419     853     2,305  

Contingent consideration treated as compensation expense(a)

   
1,540
   
1,867
   
253
   
252
   
642
 

Debt refinancing expenses(b)

    2,167         244     245     1,763  

Transaction expenses(c)

    8,155         264     79     279  

Monitoring and advisory fees(d)

    632     590     582     404     420  

Loss (gain) on unconsolidated affiliates

    (1,655 )   (2,735 )   196     196      

Goodwill and intangible assets impairment

        4,000             17,245  
                       

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 65,450   $ 84,366   $ 105,521   $ 75,681   $ 113,936  
                       
                       

Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering:

                               

Net (loss) income as reported

  $ (59,547 ) $ (59,114 ) $ (41,529 ) $ (28,550 ) $ 26,310  

Amortization

    48,436     58,896     39,298     29,488     23,337  

Restructuring and other costs

    27,839     35,380     11,828     10,249     6,126  

Stock-based compensation expense

    1,176     1,248     2,419     853     2,305  

Contingent consideration treated as compensation expense(a)

   
1,540
   
1,867
   
253
   
252
   
642
 

Debt refinancing expenses(b)

    2,167         244     245     1,763  

Transaction expenses(c)

    8,155         264     79     279  

Monitoring and advisory fees(d)

    632     590     582     404     420  

Loss (gain) on unconsolidated affiliates

    (1,655 )   (2,735 )   196     196      

Goodwill and intangible assets impairment

        4,000             17,245  

Adjust income tax to normalized rate

    (32,454 )(f)   (37,397 )(f)   1,820 (e)   (3,042 )   (39,456 )
                       

Adjusted Net (Loss) Income

  $ (3,711 ) $ 2,735   $ 15,375   $ 10,174   $ 38,971  
                       
                       

Interest expense on net paydown of debt(g)

                           

Adjust income tax to normalized rate(e)

                           
                             

Adjusted Net Income, giving effect to the offering

              $         $  
                             
                             

Diluted Adjusted Net Income (Loss) Per Share:

                               

Diluted Adjusted Net (Loss) Income per share

  $ (0.01 ) $ 0.01   $ 0.03   $ 0.02   $ 0.09  

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

    370,742     441,395     439,681     439,766     441,221  

Diluted Adjusted Net Income Per Share, giving effect to the offering:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Diluted Adjusted Net Income per share, giving effect to the offering

              $         $  

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding(f)

                           

(a)
Consists of contingent consideration expense incurred as a result of acquisitions and accounted for as compensation expense under GAAP. See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(b)
Represents fees associated with the debt placement and refinancing.

(c)
Represents costs incurred in connection with business combinations and potential acquisitions, including fees paid to Avista in 2011 in connection with the Kendle acquisition.

62


Table of Contents

(d)
Monitoring and advisory fees are paid to affiliates of Avista, which will terminate upon completion of this offering, as well as reimbursements of expenses paid to Avista and Teachers pursuant to the Expense Reimbursement Agreement.

(e)
The effective tax rate has been adjusted to reflect the removal of the tax impact of our valuation allowances recorded against our deferred tax assets and changes in the assertion to permanently reinvest the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries. Historically, we recorded a valuation allowance against some of our deferred tax assets, but we believe that these valuation allowances cause significant fluctuations in our financial results which are not indicative of our underlying financial performance. Specifically, the majority of our revenue in 2013 was generated in jurisdictions in which we recognized no tax expense or benefit due to changes in this valuation allowance. Further, we have historically recorded a valuation allowance against certain foreign tax losses, however, in the second quarter of 2014 the valuation allowance in one of our jurisdictions was reversed creating a significant tax benefit of $24.4 million, which we also do not believe is indicative of our ongoing operations. The adjustment is based on utilizing a 37% overall effective tax rate.

The effective tax rate has also been adjusted to reflect the tax adjustments for the estimated tax impact of the non-operating non-GAAP adjustments used to arrive at Adjusted Net Income (Loss), using the estimated effective tax rate of 37%.

(f)
Adjustment for the tax effect of the non-GAAP adjustments made to arrive at Adjusted Net (Loss) Income using the effective tax rate for the period.

(g)
See unaudited pro forma discussion above under (5).
(7)
Backlog consists of anticipated net service revenue from contract and pre-contract commitments that are supported by written communications. The dollar amount of our backlog consists of anticipated future net service revenue from business awards that either have not started but are anticipated to begin in the next 12 months, or are in process and have not been completed. The majority of our contracts can be terminated by our customers with 30 days' notice. Backlog has been adjusted to reflect any cancellations or adjustments to the related contracts and changes in the foreign currency exchange rates of awards not denominated in U.S. dollars. Included within backlog at September 30, 2014 is approximately $0.2 billion that we expect to generate revenue in 2014 and $0.7 billion in 2015, with the remainder expected to generate revenue beyond 2015. Backlog is not necessarily indicative of future financial performance because it will likely be impacted by a number of factors, including the size and duration of projects which can be performed over several years, project change orders resulting in increases or decreases in project scope and cancellations.

(8)
Net new business awards represent the value of future net service revenue awarded during the period supported by contracts or written pre-contract communications from our customers for projects that have received appropriate internal funding approval, are not contingent upon completion of another trial or event, and are expected to commence within the next 12 months, minus the value of cancellations in the same period. We believe net book-to-bill ratio represents "net new business awards" divided by net service revenue. Net book-to-bill ratio is commonly used in our industry and represents a useful indicator of our potential future revenue growth rate as it measures the rate at which we are generating net new business awards compared to our current revenues. Net book-to-bill is best viewed on a trailing twelve month basis due to the variability within any particular quarter that can be caused by a very large award or cancellation. The trailing twelve month net book-to-bill ratio for September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2014 was 1.0x and 1.2x, respectively. Further, we cannot assure you that the net book-to-bill rate is predictive of future financial performance because it will likely be impacted by a number of factors, including the size and duration of projects which can be performed over several years, project change orders resulting in increases or decreases in project scope and cancellations.

(9)
Includes $8.0 million, $6.7 million, $4.6 million, and $3.3 million of unamortized discounts as of December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013 and September 30, 2014, respectively.

63


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

          The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with "Selected and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data" and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements related to future events and our future financial performance that are based on current expectations and subject to risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors," "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview of Our Business and Services

          We are a leading global CRO, exclusively focused on Phase I to Phase IV clinical development services for the biopharmaceutical and medical device industries. We provide our customers highly differentiated therapeutic alignment and expertise, with a particular strength in CNS, oncology and other complex diseases. We consistently and predictably deliver clinical development services in a complex environment and offer a proprietary, operational approach to clinical trials through our Trusted Process® methodology. Our service offerings focus on optimizing the development of and, therefore, the commercial potential for, our customers' new biopharmaceutical compounds, enhancing returns on their R&D investments, and reducing their overhead by offering an attractive variable cost alternative to fixed cost, in-house resources.

          Our extensive range of services supports the entire clinical development process from Phase I to Phase IV and allows us to offer our customers an integrated suite of investigative site support and clinical development services. We offer these services across a wide variety of therapeutic areas with deep clinical expertise with a primary focus on Phase II to Phase IV clinical trials. We provide total biopharmaceutical program development while also providing discrete services for any part of a trial. The combination of service area experts and the depth of clinical capability allows for enhanced protocol design and actionable trial data.

          We have three reportable segments: Clinical Development Services, Phase I Services and Global Consulting. Clinical Development Services offers a variety of select and stand-alone clinical development services as well as full-service global studies, along with ancillary services such as clinical monitoring, investigator recruitment, patient recruitment, data management and study reports to assist customers with their drug development process. Phase I Services focuses on clinical development services for Phase I trials that include scientific exploratory medicine, first-in-human studies through proof-of-concept stages and support for Phase I studies in established compounds. Global Consulting provides consulting services regarding clinical trial regulatory affairs, regulatory consulting services, quality assurance audits and pharmacovigilance consulting, non-clinical consulting and medical writing consulting.

          Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations herein is presented on a consolidated basis. Because our Clinical Development Services segment accounts for substantially all of our business operations and approximately 95% of our net service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013, we believe that a discussion of our reportable segments' operations would not be meaningful disclosure for investors. See further discussion in Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

          We earn net service revenue primarily for services performed under contracts for global clinical drug trials, based upon a combination of milestones and output measures that are specific to the services performed and defined by the contract. Engagements for Phase II to Phase IV clinical trials, which represent the majority of our revenue, are typically long duration contracts ranging from several months to several years. The contracts for these engagements typically cover the detailed

64


Table of Contents

scope of work, phases, milestones, billing schedules and processes for review of work and clinical results. Contracts are individually priced and negotiated based on the anticipated level of effort required to complete the project, the complexity and performance risks and the level of competition in the market.

          Direct costs associated with these contracts consist principally of compensation expense and benefits associated with our employees and other employee-related costs. While we can manage the majority of these costs relative to the amount of contracted services we have during any given period, direct costs as a percentage of net service revenue can vary from period to period. Such fluctuations are due to a variety of factors, including, among others: (i) the level of staff utilization created by our ability to effectively manage our workforce, (ii) adjustments to the timing of work on specific customer contracts,(iii) the experience mix of personnel assigned to projects, and (iv) the service mix and pricing of our contracts. In addition, as global projects wind down or as delays and cancellations occur, staffing levels in certain countries or functional areas can become misaligned with the current business volume.

Corporate Reorganization

          Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will effect a corporate reorganization, whereby our direct, wholly-owned subsidiary, INC Intermediate, will merge with and into us, and we will be the surviving entity of such merger. As part of the merger, (i) each currently outstanding share of Class A common stock held by stockholders other than an affiliate of OTPP will be converted into             shares of new Class A common stock, with any fractional share rounded to the nearest whole number (which equates to a             for 1 reverse stock split), (ii) each currently outstanding share of Class A common stock held by an affiliate of OTPP will be converted into              shares of new Class B common stock, with any fractional share rounded to the nearest whole number (which equates to a             for 1 reverse stock split), (iii) each currently outstanding share of Class B common stock will be converted into              shares of Class D common stock, with any fractional share rounded to the nearest whole number (which equates to a                          for 1 reverse stock split), and (iv) each currently outstanding share of Class C common stock will be converted into one share of new Class C common stock. Following the merger and prior to this offering, we will redeem all of the outstanding shares of new Class C common stock and Class D common stock for $             and $             , respectively, using cash on hand, and subsequent to such redemptions of the new Class C common stock and Class D common stock, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation to eliminate the new Class C common stock and the Class D common stock from our authorized common stock. In addition, as part of the merger, we will also effect a           for 1 reverse stock split of our Class A common stock. Immediately following the merger, an affiliate of OTPP will convert the relevant number of shares of new Class B common stock into new Class A common stock such that affiliates of OTPP hold no more than 30% of the total issued and outstanding new Class A common stock after giving effect to this offering. We refer to these steps as the "corporate reorganization." The corporate reorganization will not affect our operations, which we will continue to conduct through our operating subsidiaries. See "Corporate Reorganization."

Refinancing

          In connection with this offering, we intend to refinance our existing senior secured credit facilities with new senior secured credit facilities in an aggregate principal amount of $525.0 million, consisting of a $425.0 million term loan facility and a $100.0 million revolving credit facility. We intend to use the proceeds of the $134.0 million of additional term loan borrowings, along with the proceeds of this offering and, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, $           of cash on hand to redeem all of our outstanding Notes and pay any redemption premiums, make-whole interest and related fees and expenses. See "Description of Material Indebtedness."

65


Table of Contents

The Effect of Acquisitions on the Comparability of Our Historical Financial Statements

          On June 1, 2011, we completed the acquisition of Trident, a full service CRO providing Phase I to Phase IV services in the Asia-Pacific region, or the Trident Acquisition. The results of Trident's operations have been included in our consolidated financial statements since that date. The purchase agreement required us to pay up to $7.6 million of additional consideration to Trident's former shareholders, if a key employee, who was also a shareholder, remained an employee in good standing with the Company, as defined in the agreement, upon specified anniversary dates. Of the $7.6 million of additional consideration, $3.7 million was due to this same key employee and was accrued and expensed as compensation ratably over the contingent employment period. As of December 31, 2013, we had fully paid the total additional consideration of $7.6 million.

          On July 12, 2011, we completed the acquisition of Kendle, or the Kendle Acquisition, for $15.25 per share in cash. The fair value of the consideration transferred at the acquisition date was $377.3 million. The results of Kendle's operations have been included in our consolidated financial statements since that date. The Kendle Acquisition expanded our global footprint, broadened our therapeutic expertise, provided additional scale to serve our customers and increased our top-tier position in Phase II to Phase IV clinical trials relative to other global CROs.

          The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations includes periods prior to the consummation of the Kendle Acquisition and related financing and other transactions, and the Trident Acquisition. The term "Acquired Businesses" refers to the businesses that we acquired pursuant to the Kendle Acquisition and the Trident Acquisition. The discussion and analysis of historical periods reflects the results of operations of the Acquired Businesses from their respective acquisition dates. Our financial statements subsequent to these acquisition dates differ in important respects from our historical financial statements, which affects the comparability of our financial results. For additional information on the Acquired Businesses and other acquisitions, see Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

New Business Awards and Backlog

          We add new business awards to backlog when we enter into a contract or when we receive a written commitment from the customer selecting us as its service provider, provided that (i) the customer has received appropriate internal funding approval, (ii) the project or projects are not contingent upon completion of another trial or event, (iii) the project or projects are expected to commence within the next 12 months and (iv) in the case of a written commitment from a customer, the customer intends to enter into a comprehensive contract as soon as practicable. Contracts generally have terms ranging from several months to several years. We recognize revenue on these awards as services are performed, provided we have entered into a contractual commitment with the customer. Our new business awards, net of cancellations of prior awards, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 were $529.0 million and $633.5 million, respectively, representing a 19.8% year-over-year increase. Our new business awards, net of cancellations of prior awards, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013 were $449.3 million, $676.3 million and $814.2 million, respectively, representing a 50.5% increase from 2011 to 2012 and a 20.4% increase from 2012 to 2013. Net new business awards were negatively impacted for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 as a result of a cancellation of interrelated programs during the second quarter of 2014 of approximately $125 million due to scientific concerns our customer had with the viability of the compound under development. This cancellation reduced net awards by $87 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014. New business awards have varied and will continue to vary significantly from quarter to quarter.

          The dollar amount of our backlog consists of anticipated future net service revenue from business awards that either have not started but are anticipated to begin in the future, or that are in

66


Table of Contents

process and have not been completed. Our backlog also reflects any cancellation or adjustment activity related to these contracts. The average duration of our contracts will fluctuate from period to period in the future based on the contracts comprising our backlog at any given time. The majority of our contracts can be terminated by our customers with 30 days' notice. The dollar amount of our backlog is adjusted each quarter for foreign currency fluctuations. Our backlog as of September 30, 2013 was $1.4 billion, compared to $1.5 billion as of September 30, 2014, representing a year-over-year increase of 9.7%. Our backlog as of December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 was $1.2 billion, $1.3 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, representing a 8.1% increase from 2011 to 2012 and 12.9% increase from 2012 to 2013. Included within backlog at September 30, 2014 is approximately $0.2 billion that we expect to generate revenue in 2014 and $0.7 billion in 2015, with the remainder expected to generate revenue beyond 2015. Backlog is not necessarily indicative of future financial performance because it will likely be impacted by a number of factors, including the size and duration of projects which can be performed over several years, project change orders resulting in increases or decreases in project scope and cancellations.

          We believe that backlog and net new business awards might not be consistent indicators of future revenue because they have been, and likely will be, affected by a number of factors, including the variable size and duration of projects, many of which are performed over several years, and cancellations and changes to the scope of work during the course of projects. Additionally, projects may be canceled or delayed by the customer or delayed by regulatory authorities. Projects that have been delayed for less than twelve months remain in backlog, but the anticipated timing of the recognition of revenue is uncertain. We generally do not have a contractual right to the full amount of the revenue reflected in our backlog or net new business awards in the event of cancellation. If a customer cancels an award, we may be reimbursed for the costs we have incurred.

          Fluctuations in our reported backlog and net new business award levels also result from the fact that we may receive a small number of relatively large orders in any given reporting period. Because of these large orders, our backlog and net new business awards in that reporting period might reach levels that are not sustained in subsequent reporting periods. As we increasingly compete for and enter into large contracts that are more global in nature, we expect the rate at which our backlog and net new business awards convert into revenue to decrease, or lengthen. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our backlog might not be indicative of our future revenues, and we might not realize all of the anticipated future revenue reflected in our backlog" for more information.

67


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

          The following tables set forth amounts from our unaudited consolidated financial statements along with the percentage changes for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2014 (dollars in thousands):

 
  Nine Months Ended    
   
 
 
  September 30,
2013
  September 30,
2014
  Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Net service revenue

  $ 478,053   $ 596,003   $ 117,950     24.7 %

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    262,997     255,141     (7,856 )   (3.0 )%
                       

Total revenue

    741,050     851,144     110,094     14.9 %
                       

Direct costs

    320,182     381,102     60,920     19.0 %

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    262,997     255,141     (7,856 )   (3.0 )%

Selling, general and administrative

    83,699     104,332     20,633     24.7 %

Restructuring and other costs

    10,249     6,126     (4,123 )   (40.2 )%

Transaction expenses

    324     2,042     1,718     530.2 %

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

        17,245     17,245      

Depreciation

    13,934     16,628     2,694     19.3 %

Amortization

    29,488     23,337     (6,151 )   (20.9 )%
                       

Total operating expenses

    720,873     805,953     85,080     11.8 %

Income from operations

    20,177     45,191     25,014     124.0 %

Total other expense, net

    (45,794 )   (35,450 )   (10,344 )   (22.6 )%
                       

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

    (25,617 )   9,741     35,358     138.0 %

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (2,933 )   16,569     19,502     664.9 %
                       

Net income (loss)

  $ (28,550 ) $ 26,310   $ 54,860     192.2 %
                       
                       

Net Service Revenue and Reimbursable Out-of-Pocket Expenses

          Our total revenue is comprised of net service revenue and revenue from reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses. We earn net service revenue primarily for services performed under contracts for clinical trials, based upon a combination of milestones and output measures that are specific to the services performed and defined by the contract. Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses consist primarily of principal investigator fees, travel and other costs reimbursed by our customers.

          Engagements for Phase II to Phase IV clinical trials, which represent the majority of our net service revenue, are typically long duration contracts ranging from several months to several years. The contracts for these engagements typically cover the detailed scope of work, phases, milestones, billing schedules and processes for review of work and clinical results.

          Contracts are individually priced and negotiated based on the anticipated level of effort required to complete the project, the complexity and performance risks, and the level of competition in the market. Contracts include change order provisions for managing the scope of work to be performed and billed under the contract. Project invoicing includes provisions for payment of our fees and reimbursement of our out-of-pocket expenses, which may include travel, other trial costs, and payments to third parties providing additional services. Our contracts may also provide for advance payment by our customers, depending upon the contract. Contracted work

68


Table of Contents

may be terminated by our customers, typically with a 30-day notice period. These contracts may also include provisions governing the services, and timing of those services, required to wind-down a trial in the event of cancellation.

          For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2014, total revenue was comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

 
  Nine Months Ended    
   
 
 
  September 30,
2013
  September 30,
2014
  Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Net service revenue

  $ 478,053   $ 596,003   $ 117,950     24.7 %

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    262,997     255,141     (7,856 )   (3.0 )%
                       

Total revenue

  $ 741,050   $ 851,144   $ 110,094     14.9 %
                       
                       

          Net service revenue increased $118.0 million, or 24.7%, from $478.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to $596.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increase during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 is primarily driven by strong awards during the second half of 2013 and the first quarter of 2014 and higher contract change order activity relative to historical levels. The growth in our revenue in 2014 was particularly strong in the CNS and Oncology therapeutic areas and with a strategic FSP (Functional Service Provider) customer. In addition, our 2014 year-to-date change order activity was significantly higher than our historical average, resulting in revenue growth of approximately $6.0 million to $12.0 million in the first nine months of 2014.

          Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses decreased 3.0%, or $7.9 million, from $263.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to $255.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses fluctuate significantly from period to period based on the timing of program initiation or closeout and the mix of program complexity and do not necessarily change in correlation to net service revenues. The reimbursements are offset by an equal amount of indirect costs.

          Net service revenue from our top five customers accounted for approximately 35% and 37% of total net service revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

          Various subsidiaries of Otsuka Holdings Co., Ltd. accounted for 15% and 14% of total net service revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Various subsidiaries of Astellas Pharma, Inc. accounted for 12% of net service revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Direct Costs and Reimbursable Out-of-pocket Expenses

          Our direct costs consist primarily of direct labor and employee benefits, facility costs associated with these personnel and other costs directly related to contract performance. Direct costs as a percentage of net service revenue can vary from period to period due to fluctuations in staff utilization created by our management of our workforce and adjustments to the timing of work and revenue recognition on specific customer contracts, the experience mix of personnel assigned to projects, and the service mix and pricing of our contracts. In addition, as global projects wind down or as delays and cancellations occur, staffing levels in certain countries or functional areas can become misaligned with the current business volume as the mix of countries and services vary from study to study and by therapeutic area. Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses consist primarily of principal investigator fees, travel and other costs reimbursed by our customers.

69


Table of Contents

          For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2014, direct costs and reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  Nine Months Ended    
   
 
 
  September 30,
2013
  September 30,
2014
  Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Direct costs

  $ 320,182   $ 381,102   $ 60,920     19.0 %

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    262,997     255,141     (7,856 )   (3.0 )%
                       

Total direct costs and reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

  $ 583,179   $ 636,243   $ 53,064     9.1 %
                       
                       

          The following is a summary of the year-over-year fluctuation in direct costs during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (in thousands):

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2013 to 2014
 

Increase (decrease) in:

       

Salaries, benefits, and incentive compensation

  $ 54,382  

Other

    6,538  
       

Total

  $ 60,920  
       
       

          Direct costs increased by $60.9 million, or 19.0%, from $320.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to $381.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. This increase in salaries, benefits and incentive compensation is primarily due to higher compensation expense and contract labor costs associated with additional headcount in line with our increased revenues, and an increase in incentive compensation as a result of our improved financial performance. Other costs increased primarily due to charges for VAT that cannot be recovered from customers due to changes in tax regulations related to certain foreign operations of $4.4 million.

          Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses decreased by 3.0%, or $7.9 million, from $263.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to $255.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses fluctuate significantly from period to period based on the timing of program initiation or closeout and the mix of program complexity.

Selling, General and Administrative

          Our selling, general, and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation and benefits, facilities costs associated with these personnel, advertising, professional fees (e.g., legal and accounting expenses), travel and other operating expenses. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2014, selling, general and administrative expenses were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  Nine Months Ended    
   
 
 
  September 30,
2013
  September 30,
2014
  Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Selling, general and administrative

  $ 83,699   $ 104,332   $ 20,633     24.7 %

Percent of net service revenue

    17.5 %   17.5 %            

70


Table of Contents

          The following is a summary of the year-over-year fluctuation in our selling, general and administrative expenses during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (in thousands):

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2013 to 2014
 

Increase (decrease) in:

       

Salaries, benefits, and incentive compensation

  $ 11,766  

Professional services

    2,478  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    3,268  

Facility related costs

    2,121  

Travel

    873  

Other

    127  
       

Total

  $ 20,633  
       
       

          Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $20.6 million, or 24.7%, from $83.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to $104.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increases for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 were driven by (i) an increase in salaries, benefits, and incentive compensation from increased headcount and incentive compensation resulting from our growth in new business awards and operational performance, (ii) an increase in professional fees as a result of our preparation for this offering, including costs associated with internal control documentation and the review of our quarterly results, (iii) an increase in allowance for doubtful accounts, (iv) an increase in facility-related cost to support our headcount growth and (v) an increase in travel costs as a result of increased headcount.

          As a result of our cost savings initiatives and our ability to leverage the selling, general and administrative functions as we grow revenue, these expenses as a percentage of net service revenue remained constant at 17.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 despite increased cost related to our preparation for this offering and increases in our allowance for doubtful accounts.

Restructuring and Other Costs

          Restructuring and other costs were $6.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, primarily consisting of facilities closure expenses and to a lesser extent, severance costs. In the second quarter of 2014, we initiated restructuring activities related to the closure of our Glasgow facility and partial closure of our Cincinnati facility. We incurred $4.7 million of severance costs and facility closure expenses in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 with respect to this activity.

          Restructuring and other costs were $10.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, primarily consisting of severance costs and IT and other professional fees. During 2013, we adopted a plan to better align headcount and costs with the current geographic sources and mix of revenue resulting in a reduction of approximately 325 employee and contract positions.

Transaction expenses

          Transaction expenses were $2.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and consisted of $1.7 million of third party fees associated with the debt refinancing and $0.3 million of legal fees associated with the MEK Consulting acquisition, a full service CRO with operations in the Middle East that we acquired for $6.0 million in March 2014. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, transaction expenses were $0.3 million of legal fees associated with debt refinancing and expenses for acquisition-related activities.

71


Table of Contents

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

          During the second quarter of 2014, we determined that Phase I Services and Global Consulting reporting units were not performing according to management's expectations, requiring an evaluation of the impairment of the goodwill and intangible assets. As a result of this evaluation, we recorded a $9.2 million impairment of goodwill and an $8.0 million impairment of intangible assets associated with our Phase I Services and Global Consulting reporting units.

Depreciation and Amortization

          Depreciation expense increased by $2.7 million, or 19.3%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2013, primarily due to (i) our continued investment in our IT infrastructure, and (ii) the reduction in the estimated useful lives on several assets during the first quarter of 2014 due to the consolidation of data centers and information systems.

          Amortization expense decreased by $6.2 million, or 20.9%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The decrease in amortization expense is primarily due to certain intangible assets becoming fully amortized, partially offset by the increase in amortization expense as a result of the reduction of estimated useful lives of certain intangible assets in the second quarter of 2014.

Other Expense, Net

          For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2014, other income and expenses were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
   
   
 
 
  Increase/
(Decrease)
 
 
  2013   2014  

Interest income

  $ 127   $ 226   $ 99     78.0 %

Interest expense

    (44,485 )   (41,853 )   (2,632 )   (5.9 )%

Other, net

    (1,436 )   6,177     (7,613 )   (530.2 )%
                       

Total other expense, net

  $ (45,794 ) $ (35,450 ) $ (10,344 )   (22.6 )%
                       
                       

          Other expense, net, decreased from $45.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to $35.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The decrease was primarily driven by a $7.6 million decrease in other expenses primarily due to foreign currency gains in 2014 versus losses in 2013, and a $2.6 million decrease in interest expense due to lower interest rates in 2014.

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit

          Income tax (expense) benefit was a benefit of $16.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to an expense of $2.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Income taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 were impacted by a $23.1 million discrete income tax benefit recognized as a result of the release of the valuation allowance on certain foreign tax credits. During the second quarter of 2014, management concluded that it was more likely than not that a portion of our deferred tax assets will be realized through future taxable income. This conclusion was based, in part, on our achieving sustained profitability in 2014 in these international jurisdictions and projections of positive future earnings. Therefore, we released a significant portion of the valuation allowances related to these deferred tax assets in the second quarter of 2014.

72


Table of Contents

          Other variances from the statutory rate of 35% were due to (i) income or losses generated in jurisdictions where no income tax expense or benefit will be realized due to a full valuation allowance on the associated deferred tax assets, (ii) recognition of certain foreign related unrecognized tax benefits and (iii) the geographical split of pre-tax income.

Net Income (Loss)

          Net income (loss) increased to $26.3 million of net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, from a net loss of $28.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 for the reasons discussed above, in particular, the impact of increased services revenue, the overall decrease of operating expenses as a percentage of net service revenue and the income tax benefit from the release of a valuation allowance of $23.1 million recorded during the first nine months of 2014.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

          The following table sets forth amounts from our consolidated financial statements along with the percentage change for years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase / (Decrease)  
 
  2011   2012   2013   2011 to 2012   2012 to 2013  

Net service revenue

  $ 437,005   $ 579,145   $ 652,418   $ 142,140     32.5%   $ 73,273     12.7%  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    218,981     289,455     342,672     70,474     32.2%     53,217     18.4%  
                                       

Total revenue

    655,986     868,600     995,090     212,614     32.4%     126,490     14.6%  
                                       

Costs and expenses:

                                           

Direct costs

    279,840     389,056     432,261     109,216     39.0%     43,205     11.1%  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    218,981     289,455     342,672     70,474     32.2%     53,217     18.4%  

Selling, general and administrative

    95,063     109,428     117,890     14,365     15.1%     8,462     7.7%  

Restructuring and other costs

    27,839     35,380     11,828     7,541     27.1%     (23,552 )   (66.6)%  

Transaction expenses

    10,322         508     (10,322 )   (100)%     508      

Goodwill impairment

        4,000         4,000         (4,000 )   (100)%  

Depreciation and amortization

    64,136     78,811     58,473     14,675     22.9%     (20,338 )   (25.8)%  
                                       

Total operating expenses

    696,181     906,130     963,632     209,949     30.2%     57,502     6.3%  

Income (loss) from operations

   
(40,195

)
 
(37,530

)
 
31,458
   
2,665
   
6.6%
   
68,988
   
183.8%
 

Other expense, net

   
(53,963

)
 
(57,328

)
 
(62,138

)
 
3,365
   
6.2%
   
4,810
   
8.4%
 
                                       

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (94,158 )   (94,858 )   (30,680 )   (700 )   (0.7)%     64,178     67.7%  

Income tax (expense) benefit

    34,611     35,744     (10,849 )   1,133     3.3%     (46,593 )   (130.4)%  
                                       

Net loss

  $ (59,547 ) $ (59,114 ) $ (41,529 ) $ (433 )   (0.7)%   $ (17,585 )   (29.7)%  
                                       
                                       

73


Table of Contents

Net Service Revenue and Reimbursable Out-of-Pocket Expenses

          For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, total revenue was comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase / (Decrease)  
 
  2011   2012   2013   2011 to 2012   2012 to 2013  

Net service revenue

  $ 437,005   $ 579,145   $ 652,418   $ 142,140     32.5%   $ 73,273     12.7%  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    218,981     289,455     342,672     70,474     32.2%     53,217     18.4%  
                                       

Total revenue

  $ 655,986   $ 868,600   $ 995,090   $ 212,614     32.4%   $ 126,490     14.6%  
                                       
                                       

          Net service revenue increased $73.3 million, or 12.7%, to $652.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $579.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase is primarily driven by the strength of new business awards, particularly in the third and fourth quarters of 2013.

          Net service revenue increased $142.1 million, or 32.5%, to $579.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $437.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase is principally attributable to the additional revenue from the Acquired Businesses. During the pre-acquisition period of 2011, the Acquired Businesses had revenue of $172.0 million.

          Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses increased 18.4% to $342.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $289.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase of $53.2 million is principally due to an overall increase in net service revenue, as well as an increase in the number of studies in which we procured principal investigator services. These reimbursements are offset by an equal amount in direct costs and, accordingly, have no impact on gross margin.

          Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses increased 32.2% to $289.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $219.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses fluctuate significantly from period to period based on the timing of program initiation or closeout and the mix of program complexity and do not necessarily change in correlation to net service revenues. These reimbursements are offset by an equal amount in direct costs and, accordingly, have no impact on gross margin.

          Net service revenue from our top five customers accounted for approximately 26%, 26% and 34% of total net service revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013, respectively. Various subsidiaries of Otsuka Holdings Co., Ltd. accounted for approximately 12%, 12% and 15% of total net service revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013, respectively.

74


Table of Contents

Direct Costs and Reimbursable Out-of-Pocket Expenses

          For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, direct costs and reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase / (Decrease)  
 
  2011   2012   2013   2011 to 2012   2012 to 2013  

Direct costs

  $ 279,840   $ 389,056   $ 432,261   $ 109,216     39.0%   $ 43,205     11.1%  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    218,981     289,455     342,672     70,474     32.2%     53,217     18.4%  
                                       

Total Direct costs and Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

  $ 498,821   $ 678,511   $ 774,933   $ 179,690     36.0%   $ 96,422     14.2%  
                                       
                                       

          Direct costs increased by $43.2 million, or 11.1%, to $432.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $389.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase is primarily due to $38.4 million higher compensation, benefits and incentive compensation expense and contract labor costs associated with additional headcount in line with our increased revenues and operational performance.

          Direct costs increased by $109.2 million, or 39.0%, to $389.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $279.8 million the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase is primarily attributable to the increase in direct costs from the personnel, facilities and other expenses associated with the Acquired Businesses.

          Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses increased 18.4% to $342.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 and 32.2% to $289.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses fluctuate significantly from period to period based on the timing of program initiation or closeout and the mix of program complexity and do not necessarily change in correlation to net service revenues.

Selling, General and Administrative

          For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, selling, general and administrative expenses were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase / (Decrease)  
 
  2011   2012   2013   2011 to 2012   2012 to 2013  

Selling, general and administrative

  $ 95,063   $ 109,428   $ 117,890   $ 14,365     15.1 % $ 8,462     7.7 %

Percentage of net service revenue

    21.8 %   18.9 %   18.1 %                        

          Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $117.9 million, compared to $109.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase of $8.5 million, or 7.7%, was primarily driven by an increase in business development expense in line with the increase in net new business awards and revenue, marketing expense associated with our new branding campaign and incentive compensation expense due to improved company performance as discussed above.

75


Table of Contents

          Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $109.4 million, compared to $95.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase of $14.4 million or 15.1% was primarily due to the additional personnel and infrastructure costs associated with the Acquired Businesses.

          As a result of our cost savings initatives and our ability to leverage the selling, general and administrative functions as we have grown revenue, these expenses as a percentage of net service revenue declined from 21.8% to 18.9% and 18.1% for years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Restructuring and Other Costs

          Restructuring and other costs were $11.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily comprised of severance costs of $7.9 million and lease costs of $1.8 million for abandoned facilities related to the 2013 restructuring plan. This plan was adopted to better align headcount and costs with our current geographic sources and mix of revenue and included a reduction of approximately 325 employee and contract positions. Restructuring and other costs also include $2.1 million in legal fees and consulting fees, primarily incurred in connection with legal entity restructuring related to the Kendle Acquisition.

          Restructuring and other costs were $35.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily comprised of $13.9 million in lease obligation and termination costs in connection with the abandonment and closure of redundant facilities and $13.3 million in severance costs. Restructuring costs also include IT and other professional fees of $8.2 million.

          Restructuring and other costs for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $27.8 million, primarily comprised of costs associated with the cancellation of employment agreements and additional severance totaling $19.1 million and IT and other professional fees of $8.7 million. These restructuring costs are primarily attributable to our integration of Kendle and also include costs related to our other restructuring initiatives undertaken during 2011.

Transaction Expenses

          Transaction expenses were $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily consisting of third-party fees associated with the debt refinancing and legal fees associated with the MEK Consulting acquisition. Transaction expenses of $10.3 million were incurred for the year ended December 31, 2011 and were primarily comprised of legal fees, accounting fees and the noncapitalizable portion of bank fees related to the Kendle Acquisition.

Goodwill Impairment

          During the year ended December 31, 2012, we determined that the fair value of one of our reporting units, Phase I Services, did not exceed the carrying value resulting in a $4.0 million impairment of goodwill. This impairment arose from the reduced scope of our Phase I Services reporting unit as we closed our Morgantown, West Virginia location in June 2012. We evaluate goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. We perform our annual impairment test by estimating the fair value of each reporting unit using a combination of the income and market approaches for purposes of estimating our total fair value of the reporting unit.

76


Table of Contents

Depreciation and Amortization

          Depreciation and amortization expense decreased to $58.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $78.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease is principally due to the full amortization of certain acquisition-related intangible assets.

          Depreciation and amortization expense increased to $78.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $64.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase is principally due to the amortization of intangible assets resulting from the purchase price allocation in connection with the Kendle Acquisition on July 12, 2011 and the Trident Acquisition on June 1, 2011. We allocated the purchase price for each transaction to identifiable intangible assets, including backlog, customer relationships, and technologies, which are being amortized on a straight line basis over periods ranging from two to twelve years. A portion of the purchase price was also allocated to property and equipment, and is being depreciated over the remaining useful lives.

Other Expense, Net

          For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, other income and expenses were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase / (Decrease)  
 
  2011   2012   2013   2011 to 2012   2012 to 2013  

Interest income

  $ 151   $ 239   $ 310   $ 88     58.3 % $ 71     29.7 %

Interest expense

    (65,633 )   (62,246 )   (60,799 )   (3,387 )   (5.2 )%   (1,447 )   (2.3 )%

Other income (expense), net

    11,519     4,679     (1,649 )   (6,840 )   (59.4 )%   (6,328 )   (135.2 )%
                                       

Total other expense

  $ (53,963 ) $ (57,328 ) $ (62,138 ) $ 3,365     6.2 % $ 4,810     8.4 %
                                       
                                       

          Total other expense increased from $57.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $62.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily driven by a $6.3 million increase in other expense due to change in foreign currency losses of $3.0 million and a $2.7 million gain recorded in 2012 with respect to the GVK Acquisition. This increase was partially offset by a $1.4 million decrease in interest expense resulting from the reduction in the interest rate on our term loan in February 2013 from Amendment No. 1 to our 2011 Credit Agreement.

          Total other expense increased to $57.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $54.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, driven by a $6.8 million decrease in other income, partially offset by a $3.4 million decrease in interest expense.

          Other income decreased by $6.8 million due to foreign currency fluctuations primarily due to lower gains resulting from changes in rates used to settle foreign currency transactions, as well as to re-measure monetary asset and liability balances that are not in local currency. This decrease was partially offset by a $2.7 million gain on the GVK Acquisition.

          Interest expense decreased by $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. In 2011, interest expense included $11.1 million of prepayment penalties and the write off of $8.9 million in deferred financing costs resulting from refinancing of our outstanding debt on July 12, 2011 concurrent with the Kendle Acquisition. This decrease was partially offset by the $16.5 million increase in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to the larger debt balance and higher interest rate.

77


Table of Contents

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit

          Income tax expense was $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to a benefit of $35.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

          The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2013 was (35.4)% compared to 37.7% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The change in our effective tax rate between 2013 and 2012 is primarily due to an increase in the valuation allowance on U.S. deferred tax assets and U.S. taxes provided on foreign earnings deemed not to be permanently reinvested outside the United States. Management's evaluation of available positive and negative evidence resulted in a judgment that the realization of the tax benefits for U.S. deferred tax assets did not meet the "more likely than not" standard and therefore a valuation allowance was recorded. Earnings of our foreign subsidiaries will be subject to income taxation in the United States for income tax purposes when repatriated. However, for financial reporting purposes, income taxes on a portion of these earnings were provided as though they have currently been repatriated, as these earnings have been deemed to be not indefinitely reinvested outside the United States during the year ended December 31, 2013.

          Income taxes were a benefit of $35.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $34.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

          The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 37.7% compared to 36.8% for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in our effective tax rate was primarily due to foreign deemed dividends and the capitalization of transaction expenses for income tax purposes.

Net Loss

          Net loss decreased to $41.5 million from $59.1 million and $59.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively for the reasons discussed above, in particular the impact of increased service revenue along with the overall decrease of indirect expenses as a percentage of net service revenue.

78


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

          The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for our last eleven completed fiscal quarters. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments necessary for their fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods. The quarterly results of operations presented should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period.

 
  March 31,
2012
  June 30,
2012
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2012
  March 31,
2013
  June 30,
2013
  September 30,
2013
  December 31,
2013
  March 31,
2014
  June 30,
2014
  September 30,
2014
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Net service revenue

  $ 141,607   $ 141,981   $ 143,443   $ 152,114   $ 149,743   $ 159,202   $ 169,108   $ 174,365   $ 184,700   $ 203,540   $ 207,763  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    67,543     76,384     68,154     77,374     78,226     95,206     89,565     79,675     82,077     82,203     90,861  
                                               

Total revenue

    209,150     218,365     211,597     229,488     227,969     254,408     258,673     254,040     266,777     285,743     298,624  

Direct costs

    95,689     96,370     97,153     99,845     104,768     106,497     108,917     112,080     120,764     130,781     129,557  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    67,543     76,384     68,154     77,374     78,226     95,206     89,565     79,675     82,077     82,203     90,861  

Selling, general and administrative

    30,718     27,150     26,713     24,846     27,603     28,553     27,543     34,190     32,185     33,962     38,185  

Restructuring and other costs

    12,892     6,759     9,542     6,187     2,368     4,778     3,104     1,578     758     2,417     2,951  

Goodwill and intangible assets impairment

                4,000                         17,245      

Transaction expenses

                      354         (30 )   184     2,042          

Depreciation

    5,486     5,143     4,876     4,410     4,446     4,758     4,730     5,241     6,869     5,025     4,734  

Amortization of Intangibles

    15,180     14,819     14,452     14,445     9,834     9,830     9,823     9,811     7,502     6,238     9,597  
                                               

Total operating expenses

    227,508     226,625     220,890     231,107     227,599     249,622     243,652     242,759     252,197     277,871     275,885  

Income from operations

    (18,358 )   (8,260 )   (9,293 )   (1,619 )   370     4,786     15,021     11,281     14,580     7,872     22,739  

Other income (expense), net:

                                                                   

Interest income

    43     29     21     146     52     53     22     183     182     18     26  

Interest expense

    (15,475 )   (15,726 )   (15,559 )   (15,486 )   (14,869 )   (14,825 )   (14,791 )   (16,314 )   (16,083 )   (12,841 )   (12,929 )

Other income (expense), net

    3,532     (1,769 )   3,197     (281 )   (1,035 )   (30 )   (371 )   (213 )   1,378     (337 )   5,136  
                                               

Total other expense, net

    (11,900 )   (17,466 )   (12,341 )   (15,621 )   (15,852 )   (14,802 )   (15,140 )   (16,344 )   (14,523 )   (13,160 )   (7,767 )
                                               

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    (30,258 )   (25,726 )   (21,634 )   (17,240 )   (15,482 )   (10,016 )   (119 )   (5,063 )   57     (5,288 )   14,972  

Income tax (expense) benefit

    10,591     11,934     9,898     3,321     (1,264 )   (618 )   (1,051 )   (7,916 )   (1,609 )   20,595     (2,417 )
                                               

Net (loss) income

    (19,667 )   (13,792 )   (11,736 )   (13,919 )   (16,746 )   (10,634 )   (1,170 )   (12,979 )   (1,552 )   15,307     12,555  

Class C common stock dividends

    125     125     125     125     125     125     125     125     125     125     125  
                                               

Net (loss) income attributable to Class A common stockholders

  $ (19,792 ) $ (13,917 ) $ (11,861 ) $ (14,044 ) $ (16,871 ) $ (10,759 ) $ (1,295 ) $ (13,104 ) $ (1,677 ) $ 15,182   $ 12,430  
                                               
                                               

Net (loss) income per Class A common share:

                                                                   

Basic

  $ (0.04 ) $ (0.03 ) $ (0.03 ) $ (0.03 ) $ (0.04 ) $ (0.02 ) $ (0.00 ) $ (0.03 ) $ (0.00 ) $ 0.03   $ 0.03  

Diluted

    (0.04 )   (0.03 )   (0.03 )   (0.03 )   (0.04 )   (0.02 )   (0.00 )   (0.03 )   (0.00 )   0.03     0.03  

Weighted average Class A common shares:

                                                                   

Basic

    441,539     441,637     441,637     439,646     439,469     439,725     439,547     439,174     438,533     438,534     438,594  

Diluted

    441,539     441,637     441,637     439,646     439,469     439,725     439,547     439,174     438,533     440,966     443,743  

79


Table of Contents

          The following tables present the reconciliation of Net income (loss) to EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net Income:

 
  March 31,
2012
  June 30,
2012
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2012
  March 31,
2013
  June 30,
2013
  September 30,
2013
  December 31,
2013
  March 31,
2014
  June 30,
2014
  September 30,
2014
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

                                                                   

Net (loss) income as reported

  $ (19,667 ) $ (13,792 ) $ (11,736 ) $ (13,919 ) $ (16,746 ) $ (10,634 ) $ (1,170 ) $ (12,979 ) $ (1,552 ) $ 15,307   $ 12,555  

Interest expense, net

    15,432     15,697     15,538     15,340     14,817     14,772     14,769     16,131     15,901     12,823     12,903  

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (10,591 )   (11,934 )   (9,898 )   (3,321 )   1,264     618     1,051     7,916     1,609     (20,595 )   2,417  

Depreciation

    5,486     5,143     4,876     4,410     4,446     4,758     4,730     5,241     6,869     5,025     4,734  

Amortization

    15,180     14,819     14,452     14,445     9,834     9,830     9,823     9,811     7,502     6,238     9,597  
                                               

EBITDA

    5,840     9,933     13,232     16,955     13,615     19,344     29,203     26,120     30,329     18,798     42,206  
                                               

Other income (expense)

    (1,155 )   1,769     (3,197 )   639     1,035     30     175     213     (1,378 )   337     (5,136 )

Restructuring and other costs

    12,892     6,759     9,542     6,187     2,368     4,778     3,104     1,578     758     2,417     2,951  

Share-based compensation expense

    276     349     252     371     355     364     134     1,566     531     893     881  

Contingent consideration treated as compensation expense(a)

    673     550     357     287     153     99                 153     205     285  

Debt refinancing expenses(b)

                            275           (30 )         1,763              

Transaction expenses

                            79                 185     279              

Monitoring and advisory fees(d)

    138     155     154     143     137     142     125     178     142     141     137  

Gain (loss) on unconsolidated affiliates

    (2,377 )               (358 )               196                          

Goodwill and intangible assets impairment

                4,000                         17,245      
                                               

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 16,287   $ 19,515   $ 20,340   $ 28,224   $ 18,017   $ 24,757   $ 32,907   $ 29,840   $ 32,577   $ 40,036   $ 41,324  
                                               
                                               

Adjusted Net Income:

                                                                   

Net (loss) income as reported

  $ (19,667 ) $ (13,792 ) $ (11,736 ) $ (13,919 ) $ (16,746 ) $ (10,634 ) $ (1,170 ) $ (12,979 ) $ (1,552 ) $ 15,307   $ 12,555  

Amortization

    15,180     14,819     14,452     14,445     9,834     9,830     9,823     9,811     7,502     6,238     9,597  

Restructuring expenses

    12,892     6,759     9,542     6,187     2,368     4,778     3,104     1,578     758     2,417     2,951  

Share-based compensation expense

    276     349     252     371     355     364     134     1,566     531     893     881  

Contingent consideration treated as compensation expense(a)

    673     550     357     287     153     99             153     205     285  

Debt refinancing expenses(b)

                    275         (30 )       1,763          

Transaction expenses

                    79             185     279          

Monitoring and advisory fees(d)

    138     155     154     143     137     142     125     178     142     141     137  

Gain (loss) on unconsolidated affiliates

    (2,377 )           (358 )           196                  

Goodwill and intangible assets impairment

                4,000                         17,245      

Adjust income tax to normalized rate

    (9,374 )(f)   (10,507 )(f)   (11,102 )(f)   (6,414 )(f)   2,108 (e)   (1,305 )(e)   (3,845 )(e)   4,862 (e)   (2,529 )(e)   (28,680 )(e)   (8,248 )(e)
                                               

Adjusted Net (Loss) Income

  $ (2,259 ) $ (1,667 ) $ 1,919   $ 4,742   $ (1,437 ) $ 3,274   $ 8,337   $ 5,201   $ 7,047   $ 13,766   $ 18,158  
                                               
                                               

Diluted Adjusted Net Income (Loss) per share:

                                                                   

Diluted Adjusted Net (Loss) Income per share

  $ (0.01 ) $ (0.00 ) $ 0.00   $ 0.01   $ (0.00 ) $ 0.01   $ 0.02   $ 0.01   $ 0.02   $ 0.03   $ 0.04  

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

    441,539     441,637     442,014     440,117     439,469     440,055     439,772     439,426     438,953     440,966     443,743  

(a)
Consists of contingent consideration expense incurred as a result of acquisitions and accounted for as compensation expense under GAAP. See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(b)
Represents fees associated with the debt placement and refinancing.

(c)
Represents costs incurred in connection with business combinations and potential acquisitions, including fees paid to Avista in 2011 in connection with the Kendle Acquisition.

(d)
Monitoring and advisory fees are paid to affiliates of Avista, which will terminate upon completion of this offering, as well as reimbursements of expenses paid to Avista and Teachers pursuant to the Expense Reimbursement Agreement.

(e)
The effective tax rate has been adjusted to reflect the removal of the tax impact of our valuation allowances recorded against our deferred tax assets and changes in the assertion to permanently reinvest the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries. Historically, we recorded a valuation allowance against some of our deferred tax assets, but we believe that these valuation allowances cause significant fluctuations in our financial results which are not indicative of our underlying financial performance. Specifically, the majority of our revenue in 2013 was generated in jurisdictions in which we recognized no tax expense or benefit due to changes in this valuation allowance. Further, we have historically recorded a valuation allowance against certain foreign tax losses, however, in the second quarter of 2014 the valuation allowance in one of our jurisdictions was reversed creating a significant tax benefit of $24.4 million, which we also do not believe is indicative of our ongoing operations. The adjustment is based on utilizing a 37% overall effective tax rate.


The effective tax rate has also been adjusted to reflect the tax adjustments for the estimated tax impact of the non-operating non-GAAP adjustments used to arrive at Adjusted Net Income (Loss), using the estimated effective tax rate of 37%.

(f)
Adjustment for the tax effect of the non-GAAP adjustments made to arrive at Adjusted Net Income (Loss) using the effective tax rate for the period.

80


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

          Key measures of our liquidity are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2013
  September 30,
2014
 

Balance sheet statistics:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 81,363   $ 96,972   $ 185,803  

Restricted cash

    1,051     569     539  

Working capital

    43,032     57,605     96,865  

          We fund our operations and growth, including acquisitions, primarily with our working capital, cash flow from operations as well as funds available for borrowing under our $75.0 million revolving credit facility. Our principal liquidity requirements are to fund our debt service obligations, capital expenditures, expansion of services, possible acquisitions, integration and restructuring costs, geographic expansion, working capital and other general corporate purposes.

          On July 12, 2011, we entered into our $375.0 million 2011 Credit Agreement, with a syndicate of banks, financial institutions and other entities, or the Lenders. The 2011 Credit Agreement was originally comprised of a $300.0 million term loan, a $75.0 million revolving facility and letter of credit and swing line facilities. All obligations under the 2011 Credit Agreement are guaranteed by INC Intermediate and certain of INC's direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. The obligations under the 2011 Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of the assets of INC and the guarantors. In February 2013 and February 2014, we entered into Amendment No. 1 and Amendment No. 2, respectively. These amendments provided for reductions in the applicable margins under the revolving facility to 3.25% for Eurodollar loans, to 2.25% for base rate loans and reduced the applicable margins under the term loan facility to 3.25% for Eurodollar loans and to 2.25% for base rate loans and reduced the LIBOR floor under the term loan facility from 1.25% to 1.0%. In addition, the financial maintenance covenant was amended to be applicable only to the revolving facility and so long as the sum of revolving loans, swing line loans and letters of credit (other than letters of credit that are cash collateralized), outstanding as of the last day of any four-fiscal quarter period, is greater than 25% of the revolving commitments. The new covenant, when applicable, requires us to maintain a secured leverage ratio of 4.0 to 1.0. We are permitted to add a receivables securitization facility of $100.0 million and have a prepayment premium of 1% applicable to any prepayment of term loans that is made in connection with a re-pricing transaction that occurs on or prior to August 19, 2014.

          On July 12, 2011, INC issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of its Notes due July 15, 2019. The Notes are unsecured and rank equally in right of payment with all of INC's existing and future senior debt. The Notes are guaranteed by INC Intermediate and certain of INC's direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries and the obligations of such guarantors under their guarantees are equal in right of payment to all of their existing and future senior debt. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 11.5% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on July 15 and January 15 of each year until July 15, 2019. The Notes are non-callable for the first four years. See "Description of Material Indebtedness—Senior Notes."

          As of September 30, 2014, we had total principal amount of indebtedness (including capital leases) of approximately $589.0 million. Further, we have undrawn commitments available for additional borrowings under our senior secured facilities of $74.1 million (net of $0.9 million in outstanding letters of credit as of September 30, 2014) which we may use for working capital and other purposes. The issuance of additional debt and the related incremental interest expense could adversely affect our operations and financial condition or limit our ability to secure additional capital and other resources.

81


Table of Contents

          In connection with this offering, we intend to refinance our existing senior secured credit facilities with new senior secured credit facilities in an aggregate principal amount of $525.0 million, consisting of a $425.0 million term loan facility and a $100.0 million revolving credit facility. We intend to use the proceeds of the $134.0 million of additional term loan borrowings, along with the proceeds of this offering and, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, $             of cash on hand to redeem all of our outstanding Notes and pay any redemption premiums, make-whole interest and related fees and expenses. See "Description of Material Indebtedness."

          Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures and necessary working capital will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. Management believes that cash on hand, cash flows from operations and funds available under the revolving credit facility will be sufficient to meet our working capital and other currently anticipated cash needs, scheduled debt and interest payments and income tax obligations. Our ability to meet our cash needs through cash flows from operations will depend on the demand for our services, as well as general economic, financial, competitive and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our business might not generate cash flow in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay the principal of, or interest on, our indebtedness, or to fund our other liquidity needs, including working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, investments and other general corporate requirements. If we cannot fund our liquidity needs, we will have to take actions such as reducing or delaying capital expenditures, acquisitions or investments, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt, reducing the scope of our operations and growth plans, or seeking additional equity capital. We cannot be assured that any of these remedies could, if necessary, be affected on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or that they would permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our 2011 Credit Agreement and the indenture governing our Notes limit the use of proceeds from any disposition of assets and, as a result, we may not be allowed, under those agreements, to use the proceeds from any such dispositions to satisfy all current debt service obligations.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

          For the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  Nine Months Ended    
   
 
 
  September 30,
2013
  September 30,
2014
  Change 2013 to
2014
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 12,407   $ 117,328   $ 104,921     845.7 %

Net cash used in investing activities

    (12,559 )   (20,041 )   7,482     59.6 %

Net cash used in financing activities

    (4,783 )   (8,213 )   3,430     71.7 %

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

          For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, our operating activities provided $117.3 million in cash flow, consisting of a net income of $26.3 million, adjusted for net noncash items of $34.6 million primarily related to depreciation and amortization, amortization of capitalized loan fees, stock-based compensation, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, foreign currency adjustments and deferred income taxes. In addition, $56.4 million of cash was provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities, consisting primarily of an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses and an increase in net deferred revenue, partially offset by a decrease in billed and unbilled accounts receivable.

82


Table of Contents

          For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, our operating activities provided $12.4 million in cash, consisting of a net loss of $28.6 million, adjusted for net noncash item increases of $48.6 million primarily related to depreciation and amortization and amortization of capitalized loan fees. In addition, $7.6 million of cash was used by changes in operating assets and liabilities, consisting primarily of a decrease in net accounts receivable, partially offset by an increase in deferred revenue.

          The changes in operating assets and liabilities result primarily from the net movement in accounts receivable, unbilled revenue, and deferred revenue, coupled with changes in accrued expenses. Fluctuations in billed and unbilled receivables and unearned revenue occur on a regular basis as we perform services, achieve milestones or other billing criteria, send invoices to customers and collect outstanding accounts receivable. This activity varies by individual customer and contract. We attempt to negotiate payment terms that provide for payment of services prior to or soon after the provision of services, but the levels of unbilled services and unearned revenue can vary significantly from period to period.

          Cash flows from operations increased by $104.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2013, primarily due to year-over-year increase of $63.6 million in cash provided from working capital and a $54.9 million decrease in net loss, offset by a $14.0 million change in adjustments for non-cash items.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

          For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we used $20.0 million in cash for investing activities, comprised of the purchase of $17.7 million of property and equipment and payment of $2.3 million for the purchase of MEK Consulting. We anticipate total purchases of property and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2014 will be between $25.0 million and $30.0 million.

          For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we used $12.6 million in cash for investing activities for the purchase of property and equipment.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

          For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, financing activities used $8.2 million in cash, primarily driven by $7.9 million in net repayments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations.

          For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, financing activities used $4.8 million in cash, primarily driven by $2.8 million in proceeds from the modification of long-term debt, offset by $5.8 million of payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

          For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  Increase / (Decrease)  
 
  2011   2012   2013   2011 to 2012   2012 to 2013  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ (18,533 ) $ 42,999   $ 37,270   $ 61,532     332.0 % $ (5,729 )   (13.3 )%

Net cash used in investing activities

    (369,670 )   (12,974 )   (17,714 )   (356,696 )   (96.5 )%   4,740     36.5 %

Net cash provided (used in) by financing activities

    422,053     (18,932 )   (6,841 )   (440,985 )   (104.5 )%   12,091     63.9 %

83


Table of Contents

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

          For the year ended December 31, 2013, our operating activities provided $37.3 million in cash flow, consisting of a net loss of $41.5 million, adjusted for net noncash items of $72.6 million primarily related to depreciation and amortization, amortization of capitalized loan fees, stock-based compensation and deferred income taxes. In addition, $6.2 million of cash was provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities, consisting primarily of an increase in deferred revenue, an increase in other long-term liabilities, offset by decrease in account receivable and unbilled revenue, net.

          For the year ended December 31, 2012, operating activities provided $43.0 million in cash, consisting of a net loss of $59.1 million, adjusted for net noncash items of $43.0 million primarily related to depreciation and amortization expense as well as amortization of capitalized loan fees, partially offset by changes in deferred income taxes, foreign currency adjustments and gain on purchase of an equity affiliate. In addition, $59.1 million in cash was provided by the changes in operating assets and liabilities, consisting primarily of an increase in other assets and deferred revenue, partially offset by a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses, as well as an increase in accounts receivable and unbilled revenue.

          For the year ended December 31, 2011, operating activities used $18.5 million in cash, consisting of a net loss of $59.5 million, adjusted for net noncash items of $36.0 million primarily related to depreciation and amortization expense as well as amortization of capitalized loan fees, partially offset by changes in deferred income taxes and foreign currency adjustments. In addition, $5.0 million in cash was provided by the changes in operating assets and liabilities, consisting primarily of an increase in other assets and deferred revenue, partially offset by a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses, as well as a decrease in accounts receivable and unbilled revenue.

          Cash flows from operations decreased by $5.7 million during 2013 compared to 2012, primarily due to year-over-year reduction of $51.8 million in cash provided from working capital, offset by an increase in earnings prior to amortization and depreciation. Cash flows from operations increased by $61.5 million during 2012 compared to 2011, primarily due to year-over-year increase of $52.2 million in cash provided from working capital, offset by a decrease in the net loss prior to amortization and depreciation.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

          For the year ended December 31, 2013, we used $17.7 million in cash for investing activities, comprised of the purchase of $17.7 million of property and equipment.

          For the year ended December 31, 2012, we used $13.0 million in cash for investing activities, comprised primarily of the purchase of $9.6 million of property and equipment and a $3.4 million payment related to the GVK Acquisition (net of cash acquired).

          For the year ended December 31, 2011, our investing activities used $369.7 million in cash, comprised primarily of $364.9 million related to the Kendle Acquisition and the Trident Acquisition (net of cash acquired), as well as the purchase of $4.8 million of property and equipment.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

          For the year ended December 31, 2013, financing activities used $6.8 million in cash, primarily driven by $4.0 million in net repayments on long-term debt and capital leases obligations, $1.4 million of treasury stock repurchases and $1.3 million of contingent consideration related to the Trident Acquisition.

84


Table of Contents

          For the year ended December 31, 2012, financing activities used $18.9 million in cash, primarily driven by $7.0 million in repayments on our revolving line of credit, $6.4 million of payments on other long-term debt and capital lease obligations, $2.8 million of treasury stock repurchases and $2.7 million of payment of contingent consideration related to the Trident Acquisition.

          For the year ended December 31, 2011, our financing activities provided $422.1 million in cash, primarily from $568.1 million of proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, $162.3 million of proceeds from the sale of common stock and borrowings of $28.0 million on our revolving line of credit, partially offset by $329.3 million of repayments of our previously outstanding long-term debt, revolving line of credit and capital lease obligations, $4.5 million of dividends paid and $2.6 million of treasury stock repurchases.

Inflation

          Our long-term contracts, those in excess of one year, generally include inflation or cost of living adjustments for the portion of the services to be performed beyond one year from the contract date. In the event actual inflation rates are greater than our contractual inflation rates or cost of living adjustments, inflation could have a material adverse effect on our operations or financial condition.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

          The following table summarizes our expected material contractual payment obligations as of December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands):

 
  Payment Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 Year
  1 to 3
Years
  3 to 5
Years
  More than
5 Years
 

Long-term debt

  $ 596,480   $ 4,713   $ 4,287   $ 287,480   $ 300,000  

Interest on long-term debt

    290,228     52,392     104,445     98,891     34,500  

Non-cancellable purchase commitments

    39,943     17,193     22,225     525      

Capital leases

    2,564     2,292     272          

Operating leases

    84,889     22,247     35,588     23,590     3,464  
                       

Total

  $ 1,014,104   $ 98,837   $ 166,817   $ 410,486   $ 337,964  
                       
                       

          The interest payments on long-term debt in the above table are based on interest rates in effect as of December 31, 2013. On February 19, 2014, we entered into Amendment No. 2 to our 2011 Credit Agreement. Pursuant to Amendment No. 2, we reduced the applicable margins under the revolving loan facility to 3.25% for Eurodollar loans, to 2.25% for base rate loans and reduced the applicable margins under the term loan facility to 3.25% for Eurodollar loans and to 2.25% for base rate loans, in each case subject to further reductions based upon a pricing grid.

          In connection with this offering, we intend to refinance our existing senior secured credit facilities with new senior secured credit facilities in an aggregate principal amount of $525.0 million, consisting of a $425.0 million term loan facility and a $100.0 million revolving credit facility. We intend to use the proceeds of the $134.0 million of additional term loan borrowings, along with the proceeds of this offering and, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, $             of cash on hand to redeem all of our outstanding Notes and pay any redemption premiums, make-whole interest and related fees and expenses. Additionally, our interest on long-term debt will decrease by

85


Table of Contents

$              million related to the repayment of the Notes, partially offset by an increase of $              million related to the borrowings under our 2014 Credit Agreement.

          We have recorded a tax liability for unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions of $23.7 million which has not been included in the above table due to the uncertainties in the timing of the settlement of the income tax positions.

          We are a party to supplier contracts related to clinical services that if cancelled would require payment for services performed and potentially additional services required to protect the safety of subjects. The value of these potential wind-down provisions is not practical to estimate.

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

          We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements except for operating leases entered into in the normal course of business.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

          The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses during the period, as well as disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, valuation of goodwill and identifiable intangibles, tax-related contingencies and valuation allowances, allowance for doubtful accounts, litigation contingencies, among others. These estimates are based on the information available to management at the time these estimates, judgments and assumptions are made. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates.

Revenue Recognition

          We recognize revenue when all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; (2) the service offering has been delivered to the customer; (3) the collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and (4) the arrangement consideration is fixed or determinable. We record revenues net of any tax assessments by governmental authorities, such as value added taxes, that are imposed on and concurrent with specific revenue generating transactions. In some cases, contracts provide for consideration that is contingent upon the occurrence of uncertain future events. We recognize contingent revenue when the contingency has been resolved and all other criteria for revenue recognition have been met.

          Our arrangements are primarily service contracts and historically, a majority of the net service revenue has been earned under contracts which range in duration from several months to several years. Most of our contracts can be terminated by the client with 30 days' notice. In the event of termination, our contracts often provide for fees for winding down the project, which include both fees incurred and actual expenses and noncancellable expenditures and may include a fee to cover a percentage of the remaining professional fees on the project. We do not recognize revenue with respect to start-up activities including contract and scope negotiation, feasibility analysis and conflict of interest review associated with contracts. The costs for these activities are expensed as incurred.

          The majority of our contracts are for clinical research services and, to a lesser extent, consulting services. These contracts represent a single unit of accounting. Clinical research service contracts generally take the form of fee-for-service, fixed-fee-per-unit and fixed-price contracts, with the majority of the contracts being fixed-fee-per-unit. For fee-for-service contracts, fees are billed based on a contractual rate basis and the Company recognizes revenue on these arrangements as

86


Table of Contents

services are performed, primarily on a time and materials basis. For fixed-price contracts (including fixed-fee and fixed-price-per-unit arrangements), revenue is recognized as services are performed based upon a proportional performance basis, which is assessed using output measures that are specific to the service provided.

          Examples of output measures include, among others, study management months, number of sites activated, number of site initiation visits, and number of monitoring visits completed. Revenue is determined by dividing the actual units of work completed by the total units of work required under the contract and multiplying that ratio by the total contract value. The total contract value, or total contractual payments, represents the aggregate contracted price for each of the agreed upon services to be provided.

          Changes in the scope of work are common, especially under long-term contracts, and generally result in a renegotiation of future contract pricing terms and change in contract value. If the customer does not agree to contract modification, we could bear the risk of cost overruns. Renegotiated amounts are not included in net revenues until the contract modification is signed, the amount is earned and realization is assured.

          For the arrangements that include multiple elements, arrangement consideration is allocated to units of accounting based on the relative selling price. The best evidence of selling price of a unit of accounting is vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, which is the price we charge when the deliverable is sold separately. When VSOE is not available to determine selling price, management uses relevant third-party evidence, or TPE, of selling price, if available. When neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exists, management uses its best estimate of selling price considering all relevant information that is available without undue cost and effort. We consider the guidance related to the accounting for multiple element arrangements when determining whether more than one contract shall be combined and accounted for as a single arrangement.

Billed and Unbilled Accounts Receivable and Deferred Revenues

          Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value. Unbilled accounts receivable arise when services have been rendered for which revenue has been recognized but the customers have not been billed. In general, prerequisites for billings and payments are established by contractual provisions, including predetermined payment schedules, which may or may not correspond to the timing of the performance of services under the contract.

          In some cases, payments received are in excess of revenue recognized. Deferred revenues represent billings or receipts of payments from customers in advance of services being provided and the related revenue being earned or reimbursable expenses being incurred. As the contracted services are subsequently performed and the associated revenue is recognized, the deferred revenues balance is reduced by the amount of the revenue recognized during the period.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

          We maintain a credit approval process and make significant judgments in connection with assessing customers' ability to pay throughout the contractual obligation. Despite this assessment, from time to time, customers are unable to meet their payment obligations. We continuously monitor customers' credit worthiness and apply judgment in establishing a provision for estimated credit losses based on historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified.

87


Table of Contents

Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets

          Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. We evaluate goodwill for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. During 2012, we determined that the goodwill related to our Phase I Services reporting unit was impaired and recognized an impairment loss of $4.0 million. During the second quarter of 2014, we determined that the intangible assets and goodwill related to our Phase I Services and Global Consulting reporting units were impaired and recognized an impairment loss of $17.2 million.

          Intangible assets consist primarily of trademarks, backlog, customer relationships and technologies. Finite-lived trademarks, backlog and technologies are being amortized on a straight-line basis. Customer relationships are being amortized at the greater of actual customer attrition or a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives. Certain trademarks have an indefinite life and are not amortized but instead are evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Finite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment upon the occurrence of certain triggering events.

          Long-lived assets, including fixed assets and intangible assets, are regularly reviewed to determine if facts and circumstances indicate that the useful life is shorter than we originally estimated or that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. If such facts and circumstances exist, we assess the recoverability of identified assets by comparing the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their remaining lives against their respective carrying amounts. Impairments, if any, are based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets and occur in the period in which the impairment determination was made.

Stock-Based Compensation

          We recognize stock-based compensation expense for stock option awards provided to our employees. We measure stock-based compensation cost at grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award and recognize the service-based cost on a straight-line basis (net of estimated forfeitures) over the employee's vesting period. The compensation expense with respect to performance-based awards is recognized if we believe it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. We reassess the probability of the achievement of the performance condition at each reporting period, and adjust the compensation expense for subsequent changes in the estimate or actual outcome.

          We estimate the fair value of each option award on the grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The model requires the use of the following assumptions: the fair value of our Class A common shares; an expected dividend yield; expected volatility; risk-free interest rate; and expected term.

          Fair Value of Our Class A Common Shares.     Due to the absence of an active market for our Class A common shares, the fair value of our common shares for purposes of determining the fair value of stock option awards was determined in good faith by our Board, with the assistance and upon the recommendation of management, based on a number of objective and subjective factors consistent with the methodologies outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the AICPA Practice Aid, including:

    contemporaneous related party valuations of our common shares;

    the common shares underlying the award involved illiquid securities in a private company;

88


Table of Contents

    our results of operations and financial position;

    the composition of, and changes to, our management team and Board;

    the material risks related to our business;

    our business strategy;

    the market performance of publicly traded companies in the CRO sector, and recently completed mergers and acquisitions of companies comparable to us;

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our common shares and options such as an initial public offering given prevailing market conditions; and

    external market conditions affecting the life sciences and biotechnology industry sectors.

          Each quarter a contemporaneous valuation (within the meaning of such term under the AICPA Practice Aid) of our Class A common shares was performed by a related party. At each grant date, the Board considered whether any events or circumstances occurred between the date of the valuation and the date of the grant that would indicate a significant change in the fair value of our common shares during that period. For all of the contemporaneous valuations performed, two commonly accepted valuation approaches were applied to estimate our enterprise value: the guideline public company method and the guideline transactions method. These methods both select a valuation multiple from comparable public companies or transactions, making adjustments for our strengths and weaknesses relative to the selected companies and apply it to our operating data to determine an indication of our enterprise value. Our valuations utilized a multiple of Adjusted EBITDA to enterprise value of comparable companies and transactions, applied to our historical and prospective Adjusted EBITDA to arrive at an indication of the fair value. This metric was selected as we believe it is the most appropriate valuation of a company with our capital structure and is commonly used by investors and analysts within our industry.

          The following table summarizes all stock option grants from September 1, 2010 through September 30, 2014:

 
  Number of
Shares
Underlying
Options
Granted
  Exercise
Price Per
Share
  Estimated Fair
Value Per
Common Share
at Grant Date
  Weighted
Average
Fair Value Per
Option at
Grant Date
 

September 2010 to May 2011

    27,311,000   $ 1.00   $ 1.00   $ 0.48  

June 2011 to July 2013

    12,273,000   $ 1.25   $ 1.25   $ 0.55  

August 2013 to January 6, 2014

    3,800,000   $ 1.19   $ 1.19   $ 0.53  

January 7, 2014 to March 31, 2014

        N/A     N/A     N/A  

April 1, 2014 to April 21, 2014

    1,900,000   $ 1.60   $ 1.60   $ 0.58  

April 22, 2014 to June 29, 2014

        N/A     N/A     N/A  

June 30, 2014

    6,772,000   $ 1.90   $ 1.90   $ 0.66  

July 1, 2014 to August 10, 2014

        N/A     N/A     N/A  

August 11, 2014

    900,000   $ 2.30   $ 2.30   $ 0.78  

August 12, 2014 to September 30, 2014

        N/A     N/A     N/A  

          Expected Dividend Yield.     We have not paid and do not expect to pay dividends on our Class A common stock, therefore, we use a zero-percent dividend rate.

          Expected Volatility.     We use the historical volatilities of a selected peer group as we do not have sufficient trading history to determine the volatility of our Class A common stock. We intend to

89


Table of Contents

continue to rely on this information until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own stock becomes available, or unless the circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us.

          Risk-Free Interest Rate.     We use the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with an equivalent remaining term of the options for each option group to represent the risk-free interest rate.

          Expected Term.     The expected term represents the period that our option awards are expected to be outstanding. As we do not have sufficient historical experience for determining the expected term, we have based our expected term on the simplified method available under GAAP, which utilizes the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term.

          Once we have determined an estimated fair value, we adjust that value for expected forfeitures to represent the value of the award that we expect to vest. We estimate forfeitures based on a historical analysis of our actual forfeiture experience. We recognize the expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. At the end of each period, we review the estimated forfeiture rate and, as applicable, make changes to the rate calculations to reflect new developments. Stock-based compensation cost is recorded in direct costs and selling, general and administrative in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss based on the employees' respective function.

          We record deferred tax assets for awards that result in deductions on our income tax returns, based on the amount of compensation cost recognized and the statutory tax rate in the jurisdiction in which we will receive a deduction. Differences between the deferred tax assets recognized for financial reporting purposes and the actual tax deduction reported on the income tax return are recorded in additional paid-in capital (if the tax deduction exceeds the deferred tax asset) or in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss (if the deferred tax asset exceeds the tax deduction and no additional paid-in capital exists from previous awards).

Restructuring and Related Expenses

          Restructuring costs, which primarily include severance and facility closure costs, are recorded at estimated fair value. Key assumptions in determining the restructuring costs include the terms and payments that may be negotiated to terminate certain contractual obligations and the timing of employees leaving us. We account for restructuring costs in accordance with the authoritative guidance for compensation—nonretirement postemployment benefits. Under this guidance, we record these obligations when the obligations are estimable and probable.

          We account for one-time termination benefits, contract termination costs and other related exit costs in accordance with the authoritative guidance for exit or disposal cost obligations. This guidance requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred, as opposed to when management commits to an exit plan. Additionally, this guidance requires that (i) liabilities associated with exit and disposal activities be measured at fair value, (ii) one-time termination benefits be expensed at the date the entity notifies the employee, unless the employee must provide future service, in which case the benefits are expensed ratably over the future service period, (iii) liabilities related to an operating lease/contract be recorded at fair value and measured when the contract does not have any future economic benefit to the entity (i.e., the entity ceases to utilize the rights conveyed by the contract), and (iv) all other costs related to an exit disposal activity be expensed as incurred.

90


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

          We and our U.S. subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. Our other subsidiaries file tax returns in their local jurisdictions.

          We provide for income taxes on all transactions that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Specifically, we estimate our tax liability based on current tax laws in the statutory jurisdictions in which it operates. Accordingly, the impact of changes in income tax laws on deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are recognized in net earnings in the period during which such changes are enacted. We record deferred tax assets and liabilities based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for tax benefit carryforwards using enacted tax rates in effect in the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

          We provide valuation allowances against deferred tax assets for amounts that are not considered more likely than not to be realized. The valuation of the deferred tax asset is dependent on, among other things, our ability to generate a sufficient level of future taxable income. In estimating future taxable income, we have considered both positive and negative evidence, such as historical and forecasted results of operations, and have considered the implementation of prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

          We recognize a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if we believe it is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. Judgment is required in determining what constitutes an individual tax position, as well as the assessment of the outcome of each tax position. We consider many factors when evaluating and estimating tax positions and tax benefits. In addition, the calculation of tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in domestic and foreign jurisdictions. The amount of the accrual for which an exposure exists is measured as the largest amount of benefit determined on a cumulative probability basis that we believe is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement of the position. If the calculation of liability related to uncertain tax positions proves to be more or less than the ultimate assessment, a tax expense or benefit to expense, respectively, would result. We do not foresee any reasonably possible change in the unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months, but acknowledge circumstances can change due to unexpected developments in the law.

          Our policy has been to provide income taxes on earnings of foreign subsidiaries only to the extent those earnings are expected to be repatriated. We intend to repatriate current and future earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to meet certain cash requirements in the United States. As a result, we have provided taxes on these earnings. We continue to assert that all undistributed foreign earnings prior to December 31, 2012 remain permanently reinvested to support future growth in foreign markets and to maintain current operating needs of foreign locations.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

          In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance that requires preparers to report, in one place, information about reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income and, if applicable, the effect of the reclassifications on the respective line items in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. The guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2012. The adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

          In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance to clarify that nonpublic entities are not required to disclose the fair value hierarchy level for financial instruments that are not measured at fair value on the statement of financial position but for which fair value is disclosed. The guidance is effective

91


Table of Contents

immediately and the adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

          In March 2013, the FASB issued guidance specifying that a cumulative translation adjustment, or CTA, should be recognized into earnings when an entity ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets within a consolidated foreign entity and the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity. For sales of an equity method investment that is a foreign entity, a pro rata portion of CTA attributable to the investment would be recognized in earnings when the investment is sold. When an entity sells either a part or all of its investment in a consolidated foreign entity, CTA would be recognized in earnings only if the sale results in the parent no longer having a controlling financial interest in the foreign entity. In addition, CTA should be recognized in earnings in a business combination achieved in stages. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2014. We do not believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

          In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward or Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. The ASU provides guidance regarding the presentation in the statement of financial position of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward or a tax credit carryforward exists. The ASU generally provides that an entity's unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of its unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in its financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. The ASU applies prospectively to all entities that have unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists at the reporting date, and is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014. We do not plan to early adopt. We do not believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

          On May 28, 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. ASU 2014-09 will eliminate transaction- and industry-specific revenue recognition guidance under current U.S. GAAP and replace it with a principle based approach for determining revenue recognition. ASU 2014-09 will require that companies recognize revenue based on the value of transferred goods or services as they occur in the contract. The ASU also will require additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09 is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is not permitted. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on our consolidated financial statements.

          In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. ASU 2014-15 will explicitly require management to assess an entity's ability to continue as a going concern at each annual and interim period. Related footnote disclosures will be required if conditions give rise to substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the report issuance date. If conditions do not give rise to substantial doubt, no disclosures will be required specific to going concern uncertainties. The ASU defines substantial doubt using a likelihood threshold of "probable" similar to the current use of that term in U.S. GAAP for loss contingencies and provides example indicators. ASU 2014-15 is effective for reporting periods ending after December 15, 2016, and early

92


Table of Contents

adoption is permitted. We do not believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or related footnote disclosures.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

          Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and other relevant market rate or price changes. In the ordinary course of business, we are exposed to various market risks, including changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, and we regularly evaluate our exposure to such changes. Our overall risk management strategy seeks to balance the magnitude of the exposure and the cost and availability of appropriate financial instruments. From time to time, we have utilized forward exchange contracts to manage our foreign currency exchange rate and interest rate risk.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates

          Approximately 26.8% and 26.3% of our net service revenues for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Our financial statements are reported in U.S. dollars and, accordingly, fluctuations in exchange rates will affect the translation of our revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currencies into U.S. dollars for purposes of reporting our consolidated financial results. During 2012 and 2013, the most significant currency exchange rate exposures were the Euro and British pound. A hypothetical change of 10% in average exchange rates used to translate all foreign currencies to U.S. dollars would have impacted income before income taxes for 2013 by approximately $17 million. We do not have significant operations in countries in which the economy is considered to be highly-inflationary.

          We are subject to foreign currency transaction risk for fluctuations in exchange rates during the period of time between the consummation and cash settlement of a transaction. Accordingly, exchange rate fluctuations during this period may affect our profitability with respect to such contracts. We are able to partially offset our foreign currency transaction risk through exchange rate fluctuation adjustment provisions stated in our contracts with customers, or we may hedge our transaction risk with foreign currency exchange contracts.

Interest Rates

          We are subject to market risk associated with changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had $296.5 million and $295.5 million, respectively, outstanding under credit agreements subject to variable interest rates. Each quarter-point increase or decrease in the applicable interest rate at December 31, 2013 and 2012 would change our interest expense by approximately $0.7 million and $0.7 million, respectively, per year.

93


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

          We are a leading global CRO based on revenues and are exclusively focused on Phase I to Phase IV clinical development services for the biopharmaceutical and medical device industries. We provide our customers highly differentiated therapeutic alignment and expertise, with a particular strength in CNS, oncology and other complex diseases. We consistently and predictably deliver clinical development services in a complex environment and offer a proprietary, operational approach to clinical trials through our Trusted Process® methodology. Our service offerings focus on optimizing the development of, and therefore, the commercial potential for, our customers' new biopharmaceutical compounds, enhancing returns on their R&D investments, and reducing their overhead by offering an attractive variable cost alternative to fixed cost, in-house resources.

          Over the past decade, we have systematically built our scale and capabilities to become a leading global provider of Phase I to Phase IV clinical development services, with approximately 5,500 employees in 50 countries across six continents as of September 30, 2014. Our broad global reach has enabled us to provide clinical development services in over 100 countries. Our global footprint provides our customers with broad access to diverse markets and patient populations, local regulatory expertise and local market knowledge. We have developed our capabilities and infrastructure in parallel with our extensive, industry-leading relationships with principal investigators and clinical research sites, as demonstrated by our ranking as the "Top CRO" in the 2013 CenterWatch Global Investigative Site Relationship Survey, which was conducted by CenterWatch, a third-party leading publisher in the clinical trials industry. The survey covered responses from over 2,000 global sites across 36 specific relationship attributes about CROs that the sites surveyed have worked with in the past two years. We believe these attributes are critical for delivering high quality clinical trial results on time and on budget for our customers. We provide robust clinical development services through specialized therapeutic teams that have deep scientific expertise and are strategically aligned with the largest and fastest growing areas of our customers' R&D investments. Over 75% of our backlog as of September 30, 2014 is in CNS, oncology and other complex diseases, such as genetic disorders and infectious diseases.

          Our diversified customer base includes a mix of many of the world's largest biopharmaceutical companies as well as high-growth, small and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies. We deliver high quality service through our internally developed, metrics-driven Trusted Process®, which is our proprietary methodology designed to reduce operational risk and variability by standardizing clinical development services and implement quality controls throughout the clinical development process. We believe our Trusted Process® leads our customers to faster, better-informed drug development decisions.

          For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we had total net service revenue of $652.4 million and $596.0 million, respectively, net loss of $(41.5) million and net income of $26.3 million, respectively, Adjusted Net Income of $15.4 million and $39.0 million, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA of $105.5 million and $113.9 million, respectively. Net service revenue, Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA increased by 12.7%, 462.2% and 25.1%, respectively, and net loss decreased by 29.7% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from the year ended December 31, 2012. Net service revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income increased by 24.7%, 50.5% and 283.0%, respectively, and our net (loss) income increased from a net loss of $28.6 million to net income of $26.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 from the nine months ended September 30, 2013. As of September 30, 2014, we had outstanding term loans under the 2011 Credit Agreement of $291.0 million and $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes. In connection with this offering, we intend to refinance our existing senior secured credit facilities with new senior secured credit facilities in an aggregate principal amount of $525.0 million, consisting of a $425.0 million term loan facility and a $100.0 million revolving credit facility. We intend to use the proceeds of the

94


Table of Contents

$134.0 million additional term loan borrowings, along with the proceeds of this offering and $         of cash on hand to redeem all of our outstanding Notes and pay any redemption premiums, make-whole interest and related fees and expenses. For a reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA, each of which are non-GAAP measures, to our net loss, see "Selected and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data."

Our Market

          The market for our services includes biopharmaceutical companies that outsource clinical development services. We believe we are well-positioned to benefit from the following market trends:

          Trends in late-stage clinical development outsourcing.     Within the clinical development market, we primarily focus on Phase II to Phase IV clinical trials. Biopharmaceutical companies continue to prioritize the outsourcing of Phase II to Phase IV clinical trials, particularly in complex, high-growth therapeutic areas such as CNS, oncology and other complex diseases. Additionally, small and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies typically have limited infrastructure and therefore have a particular proclivity to outsource their clinical development to CROs. Since January 2013, biotechnology companies in the United States have raised $17.1 billion from the public equity markets, and we believe the growth in this sector will further enhance overall growth within the CRO industry. We estimate, based on industry sources, including analyst reports, and management's knowledge, that the market for CRO services for Phase II to Phase IV clinical development services will grow at a rate of 8% to 9% annually through 2018, driven by a combination of increased development spend and further outsourcing penetration. In addition, we estimate that total biopharmaceutical spending on drug development in 2013 was approximately $74.6 billion, of which the clinical development market, which is the market for drug development following pre-clinical research, was approximately $65.1 billion. Of the $65.1 billion, we estimate our total addressable market to be $56.3 billion, after excluding $8.8 billion of indirect fees paid to principal investigators and clinical research sites, which are not a part of the CRO market. We estimate that total biopharmaceutical spending on clinical development will grow at a rate of 3% to 4% annually through 2018. In 2013, we estimate biopharmaceutical companies outsourced approximately $20.6 billion of clinical development spend to CROs, representing a 9% increase in such spending compared to 2012 and a penetration rate of 37% of our total addressable market. We estimate that this penetration rate will increase to 46% of our total addressable market by 2018. We believe that CROs with deep therapeutic expertise, global reach and capabilities, the ability to conduct increasingly complex clinical trials and maintain strong principal investigator and clinical research site relationships will be well-positioned to benefit from these industry trends.

          Optimization of biopharmaceutical R&D efficiency.     Market forces and healthcare reform, including the Affordable Care Act and other governmental initiatives, place significant pressure on biopharmaceutical companies to improve cost efficiency. Companies need to demonstrate the relative improvement in quality, safety, and effectiveness of new therapies as compared to existing approved therapies as early as possible in the development process. CROs can help biopharmaceutical companies deploy capital more efficiently, especially as many biopharmaceutical companies do not have adequate in-house development resources. In response to high clinical trial costs, particularly in therapeutic areas such as CNS and oncology, which we believe present the highest mean cost per patient across all clinical trials, biopharmaceutical companies are streamlining operations and shifting development to external providers in order to lower their fixed costs. Based on efficiencies gained through experience, we estimate that CROs have shortened clinical testing timelines by as much as 30%. Full service CROs can deliver operational efficiencies, provide high visibility into trial conduct, and allow biopharmaceutical companies to focus internal resources on their core competencies related to drug discovery and commercialization.

95


Table of Contents

          Globalization of clinical trials.     Clinical trials have become increasingly global as biopharmaceutical companies seek to accelerate patient recruitment, particularly within protocol-eligible, treatment-naïve patient populations without co-morbidities that could skew clinical outcomes. Additionally, biopharmaceutical companies increasingly seek to expand the commercial potential of their products by applying for regulatory approvals in multiple countries, including in areas of the world with fast growing economies and middle classes that are spending more on healthcare. As part of the approval process for biopharmaceutical products in newer markets, especially in certain Asian and emerging markets, regulators often require trials to include specific percentages or numbers of people from local populations. Thus, clinical studies to support marketing approval applications frequently include a combination of multinational and domestic trials. These trends emphasize the importance of global experience and geographic coverage, local market knowledge and coordination throughout the development process.

          Management of increasingly complex trials.     The biopharmaceutical industry operates in an increasingly sophisticated and highly regulated environment and has responded to the demands of novel therapeutics by adapting efficient drug development processes. Complex trial design expertise has emerged as a significant competitive advantage for select CROs that have a track record of successfully navigating country-specific regulatory, trial protocol and patient enrollment barriers, including sometimes subjective, evolving clinical endpoints. Measures of clinical trial complexity significantly increased over the last decade, as evidenced by total procedures per trial protocol increasing by 57% between 2000 and 2011. In addition, the therapeutic areas where we have a particular focus, including CNS, oncology and other complex diseases, often require more complex testing protocols than other disease indications. For example, studies related to CNS, oncology and other complex diseases often require treatment-naïve patients, and sometimes have subjective endpoints, which can be difficult to measure. Accordingly, these areas demand greater clinical trial proficiency and therapeutic expertise, particularly in light of new methods of testing, such as the use of biomarkers and gene therapy.

Our Competitive Strengths

          We believe that we are well positioned to capitalize on positive trends in the CRO industry and provide differentiated solutions to our customers based on our key competitive strengths set forth below:

           Deep and long-standing expertise in the largest and fastest growing therapeutic areas. Over the past 20 years, we have focused on building world-class therapeutic expertise to better serve our customers. We provide a broad offering of therapeutic expertise, with our core focus in the largest and fastest growing therapeutic areas, including CNS, oncology and other complex diseases, which collectively constitute over 75% of our backlog as of September 30, 2014. Based on industry data, we estimate that CNS, oncology and other complex diseases together represent over 55% of total Phase III drugs under development. We believe we have been growing faster than the market, resulting in market share gains in our key therapeutic areas. Our total net service revenue grew by 12.7% in 2013 and our net service revenue for CNS and oncology, collectively, grew by 21.3% in 2013.

          Our therapeutic expertise is managed by our senior leadership and delivered by the senior scientific and medical staff and our clinical research associates, or CRAs, within our various therapeutic areas. A significant majority of our CRAs are specifically trained in individual therapeutic areas, with over 60% of our CRAs dedicated to CNS, oncology or other complex diseases. Industry analysts have reported that therapeutic expertise is the most influential factor for small to mid-cap and large sponsors of clinical trials in selecting a CRO. We believe that our expertise in managing complex clinical trials differentiates us from our competitors and has played a key role in our revenue growth, our ability to win new clinical trials and our successful relationship development with principal investigators and clinical research sites.

96


Table of Contents

           Clinical development focus and innovative operating model. We derive approximately 99% of our net service revenue from clinical development services without distraction from lower growth, lower margin non-clinical business. Since 2006, we have conducted our clinical trials using our innovative Trusted Process® operating model, which standardizes methodologies, increases the predictability of the delivery of our services and reduces operational risk. Since initiation of the Trusted Process®, we have reduced median study start-up time (defined as the period from finalized protocol to first patient enrolled) on new projects by 26%. Based on industry sources for the median study start-up time for the biopharmaceutical industry, we believe we achieve this milestone for our customers at a significantly faster pace than industry medians, primarily due to our proprietary Trusted Process® operating model. In addition to the absolute reduction of cycle times in critical path milestones, we provide greater operating efficiency, more predictable project schedules and a reduction in overall project timelines. Ninety percent of our new business awards in 2013 were from repeat customers, which we believe is directly attributable to our innovative business model.

           Unmatched, industry-leading principal investigator and clinical research site relationships. We have extensive relationships with principal investigators and clinical research sites. We believe these quality relationships are critical for delivering clinical trial results on time and on budget for our customers. Motivated and engaged investigative sites can facilitate faster patient recruitment, increase retention, maintain safety, ensure compliance with protocols as well as with local and international regulations, and streamline reporting. The ability to recruit and retain principal investigators and patients is an integral part of the clinical trial process. We have dedicated personnel focused on enhancing clinical research site relationships; we work with these sites in collaborative partnerships to improve cycle times and standardize start-up activities to drive efficiency. Our focus on principal investigator and clinical research site relationships is unmatched in the industry, as demonstrated by our ranking as the "Top CRO" in the 2013 CenterWatch Global Investigative Site Relationship Survey. In this survey, we ranked in the top three across all 36 attributes ranked and received an average of 80.4% of "excellent" or "good" ratings across all attributes compared to the median number of CROs ranking in the top three across eight attributes and receiving an average of 72.7% "excellent" or "good" ratings across all attributes. In addition, we ranked #1 in four of the five attributes that industry analysts considered the most influential factors in selecting a CRO and received some of our highest scores related to our professional staff and being well-organized and prepared in our studies. We also participate at the highest level of membership within the Society for Clinical Research Sites (SCRS) as a Global Impact Partner (GIP).

           Broad global reach with in-depth local market knowledge. We believe that we are one of a few CROs with the scale, expertise, systems and agility necessary to conduct global clinical trials. We offer our services through a highly skilled staff of approximately 5,500 employees in 50 countries as of September 30, 2014 and have conducted work in over 100 countries. We have expanded our presence in high-growth international markets such as Asia-Pacific, Latin America and the Middle East and North Africa. Our comprehensive regulatory expertise and extensive local knowledge facilitate timely patient recruitment for complex clinical trials and improved access to treatment-naïve patients and to emerging markets, thereby reducing the time and cost of these trials for our customers while also optimizing the commercialization potential for new therapies.

           Diversified, loyal and growing customer base. We have a well-diversified, loyal customer base of over 300 customers that includes many of the world's largest biopharmaceutical companies as well as high-growth, small and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies. We have several customers with whom we have achieved "preferred provider" or strategic alliance relationships. We define these relationships as those with customers with whom we have executed master service agreements and have regularly scheduled meetings to discuss the status of our relationship, and for which we serve as a preferred supplier of services. We believe these relationships provide us enhanced opportunities for more business, although they are not a guarantee of future business. In addition, many of our customers are diversified across multiple projects and compounds. Our top

97


Table of Contents

five customers represented approximately 54 compounds in 64 indications across 132 active projects and accounted for approximately 34% of our net service revenue in 2013. Our customer base is geographically diverse with well-established relationships in the United States, Europe and Asia. We believe the breadth of our footprint reduces our exposure to potential U.S. and European biopharmaceutical industry consolidation. For example, 25% of our 2013 revenue was associated with biopharmaceutical customers whose parent companies are headquartered in Japan. We believe that the tenure of our customer relationships as well as the depth of penetration of our services reflect our strong reputation and track record. While 90% of our new business awards in 2013 were from repeat customers and our top ten customers have worked with us for an average of six years, we were also awarded clinical trials from 53 new customers in 2013, with particularly strong growth among small to mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies. We have also increased our penetration in the large biopharmaceutical market, which we define as the top 50 biopharmaceutical companies measured by annual drug revenue, as evidenced by our new business awards from large biopharmaceutical companies growing by 46% in 2013. In the last twelve months we have performed work for all of the top 20 companies in the large biopharmaceutical market. We believe we have increased our market share significantly in recent years and are well poised to continue growing our customer base.

           Outstanding financial performance. We have achieved significant revenue and EBITDA growth over the past several years. For example, during fiscal year 2013, we increased our net service revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income by 12.7%, 25.1%, and 462.2%, respectively, and decreased our net loss by 29.7%. We have continued this growth in the first nine months of 2014 with year-over-year growth of our net service revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income of 24.7%, 50.5%, and 283.0% respectively, and increased our net (loss) income from a loss of $28.6 million to net income of $26.3 million. The momentum in our business is also reflected in the growth in our backlog and new business awards (which is the value of future net service revenue supported by contracts or pre-contract written communications from customers for projects that have received appropriate internal funding approval, are not contingent upon completion of another trial or event and are expected to commence within the next 12 months minus the value of cancellations in the same period). Backlog and new business awards are not necessarily predictive of future financial performance because they will likely be impacted by a number of factors, including the size and duration of projects which can be performed over several years, project change orders resulting in increases or decreases in project scope and cancellations. For the period from December 31, 2012 to September 30, 2014, our backlog increased by 14.0% and net new business awards grew by 20.4% during 2013 compared to 2012. We believe our outstanding financial profile and strong momentum demonstrate the quality of the platform we have built to position ourselves for continued future growth.

           Highly experienced management team with a deep-rooted culture of quality and innovation. We are led by a dedicated and experienced senior management team with significant industry experience and knowledge focused on clinical development. Each of the members of our senior management has 20 years or more of relevant experience, including significant experience across the CRO and biopharmaceutical industries. Our management team has successfully grown our company into a leading CRO through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions and believes we are well positioned to further capitalize on industry growth trends.

Growth Strategy

          The key elements of our growth strategy include:

           Focus on attractive, high-growth late-stage clinical development services market. We believe outsourcing late-stage clinical development services to CROs optimizes returns on invested R&D for biopharmaceutical companies. As development spend and outsourcing penetration rates continue to increase, we estimate that the late-stage clinical development services market will grow

98


Table of Contents

at a rate of 8% to 9% annually through 2018 and is poised to realize incremental growth relative to the overall CRO market. We believe that our core focus on the late-stage clinical development services market ideally positions us to benefit from this growth trend. Additionally, we believe that our differentiated approach of investing in highly experienced people, making better use of enabling technology and improving the process of clinical development, will allow our customers to generate superior returns.

           Leverage our expertise in complex clinical trials. We intend to continue to develop and leverage our therapeutic expertise in complex clinical trials. We believe that our focus on and deep expertise in complex therapeutic areas such as CNS, oncology and other complex diseases better position us to win new clinical trials in these fast growing and large therapeutic areas. This is enhanced by the use of our proprietary Trusted Process® methodology that reduces operational risk and variability by standardizing processes and minimizing delays, instills quality throughout the clinical development process and leads customers to more confident, better-informed drug development decisions.

           Capitalize on our geographic scale. We intend to leverage our global breadth and scale to drive continued growth. We have built our presence across key markets over time, developing strong relationships with principal investigators and clinical research sites around the world. We have expanded our patient recruitment capabilities, principal investigator relationships and local regulatory knowledge, which will continue to position us well for new customer wins in a wide array of markets. We have added geographic reach through both acquisitions and organic growth in areas such as Asia-Pacific, Latin America and the Middle East and North Africa, which we believe is critical to obtaining larger new business awards from large and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies. Our long-term growth opportunities are enhanced by our strong reputation in emerging markets and our track record of efficiently managing trials in accordance with regional regulatory requirements.

           Continuous enhancement of our Trusted Process ® methodology to deliver superior outcomes. We intend to continue the development and enhancement of our Trusted Process® methodology, which has delivered measurable, beneficial results for our customers and improved drug development decisions. We believe our Trusted Process® will continue to lead to high levels of customer satisfaction. Our Trusted Process® is subject to continual refinement based on feedback from therapeutic leadership, staff and customers as well as the market factors of an evolving regulatory environment and technology innovation. Our Trusted Process® uses best-in-class and industry-leading third-party technology solutions. We expect that through continuous enhancement of our Trusted Process® methodology, we will achieve better alignment of best-in-class technology to enable increased visibility into critical processes, management and controls in the drug development process. For example, a recent technology and process integration has contributed to a 25% reduction in time required for finalization of our clinical monitoring trip reports. If this integrated approach becomes the standard, and if personnel are able to be appropriately reassigned, this improvement in our productivity would equate to 55 full time equivalents of additional capacity. We intend to continue to position ourselves to quickly adopt best-in-class technology through effective third-party collaborations without the need for high capital investments and maintenance costs, driving attractive returns on capital.

           Continue proven track record of identifying and successfully integrating selective acquisitions to augment our organic growth. Over the past decade, we have developed a systematic approach for integrating acquisitions. We have successfully acquired and integrated ten companies. These strategic acquisitions have increased our size, scale and reach, complementing our organic growth profile as we have become a leading provider of CRO services. Our acquisitions have enabled us to expand our global service offerings across all four phases of biopharmaceutical clinical development while also allowing us to achieve significant synergies and cost reductions. For example, in March 2014 we completed the acquisition of MEK Consulting, which expanded our

99


Table of Contents

presence in the high-growth Middle East and North Africa market. The acquisition of MEK Consulting is representative of our future acquisition strategy. We will continue to evaluate opportunities to acquire and integrate selective tuck-in acquisitions within the CRO sector in order to strengthen our competitive position and realize attractive returns on our investments.

           Driving our human capital asset base to grow existing relationships. As a clinical service provider, our employees are critical to our ability to deliver our innovative operational model by engaging with customers, delivering clinical development services in a complex environment, and supporting and executing our growth strategy. All employees undergo comprehensive initial orientation and ongoing training, including a focus on our Trusted Process® methodology. Our recruiting and retention efforts are geared toward maintaining and growing a stable work force focused on delivering results for customers. We have a successful track record of integrating talent from prior acquisitions and believe we have a best-in-class pool of highly experienced project management and CRAs. A significant majority of our CRAs are specifically trained in individual therapeutic areas, with over 60% of our CRAs focused on CNS, oncology or other complex diseases. In addition, 85% of our CRAs are principally focused in one therapeutic area, and over 70% of our CRAs are solely focused in their area of expertise.

Our History

          Founded more than two decades ago as an academic CNS research organization, we have translated that expertise into a global organization with a number of therapeutic specialties, as well as full data services and regulatory capabilities. Over the past decade, we have increased our size, scale and reach to become a leading provider of CRO services for the largest clinical trials. We have successfully acquired and integrated ten companies, which significantly expanded our global footprint and broadened our therapeutic coverage. These acquisitions expanded service offerings across all phases of clinical development and increased our geographic presence in Asia-Pacific, Latin America and the Middle East and North Africa.

Overview of the Four Tenets of Clinical Development

          Clinical development is a critical step in the process of bringing a new drug therapy to market. We are exclusively focused on Phase I to Phase IV clinical development services for the biopharmaceutical and medical device industries. We assist our customers in advancing their pipelines of innovative investigational therapies with the goal of extending and/or enhancing the lives of patients. The essence of clinical development services are rooted in the following four tenets:

Valid scientific hypothesis and ability to run a trial

          We engage with our customers early in the clinical development process to strategically evaluate the trial design that will support the customers' objectives for the trial. Using therapeutic and operational expertise, our goal is to support our customers by objectively and rationally assessing the strengths and weaknesses of a trial, threats posed by a competitive landscape, resource requirements and, ultimately the prospects of success on the trial, measured by analysis of the hypothesis against final data.

Operationally valid/feasible protocol

          We combine long-standing therapeutic expertise and focus on operational excellence with innovative technologies in an effort to optimize the customers' protocol, thereby creating efficiencies and reducing associated clinical drug development costs. Our approach converts the protocol design into structured data by generating a "line of sight" that links trial procedures, endpoints and study objectives. We then perform a detailed analysis of the protocol to determine if the protocol design is complete and "fit-for-purpose." By helping our customers develop a well-designed protocol, we help our customers reduce the risk of regulatory or ethics rejection, help generate enthusiasm from principal investigators to participate in the trial and generate interest from potential patients to enroll.

100


Table of Contents

Motivated, high quality principal investigators

          We have developed a forward thinking strategy to improve site engagement by holistically understanding, selecting and managing clinical research principal investigators and sites. We develop an in-depth understanding of the therapeutic area and how the trial fits in a competitive landscape in order to identify the most appropriate principal investigators and sites for specific trials. We believe that if the trial is scientifically and/or clinically interesting and involves a reasonable administrative burden, principal investigators are more motivated to participate which is part of the impetus for us to engage customers early in trial design and protocol development. We also work to create seamless, proactive ways to track principal investigator and site data related to site qualification and experience, site facilities and previous site performance.

Motivated, informed and protocol-eligible patients

          Our therapeutic focus allows us to understand patient groups in a specific therapeutic area, customizing the most effective plan for recruitment and retention of patients on a trial. We utilize data to evaluate evidence-based strategies for recruitment of patients in a clinical study respective to therapeutic requirements, geographic distribution and customer trial objectives. Our strategies address how we support sites with training tools and materials to increase the probability of patient participation from start-to-finish in a clinical trial by working to improve patient-site relationships, patient desire to participate in a clinical trial, and improve enrollment of eligible patients who are better informed of the clinical trial. We leverage our strong therapeutic expertise and focus, fit-for-purpose technology and optimized process execution to provide best in class global clinical development services to the biopharmaceutical industry, aiming to reduce cost and time to the delivery of actionable data.

Our Services

          Our extensive range of services supports the entire clinical development process from Phase I to Phase IV and allows us to offer our customers an integrated suite of investigative site support and clinical development services. We offer these services across a wide variety of therapeutic areas with deep clinical expertise with a primary focus on Phase II to Phase IV clinical trials. We provide total biopharmaceutical program development while also providing discrete services for any part of a trial. The combination of service area experts and the depth of clinical capability allows for

101


Table of Contents

enhanced protocol design and actionable trial data. Our comprehensive suite of clinical development services includes, but is not limited to:

Clinical Development Services
Clinical Trial Management   Data Services   Strategic and
Regulatory Services
  Post-Approval
Services

Patient recruitment and retention

Project management

Clinical monitoring

Drug safety/ pharmacovigilance

Medical affairs

Quality assurance

Regulatory and medical writing

Functional Service

 

Clinical data management

Electronic data capture

Biostatistics

 

Strategic development services

Regulatory consulting and submissions

Clinical operations optimization

Pricing and reimbursement planning

 

Specialized support for patient registries

Safety surveillance studies, prospective observational studies

Health outcome research

Patient reported outcomes

Phase IV effectiveness trials

Health economics studies and retrospective chart reviews

Clinical Trial Management

          We offer a variety of select and stand-alone clinical trial services as well as full-service, global studies through our clinical development services. Our key clinical trial management services include the following:

102


Table of Contents

Data Services

          Our data services include the following:

103


Table of Contents

Strategic and Regulatory Services

          Strategic Services.     Our strategic consulting group focuses on maximizing the value of scientific knowledge, intellectual property and portfolio content. The key areas of advisory services include strategic drug development, clinical development plans, registration strategies, exit strategies, transitional clarity, good practice compliance strategies, clinical operations optimization, pricing and reimbursement and due diligence. Strategic consultants include senior executives from medical and regulatory affairs, clinical research, biostatistics and data management. These individuals provide expertise gained through hands-on experience as former executives from biopharmaceutical companies, CROs and regulatory agencies.

          Regulatory Services.     We offer regulatory expertise across the entire biopharmaceutical product lifecycle. Our regulatory affairs practice has a global presence with offices in North America, Europe and Asia-Pacific. In addition, subject matter experts are located worldwide to provide global regulatory coverage. Global regulatory services include worldwide regulatory submissions, regulatory strategy and agency meetings, early development consultancy, data safety monitoring board and data review committee management, chemistry manufacturing and controls, contemporary regulatory interpretation, investigational new drug, or IND, applications and clinical trial authorizations.

Post-Approval Services

          Our post-approval services are focused on efficient delivery of studies and support programs. These studies and programs include specialized support for patient registries, safety surveillance studies, prospective observational studies, health outcome research, patient reported outcomes, Phase IV effectiveness trials, health economics studies and retrospective chart reviews. Our proprietary post-approval study management system provides real-time support for clinical research sites and up-to-date status reports of sponsors.

Our Trusted Process ® Methodology

          We perform each of these service offerings through our proprietary, operational approach to clinical trials. Our Trusted Process® is a metrics-driven methodology that we employ to deliver superior results to our customers. We developed this process to improve reliability and predictability of clinical trial project management. Our Trusted Process® methodology has allowed us to reduce operational risk and variability as well as provide faster cycle times. This has resulted in greater operating efficiency, highly predictable project timelines and enhanced customer satisfaction and retention rates.

          The Trusted Process® methodology is divided into four sub-processes which correlate with the key phases of a clinical project:

104


Table of Contents

          Since 2006, we have conducted studies using the tools and discipline of the Trusted Process®. We accomplish standardized delivery through support from a company-wide Project Management Office, or PMO, which defines, maintains and improves procedures relating to the Trusted Process® and ensures consistent application globally. Using this innovative operating model, we have reduced median study start-up time (defined as the period from finalized protocol to first patient enrolled) on new projects by 26%. Based on industry sources for the median study start-up time for the pharmaceutical industry, we believe we achieve this milestone for our customers at a significantly faster pace than industry medians, primarily due to our proprietary Trusted Process® operating model.

Customers

          We have a well-diversified, loyal customer base that includes many of the world's largest biopharmaceutical companies, which we define as the top 50 biopharmaceutical companies measured by annual drug revenue. In addition, we have strong relationships with small and mid-sized biopharmaceutical customers that seek our services for our therapeutic expertise and full-service offering.

          Since December 31, 2010, we have significantly increased our exposure to large biopharmaceutical customers through both acquisitions and organic growth, providing us the opportunity to compete for large, global late-stage clinical development trials, preferred provider lists and strategic multi-year relationships. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our net service revenue attributable to large biopharmaceutical companies represented approximately 57% of our total net service revenue and net service revenue attributable to small and mid-sized biopharmaceutical companies represented approximately 43%. Additionally, we serve customers in a variety of locations throughout the world, with approximately 47.9% of our workforce headcount based in the United States and Canada, 34.9% in Europe, 9.2% in Asia-Pacific, 7.0% in Latin America and 1.0% in the Middle East and Africa as of September 30, 2014. This diversification allows us to grow our business in multiple customer segments and geographies. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our top five customers accounted for approximately 34%, and our largest customer, Otsuka, accounted for approximately 15%, of our total net service revenues. Further, our revenue from our top 5 customers for the year ended December 31, 2013 was diversified across approximately 54 compounds in 64 indications across 132 active projects.

          Our top ten customers have worked with us for an average of six years as of December 31, 2013. We also have an attractive, growing list of "preferred provider" and/or strategic alliance relationships. Further, among the majority of our customers, revenue is diversified by multiple projects for a variety of compounds. For example, 47 of our customers have active projects in more than one therapeutic area, making up 60% of our total net service revenue for the year ended

105


Table of Contents

December 31, 2013. We believe that the tenure of our customer relationships as well as the depth of penetration of our services reflects our strong reputation and track record.

New Business Awards and Backlog

          We add new business awards to backlog when we enter into a contract or letter of intent or when we receive a written commitment from the customer selecting us as its service provider. Contracts generally have terms ranging from several months to several years. We recognize revenue on these awards as services are performed, provided we have entered into a contractual commitment with the customer. Our new business awards, net of cancellations of prior awards, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 were approximately $449.3 million, $676.3 million and $814.2 million, respectively, and were $633.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

          Backlog consists of anticipated future net service revenue from contracts, letters of intent and other written forms of commitments that either have not started but are anticipated to begin in the near future, or are in process and have not been completed. The majority of our contracts can be terminated by our customers with 30 days' notice. Our backlog also reflects any related cancellation or adjustment activity. Our backlog as of December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 was approximately $1.2 billion, $1.3 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, and was $1.5 billion as of September 30, 2014. Included within backlog at September 30, 2014 is approximately $0.2 billion that we expect to generate revenue in 2014 and $0.7 billion in 2015, with the remainder expected to generate revenue beyond 2015. Backlog is not necessarily indicative of future financial performance because it will likely be impacted by a number of factors, including the size and duration of projects which can be performed over several years, project change orders resulting in increases or decreases in project scope and cancellations.

          No assurance can be given that we will be able to realize the net service revenue that is included in the backlog. See "Risk Factors—Risk Relating to Our Business—Our backlog might not be indicative of our future revenues, and we might not realize all the anticipated future revenue reflected in our backlog," and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—New Business Awards and Backlog" for more information.

Sales and Marketing

          We employ a team of business development sales representatives and support staff that promote, market and sell our services to biopharmaceutical companies primarily in North America, Europe, Latin America and Asia-Pacific. In addition to significant selling experience, many of these individuals have technical and/or scientific backgrounds.

          Our business development team works with our senior executives, therapeutic leaders and project team leaders to maintain key customer relationships and engage in business development activities. For many of our largest customer relationships, we have dedicated strategic account management teams to provide customers with a single point of contact to support delivery, cultural and process integration and to facilitate cross-selling opportunities.

          We use integrated and customer-focused business development teams to develop joint sales plans for key accounts. We also place our business development personnel with strong operational experience around the globe to help ensure project demands are fulfilled. Each business development employee is generally responsible for a specific group of customers and for strengthening and expanding an effective relationship with that customer. Each individual is responsible for developing his or her customer base on our behalf, responding to customer requests for information, developing and defending proposals, and making presentations to customers.

106


Table of Contents

          As part of each customer proposal, our business development personnel consult with potential biopharmaceutical customers early in the project consideration stage in order to determine their requirements. We involve our therapeutic, operational, technical and/or scientific personnel early in each proposal and, accordingly, these individuals along with our business development representatives invest significant time to determine the optimal means to design and execute the potential customer's program requirements. As an example, recommendations we make to a potential customer with respect to a drug development study design and implementation are an integral part of our bid proposal process and an important aspect of the integrated services we offer. Our preliminary efforts relating to the evaluation of a proposed clinical protocol and implementation plan, along with the therapeutic expertise and advice we provide during this process, enhance the opportunity for accelerated initiation and overall success of the trial.

          Our marketing team supports our business development organization through various marketing activities to drive brand awareness and positioning, consisting primarily of market and competitive analysis, brand management, market information and collateral development, participation in industry conferences, advertising, e-marketing, publications, and website development and maintenance.

Competition

          We compete primarily against other full-service CROs and services provided by in-house R&D departments of biopharmaceutical companies, universities and teaching hospitals. Although the CRO industry has experienced increased consolidation over the past three years, the landscape remains fragmented. Our major competitors include Covance, Inc., ICON plc, inVentiv Health, Inc., PAREXEL International Corporation, Pharmaceutical Product Development, LLC, PRA Health Sciences, Quintiles Transnational Holdings Inc. and numerous specialty and regional players. We generally compete on the basis of the following factors:

    experience within specific therapeutic areas;

    the quality of staff and services;

    the range of services provided;

    the ability to recruit principal investigators and patients into studies expeditiously;

    the ability to organize and manage large-scale, global clinical trials;

    an international presence with strategically located facilities;

    medical database management capabilities;

    the ability to deploy and integrate IT systems to improve the efficiency of contract research;

    experience with a particular customer;

    the ability to form strategic partnerships;

    speed to completion;

    financial strength and stability;

    price; and

    overall value.

          Notwithstanding these competitive factors, we believe that our deep therapeutic expertise, global reach and operational strength differentiate us from our competitors.

107


Table of Contents

Government Regulation

          Regardless of the country or region in which approval is being sought, before a marketing application for a drug is ready for submission to regulatory authorities, the candidate drug must undergo rigorous testing in clinical trials. The clinical trial process must be conducted in accordance with the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act in the United States and similar laws and regulations in the relevant foreign jurisdictions. These laws and regulations require the drug to be tested and studied in certain ways prior to submission for approval.

          In the United States, the FDA regulates the conduct of clinical trials of drug products in human subjects, the form and content of regulatory applications. The FDA also regulates the development, approval, manufacture, safety, labeling, storage, record keeping, and marketing of drug products. The FDA has similar authority and similar requirements with respect to the clinical testing of biological products and medical devices. In the EU, and other jurisdictions where our customers intend to apply for marketing authorization, similar laws and regulations apply. Within the EU, these requirements are enforced by the EMA, and requirements may vary slightly from one member state to another. In Canada, clinical trials are regulated by the Health Products Food Branch of Health Canada as well as provincial regulations. Similar requirements also apply in other jurisdictions, including Australia, Japan, and other Asian states, where we operate or where our customers may intend to apply for marketing authorization. Sponsors of clinical trials also follow ICH E6 guidelines.

          Our services are subject to various regulatory requirements designed to ensure the quality and integrity of the clinical trial process. In the United States, we must perform our clinical development services in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, including GCP, which govern, among other things, the design, conduct, performance, monitoring, auditing, recording, analysis, and reporting of clinical trials. Before a human clinical trial may begin, the manufacturer or sponsor of the clinical product candidate must file an IND with the FDA, which contains, among things, the results of preclinical tests, manufacturer information, and other analytical data. A separate submission to an existing IND must also be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development. Each clinical trial must be conducted pursuant to, and in accordance with, an effective IND. In addition, under GCP, each human clinical trial we conduct is subject to the oversight of an independent institutional review board, or IRB, which is an independent committee that has the regulatory authority to review, approve and monitor a clinical trial for which the IRB has responsibility. The FDA, the IRB, or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the study subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk.

          Clinical trials conducted outside the United States are subject to the laws and regulations of the country where the trials are conducted. These laws and regulations may or may not be similar to the laws and regulations administered by the FDA and other laws and regulations regarding the protection of patient safety and privacy and the control of study pharmaceuticals, medical devices or other study materials. Studies conducted outside the United States may also be subject to regulation by the FDA if the studies are conducted pursuant to an IND or an investigational device exemption for a product candidate that will seek FDA approval or clearance. It is the responsibility of the study sponsor or the parties conducting the studies to ensure that all applicable legal and regulatory requirements are fulfilled.

          In order to comply with GCP and other regulations, we must, among other things:

    comply with specific requirements governing the selection of qualified principal investigators and clinical research sites;

    obtain specific written commitments from principal investigators;

    obtain IRB review and approval and supervision of the clinical trials by an independent review board or ethics committee;

108


Table of Contents

    obtain favorable opinion from regulatory agencies to commence a clinical trial;

    verify that appropriate patient informed consents are obtained before the patient participates in a clinical trial;

    ensure that adverse drug reactions resulting from the administration of a drug or biologic during a clinical trial are medically evaluated and reported in a timely manner;

    monitor the validity and accuracy of data;

    monitor drug or biologic accountability at clinical research sites; and

    verify that principal investigators and study staff maintain records and reports and permit appropriate governmental authorities access to data for review.

          Similar guidelines exist in various states and in other countries. We may be subject to regulatory action if we fail to comply with applicable rules and regulations. Failure to comply with certain regulations may also result in the termination of ongoing research and disqualification of data collected during the clinical trials. For example, violations of GCP could result, depending on the nature of the violation and the type of product involved, in the issuance of a warning letter, suspension or termination of a clinical study, refusal of the FDA to approve clinical trial or marketing applications or withdrawal of such applications, injunction, seizure of investigational products, civil penalties, criminal prosecutions, or debarment from assisting in the submission of new drug applications. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—If we fail to perform our services in accordance with contractual requirements, regulatory standards and ethical considerations, we could be subject to significant costs or liability and our reputation could be harmed."

          We monitor our clinical trials to test for compliance with applicable laws and regulations in the United States and the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. We have adopted standard operating procedures that are designed to satisfy regulatory requirements and serve as a mechanism for controlling and enhancing the quality of our clinical trials. In the United States, our procedures were developed to ensure compliance with GCP and associated guidelines.

          In addition to its comprehensive regulation of safety in the workplace, the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration has established extensive requirements relating to workplace safety for healthcare employers whose workers might be exposed to blood-borne pathogens such as HIV and the hepatitis B virus. Furthermore, certain employees might have to receive initial and periodic training to ensure compliance with applicable hazardous materials regulations and health and safety guidelines. We are subject to similar regulations in Canada and Spain.

          The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has promulgated rules under HIPAA that govern the use, handling and disclosure of personally identifiable medical information. Although we do not consider that our activities generally cause us to be subject to HIPAA as a covered entity, we endeavor to embrace sound identity protection practices. These regulations also establish procedures for the exercise of an individual's rights and the methods permissible for de-identification of health information. We are also subject to privacy legislation in Canada under the federal Personal Information and Electronic Documents Act, the Act Respecting the Protection of Personal Information in the Private Sector and the Personal Health Information Protection Act, and privacy legislation in the EU under the 95/46/EC Privacy Directive on the protection and free movement of personal data. We were one of the first CROs to become Safe Harbor certified under the jurisdiction of the Federal Trade Commission.

Intellectual Property

          We develop and use a number of proprietary methodologies, analytics, systems, technologies and other intellectual property in the conduct of our business. We rely upon a combination of confidentiality policies, nondisclosure agreements and other contractual arrangements to protect

109


Table of Contents

our trade secrets, and copyright and trademark laws to protect other intellectual property rights. We have obtained or applied for trademarks and copyright protection in the United States and in a number of foreign countries. Our material trademarks include Trusted Process®, PlanActivation, QuickStart, ProgramAccelerate, QualityFinish and INC Research. Although the duration of trademark registrations varies from country to country, trademarks generally may be renewed indefinitely so long as they are in use and/or their registrations are properly maintained, and so long as they have not been found to have become generic. Although we believe the ownership of trademarks is an important factor in our business and that our success does depend in part on the ownership thereof, we rely primarily on the innovative skills, technical competence and marketing abilities of our employees. We do not have any material licenses, franchises or concessions.

Employees

          As of September 30, 2014 we had approximately 5,500 full-time equivalent employees worldwide, with approximately 47.9% in the United States and Canada, 34.9% in Europe, 9.2% in Asia-Pacific, 7.0% in Latin America and 1.0% in the Middle East and Africa. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement and we believe our overall relations with our employees are good. Employees in certain of our non-U.S. locations are represented by workers' councils as required by local laws.

          The level of competition among employers in the United States and overseas for skilled personnel is high. We believe that our brand recognition and our multinational presence are advantages in attracting qualified candidates. In addition, we believe that the wide range of clinical trials in which we participate allows us to offer broad experience to clinical researchers.

Properties

          As of September 30, 2014, we had 76 facilities located in 43 countries. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we utilized approximately 66% of our facilities, and during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we utilized approximately 76% of our facilities. Most of our facilities consist solely of office space. We lease all of our facilities, with the exception of office space owned in Madrid, Spain. Our principal executive offices are located in Raleigh, North Carolina, where we lease space in two locations totaling approximately 185,000 square feet. The leases for both of the Raleigh sites expire in 2019.

          In addition, we lease substantial facilities in Austin, Texas; Beijing, China; Camberley, United Kingdom; Cincinnati, Ohio; Mexico City, Mexico; Munich, Germany; Paris, France; Toronto, Canada and Wilmington, North Carolina with leases expiring between 2015 and 2019. We also maintain offices in various other Asian-Pacific, European, Latin American and North American locations, including Australia, India, the Middle East and Africa. None of our leases is individually material to our business model and all have either options to renew or are located in major markets with adequate opportunities to continue business operations at terms satisfactory to us.

Indemnification and Insurance

          In conjunction with our clinical development services, we employ or contract with research institutions and in some jurisdictions principal investigators and pharmacies on behalf of biopharmaceutical companies to serve as research centers and principal investigators in conducting clinical trials to test new drugs on human volunteers. Such testing creates the risk of liability for personal injury or death of volunteers, particularly to volunteers with life-threatening illnesses, resulting from adverse reactions to the drugs administered. It is possible that we could be held liable for claims and expenses arising from any professional malpractice of the principal investigators with whom we contract or employ, or in the event of personal injury to or death of persons participating in clinical trials. In addition, as a result of our operation of Phase I clinical trial facilities, we could be liable for the general risks associated with clinical trials including, but not

110


Table of Contents

limited to, adverse events resulting from the administration of drugs to clinical trial participants or the professional malpractice of medical care providers. We also could be held liable for errors or omissions in connection with the services we perform through each of our service groups. For example, we could be held liable for errors or omissions, or breach of contract, if monitoring obligations have been transferred to us, and one of our clinical research associates inaccurately reports from source documents or fails to adequately monitor a human clinical trial resulting in inaccurately recorded results.

          We have sought to reduce our risks by implementing the following where practicable:

    securing contractual assurances such as indemnification provisions and provisions seeking to limit or exclude liability contained in our contracts with customers, institutions, pharmacies, vendors and principal investigators;

    securing contractual and other assurances that adequate insurance will be maintained to the extent applicable by customers, institutions, pharmacies, vendors, principal investigators and by us; and

    complying with various regulatory requirements, including monitoring that the oversight of independent review boards and ethics committees are intact where obligations are transferred to us and monitoring the oversight of the procurement by the principal investigator of each participant's informed consent to participate in the study.

          The contractual indemnifications we have generally do not fully protect us against certain of our own actions, such as negligence. Contractual arrangements are subject to negotiation with customers, and the terms and scope of any indemnification, limitation of liability or exclusion of liability may vary from customer to customer and from trial to trial. Additionally, financial performance of these indemnities is not secured. Therefore, we bear the risk that any indemnifying party against which we have claims may not have the financial ability to fulfill its indemnification obligations to us.

          While we maintain professional liability insurance that covers the locations in which we currently do business and that covers drug safety issues as well as data processing and other errors and omissions, it is possible that we could become subject to claims not covered by insurance or that exceed our coverage limits. We could be materially and adversely affected if we were required to pay damages or bear the costs of defending any claim that is outside the scope of, or in excess of, a contractual indemnification provision, beyond the level of insurance coverage or not covered by insurance, or in the event that an indemnifying party does not fulfill its indemnification obligations.

Legal Proceedings

          We are party to legal proceedings incidental to our business. While our management currently believes that the ultimate outcome of these proceedings, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties. Were an unfavorable ruling to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

111


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

          The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers and directors as of the date set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

Name   Age   Position

D. Jamie Macdonald

    46   Chief Executive Officer and Director

Gregory S. Rush

    47   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Alistair Macdonald

    44   Chief Operating Officer

Christopher L. Gaenzle

    47   Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary

James T. Ogle

    70   Chairman of the Board

James A. Bannon

    61   Director

Robert W. Breckon

    57   Director

David F. Burgstahler

    46   Director

Steve Faraone

    40   Director

Charles C. Harwood, Jr. 

    61   Director

Terry Woodward

    47   Director

          The following is a biographical summary of the experience of our executive officers and directors:

Executive Officers

D. Jamie Macdonald — Chief Executive Officer and Director

          Jamie Macdonald has been our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board since January 2013. He joined our Company in July 2011 as Chief Operating Officer when we acquired Kendle, where he was the Chief Operating Officer from May 2011 to July 2011. Prior to joining Kendle, Mr. Macdonald served for 15 years in various senior operational and finance roles at Quintiles Transnational Holdings Inc., where he most recently was Senior Vice President and Head of Global Project Management from December 2008 to January 2011. Prior to Quintiles, Mr. Macdonald began his career in the pharmaceutical sector while in the UK, where he worked with Syntex Corporation (acquired by Roche Holdings, Inc. in 1994), before joining Quintiles through a transfer of undertakings in 1995. Mr. Macdonald earned a B.A. in Economics from Heriot-Watt University in Edinburgh, Scotland and is a UK qualified Chartered Management Accountant (ACMA).

          We believe Mr. Macdonald brings to our Board valuable perspective and experience as our Chief Executive Officer, and as a former Chief Operating Officer of our Company, as well as extensive knowledge of the CRO and biopharmaceutical industries, all of which qualify him to serve as one of our directors.

Gregory S. Rush — Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

          Greg Rush joined our Company in August 2013 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and has continued to serve in that role. From April 2010 to August 2013, Mr. Rush served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Tekelec, Inc., which was acquired by Oracle Corporation in June 2013, after serving as Interim Chief Financial Officer in March 2010. Mr. Rush joined Tekelec as Vice President and Corporate Controller in May 2005 and served as Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer from May 2006 to March 2010. His previous experience also includes roles in various senior financial positions with Siebel Systems, Inc., Quintiles Transnational Holdings Inc., PricewaterhouseCoopers and Ernst & Young.

112


Table of Contents

Mr. Rush received his Bachelor of Science in Business and Master of Accounting degrees from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, graduating with honors, and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Alistair Macdonald — Chief Operating Officer

          Alistair Macdonald has been our Chief Operating Officer since January 2013. He joined our Company in 2002 and has served in various senior leadership roles during that time. Prior to his current role, Mr. Macdonald most recently served as our President, Clinical Development Services from March 2012 to January 2013, where he oversaw Study Start-up, Regulatory Consulting and Submissions, Drug Safety, Phase I Services, Global Clinical Operations Management, Alliance Delivery and Functional Service Provision and our Latin America region. He also served as Executive Vice President of our Global Oncology Unit from February 2011 to March 2012, Executive Vice President, Strategic Development from October 2009 to February 2011, and Senior Vice President, Biometrics from May 2002 to September 2009. He received his Master of Science in Environmental Diagnostics from Cranfield University.

Christopher L. Gaenzle — Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary

          Chris Gaenzle joined our Company in April 2012 as General Counsel and Secretary and has continued to serve in that role. Since August 2013, he has also served as our Chief Administrative Officer. Prior to joining our Company, Mr. Gaenzle served for five years in various senior legal positions at Pfizer Inc., where he was most recently Assistant General Counsel from 2010 to 2012. Prior to Pfizer, Mr. Gaenzle was a partner at Hunton and Williams LLP, where he was a practicing attorney from 1998 to 2007. Mr. Gaenzle has 20 years of private practice and corporate legal experience, the majority of which is in the pharmaceutical, medical and clinical research industries. Mr. Gaenzle received his Bachelor of Arts from Colgate University and his J.D. from Syracuse University.

Non-Employee Directors

James T. Ogle — Chairman of the Board

          Jim Ogle joined our Company in June 2003 and served as Chief Executive Officer from July 2003 to December 2012. He has served as a member of our Board since June 2003 and became Chairman of the Board in September 2010. Mr. Ogle has been non-employee Chairman of the Board since January 2013. He is also a member of the compensation committee. He was previously the Chief Operating Officer of Nascent Pharmaceuticals, a private biotechnology company from 2002 to 2003 and a director of Nascent Pharmaceuticals from 2002 to 2004. Mr. Ogle also was a director of OpGen, Inc., a company specializing in genomic and DNA analysis systems and services, from 2001 to 2007. Prior to that, Mr. Ogle was an executive at Quintiles Transnational Holdings Inc., where he served as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Quintiles Product Development Group from 1998 to 2000 and as President of Quintiles America from 1996 to 1998. He served as Chief Operating Officer and subsequently as Chief Executive Officer of BRI International, a privately-held international CRO from 1992 to 1996, before its sale to Quintiles. Prior to that, Mr. Ogle served from 1986 to 1992 as both Vice-President and President of ERC BioServices Corporation, a contractor specializing in biomedical research. Mr. Ogle received his Bachelor of Science from the United States Military Academy at West Point and his Master of Science in Industrial Engineering from the University of Alabama.

          We believe Mr. Ogle's perspective as our Chairman of the Board and our former Chief Executive Officer, his knowledge of and experience with both the operations of our Company and

113


Table of Contents

the CRO industry generally, and his extensive leadership experience, all qualify him to serve as one of our directors.

James A. Bannon — Director

          Jim Bannon has served as a member of our Board since November 2010 and is a member of the audit committee. Dr. Bannon currently serves as the Executive Chairman for IndiPharm Clinical Research Service, a CRO with clinical operations in India. Dr. Bannon previously served on the board of directors of Bio-Imaging Technologies, Inc. (now BioClinica) from 2002 to 2005. He also served as the Group President for several late-stage Covance Inc. businesses from 1997 to 2006, including Clinical, Central Diagnostics, IVRS and Periapproval Services. Prior to that, Dr. Bannon held executive positions at Corning Pharmaceutical Services from 1991 to 1996, including serving as the General Manager of the Corning periapproval business. Dr. Bannon received his Bachelor of Science and Doctorate in Pharmacy from The Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Sciences.

          We believe Dr. Bannon's extensive knowledge and experience in clinical research and his leadership experiences in pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical services businesses, along with his knowledge and expertise in standardization and consistent service delivery techniques, brings to our Board critical skills important to providing quality, standardized services to our customers and maintaining corporate and operational controls throughout our company, all of which qualifies him to serve as one of our directors.

Robert W. Breckon — Director

          Robert Breckon has served as a member of our Board since September 2011 and is a member of the audit committee. Mr. Breckon currently serves as President of Breckon Consultants Inc., which provides consulting services in the healthcare sector, and has been a Senior Advisor of Teachers' Private Capital, since July 2010. He also served as Senior Vice President, Strategy & Corporate Development at MDS Inc., a leading provider of products and services to the global life sciences markets now known as Nordion Inc., from 2005 to 2010, where he led acquisitions and post-acquisition integration assignments in North America, Europe and Asia. Prior to that, he held various senior-level general management positions including VP and General Manager of AutoLab Systems from 1995 to 1999. Mr. Breckon was also a partner at Ernst & Young LLP from 1990 to 1992. Mr. Breckon has served on the boards of numerous public and private companies in the United States and Canada, including Heartland Dental, Xenogen Corporation, Evolved Digital Systems Inc., Systems Xcellence Inc., Automed Systems, Inc., InPhact Inc., MDS Proteomics, Hudson Valley Laboratories and Careforce International. Mr. Breckon received his Bachelor of Science in Computer Science and Commerce from the University of Toronto and has completed the Harvard Business School Advanced Management Program.

          We believe Mr. Breckon's financial, accounting, acquisition and business experience in the health and life sciences industry, and experience serving on public and private boards brings to our Board important skills and qualify him to serve as one of our directors.

David F. Burgstahler — Director

          David Burgstahler has served as a member of our Board since September 2010 and is a member of the compensation committee. Mr. Burgstahler is a founding partner of Avista since 2005 and since 2009, has been President of Avista. Prior to forming Avista, he was a partner of DLJMB. He was at DLJ Investment Banking from 1995 to 1997 and at DLJMB from 1997 through 2005. Prior to that, he worked at Andersen Consulting (now known as Accenture) and McDonnell Douglas (now known as Boeing). He holds a Bachelor of Science in Aerospace Engineering from the University of Kansas and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School. He currently serves

114


Table of Contents

as a Director of AngioDynamics Inc., Armored AutoGroup Inc., ConvaTec Inc., Lantheus Holdings, Inc., Strategic Partners, Inc., Vertical/Trigen Holdings, LLC, Visant Corporation and WideOpenWest, LLC. He previously served as a Director of Warner Chilcott plc and BioReliance Holdings, Inc.

          Mr. Burgstahler was chosen as a director because of his strong finance and management background, with over 18 years in banking and private equity finance. He has extensive experience serving as a director for a diverse group of private and public companies.

Steve Faraone — Director

          Steve Faraone has served as a member of our Board since December 2011. Mr. Faraone joined Teachers' Private Capital in 2002, where he currently serves as a Vice President and is responsible for the healthcare and consumer retail sectors. Prior to joining Teachers, he spent four years with a Canadian investment bank. Mr. Faraone also serves as a director of Flynn Restaurant Group, Heartland Dental, Plano Synergy and Shearer's Foods. He received his Bachelor of Commerce (Honors Finance) from the University of British Columbia and is a CFA charterholder. Mr. Faraone has also completed the Advanced Executive Program at the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University, and is a graduate of the Institute of Corporate Directors.

          We believe that Mr. Faraone's financial and business acumen, his 14 years' experience investing in and serving as a director on a variety of companies, and his knowledge of the healthcare industry qualify him to serve as one of our directors.

Charles C. Harwood, Jr. — Director

          Charles Harwood has served as a member of our Board since September 2010 and is the chair of the audit committee. Mr. Harwood is also an industry advisor to Avista, a position he has held since 2007. Mr. Harwood previously served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of BioReliance Holdings, Inc., a pharmaceutical services company engaged in biologic product testing and specialty toxicology testing, from April 2009 until March 2013, after its sale to Sigma-Aldrich in January 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Harwood was President and Chief Executive Officer of Focus Diagnostics from 2002 until the company's sale in July 2006. From 1993 to 2001, Mr. Harwood held several positions, including Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Venture Development at Covance Inc., a leading drug development services company, where he spearheaded numerous acquisitions and divestitures as well as the spin-off of Covance from Corning Incorporated in January 1997. Prior to Covance, he worked in commercial real estate development and in the Medical Products Group of the Hewlett-Packard Company. He also previously served as a director of BioReliance Holdings, Inc. Mr. Harwood received his Bachelor of Arts from Stanford University and his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

          We believe Mr. Harwood's extensive knowledge and experience in the healthcare industry, and specifically his leadership roles with drug development and CRO companies, brings to our Board critical skills important to both our business and the businesses of our customers and qualify him to serve as one of our directors.

Terry Woodward — Director

          Terry Woodward has served as a member of our Board since September 2011 and is the chair of the compensation committee. Dr. Woodward currently serves as a Director of Teachers' Private Capital, which he joined in 2001. Prior to joining Teachers, Dr. Woodward held senior positions in corporate development and clinical research and development at privately-held biopharmaceutical and medical diagnostic companies in the United States. Dr. Woodward manages the fund's private equity transactions in the healthcare sector and oversees growth equity and venture capital sectors.

115


Table of Contents

Dr. Woodward currently serves as a director of Heartland Dental, Insight Pharmaceuticals, and the Healthcare Private Equity Association. He received his Bachelor of Science and Master of Science from Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University, his Ph.D. from McGill University and his M.B.A. from Michigan State University.

          We believe Dr. Woodward's experience and expertise in the biopharmaceutical industry, along with his experience investing in and managing various healthcare and pharmaceutical companies, bring critical skills related to analyzing and understanding the financial health of our company, as well as a broad perspective related to our Company's strategic plans and corporate governance, and qualify him to serve as one of our directors.

Board of Directors

          Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board. Our Board is responsible for the management of our business and is currently comprised of eight directors. Upon consummation of this offering, we intend to amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to, among other things, comply with SEC and NASDAQ guidelines. The full composition of the Board will be determined at that time.

          In connection with this offering, the Stockholders Agreement will be amended to provide each of the Sponsors the right to nominate two directors to our Board for as long as such Sponsor owns at least 15% of our Class A common stock, and the right to nominate one director to our Board for as long as such Sponsor owns at least 5% of our Class A common stock. Pursuant to the amended Stockholders Agreement, each Sponsor will agree to vote for the other Sponsor's nominees. In addition, the amended Stockholders Agreement provides each Sponsor with customary information rights for as long such Sponsor owns at least 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock.

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our Board will initially consist of eight directors, and that our Board will be divided into three classes, with one class being elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Each director will serve a three-year term, with termination staggered according to class. Class I will initially consist of two directors, Class II will initially consist of three directors, and Class III will initially consist of three directors. The size of our Board may thereafter be fixed from time to time solely by resolution of at least a majority of the directors then in office. See "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-takeover Provisions."

Director Independence and Controlled Company Exemption

          We intend to avail ourselves of the "controlled company" exemption under the corporate governance rules of the NASDAQ. Accordingly, we will not be required to have a majority of "independent directors" on our Board nor will we have a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee composed entirely of "independent directors" as defined under the rules of the NASDAQ. Further, compensation for our executives will not be determined by a majority of "independent directors" as defined under the rules of the NASDAQ. The "controlled company" exemption does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley and the NASDAQ, which require that our audit committee be composed of at least three members, one of whom will be independent upon the listing of our Class A common stock, a majority of whom will be independent within 90 days of listing and each of whom will be independent within one year of listing.

          If at any time we cease to be a "controlled company" under the rules of the NASDAQ, our Board will take all action necessary to comply with the NASDAQ corporate governance rules, including appointing a majority of independent directors to the Board and establishing certain committees composed entirely of independent directors, subject to a permitted "phase-in" period.

116


Table of Contents

          Our Board has affirmatively determined that Charles Harwood and Robert Breckon are independent directors under the applicable rules of the NASDAQ, and those who will serve on the audit committee are also independent directors as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act.

Board Committees

          Our Board has established an audit committee and a compensation committee and will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee prior to our shares being listed on the NASDAQ. Each committee will operate under a charter that will be approved by our Board. Each committee will have the composition and responsibilities described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignations or until otherwise determined by our Board. The charter and composition of each committee will be effective upon the consummation of this offering. The charter of each committee will be available on our website.

Audit Committee

          The primary purposes of our audit committee are to assist the Board's oversight of:

          The audit committee is currently composed of Messrs. Bannon, Breckon and Harwood. Upon the consummation of this offering, and prior to the listing of our Class A common stock, our audit committee will be composed of Robert Breckon, David Burgstahler and Charles Harwood. Charles Harwood will serve as chair of the audit committee. Charles Harwood qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" as such term has been defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission in Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K. Our Board has affirmatively determined that Robert Breckon and Charles Harwood meet the definition of an "independent director" for the purposes of serving on the audit committee under applicable NASDAQ rules and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. We intend to comply with these independence requirements for all members of the audit committee within the time periods specified under such rules. The audit committee will be governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NASDAQ.

Compensation Committee

          The primary purposes of our compensation committee are to:

117


Table of Contents

          Messrs. Burgstahler, Ogle and Woodward currently serve on our compensation committee. Upon the consummation of this offering, and prior to the listing of our Class A common stock, our compensation committee will be composed of David Burgstahler and Terry Woodward. Terry Woodward will serve as chair of the compensation committee. The compensation committee will be governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NASDAQ.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

          The primary purposes of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be to assist the Board in:

          Upon the consummation of this offering, and prior to the listing of our Class A common stock, we will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee comprised of David Burgstahler and Terry Woodward. David Burgstahler will serve as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Prior to the consummation of this offering, we did not have a nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NASDAQ.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

          In connection with this offering, we will adopt a revised Code of Business Conduct and Ethics relating to the conduct of our business by all of our employees, officers, and directors, as well as a code of ethics specifically for our principal executive officer and senior financial officers. Additionally, we will adopt a revised Insider Trading Policy to establish guidelines for our employees, officers, and directors regarding transactions in our securities and the disclosure of material nonpublic information related to our company. The revised Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and code of ethics for our principal executive officer and senior financial officers will be posted on our website, www.incresearch.com, upon completion of this offering.

Disclosure Committee and Charter

          We do not currently have a disclosure committee and disclosure committee charter. We plan to establish a disclosure committee following this offering and will operate under a charter. The purpose of the disclosure committee will be to provide assistance to the principal executive officer

118


Table of Contents

and the principal financial officer in fulfilling their responsibilities regarding the identification and disclosure of material information about us and the accuracy, completeness and timeliness of our financial reports.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

          The members of our compensation committee in 2013 were Messrs. Burgstahler, Ogle and Woodward. Mr. Burgstahler is the President of Avista, Mr. Ogle served as our Chief Executive Officer through December 31, 2012, and Mr. Woodward is a Director of Teachers. Prior to the consummation of this offering, Avista provided us with advisory services pursuant to an advisory services and monitoring agreement, which will terminate upon consummation of this offering, and has entered into other transactions with us. Prior to the consummation of this offering, Teachers received dividends on its shares of our existing Class C stock pursuant to a Class C Dividend Agreement, which will terminate upon consummation of this offering, and has entered into transactions with us. See "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement" and "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Class C Dividend Agreement."

          Upon the completion of this offering, none of our executive officers will serve on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other company of which any members of our compensation committee or any of our directors is an executive officer.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty, except for liability relating to any breach of the director's duty of loyalty, acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, violations under Section 174 of the DGCL or any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

          We intend to enter into new indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, will require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person's services as a director or executive officer, as applicable.

          We have customary directors' and officers' indemnity insurance in place for our directors and executive officers.

119


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

          The following discussion of compensation arrangements should be read with the compensation tables and related disclosures set forth below. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans and expectations regarding future compensation programs. See "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements." Actual compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from the programs summarized in this discussion.

Overview

          The discussion below includes a review of our compensation decisions with respect to 2013 for our "named executive officers," or NEOs, namely our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers. Our NEOs for 2013 were:

Key Elements of Our Compensation Program for 2013

          In 2013, we compensated our NEOs through a combination of base salary, annual cash incentive payments under our management bonus programs, and long-term equity incentives in the form of stock options. Our executive officers are also eligible for the standard benefits programs we offer all employees, which include:

          The compensation for each of our NEOs has been designed to provide a combination of fixed and at-risk compensation that is tied to achievement of our short- and long-term objectives.

Management Incentive Bonus Programs

          Our NEOs and other members of our management team participate in company management incentive bonus programs. Pursuant to the 2013 Management Incentive Plan, the bonus amounts participants could earn were based on performance target percentages of their eligible base earnings, which the Board set at 50% of eligible base earnings for Jamie Macdonald and Greg Rush, and 35% of eligible base earnings for Alistair Macdonald. The company had to achieve Adjusted EBITDA of $100.0 million for a minimum bonus payout under the program to be triggered (which was 50% of the participant's potential bonus) and Adjusted EBITDA of $104.0 million for the target bonus payout to be made (which was 100% of the participant's potential bonus). The program provided for payouts to be calculated on a straight line basis for Adjusted EBITDA between the minimum bonus payout and the target bonus payout, and participants were eligible for up to a 10% overachievement opportunity if the Adjusted EBITDA exceeded $104.0 million. In 2013, Jamie Macdonald, Greg Rush, and Alistair Macdonald earned bonuses under the program of $208,640, $62,020, and $136,765, respectively, based on the company exceeding its target Adjusted EBITDA in 2013. Mr. Rush's bonus under the program was pro-rated for 2013 based on his employment commencing with us on August 30, 2013.

120


Table of Contents

          In 2014, the Board approved a management incentive plan, which is substantially similar to the 2013 Management Incentive Plan.

Summary Compensation Table

          The following table sets forth summary compensation information for our NEOs for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013:

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($)(3)
  Option Awards
($)(4)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(8)
  Total
($)
 

D. Jamie Macdonald

    2013     407,692     2,166,420 (5)   208,640     18,559     2,801,311  

Chief Executive Officer and

                                     

Director

                                     

Gregory S. Rush

    2013     125,412     1,596,900     62,020 (7)   10,654     1,794,986  

Executive Vice President and

                                     

Chief Financial Officer (1)

                                     

Alistair Macdonald

    2013     373,967     1,071,252 (6)   136,765     74,258     1,656,242  

Chief Operating Officer (2)

                                     

(1)
All amounts reported in this Summary Compensation Table for Greg Rush (except the value of his option award) are pro-rated for 2013 based on his date of hire of August 30, 2013.

(2)
Alistair Macdonald is paid in British Pound Sterling, or GBP. The amounts paid to Alistair Macdonald which are reported in this Summary Compensation Table have been converted to U.S. dollars using the average exchange rate from GBP to U.S. dollars in 2013 of 1 GBP/1.563 U.S. dollars as published by the Oanda Corporation, a financial services provider of currency conversion.

(3)
This column includes $400,000, $118,462, and $371,806 for salary earned by Jamie Macdonald, Greg Rush, and Alistair Macdonald in 2013, respectively, and $7,692, $6,950, and $2,161 of accrued and unused vacation time for Jamie Macdonald, Greg Rush, and Alistair Macdonald in 2013, respectively. Mr. Rush's base salary of $350,000 was pro-rated from his date of hire of August 30, 2013.

(4)
Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. These values have been determined based on the assumptions set forth in Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(5)
Consists of $1,375,575 in incremental increase in fair value of an option granted on September 19, 2011 to acquire 2,500,000 Common Units (as defined in the 2010 Plan) and $790,845 in incremental increase in fair market value of an option granted on January 1, 2013 to acquire 1,500,000 Common Units, both due to amendments to the options by the Board on August 5, 2013 as set forth in Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(6)
Consists of $679,505 in incremental increase in fair value of an option granted on October 5, 2010 to acquire 1,254,000 Common Units and $391,747 in incremental increase in fair market value of an option granted on September 24, 2012 to acquire 746,000 Common Units, both due to amendments to the options by the Board on August 5, 2013 as set forth in Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(7)
Represents the pro rata portion of Mr. Rush's annual non-equity incentive plan compensation (after the company exceeded its target Adjusted EBITDA) based on his date of hire of August 30, 2013.

121


Table of Contents

(8)
Includes the following for each NEO:

Name   Year   Company
Contribution
to 401(k) Plan
($)
  Life
Insurance
Premiums
($)
  Disability
Insurance
Premiums
($)
  Health
Insurance
Premiums
($)
 

D. Jamie Macdonald

    2013     7,524     614     1,002     9,419  

Gregory S. Rush

    2013     1,077     403     293     5,166  

Alistair Macdonald

    2013     38,150     238         589  

    Also includes reimbursement of $3,715 in legal expenses related to the negotiation of Greg Rush's employment agreement and $17,368 and $17,913 to Alistair Macdonald for a car allowance and relocation expenses, respectively.

Employment Agreements

          We have entered into employment agreements with each of our NEOs. The material provisions of each such agreement are described below.

Employment Agreements with Jamie Macdonald and Greg Rush

          In July 2014 and August 2013, respectively, we entered into an employment agreement with Jamie Macdonald, our Chief Executive Officer, and Greg Rush, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, each of whom we refer to as an Executive. The agreements are governed by the laws of North Carolina. Under the agreements, we pay the Executives an annual salary established by the Board or its compensation committee (currently $475,000 for Mr. Macdonald and $353,570 for Mr. Rush). The Board will review the Executive's salary from time to time.

          Either we or the Executive may terminate the agreements at any time upon 45 days prior written notice, which notice we can shorten in our discretion under Mr. Rush's agreement. We may terminate the Executive's employment immediately by written notice for "disability" and "cause" and the Executive may resign by written notice for "good reason". Under the agreements, "disability" means a physical or mental condition that renders the Executive unable to perform the essential functions of the Executive's job, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a continuous period of more than 90 days or for 90 days in any period of 180 consecutive days, and will be determined by a physician satisfactory to us and in accordance with applicable law. Under the agreements, "cause" means (i) the Executive's breach of any fiduciary duty or legal or contractual obligation to us or the Board, (ii) the Executive's failure to follow the reasonable instructions of the Board (or, in the case of Mr. Rush, his direct supervisor) consistent with the Executive's duties and responsibilities, which breach, if curable, is not cured within 10 business days after notice to the Executive or, if cured, recurs within 180 days, (iii) the Executive's gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud, insubordination or acts of dishonesty relating to us, or (iv) the Executive's commission of any misdemeanor relating to us or of any felony. Under the agreements, "good reason" means the occurrence, without the Executive's express written consent, of any of the following: (i) a material reduction in the Executive's base salary or target bonus payout under our management incentive bonus program; (ii) a material adverse change to Executive's title or a material reduction in the Executive's authority, job duties, or responsibilities; (iii) a requirement that the Executive relocate to a principal place of employment more than 50 miles from our offices at 3201 Beechleaf Court, in Raleigh, North Carolina; or (iv) a material breach of the employment agreement by us; provided that, any such event will only constitute good reason if the Executive provides us with written notice of the basis for the good reason within 45 days of our initial actions or inactions giving rise to such good reason and subject to a 30 day cure period.

          If we terminate the Executive's employment due to his disability or death, we must pay to him or his estate, in addition to any short- or long-term disability benefits to which he is entitled, his

122


Table of Contents

"Accrued Payments" (some of which may be prorated). We must also pay the Executive Accrued Payments if we terminate his employment for cause or the Executive resigns without good reason. Under the agreements, "Accrued Payments" means (i) any unpaid base salary earned by the Executive as of his termination of employment, (ii) any unpaid amount actually earned and due to the Executive pursuant to our management incentive bonus program, and (iii) any business expenses for which Executive is entitled to reimbursement.

          If we terminate the Executive's employment without cause or the Executive resigns for good reason, we must pay him his Accrued Payments. Subject to the Executive's compliance with certain provisions of his agreements, we must also pay the Executive his base salary at termination for 18 months for Mr. Macdonald and 12 months for Mr. Rush. We also must reimburse the Executive for the entire amount of any premiums paid by the Executive prior to such date necessary to continue COBRA coverage for the Executive and his spouse and eligible dependents and thereafter pay the entire premium necessary to continue such coverage, in each case, until the earlier of (A) 18 months following the termination date, or (B) the date on which the Executive becomes eligible for group health insurance coverage under another employer's plan.

          In addition to these payments, if the Executive is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within 12 months following a "Change in Control", we must pay him a lump sum amount equal to 50% of his then current base salary or his target bonus payout under our management incentive bonus program, whichever is higher. Under the agreements, "Change in Control" means (i) any merger, consolidation, or reorganization involving us, in which, immediately after giving effect to the event, less than 50% of the total voting power of outstanding stock of the surviving or resulting entity is then "beneficially owned" (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) in the aggregate by our stockholders immediately prior to such event, (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer of all or substantially all of our assets to any other person or entity, (iii) our dissolution or liquidation, (iv) when any person or entity not currently a stockholder acquires or gains control of more than 50% of our outstanding stock, or (v) as a result of or in connection with a contested election of directors, the persons who were our directors cease to constitute a majority of the Board.

          The agreements include non-solicitation and non-competition provisions that apply during the Executive's employment and extend for 18 months thereafter for Mr. Macdonald and 12 months (non-solicitation) and six months (non-competition) thereafter for Mr. Rush.

Employment Agreement with Alistair Macdonald

          In July 2014, we entered into an employment agreement with Alistair Macdonald, our Chief Operating Officer. The agreement is governed by English law. Under the agreement, we must pay Mr. Macdonald a base salary of £246,841.55 per year, subject to the Board's annual review.

          Either we or Mr. Macdonald may terminate the agreement for any reason upon three months prior written notice. We also can terminate Mr. Macdonald immediately upon written notice by paying him three months of his base salary in lieu of the notice period. This payment is not required if Mr. Macdonald (i) commits any serious breach or repeated or continued breach of his obligations under the agreement, or breaches provisions in the agreement relating to employment activities with other companies, confidentiality, inventions and intellectual property rights, and/or statements he may make about us, (ii) is guilty of conduct tending to bring him or us into disrepute, (iii) becomes bankrupt or had an interim order made against him under applicable insolvency laws or compounded with his creditors generally, (iv) fails to perform his duties to a satisfactory standard, after having received a written warning from us relating to the same, or (v) has been convicted of an offence under any applicable statutory enactment or regulation (other than a traffic offence for which no custodial sentence is given).

123


Table of Contents

          If we are wound up for the purposes of reconstruction or amalgamation and, as a result, Mr. Macdonald is terminated or his duties redefined in a manner consistent with his current position or status with us, he will have no claim against us for termination of employment or otherwise as long as he is first offered employment with the resulting company on terms no less favorable to Mr. Macdonald as those in the agreement. If Mr. Macdonald unreasonably refuses such employment or transfer of his agreement to the resulting company, we may terminate his employment.

          The agreement includes non-solicitation and non-competition provisions that apply during Mr. Macdonald's employment and extend for 12 months after the earlier of Mr. Macdonald's termination of employment or notice thereof.

Director Compensation

          Our directors who are employed by us, our subsidiaries or our Sponsors or any of their affiliates do not receive any compensation, and our non-employee directors will not receive compensation following this offering, except as limited to expense reimbursement as described below.

          For the year ended December 31, 2013, we paid each of Messrs. Bannon, Breckon and Harwood an annual retention fee of $50,000, payable in cash, as well as reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with serving on the Board, including documented travel expenses to attend meetings.

          Following the consummation of this offering, each of the non-employee members of the Board (other than the chair of the Board) will be compensated for his services as a director through Board fees of $50,000 per calendar year (paid in quarterly installments), annual equity awards with an aggregate value per director of $100,000 commencing the fiscal year following this offering and reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with rendering such services for so long as they serve as directors. Each of the members (other than the chair) of our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and governance committee will receive an annual fee of $10,000, $7,500 and $5,000, respectively, which will be paid in quarterly installments. The chair of the Board will receive an annual fee of $100,000. The chair of the audit committee will receive an annual fee of $20,000 in cash, the chair of the nominating and governance committee will receive an annual fee of $15,000 in cash and the chair of the compensation committee will receive an annual fee of $10,000 in cash, each of which fees will be paid in quarterly installments. In addition, certain non-employee members of the Board of Directors may also participate in the future in our 2014 Plan as described under "—Equity Incentive Plans—2014 Equity Incentive Plan."

Equity Incentive Plans

          Our Board originally adopted the 2010 Plan in September 2010 and our stockholders approved it on September 27, 2010. Our Board approved amendments to the 2010 Plan in August 2012 and on June 26, 2014, respectively. In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a new 2014 Plan for equity grants in connection with and following the consummation of this offering.

          The following descriptions of our equity compensation plans are qualified by reference to the full text of the plans, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our equity incentive plans are designed to continue to give our company flexibility to make a wide variety of equity awards to reflect what the compensation committee and management believe at the time of such award will best motivate and reward our employees, consultants and directors.

124


Table of Contents

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

          The 2010 Plan provides for the grant of various stock rights to employees, consultants and non-employee directors of our Company. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees of our Company, or our parent company (if any) and any of our subsidiaries. All other stock rights under the 2010 Plan may be granted to employees (including officers and employee directors), consultants and non-employee directors.

          Share Reserve and Limitations.     An aggregate of 35,840,000 shares of our Class A common stock may be issued pursuant to the 2010 Plan, subject to adjustment as provided in the 2010 Plan. The aggregate fair market value of common stock (determined as of the date of the option grant) for which incentive stock options may for the first time become exercisable by any individual in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000.

          If any award granted under the 2010 Plan expires or terminates for any reason prior to its full exercise, or if we reacquire any shares issued pursuant to awards, then the shares subject to such award or any shares so reacquired by us will again be available for grants of awards under the 2010 Plan. Likewise, shares of our common stock which are withheld to pay the exercise price of an award or any related withholding obligations will be available for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

          Administration.     The 2010 Plan provides for administration by our Board or a committee of the Board. The Board may increase the size of the committee and appoint additional members, remove members of the committee and appoint new members, fill vacancies on the committee, or remove all members of the committee and directly administer the 2010 Plan. Our compensation committee currently administers the 2010 Plan. Subject to the restrictions of the 2010 Plan, the compensation committee determines to whom we grant incentive awards under the 2010 Plan, the terms of the award, including the exercise or purchase price, the number of shares subject to the stock right and the exercisability of the award. All questions of interpretation are determined by the committee, and its decisions are final and binding upon all participants, unless otherwise determined by the Board.

          Stock Options.     The 2010 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, solely to employees, and for the grant of non-statutory stock options to employees, consultants and non-employee directors.

          The compensation committee determines the exercise price of options granted under the 2010 Plan on the date of grant, and in the case of incentive stock options the exercise price must be at least 100% of the fair market value per share at the time of grant. The exercise price of any incentive stock option granted to an employee who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock must equal at least 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The aggregate fair market value of common stock (determined as of the date of the option grant) for which incentive stock options may for the first time become exercisable by any individual in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000. Payment of the exercise price may be made by delivery of cash or a check, or, subject to any requirements as may be imposed by the committee, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell shares obtained upon exercise and deliver proceeds promptly to the company. The committee may prescribe or permit, in its sole discretion, any other method of payment permitted by law.

          Options granted to employees, directors, and consultants under the 2010 Plan generally become exercisable in increments, based on the optionee's continued employment or service with us. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years. Options granted under the 2010 Plan, whether incentive stock options or non-statutory options, generally expire 10 years from the date of grant, except that incentive stock options granted to an employee who owns stock

125


Table of Contents

possessing more than 10% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock are not exercisable for longer than five years after the date of grant.

          Stock Appreciation Rights.     The 2010 Plan provides for the grant of stock appreciation rights, or SARs, pursuant to an SAR agreement adopted by the compensation committee. An SAR may be granted in connection with a stock option or alone, without reference to any related stock option. The committee will determine the exercise price of an SAR on the date of grant, and the exercise price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. No SAR shall have a term of more than 10 years.

          The holder of an SAR will have the right to receive, in cash or common stock, all or a portion of the difference between the fair market value of a share of our common stock at the time of exercise of the SAR and the exercise price of the SAR established by the compensation committee, subject to such terms and conditions set forth in the SAR agreement.

          Restricted Stock and Other Awards.     The committee may grant awards of restricted stock or restricted stock units on the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable restricted stock award, including the conditions for vesting and the issue price, if any. Each restricted stock unit shall have a value equal to the fair market value of one share of stock. Other awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares of stock, may be granted under the 2010 Plan to participants in the plan.

          Transferability.     Except for transfers made by will or the laws of descent and distribution in the event of the holder's death, no stock right may be transferred, pledged or assigned by the holder of the stock right. We are not required to recognize any attempted assignment of such rights by any participant that is not in compliance with the 2010 Plan.

          Changes in Capitalization.     In the event of a change in the number of shares of our common stock through a combination or subdivision, or if we issue shares of common stock as a stock dividend or engage in a separation, spin-off or other corporate event or transaction, then the committee shall substitute or adjust, in its sole discretion, the number of and kind of shares under the 2010 Plan and deliverable upon the exercise of outstanding stock rights, and the purchase price per share to reflect such transaction.

          Change of Control.     The 2010 Plan generally provides that, under certain circumstances, in the event of our consolidation or merger with or into another corporation or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, which we refer to as an "acquisition", whereby the acquiring entity or our successor does not agree to assume the incentive awards or replace them with substantially equivalent incentive awards, all outstanding awards may be vested and become immediately exercisable in full and, if not exercised on the date of the acquisition, will terminate on such date regardless of whether the participant to whom such stock rights have been granted remains in our employ or service or in the employ or service of any acquiring or successor entity.

          Termination or Amendment.     Our Board may terminate, amend or modify the 2010 Plan at any time before its expiration, which is currently September 28, 2020. However, stockholder approval is required to the extent necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement.

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

          We intend to adopt the 2014 Plan in connection with this offering. The 2014 Plan will become effective prior to the consummation of this offering and a total of             shares of our common stock will be reserved for sale. We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares issuable under the 2014 Plan and the 2010 Plan. The following is a summary of the material features of the 2014 Plan.

126


Table of Contents

          Administration.     The 2014 Plan will be administered by the compensation committee or another committee of the Board, comprised of no fewer than two members of the Board who are appointed by the Board to administer the plan, or, subject to the limitations set forth in the 2014 Plan, the Board. Subject to the limitations set forth in the 2014 Plan, the committee or the Board has the authority to determine the persons to whom awards are to be granted, prescribe the restrictions, terms and conditions of all awards, interpret the 2014 Plan and adopt sub-plans and rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the 2014 Plan.

          Reservation of Shares.     Subject to adjustments as described below, the maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2014 Plan will be equal to                  ; provided, that no more than             shares of the shares initially reserved under the 2014 Plan may be granted as incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code; provided further that the 2014 Plan does not require any percentage of awards (or shares underlying awards) to be granted as incentive stock options. Any shares of common stock issued under the 2014 Plan will consist of authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares.

          In the event of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, extraordinary dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other distribution with respect to common stock, or any merger, reorganization, consolidation, combination, spin-off, stock purchase, or other similar corporate change or any other change affecting common stock (other than regular cash dividends to our shareholders), the committee or the Board shall, in the manner and to the extent it considers equitable to the participants in the 2014 Plan and consistent with the terms of the 2014 Plan, cause adjustments to the number and kind of shares of common stock available for grant, as well as to other maximum limitations under the 2014 Plan, the number and kind of shares of common stock and/or other terms of the awards that are affected by the event and/or issue additional awards or shares of common stock under the 2014 Plan.

          Share Counting.     To the extent that an award granted under the 2014 Plan is canceled, expired, forfeited, surrendered, settled by delivery of fewer shares than the number underlying the award, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without delivery of the shares, the shares of common stock retained by or returned to us will (i) not be deemed to have been delivered under the 2014 Plan, (ii) be available for future awards under the 2014 Plan, and (iii) increase the share reserve by one share for each share that is retained by or returned to us. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares that are (x) withheld from an award or separately surrendered by the participant in payment of the exercise or purchase price or taxes relating to such an award or (y) not issued or delivered as a result of the net settlement of an outstanding stock option or stock appreciation right shall be deemed to constitute delivered shares, will not be available for future awards under the 2014 Plan and shall continue to be counted as outstanding for purposes of determining whether award limits have been attained. If an award is settled in cash, the number of shares of common stock on which the award is based shall not count toward any individual share limit, but shall count against the annual cash performance award limit. Awards assumed or substituted for in a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock or reorganization will not reduce the share reserve, will not be subject to or counted against the award limits under the 2014 Plan, and will not replenish the share reserve upon the occurrence of any of the events described at the beginning of this paragraph.

          Eligibility.     Awards under the 2014 Plan may be granted to any of our employees, directors, consultants or other personal service providers or any of the same of our subsidiaries.

          Stock Options.     Stock options granted under the 2014 Plan may be issued as either incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, or as nonqualified stock options. The exercise price of an option will be not less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of

127


Table of Contents

common stock on the date of the grant of the option. The committee or the Board will determine the vesting and/or exercisability requirements and the term of exercise of each option, including the effect of termination of service of a participant or a change in control. The vesting requirements may be based on the continued employment or service of the participant for a specified time period or on the attainment of specified business performance goals established by the committee or the Board. The maximum term of an option will be 10 years from the date of grant.

          To exercise an option, the participant must pay the exercise price, subject to specified conditions, (i) in cash, or, (ii) to the extent permitted by the committee or the Board, and set forth in an award agreement, (A) in shares of common stock, (B) through an open-market broker-assisted transaction, (C) by reducing the number of shares of common stock otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the stock option, (D) by combination of any of the above methods or (E) by such other method approved by the committee or the Board, and must pay any required tax withholding amounts. All options generally are nontransferable.

          Stock Appreciation Rights.     A stock appreciation right may be granted either in tandem with an option or without a related option. A stock appreciation right entitles the participant, upon settlement or exercise, to receive a payment based on the excess of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of settlement or exercise over the base price of the right, multiplied by the number of shares of common stock as to which the right is being settled or exercised. Stock appreciation rights may be granted on a basis that allows for the exercise of the right by the participant or that provides for the automatic payment of the right upon a specified date or event. The base price of a stock appreciation right may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. The committee or the Board will determine the vesting requirements and the term of exercise of each stock appreciation right, including the effect of termination of service of a participant or a change in control. The vesting requirements may be based on the continued employment or service of the participant for a specified time period or on the attainment of specified business performance goals established by the committee or the Board. The maximum term of a stock appreciation right will be ten years from the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may be payable in cash or in shares of common stock or in a combination of both. All stock appreciation rights generally are nontransferable.

          Restricted Stock Awards.     A restricted stock award represents shares of common stock that are issued subject to restrictions on transfer and vesting requirements. The vesting requirements may be based on the continued service of the participant for a specified time period or on the attainment of specified performance goals established by the committee, and vesting may be accelerated in certain circumstances, as determined by the committee. Unless otherwise set forth in an award agreement, restricted stock award holders will not have any of the rights of a stockholder of us (including, the right to vote or receive dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect thereto), unless and until such shares vest. Any dividends with respect to a restricted stock award that is subject to performance-based vesting will be subject to the same restrictions on transfer and vesting requirements as the underlying restricted stock award. All restricted stock awards are generally nontransferable.

          Restricted Stock Units.     An award of restricted stock units, or RSUs, provides the participant the right to receive a payment based on the value of a share of common stock. RSUs may be subject to vesting requirements, restrictions and conditions to payment. RSUs may vest based solely on the continued service of the participant for a specified time period. In addition, RSUs may be denominated as performance share units, or PSUs and may vest in whole or in part based on the attainment of specified performance goals established by the committee or the Board. The vesting of RSUs and PSUs may be accelerated in certain circumstances, as determined by the committee or the Board. RSU and PSU awards will become payable to a participant at the time or

128


Table of Contents

times determined by the committee or the Board and set forth in the award agreement, which may be upon or following the vesting of the award. RSU and PSU awards are payable in cash or in shares of common stock or in a combination of both. RSUs and PSUs may be granted together with a dividend equivalent right with respect to the shares of common stock subject to the award. Dividend equivalent rights will be paid at such time as determined by the committee or the Board in its discretion (including, without limitation, at the times paid to stockholders generally or at the times of vesting or payment of the RSU or PSU), as set forth in an award agreement. Dividend equivalent rights may be subject to forfeiture under the same conditions as apply to the underlying RSUs or PSUs, as set forth in an award agreement. All RSUs and PSUs are generally nontransferable.

          Stock Awards.     A stock award represents shares of common stock that are issued free of restrictions on transfer and free of forfeiture conditions and to which the participant is entitled all incidents of ownership. A stock award may be granted for past, or in anticipation of future, services, in lieu of any discretionary bonus or other discretionary cash compensation, directors' fees or for any other valid purpose as determined by the committee. The committee will determine the terms and conditions of stock awards, and such stock awards will be made without vesting requirements. Upon the issuance of shares of common stock under a stock award, the participant will have all rights of a shareholder with respect to such shares of common stock, including the right to vote the shares and receive all dividends and other distributions on the shares. Subject to Section 409A of the Code, upon advance written request of a participant and with the consent of the committee, a participant who is a U.S. taxpayer may receive a portion of any cash compensation otherwise due in the form of common stock either currently or on a deferred basis. The right to receive shares of common stock on a deferred basis is generally nontransferable.

          Cash Performance Awards.     A performance award is denominated in a cash amount (rather than in shares) and is payable based on the attainment of pre-established business and/or individual performance goals. The requirements for vesting may be also based upon the continued service of the participant during the performance period, and vesting may be accelerated in certain circumstances, as determined by the committee or the Board. All cash performance awards are generally nontransferable. The maximum amount of cash compensation that may be paid to a participant during any one calendar year under all cash performance awards and all other awards that are actually paid or settled in cash is limited to $             .

          Performance Criteria.     For purposes of cash performance awards, as well as for any other awards under the 2014 Plan intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code, the performance criteria will be one or any combination of the following, for us or any identified subsidiary, division or business unit or line, as determined by the committee at the time of the award: (i) total stockholder return; (ii) such total stockholder return as compared to total return (on a comparable basis) of a publicly available index such as, but not limited to, the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index; (iii) net income; (iv) pretax earnings; (v) adjusted net income; (vi) adjusted pretax earnings; (vii) adjusted earnings per share; (viii) adjusted earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA; (ix) pretax operating earnings after interest expense and before bonuses, service fees and extraordinary or special items; (x) operating margin; (xi) earnings per share; (xii) return on equity; (xiii) return on capital; (xiv) return on investment; (xv) operating earnings; (xvi) working capital; (xvii) ratio of debt to stockholders' equity; (xviii) revenue; (xix) free cash flow (generally defined as adjusted EBITDA, less cash taxes, cash interest and net capital expenditures, mandatory payments of principal under any credit facility and payments under collateralized lease obligations and financing lease obligations); and (xx) any combination of or a specified increase in any of the foregoing. Each of the performance goals will be applied and interpreted in accordance with an objective formula or

129


Table of Contents

standard established by the committee at the time of grant of the award, which may include, without limitation, GAAP.

          The "performance goals" shall be the levels of achievement relating to the performance criteria selected by the committee for the award. The performance goals shall be written and shall be expressed as one objective formula or standard that precludes discretion to increase the amount of compensation payable that would otherwise be due upon attainment of the goal. The performance goals may be applied on an absolute basis or relative to an identified index, peer group or one or more competitors or other companies (including particular business segments or divisions of such companies), or may be applied after adjustment for non-controllable industry performance (such as industry attendance), as specified by the committee.

          At the time that an award is granted, the committee may provide for the performance goals or the manner in which performance will be measured against the performance goals to be adjusted in such objective manner as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, adjustments to reflect non-cash losses or charges (e.g., amortization expense, stock-based compensation, impairments, etc.), charges for restructurings, non-operating income, the impact of corporate transactions, severance and recruitment costs, "run rate" savings, costs incurred in establishing new manufacturing sources, specified legal expenses, discontinued operations, or financing transactions, extraordinary and other unusual or non-recurring items or events and the cumulative effects of accounting or tax law changes. In addition, with respect to a participant hired or promoted following the beginning of a performance period, the committee may determine to prorate the performance goals and/or the amount of any payment in respect of such participant's cash performance awards for the partial performance period.

          Further, the committee shall, to the extent provided in an award agreement, have the right, in its discretion, to reduce or eliminate the amount otherwise payable to any participant under an award and to establish rules or procedures that have the effect of limiting the amount payable to any participant to an amount that is less than the amount that is otherwise payable under an award. The committee shall not have discretion to increase the amount that is otherwise payable to any participant. Following the conclusion of the performance period, the committee shall certify in writing whether the applicable performance goals have been achieved, or certify the degree of achievement, if applicable. Upon certification of the performance goals, the committee shall determine the level of vesting or amount of payment to the participant pursuant to the award, if any.

          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the 2014 Plan, with respect to any award intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code, unless the Board determines that an applicable exemption under applicable law applies, all references to the committee or the Board in the 2014 Plan shall solely mean each such member that satisfies the requirements for an "outside director" under Section 162(m) of the Code.

          Award Limitations.     For purposes of complying with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be subject to stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance-based restricted stock awards, performance-based RSUs and performance-based stock awards granted to any participant other than a non-employee director during any calendar year will be limited to             shares of common stock for each such award type individually.

          Further, the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be subject to stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, RSUs and stock awards granted to any non-employee director during any calendar year will be limited to             shares of common stock for all such award types in the aggregate.

130


Table of Contents

          Effect of Change in Control.     Upon the occurrence of a change in control, unless otherwise specifically prohibited under applicable law, or unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, the committee is authorized but not required to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of outstanding awards, including, without limitation, the following (or any combination thereof): (i) continuation or assumption of our outstanding awards (if we are the surviving company or corporation) or by the surviving company or corporation or its parent; (ii) substitution by the surviving company or corporation or its parent of awards with substantially the same or comparable terms (including with respect to economic value) for outstanding awards; (iii) accelerated exercisability, vesting and/or payment; and (iv) if all or substantially all of our outstanding shares of common stock are transferred in exchange for cash consideration in connection with such change in control: (A) upon written notice, provide that any outstanding stock options and stock appreciation rights are exercisable during a reasonable period of time immediately prior to the scheduled consummation of the event or such other reasonable period as determined by the committee (contingent upon the consummation of the event), and at the end of such period, such stock options and stock appreciation rights will terminate to the extent not so exercised within the relevant period; and (B) cancellation of all or any portion of outstanding awards for fair value, as determined in the sole discretion of the committee.

          Forfeiture.     The committee may specify in an award agreement that an award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events, including termination of service for "cause" (as defined in the 2014 Plan), violation of material Company policies, breach of noncompetition, confidentiality or other restrictive covenants that may apply to the participant, or other conduct by the participant that is detrimental to our business or reputation. Unless otherwise provided by the committee and set forth in an award agreement, if (i) a participant's service is terminated for "cause" or (ii) after termination of service for any other reason, the committee determines in its discretion that the participant engaged in conduct that violates any continuing obligation or duty of the participant set forth in any executive or restrictive covenant agreement with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, intellectual property or trade secret protection, or any similar agreement to which the participant is a party in favor of us or any of our subsidiaries, such participant's rights, payments and benefits with respect to such award may be subject to cancellation, forfeiture and/or recoupment.

          Right of Recapture.     If pursuant to any award a participant receives compensation calculated by reference to financial statements that are subsequently required to be restated in a way that would decrease the value of such compensation, the participant will, upon the committee's written request, forfeit and repay to us the difference between what the participant received during the period of three years preceding the date on which we become required to prepare the restatement and what the participant should have received based on the accounting restatement, in accordance with (i) our compensation recovery, "clawback" or similar policy, if any, as may be in effect from time to time and (ii) any compensation recovery, "clawback" or similar policy made applicable by law including the Dodd-Frank Act.

          Parachute Payments.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the 2014 Plan, in the event the receipt of all payments or distributions by us in the nature of compensation to or for a participant's benefit, whether paid or payable pursuant to this plan or otherwise (a "Payment"), would subject the participant to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, the Payments shall be reduced to the greatest amount of the Payments that can be paid and would not result in the imposition of the excise tax (the "Reduced Amount"), however, if the portion of the Payments the participant would receive after payment of all applicable taxes, including any excise taxes, is greater than the Reduced Amount, no such reduction shall occur.

131


Table of Contents

          Tax Withholding.     We have the power and the right to deduct or withhold automatically from any amount deliverable under an award or otherwise, or require a participant to remit to us, the minimum statutory amount to satisfy federal, state and local taxes, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the 2014 Plan. With respect to required withholding, participants may elect (subject to our automatic withholding right set out above) to satisfy the withholding requirement with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the 2014 Plan, in whole or in part, generally by the methods described in the 2014 Plan applicable to the payment of the exercise price in connection with stock option exercises or similar methods in the case of awards other than stock options.

          Deferrals of Payment.     The committee may in its discretion permit participants in the 2014 Plan to defer the receipt of payment of cash or delivery of shares of common stock that would otherwise be due by virtue of the exercise of a right or the satisfaction of vesting or other conditions with respect to an award or an election to receive shares of our common stock (in lieu of compensation otherwise payable in cash) on a deferred basis in accordance with the terms of the 2014 Plan; provided, however, that such discretion shall not apply in the case of a stock option or stock appreciation right.

          Trading Policy Considerations.     Stock option exercises and other awards granted under the 2014 Plan shall be subject to our insider trading policy or other trading or ownership policy related restrictions, terms and conditions as in effect, from time to time.

          Term, Amendment and Termination.     The 2014 Plan shall be effective as of the later of (i) the date it was approved by the Board and (ii) the effectiveness of the Form S-8 in connection with this offering. The Board may amend, modify, suspend or terminate the 2014 Plan at any time. However, no termination or amendment of the 2014 Plan will adversely affect any award theretofore granted without the consent of the participant or the permitted transferee of the award; except as otherwise provided in the 2014 Plan or determined by the committee or the Board to be necessary to comply with applicable laws. The Board may seek the approval of any amendment by our shareholders to the extent it deems necessary or advisable for purposes of compliance with Section 162(m) or Section 422 of the Code, the listing requirements of the principal exchange on which our common stock is listed on such date, or for any other purpose.

132


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2013

          The following table lists the outstanding equity awards held by our NEOs as of December 31, 2013.

 
  Option Awards  
Name
  Vesting
Commencement
Date
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable
  Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned Options
(#)
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 

D. Jamie Macdonald

    7/28/2011     750,000 (1)   750,000     1,000,000     1.25     9/19/2021  

Chief Executive Officer

    1/1/2013     150,000 (2)   750,000     600,000     1.25     1/1/2023  

and Director

                                     

Gregory S. Rush

    8/30/2013     300,000 (3)   1,500,000     1,200,000     1.19     8/30/2023  

Executive Vice President

                                     

and Chief Financial

                                     

Officer

                                     

Alistair Macdonald

    9/28/2010     501,600 (4)   250,800     501,600     1.00     10/5/2020  

Chief Operating Officer

    8/17/2012     149,200 (5)   298,400     298,400     1.25     9/24/2022  

(1)
This option was granted on September 19, 2011 and amended by the Board on August 5, 2013 as set forth in Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. A total of 2,500,000 Common Units are subject to the option, of which 1,250,000 Common Units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1,250,000 Common Units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on December 31, 2013 based on the company's achievement of revised annual EBITDA targets.

(2)
This option was granted on January 1, 2013 and amended by the Board on August 5, 2013 as set forth in Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. A total of 1,500,000 Common Units are subject to the option, of which 750,000 Common Units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 750,000 Common Units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on December 31, 2013 based on the company's achievement of revised annual EBITDA targets.

(3)
This option was granted on August 30, 2013. A total of 3,000,000 Common Units are subject to the option, of which 1,500,000 Common Units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1,500,000 Common Units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on December 31, 2013 based on the company's achievement of annual EBITDA targets.

(4)
This option was granted on October 5, 2010 and amended by the Board on August 5, 2013 as set forth in Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. A total of 1,254,000 Common Units are subject to the option, of which 627,000 Common Units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 627,000 Common Units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on December 31, 2013 based on the company's achievement of revised annual EBITDA targets.

(5)
This option was granted on September 24, 2012 and amended by the Board on August 5, 2013 as set forth in Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. A total of 746,000 Common Units are subject to the option, of which 373,000 Common Units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 373,000 Common Units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on December 31, 2013 based on the company's achievement of revised annual EBITDA targets.

Outstanding Incentive Awards

          Certain of our employees and members of management historically have received management incentive awards consisting of options to purchase our common stock. These awards were typically subject to time-vesting or performance-vesting. All vesting is subject to the grantee's

133


Table of Contents

continued employment by us. In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into agreements with current employees who are holders of outstanding performance-vesting stock options granted under the 2010 Plan to amend the vesting provisions of such options so that they vest based on the passage of time, such that, subject to continued employment by us, any unvested performance option award shall continue to vest on its existing vesting schedule in equal installments on each December 31 that occurs during the remaining portion of such performance-vesting stock options' performance period, commencing with the first December 31 to occur on or after this offering. In addition, all outstanding stock options will be appropriately modified and adjusted so that they are exercisable for shares of Class A common stock after the consummation of this offering.

          In connection with this offering, we expect to grant an aggregate of              options to purchase our common stock to certain of our non-executive employees (assuming an initial public offering price of $              per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The exercise price for such options will be the initial public offering price. Our committee or the Board will determine, subject to employment agreements, any future equity awards that executive officers will be granted pursuant to the 2014 Plan.

134


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

          Set forth below is a description of certain relationships and related person transactions between us or our subsidiaries, and our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities. We believe that all of the following transactions were entered into with terms as favorable as could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

Stockholders Agreement

          On September 28, 2010, we entered into a stockholders' agreement, or the Stockholders Agreement, with affiliates of Avista and Teachers, as well as our management investors, which was amended and restated on July 12, 2011. The Stockholders Agreement gives each of Avista and Teachers, until the occurrence of our initial public offering, the right to nominate three directors to our Board. The Stockholders Agreement also provides for customary stock pre-emptive rights, stock co-sale rights and drag-along rights, all of which will terminate upon the occurrence of our initial public offering.

          In connection with our initial public offering, if requested by the underwriter, the Stockholders Agreement requires us and the stockholders to agree to a lock-up from 10 days prior to the launch of the initial public offering to up to 180 days following the launch.

          In connection with this offering, the Stockholders Agreement will be amended and restated. The amended and restated Stockholders' Agreement will provide that each Sponsor will have the right to elect (i) two directors to our board of directors for so long as each owns at least 15% of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock; and (ii) one director each for so long as each holds at least 5% of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The amended and restated Stockholders' Agreement will also provide that for so long as the Sponsors collectively own at least 50% of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock their consent will be required for us to consummate the following actions: (i) the acquisition or divestiture of assets in which the aggregate consideration is in excess of $75,000,000; (ii) the entrance into certain joint venture, investment or similar arrangements in which the value is or for consideration in excess of $75,000,000; or (iii) the appointment or dismissal of our Chief Executive Officer. If such 50% threshold is satisfied, but either Sponsor owns less than 15% of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, such actions will only require the prior written consent of the Sponsor owning 15% or more of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Furthermore, the Sponsors have agreed to vote all outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock held by them to ensure the composition of our Board as set forth above, for so long as each sponsor own at least 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock. The amended and restated Stockholder Agreement will continue to provide customary information rights and registration rights. See "—Registration Rights." The amended and restated Stockholders Agreement will continue to contain restrictions on the ability of the employee stockholders to transfer shares of our Class A common stock that they own, including provisions that only allow employee stockholders to transfer shares of our Class A common stock following our initial public offering in proportion with any transfers by the Sponsor, until such time as the Sponsors have sold at least 50% of the common stock they own immediately prior to our initial public offering. Subject to certain exceptions, the amended and restated Stockholders Agreement will terminate at such time as there are no remaining Registrable Securities (as defined in the amended and restated Stockholders Agreement).

Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement

          On September 27, 2010, we entered into an advisory services and monitoring agreement, or the Advisory Services Agreement, with Avista, pursuant to which Avista agreed to provide certain advisory and monitoring services to us and our subsidiaries, in return for a one-time fee of

135


Table of Contents

$5,000,000, which has already been paid, and an ongoing quarterly fee, which was $125,000 in each quarter of 2011, 2012 and 2013. Additionally, upon any transaction entered into by us or our subsidiaries in which Avista provides advice and assistance, Avista will be entitled to receive reasonable and customary advisory fees for such advice and services. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, Avista received $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $4.5 million, respectively, of fees pursuant to the Advisory Services Agreement. The fees received during fiscal year 2011 included a transaction fee related to the Kendle Acquisition. The Advisory Services Agreement has a seven-year term and automatically renews on each anniversary of its execution date such that it has a seven-year term from the date of each such renewal. The Advisory Services Agreement will be terminated in connection with this offering. In connection with that termination, upon the consummation of this offering, we will pay Avista a termination fee of $3,375,000, which represents the fee payable for the remainder of the term of the Advisory Services Agreement prior to its termination.

Class C Dividend Agreement

          On September 27, 2010, we entered into a letter agreement with affiliates of Teachers, or the Class C Dividend Agreement, pursuant to which we agreed to declare a quarterly dividend in respect of Teachers' Class C common stock, which was $125,000 in each quarter of 2011, 2012 and 2013, and to declare a special dividend in respect of Teachers' Class C common stock related to certain transactions. During the year ended December 31, 2011 we paid a special dividend of $4.0 million in respect of Teachers' Class C common stock as a result of the Kendle Acquisition. The Class C Dividend Agreement will continue until the Advisory Services Agreement is terminated, which will occur upon the consummation of this offering. In connection with that termination, upon the consummation of this offering, we will redeem our outstanding Class C common stock, all of which is held by Teachers, for $3,375,000.

Expense Reimbursement Agreement

          On September 27, 2010, we and our subsidiaries entered into a letter agreement, or the Expense Reimbursement Agreement, with the Sponsors pursuant to which we and our subsidiaries, or the Company Group, agreed to reimburse the Sponsors for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Sponsors in connection with their investment in the Company Group. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we reimbursed the Sponsors for $82,000, $90,000 and $132,000, respectively. The Expense Reimbursement Agreement's term continues with respect to each Sponsor until such time as such Sponsor no longer holds any equity interest in any member of the Company Group. In connection with this offering, the Expense Reimbursement Agreement will be terminated.

Registration Rights

          Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, the Sponsors are required to create a coordination committee made up of one representative from each Sponsor to facilitate sales of our stock by the Sponsors in the first year following our initial public offering. Each Sponsor must consult with the coordination committee prior to entering into any definitive sale agreement with respect to any shares of our stock.

          The Stockholders Agreement includes (i) demand registration rights following the 6-month anniversary of our initial public offering for Sponsors holding certain qualifying shares of our stock, or Registrable Securities, (ii) piggy-back registrations rights for Sponsors and employee stockholders holding Registrable Securities, and (iii) shelf demand registration rights following the 12-month anniversary of our initial public offering for Sponsors holding more than 10% of the then outstanding Registrable Securities. The Sponsors must coordinate in connection with any sale pursuant to a shelf registration, including giving the non-initiating Sponsor two business days to

136


Table of Contents

elect to participate on the same terms. Employee stockholders have no piggy-back rights with respect to any sales by either Sponsor pursuant to any shelf registrations. We are responsible for fees and expenses in connection with the Sponsors' registration rights, other than underwriters' discounts and brokers' commissions, if any, relating to any such registration and offering.

          In addition, for so long as either Sponsor holds more than 5% of our common stock, a Sponsor wishing to sell shares of our common stock pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act shall consult with the other Sponsor and afford such Sponsor the opportunity to participate in any such Rule 144 sale on a pro rata basis.

Lantheus Master Services Agreement

          In 2012, we entered into a Master CRO Services Agreement, with Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., or Lantheus, and a subsequent work order pursuant to which we provided clinical development services in connection with a certain clinical trial sponsored by Lantheus. The agreement and work order were terminated during May 2014. The agreement had a term of five years, with the work order defined to run 22.5 months. We recognized net service revenue associated with this agreement of approximately $0.7 million and $0.4 million in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, from the work order under the agreement. Avista and its affiliates are principal owners of both Lantheus and the company.

Stock Repurchases

          On October 4, 2012, we repurchased 2,000,000 shares of each of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock from James T. Ogle for an aggregate purchase price of $2,500,000. Mr. Ogle served as our Chief Executive Officer until December, 2012 and currently serves as Chairman of our Board.

          On August 15, 2013, we repurchased 425,000 shares of each of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock from David N. Gill for an aggregate purchase price of $425,000. Mr. Gill served as our Chief Financial Officer until August 15, 2013.

Board Compensation

          Our directors who are employed by us, our subsidiaries or our Sponsors or any of their affiliates do not receive any compensation and will not receive compensation following this offering, except as limited to expense reimbursement. Our other directors will receive compensation for their service as members of our Board. See "Executive and Director Compensation—Director Compensation."

Employment Agreements

          We have entered into employment agreements with each of our NEOs. See "Executive and Director Compensation—Employment Agreements."

Indemnification Agreements

          We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person's services as a director or executive officer, as applicable.

137


Table of Contents

Policies for Approval of Related Person Transactions

          In connection with this offering, we will adopt a written policy relating to the approval of related person transactions. Our audit committee will review and approve or ratify all relationships and related person transactions between us and (i) our directors, director nominees, executive officers or their immediate family members, (ii) any 5% record or beneficial owner of our common stock, or (iii) any immediate family member of any person specified in (i) and (ii) above. Our compliance director will be primarily responsible for the development and implementation of processes and controls to obtain information from our directors and executive officers with respect to related party transactions and for determining, based on the facts and circumstances, whether we or a related person have a direct or indirect material interest in the transaction.

          As set forth in the related person transaction policy, in the course of its review and approval or ratification of a related party transaction, the committee will consider:

          Any member of the audit committee who is a related person with respect to a transaction under review will not be permitted to participate in the discussions or approval or ratification of the transaction. However, such member of the audit committee will provide all material information concerning the transaction to the audit committee.

138


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

Security Ownership

          The following table shows information as of                  , 2014 regarding the beneficial ownership of our Class A and Class B common stock (1) immediately following the corporate reorganization as described in "Corporate Reorganization" and the refinancing of our senior secured credit facilities but prior to this offering and (2) as adjusted to give effect to this offering by:

          For further information regarding material transactions between us and our principal stockholders, see "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions."

          Beneficial ownership of shares is determined under rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. Except as noted by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, we believe based on the information provided to us that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our Class A and Class B common stock shown as beneficially owned by them. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on          shares of Class A common stock and         shares of Class B common stock, in each case outstanding as of         , 2014 and         shares of Class A common stock and         shares of Class B common stock outstanding after giving effect to this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, or              shares of Class A common stock, assuming full exercise of the option to purchase additional shares. Shares of Class A common stock subject to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of that person and any group of which that person is a member, but are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership for any other person. Except as otherwise indicated, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares

139


Table of Contents

of capital stock held by them. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each holder listed below is 3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600 Raleigh, North Carolina 27604-1547.

 
  Shares of common stock beneficially
owned before this offering
  Shares of common stock beneficially
owned after this offering (assuming no
exercise of the option to purchase
additional shares)
  Shares of common stock beneficially
owned after this offering assuming full
exercise of the option to purchase
additional shares
 
 
  Class A   Class B    
  Class A   Class B    
  Class A   Class B    
 
Name and address
of beneficial owner
 
Number
of
shares
 
Percentage
of
shares
 
Number
of
shares
 
Percentage
of
shares
 
Total
voting
percentage(1)
 
Number
of
shares
 
Percentage
of
shares
 
Number
of
shares
 
Percentage
of
shares
 
Total
voting
percentage(1)
 
Number
of
shares
 
Percentage
of
shares
 
Number
of
shares
 
Percentage
of
shares
 
Total
voting
percentage(1)
 

5% stockholders:

                                                                                           

Avista(2)

                                                                                           

OTPP(3)

                                                                                           

Named executive officers and directors:

                                                                                           

D. Jamie Macdonald

                                                                                           

Gregory S. Rush

                                                                                           

Alistair Macdonald

                                                                                           

James T. Ogle

                                                                                           

James A. Bannon

                                                                                           

Robert W. Breckon

                                                                                           

David F. Burgstahler(4)

                                                                                           

Steve Faraone

                                                                                           

Charles C. Harwood

                                                                                           

Terry Woodward

                                                                                           

All board of director members and named executive officers as a group (10 persons)

                                                                           
 
   
 
   
 
 

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding Class A common stock.

(1)
Represents percentage of total voting power reflecting (i) all shares of Class A common stock held by such holder and (ii) shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all shares of Class B common stock held by such holder.

(2)
Includes         shares held by Avista Capital Partners II, L.P.,         shares held by Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II, L.P., and         shares held by Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II-A, L.P.,         shares held by ACP INC Research Co-Invest, LLC, which we collectively refer to as Avista. Also includes              shares held by INC Research Mezzanine Co-Invest, LLC over which Avista owns voting and dispositive power. Avista Capital Partners II GP, LLC ultimately exercises voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Avista Capital Partners II, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II-A, L.P., ACP INC Research Co-Invest, LLC and INC Research Mezzanine Co-Invest, LLC. Voting and disposition decisions at Avista Capital Partners II GP, LLC with respect to those shares are made by an investment committee, the members of which are Thompson Dean, Steven Webster, David Burgstahler, David Durkin, Brendan Scollans and Sriram Venkataraman. The address for each of these entities is 65 East 55th Street, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(3)
Refers to shares owned by 1829356 Ontario Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of OTPP. Each of Terry Woodward and Steve Faraone may be deemed to have the power to dispose of the shares held by OTPP because of a delegation of authority from the Board of Directors of OTPP, and each expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. As the beneficial owner of Class B common stock, OTPP may, at any time, elect to convert shares of Class B common stock into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock, or convert shares of Class A common stock into an equal number of shares of Class B common stock. The table above does not reflect (i) shares of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of Class A common stock or (ii) shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of Class B common stock. The address of 1829356 Ontario Limited and OTPP is 5650 Yonge Street, Toronto, Ontario M2M 4H5.

(4)
Excludes shares held by Avista. Mr. Burgstahler is the President of the general partner of Avista Capital Partners GP, LLC and as a result may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned by Avista. Mr. Burgstahler disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Avista, except to the extent of his pecuniary intent therein.

140


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

          The following discussion is a summary of the terms of our common stock, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and certain applicable provisions of Delaware law, as they will be in effect after giving effect to our corporate reorganization and a related             -for-one stock split prior to the consummation of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual terms and provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which are exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Authorized Capitalization

          Immediately following the consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of (i)          shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, (ii)          shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and (iii)          shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Common Stock

          After giving effect to the corporate reorganization, our capital stock will consist of             shares of Class A common stock outstanding and             shares of Class B common stock outstanding. Holders of our common stock are entitled to the following rights.

Voting Rights

          Each share of our Class A common stock will entitle its holder to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Each share of our Class B common stock will entitle its holder to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders, except with respect to the election or removal of directors. Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class. There is no cumulative voting, which means that a holder or group of holders of more than 50% of the shares of our common stock can elect all of our directors. For a description of the Stockholders Agreement, see "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Stockholders Agreement."

Dividend Rights

          The holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by our Board from legally available sources, subject to the prior rights of the holders of our preferred stock, if any.

Conversion Rights

          The shares of Class A common stock will not be convertible except as provided below. The shares of Class B common stock will be convertible into Class A common stock, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time at the option of the holder, on the basis of one share of Class A common stock for each share of Class B common stock, subject to adjustment for any stock splits, combinations or similar events. The shares of Class A common stock will be convertible into Class B common stock, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time at the option of the holder so long as such holder then holds Class B common stock, on the basis of one share of Class B common stock for each share of Class A common stock, subject to adjustment for any stock splits, combinations or similar events.

141


Table of Contents

Liquidation Rights

          In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the assets available for distribution after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of the holders of our preferred stock, if any.

Other Rights

          Our stockholders will not have preemptive or other rights to subscribe for additional shares. All holders of our common stock will be entitled to share equally on a share-for-share basis in any assets available for distribution to common stockholders upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up. All outstanding shares are, and all shares offered by this prospectus will be, when sold, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

          After giving effect to the corporate reorganization, we will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Upon the closing of this offering, our Board will be authorized, without further stockholder approval, to issue from time to time up to an aggregate of    shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix or alter the designations, preferences, rights and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each such series thereof, including the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or designations of such series. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

          Certain of our existing stockholders have certain registration rights with respect to our common stock pursuant to a stockholders agreement. See "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Registration Rights."

Anti-takeover Provisions

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that delay, defer or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in control of us or change in our management. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our Board, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they also give our Board the power to discourage transactions that some stockholders may favor, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Accordingly, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

Classified Board

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our Board will initially consist of eight directors, and that our Board will be divided into three classes, with one class being elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Each director will serve a three-year term, with termination staggered according to class. Class I will initially consist of two directors, Class II will initially consist of three directors, and Class II will initially consist of three directors. The size of our

142


Table of Contents

Board may thereafter be fixed from time to time solely by resolution of at least a majority of the directors then in office.

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may only be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the remaining members of the Board or the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of common stock then entitled to vote on the election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our Board, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our Board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office, even if less than a quorum. Directors nominated by a Sponsor may be removed from office with or without cause by the affirmative vote of such Sponsor without a meeting.

          The classification of our Board could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of our company.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Meetings, Nominations and Proposals

          Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only upon the request of a majority of our Board or upon the request of the Chief Executive Officer or the chair of the Board. Our amended and restated bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes in control or management of our company.

          Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our Board or a committee of the Board. In order for any matter to be "properly brought" before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with the advance notice requirements of directors, which may be filled only by a vote of a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will allow the presiding officer at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

No Stockholder Action by Written Consent

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to the rights of any holders of preferred stock to act by written consent instead of a meeting, stockholder action may be taken only at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken by written consent instead of a meeting, unless the Sponsors and their affiliates own at least 50% of our outstanding common stock or the action to be taken by written consent of stockholders and the taking of this action by written consent has been expressly approved in advance by the Board. Failure to satisfy any of the requirements for a stockholder meeting could delay, prevent or invalidate stockholder action.

Section 203 of the DGCL

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL which relate to business combinations with interested stockholders, do not apply to us. Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination transaction with an interested stockholder (a stockholder who

143


Table of Contents

owns more than 10% of our common stock) for a period of three years after the interested stockholder became such unless the transaction fits within an applicable exemption, such as board approval of the business combination or the transaction that resulted in such stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions would apply even if the business combination could be considered beneficial by some stockholders. Although we intend to opt out of the statute's provisions, we could elect to be subject to Section 203 in the future.

Amendment to Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation

          Any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our Board and (i) thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, or (ii) if related to provisions regarding the classification of the Board, the removal of directors, director vacancies, forum selection for certain lawsuits or the amendment of certain provisions of our bylaws or certificate of incorporation, thereafter be approved by at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment. A vote of the majority of Class B common stock, voting separately, is require to change the voting rights of Class B common stock or to change their rights disproportionately to those of Class A common stock. For so long as the Sponsors beneficially own 10% or more of our issued and outstanding common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment to provisions regarding Section 203 of the DGCL or corporate opportunities must also receive the Sponsors' prior written consent. Our bylaws may be amended (x) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the bylaws, without further stockholder action or (y) by the affirmative vote of at least 50.1% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, without further action by our Board.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

          The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and our preferred stock will be available for future issuance without any further vote or action by our stockholders. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and our preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control over us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Exclusive Forum

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to certain exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for certain stockholder litigation matters. However, it is possible that a court could rule that this provision is unenforceable or inapplicable.

Corporate Opportunities

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that neither a Sponsor nor a director nominated by a Sponsor will have any obligation to offer us an opportunity to participate in business opportunities presented to such Sponsor even if the opportunity is one that we might reasonably have pursued (and therefore may be free to compete with us in the same business or similar businesses), and that, to the extent permitted by law, no Sponsor will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any duty by reason of any such activities.

144


Table of Contents

Listing

          We intend to apply to have our Class A common stock listed on the NASDAQ under the symbol "INCR."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

          The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

145


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Secured Facilities

General

          In connection with this offering, we intend to refinance our existing senior secured credit facilities with new senior secured credit facilities in an aggregate principal amount of $525.0 million, consisting of a $425.0 million term loan facility and a $100.0 million revolving credit facility. We intend to use the proceeds of the $134.0 million of additional term loan borrowings, along with the proceeds of this offering and, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, $             of cash on hand, to redeem all of our outstanding Notes and pay any redemption premiums, make-whole interest and related fees and expenses.

          Under the credit agreement for the new senior secured credit facilities (the "2014 Credit Agreement"), the term loan and revolving facilities can be increased (and/or new term loans or revolving commitments can be added) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $150.0 million, plus (x) in the case of any incremental facilities that serve to effectively extend the maturity of the term facility and/or revolving facility then in effect, an amount equal to the reductions in such loans or commitments to be replaced thereby plus (y) the amount of any voluntary prepayment of term loans under the term loan facility and/or any permanent reduction of the commitments under the revolving facility then in existence plus (z) an unlimited amount subject to (1) if such indebtedness is secured on a pari passu basis with the senior secured credit facilities, compliance on a pro forma basis with a secured net leverage ratio of no greater than 3.25 to 1.00, (2) if such indebtedness is secured by a lien that is junior to the lien securing the senior secured credit facilities, compliance on a pro forma basis with a secured net leverage ratio of no greater than 3.50 to 1.00 and (3) if such indebtedness is unsecured, compliance on a pro forma basis with a total net leverage ratio of no greater than 5.75 to 1.00 (or, following certain qualified public offerings as set forth in the 2014 Credit Agreement, 5.00 to 1.00). The new lenders under the new senior secured credit facilities will not be under any obligation to provide such additional commitments, and any increase in commitments is subject to customary conditions precedent.

Interest Rates and Fees

          Borrowings under the new senior secured facilities will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an adjusted LIBOR plus an applicable margin to be specified in the 2014 Credit Agreement (with a LIBOR floor of 1.00% for the term loan) or alternate base rate plus an applicable margin to be specified in the 2014 Credit Agreement, in each case, subject to step-downs in accordance with a pricing grid.

Prepayments

          Our new senior secured facilities will require us to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:

146


Table of Contents

          The foregoing mandatory prepayments will be applied to the scheduled installments of principal of the term loan facility in direct order of maturity. We may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under our senior secured facilities in whole or in part upon prior notice, to be applied as we may direct. Voluntary prepayments may be made without premium or penalty, other than (a) a prepayment premium of 1% applicable to any prepayment of term loans that is made in connection with a re-pricing transaction that occurs on or prior to the six month anniversary of closing date of the 2014 Credit Agreement and (b) certain fees incurred in connection with redeployment costs.

Guarantors

          All obligations under our senior secured facilities will be guaranteed by INC Holdings, and each of INC's direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, other than certain excluded subsidiaries, collectively, the guarantors.

Security

          All of INC's (and the guarantors') obligations will be secured, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions, by a first-priority perfected security interest in substantially all of their assets, including, but not limited to (1) a perfected pledge of all the domestic capital stock owned by INC and the guarantors, and (2) perfected security interests in and mortgages on substantially all tangible and intangible personal property and material fee-owned property, in each case, subject to certain exclusions.

Covenants, Representations and Warranties

          Our senior secured facilities will contain customary representations and warranties and customary affirmative and negative covenants, including, with respect to restrictive covenants, among other things, restrictions to:

          In addition, the revolving facility will be subject to a "springing" financial covenant that will require INC to maintain a secured leverage ratio of 4.0 to 1.0 when the sum of revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit (other than letters of credit that are cash collateralized), outstanding as of the last day of any four-fiscal quarter period, is greater than 30% of the revolving commitments. For purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenant (when applicable), a cash equity contribution made to INC can be included in the calculation of EBITDA subject to certain conditions.

Events of Default

          Events of default under our senior secured facilities will include, among others, non-payment of principal when due, nonpayment of interest or other amounts subject to a grace period, covenant defaults (subject to a grace period in the case of affirmative covenants), material inaccuracy of representations or warranties, bankruptcy and insolvency events, cross defaults to material indebtedness, material judgments, certain ERISA events, actual or asserted invalidity of any guarantee or security document or nonperfection of security interests and a change of control.

147


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market or the perception that sales may occur, could materially adversely affect the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Sale of Restricted Securities

          Upon consummation of this offering, we will have             shares of our Class A common stock outstanding (or              shares, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). Of these shares, the             shares sold in this offering (or             shares, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be freely tradable without further restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased by our affiliates may generally only be sold in compliance with Rule 144, which is described below. Of the remaining outstanding shares,             shares will be deemed "restricted securities" under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Arrangements and Registration Rights

          In connection with this offering, we, each of our directors, executive officers and certain stockholders, will enter into lock-up agreements described under "Underwriting" that restrict the sale of our securities for up to 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions or an extension in certain circumstances.

          In addition, following the expiration of the lock-up period, certain stockholders will have the right, subject to certain conditions, to require us to register the sale of their shares of our common stock under federal securities laws. See "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Registration Rights." If these stockholders exercise this right, our other existing stockholders may require us to register their registrable securities.

          Following the lock-up periods described above, all of the shares of our Class A common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amended and restated Stockholders Agreement will continue to contain restrictions on the ability of the employee stockholders to transfer shares of our Class A common stock that they own, including provisions that only allow employee stockholders to transfer shares of our Class A common stock following our initial public offering in proportion with any transfers by the Sponsor, until such time as the Sponsors have sold at least 50% of the common stock they own immediately prior to our initial public offering.

Rule 144

          The shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will generally be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares of our Class A common stock held by an "affiliate" of ours may not be resold publicly except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption under Rule 144 or otherwise. Rule 144 permits our Class A common stock that has been acquired by a person who is an affiliate of ours, or has been an affiliate of ours within the past three months, to be sold into the market in an amount that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater of:

148


Table of Contents

          Such sales are also subject to specific manner of sale provisions, a six-month holding period requirement, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

          Rule 144 also provides that a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has for at least six months beneficially owned shares of our Class A common stock that are restricted securities, will be entitled to freely sell such shares of our Class A common stock subject only to the availability of current public information regarding us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned for at least one year shares of our Class A common stock that are restricted securities, will be entitled to freely sell such shares of our Class A common stock under Rule 144 without regard to the current public information requirements of Rule 144.

Rule 701

          Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Additional Registration Statements

          We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register             shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the 2010 Plan upon the exercise of existing stock options and              shares of our Class A common stock to be issued or reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan. Such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement, including             shares of unrestricted Class A common stock and             shares of restricted Class A common stock to be issued under our 2010 Plan and our 2014 Plan, will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described above.

149


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

          The following discussion summarizes the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock. This summary does not provide a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax and estate tax considerations relating thereto. The information provided below is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations as of the date hereof, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein. In addition, this summary does not address the Medicare tax on certain investment income or any state, local or foreign taxes or any U.S. federal tax laws other than U.S. federal income tax laws and estate tax laws. Persons considering the purchase, ownership, or disposition of our Class A common stock should consult their tax advisors concerning U.S. federal, state, local, foreign or other tax consequences in light of their particular situations.

          As used in this section, a "non-U.S. holder" is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

          If you are an individual, you may, in many cases, be deemed to be a resident alien, as opposed to a nonresident alien, by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For these purposes, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Resident aliens are subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our Class A common stock. If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding shares of our Class A common stock, you should consult your own tax advisor.

          This discussion assumes that a non-U.S. holder will hold our Class A common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment). The summary generally does not address tax considerations that may be relevant to particular investors because of their specific circumstances, or because they are subject to special rules, including, without limitation if the investor is a "controlled foreign corporation," "passive foreign investment company," former citizen or long-term resident of the United States or partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If you fall within any of the foregoing categories, this description does not apply to you, and you should consult with your own tax advisor about the tax consequences of acquiring, owning, and disposing of our Class A common stock.

150


Table of Contents

           INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE CONSEQUENCES OF FOREIGN, STATE OR LOCAL LAWS AND TAX TREATIES.

Distributions on Class A Common Stock

          We do not expect to declare or pay any dividends on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. If we do pay dividends on shares of our Class A common stock, however, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that is applied against and reduces, but not below zero, a non-U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in shares of our Class A common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock. See "—Dispositions of Class A Common Stock."

          Any dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder on our Class A common stock will generally be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate. The withholding tax might not apply, however, or might apply at a reduced rate, under the terms of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder's country of residence. You should consult your tax advisors regarding your entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. Generally, in order for us or our paying agent to withhold tax at a lower treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must certify its entitlement to treaty benefits. A non-U.S. holder generally can meet this certification requirement by providing a properly completed Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or any successor form), or appropriate substitute form to us or our paying agent. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder's behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent. The holder's agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

          Dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder, and if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder's country of residence, are attributable to a permanent establishment (or, in certain cases involving individual holders, a fixed base) maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States, are not subject to such withholding tax. To obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition to the graduated tax described above, such effectively connected dividends received by corporate non-U.S. holders may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty.

Dispositions of Class A Common Stock

          Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and other withholding requirements, gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on a sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A common stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, unless:

151


Table of Contents

          Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its "United States real property interests" equals 50% or more of the sum of the fair market value of (a) its worldwide real property interests and (b) its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. The tax relating to stock in a USRPHC does not apply to a non-U.S. holder whose holdings, actual and constructive, amount to 5% or less of our Class A common stock at all times during the applicable period, provided that our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market. We believe we have not been and are not currently a USRPHC, and do not anticipate being a USRPHC in the future.

          If any gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A common stock, (1) is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder and (2) if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder's country of residence, is attributable to a permanent establishment (or, in certain cases involving individuals, a fixed base) maintained by such non-U.S. holder in the United States, then the gain generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation, it also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

          The estates of nonresident alien individuals generally are subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our Class A common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent's country of residence provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

          Any dividends on our Class A common stock that are paid to a non-U.S. holder must be reported annually to the IRS and to the non-U.S. holder. Copies of these information returns also may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of various treaties or agreements for the exchange of information. Unless the non-U.S. holder is an exempt recipient, dividends paid on our Class A common stock and the gross proceeds from a taxable disposition of our Class A common stock may be subject to additional information reporting and may also be subject to U.S. federal backup withholding (at a rate of 28%) if such non-U.S. holder fails to comply with applicable U.S. information reporting and certification requirements. Provision of any properly completed IRS Form W-8 appropriate to the non-U.S. holder's circumstances will satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding tax.

152


Table of Contents

          Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts so withheld under the backup withholding rules will be refunded by the IRS or credited against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Other Withholding Requirements

          In addition to the withholding taxes discussed above, if a non-U.S. holder is a certain type of foreign entity (including, in some instances, a foreign entity acting as an intermediary), withholding tax of 30% under sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as "FATCA") will be imposed on dividends on our Class A common stock and, after December 31, 2016, on the gross proceeds of dispositions of our Class A common stock, unless such holder has satisfied various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements generally relating to its U.S. owners and account holders or otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. These new requirements are different from, and in addition to, the beneficial owner certification requirements described above. If a non-U.S. holder is located in a jurisdiction that has an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA, such holder may be subject to different rules. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our Class A common stock.

           THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

153


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

          The company and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriters
  Number of
Shares
 

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

       

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

       

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

       

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

       

William Blair & Company L.L.C. 

       
       

Total

       
       
       

          The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

          The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional         shares from the company to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

          The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the company. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses, in an amount of up to $30,000, as set forth in the underwriting agreement. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase         additional shares.

Paid by the Company
 
No Exercise
 
Full Exercise
 

Per Share

  $     $    

Total

  $     $

 

          Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $       per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

          The company and its officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of the company's common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

          Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company's historical performance, estimates of the business potential

154


Table of Contents

and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company's management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

          The company intends to list the Class A common stock on the NASDAQ under the symbol "INCR."

          In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A "covered short position" is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters' option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. "Naked" short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

          The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

          Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company's stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Class A common stock. As a result, the price of the Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

European Economic Area

          In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State") an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

155


Table of Contents

          For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

          Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

          The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

          This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in

156


Table of Contents

accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

          Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

          The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

          The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

          The company estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $         .

          The company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

          The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. An affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. is the administrative agent and collateral agent under our new credit facilities for which it receives customary fees. In addition, affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities LLC acted as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners of our new credit facilities.

          In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

157


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

          Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, New York, New York, has passed upon the validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered under this prospectus. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.


EXPERTS

          The consolidated financial statements of INC Research Holdings, Inc. at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

          We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to us and the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby, you should refer to the registration statement and to the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. When we complete this offering, we will be required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings, including our registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of all or any portion of the registration statements and the filings may be obtained from such offices upon payment of prescribed fees. The public may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 or (202) 551-8090. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

          You may obtain a copy of any of our filings, at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at:

INC Research Holdings, Inc.
3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600
Raleigh, North Carolina 27604-1547
(919) 876-9300
Attn: Corporate Secretary

158


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
 
Page
 

Audited Financial Statements of INC Research Holdings, Inc .

       

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

    F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

    F-4  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

    F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 December 31, 2011

    F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

    F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-8  

Unaudited Financial Statements of INC Research Holdings, Inc .

   
 
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and September 30, 2013

    F-52  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and September 30, 2013

    F-53  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013

    F-54  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and September 30, 2013

    F-55  

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-56  

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of INC Research Holdings, Inc.

          We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of INC Research Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

          We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

          In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of INC Research Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Ernst & Young LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina
July 17, 2014, except Note    , as to which the date is         , 2014

          The foregoing report is in the form that will be signed upon the completion of the reverse stock split described in Note    to the consolidated financial statements.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina
July 17, 2014

F-2


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Net service revenue

  $ 652,418   $ 579,145   $ 437,005  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    342,672     289,455     218,981  
               

Total revenue

    995,090     868,600     655,986  

Direct costs

   
432,261
   
389,056
   
279,840
 

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    342,672     289,455     218,981  

Selling, general, and administrative

    117,890     109,428     95,063  

Restructuring and other costs

    11,828     35,380     27,839  

Transaction expenses

   
508
   
   
10,322
 

Goodwill impairment

   
   
4,000
   
 

Depreciation

    19,175     19,915     15,700  

Amortization

    39,298     58,896     48,436  
               

Total operating expenses

    963,632     906,130     696,181  
               

Income (loss) from operations

    31,458     (37,530 )   (40,195 )

Other income (expense), net:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Interest income

    310     239     151  

Interest expense

    (60,799 )   (62,246 )   (65,633 )

Other (expense) income, net

    (1,649 )   4,679     11,519  
               

Total other expense, net

    (62,138 )   (57,328 )   (53,963 )
               

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (30,680 )   (94,858 )   (94,158 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (10,849 )   35,744     34,611  
               

Net loss

    (41,529 )   (59,114 )   (59,547 )

Class C common stock dividends

    (500 )   (500 )   (4,500 )
               

Net loss attributable to Class A common stockholders

  $ (42,029 ) $ (59,614 ) $ (64,047 )
               
               

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to Class A common stockholders

 
$

(0.10

)

$

(0.14

)

$

(0.17

)

Basic and diluted weighted average Class A common shares outstanding

   
439,479
   
441,115
   
370,742
 

Basic and diluted unaudited pro forma net loss per common share (see Note 12)

 
$

             

Basic and diluted unaudited pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding (see Note 12)

   
             

   

See accompanying notes.

F-3


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(Amounts in thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Net loss

  $ (41,529 ) $ (59,114 ) $ (59,547 )

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax expense of $44, $0, and $0, respectively

    70     (1,945 )   (15,090 )
               

Comprehensive loss

  $ (41,459 ) $ (61,059 ) $ (74,637 )
               
               

   

See accompanying notes.

F-4


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Amounts in thousands, except share data)

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2012  

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 96,972   $ 81,363  

Restricted cash

    569     1,051  

Accounts receivable:

             

Billed, net

    129,628     104,729  

Unbilled

    99,207     122,536  

Current portion of deferred income taxes

    14,378     8,988  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    35,428     35,688  
           

Total current assets

    376,182     354,355  

Property and equipment, net

   
40,947
   
42,196
 

Goodwill

    563,365     565,118  

Intangible assets, net

    231,051     270,688  

Deferred income taxes, less current portion

    3,780     4,751  

Other long-term assets

    17,786     20,546  
           

Total assets

  $ 1,233,111   $ 1,257,654  
           
           

Liabilities and stockholders' equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 9,594   $ 17,138  

Accrued liabilities

    94,221     87,472  

Deferred revenue

    207,188     199,747  

Current portion of long-term debt

    4,713     3,000  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

    2,292     2,915  
           

Total current liabilities

    318,008     310,272  

Long-term debt, less current portion

   
587,202
   
585,786
 

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

    272     2,485  

Deferred income taxes

    29,233     21,837  

Other long-term liabilities

    22,189     20,444  
           

Total liabilities

    956,904     940,824  

Commitments and contingencies

             

Stockholders' equity:

   
 
   
 
 

Common stock:

             

2,000,000,050 shares authorized, $0.01 par value, 888,408,801, and 887,798,801, shares issued, 877,066,801, and 878,928,801 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

    8,884     8,878  

Additional paid-in capital

    472,746     470,026  

Treasury stock, at cost

    (6,751 )   (5,361 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (9,841 )   (9,911 )

Accumulated deficit

    (188,831 )   (146,802 )
           

Total stockholders' equity

    276,207     316,830  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 1,233,111   $ 1,257,654  
           
           

   

See accompanying notes.

F-5


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

(Amounts in thousands)

 
  Common Stock    
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Treasury
Stock
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity
 
 
  Shares   Amount  

Balance at December 25, 2010

    626,846   $ 6,268   $ 307,462   $   $ 7,124   $ (23,141 ) $ 297,713  

Issuance of common shares

    260,290     2,603     159,741                 162,344  

Treasury stock acquired

    (4,462 )           (2,606 )           (2,606 )

Stock-based compensation

            1,176                 1,176  

Dividends paid

                        (4,500 )   (4,500 )

Net loss

                        (59,547 )   (59,547 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax expense, $0

                    (15,090 )       (15,090 )
                               

Balance at December 31, 2011

    882,674     8,871     468,379     (2,606 )   (7,966 )   (87,188 )   379,490  

Issuance of common shares

    600     6     369                 375  

Treasury stock acquired

    (4,408 )           (2,755 )           (2,755 )

Exercise of stock options

    63     1     30                 31  

Stock-based compensation

            1,248                 1,248  

Dividends paid

                        (500 )   (500 )

Net loss

    ` —                     (59,114 )   (59,114 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax expense, $0

                    (1,945 )       (1,945 )
                               

Balance at December 31, 2012

    878,929     8,878     470,026     (5,361 )   (9,911 )   (146,802 )   316,830  

Treasury stock acquired

    (2,472 )           (1,390 )           (1,390 )

Exercise of stock options

    610     6     301                   307  

Stock-based compensation

            2,419                 2,419  

Dividends paid

                        (500 )   (500 )

Net loss

                        (41,529 )   (41,529 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax expense, $44

                    70         70  
                               

Balance at December 31, 2013

    877,067   $ 8,884   $ 472,746   $ (6,751 ) $ (9,841 ) $ (188,831 ) $ 276,207  
                               
                               

   

See accompanying notes.

F-6


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Amounts in thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Operating activities

                   

Net loss

  $ (41,529 ) $ (59,114 ) $ (59,547 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                   

Depreciation and amortization

    58,473     78,811     64,136  

Amortization of capitalized loan fees

    7,073     5,165     11,824  

Stock-based compensation

    2,419     1,248     1,176  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    77     777     1,090  

Deferred income taxes

    3,646     (45,195 )   (36,508 )

Foreign currency adjustments

    409     (2,474 )   (6,852 )

Gain on purchase of equity affiliate

        (2,735 )    

Impairment of goodwill

        4,000      

Loss on asset disposals

    477     3,404     113  

Other

            1,029  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                   

Restricted cash

    477     1,530     (395 )

Accounts receivable and unbilled

    (2,537 )   37,537     (7,967 )

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (438 )   (2,105 )   (5,455 )

Deferred revenue

    7,036     8,363     9,950  

Other assets and liabilities

    1,687     13,787     8,873  
               

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    37,270     42,999     (18,533 )

Investing activities

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

        (3,383 )   (364,907 )

Purchase of property and equipment

    (17,714 )   (9,591 )   (4,763 )
               

Net cash used in investing activities

    (17,714 )   (12,974 )   (369,670 )

Financing activities

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

            591,442  

Payments of costs associated with issuance of long-term debt

            (23,338 )

Proceeds from the refinancing of long-term debt

    2,835          

Payments on long-term debt

    (3,520 )   (3,000 )   (307,173 )

Borrowing on the revolving line of credit

            28,000  

Repayments on the revolving line of credit

        (7,000 )   (21,000 )

Payments of contingent consideration related to business combinations

    (1,266 )   (2,663 )      

Principal payments toward capital lease obligations

    (3,307 )   (3,420 )   (1,117 )

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock

        375     162,345  

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

    307     31      

Dividends paid

    (500 )   (500 )   (4,500 )

Treasury stock repurchases

    (1,390 )   (2,755 )   (2,606 )
               

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (6,841 )   (18,932 )   422,053  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   
2,894
   
(690

)
 
(3,627

)
               

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    15,609     10,403     30,223  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

    81,363     70,960     40,737  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

  $ 96,972   $ 81,363   $ 70,960  
               
               

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

                   

Cash paid (refunded) for income taxes

  $ 2,896   $ 3,419   $ (9,780 )
               
               

Cash paid for interest

  $ 54,191   $ 57,035   $ 27,604  
               
               

Supplemental disclosure of noncash financing activities

                   

Capital lease obligations for purchase of property and equipment

  $ 470   $ 713   $ 7,730  
               
               

   

See accompanying notes.

F-7


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principal Business

          The Company is a Contract Research Organization (CRO) providing a comprehensive range of clinical development services for the biopharmaceutical and medical device industries to its customers across various therapeutic areas. The international infrastructure of the Company's development business enables it to conduct Phase I to Phase IV clinical trials globally for pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies.

Organization

          On August 13, 2010, INC Research Holdings, Inc. (the Company, Parent or Holdings) was incorporated in the state of Delaware for the purpose of acquiring the outstanding equity of INC Research, Inc. through INC Research Intermediate, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of INC Research Holdings, Inc. The Company's investment in INC Research Intermediate, LLC (Intermediate) is represented by a 100% membership interest.

Principles of Consolidation

          The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP), and include the accounts and results of operations of the Company and its controlled subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated. The equity method of accounting is used for investments for which the company does not have control but exercises significant influence. The Company's 50% ownership in Beijing KendleWits Medical Consulting Co., Ltd. (KendleWits) was sold on December 6, 2011. On January 4, 2012, the Company acquired the 50% of GVK Biosciences Private Limited (GVK) shares that it did not own and GVK became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (discussed further in Note 3). There were no significant amounts on the consolidated balance sheets related to investments in unconsolidated companies as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Use of Estimates

          The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses during the period, as well as disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. The Company evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, valuation of goodwill and identifiable intangibles, tax related contingencies and valuation allowances, allowance for doubtful accounts, litigation contingencies, among others. These estimates are based on the information available to management at the time these estimates, judgments, and assumptions are made. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates.

F-8


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Reclassifications

          The Company reclassified $1.3 million and $2.6 million in payments related to the contingent consideration paid related to the Trident acquisition from cash flows used in investing activities to cash flow used in financing activities.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

          The Company accounts for its foreign subsidiaries, which operate in currencies other than U.S. dollars, by translating assets and liabilities using rates of exchange as of the end of the reporting period, income and expenses using the average rate of exchange for the period, and stockholders' equity using the historical exchange rates. Translation adjustments resulting from this process are recorded in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of stockholders' equity.

          Gains or losses on foreign currency transactions are included in other income (expense), net. Net realized foreign currency transaction (losses) gains included in other income (expense), net included in the results of operations were $(1.4) million, $(1.2) million, and $2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Other Comprehensive Loss

          The Company has elected to present comprehensive loss and its components as a separate statement. Other comprehensive loss refers to revenue, expenses, gains, and losses that under U.S. GAAP are recorded as an element of stockholders' equity but are excluded from net loss. The Company's other comprehensive loss consists of foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from the translation of foreign subsidiaries not using the U.S. dollar as their functional currency.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

          Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase and consist principally of bank deposits. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

Restricted Cash

          Restricted cash represents cash received from customers and term deposits held as security over bank guarantees. The portion of restricted cash received from customers is available for use only for specific project-related expenses, primarily investigator fees, upon authorization from the customer. Restricted cash is classified as a current or long-term asset based on the timing and nature of when and how the cash is expected to be used or when the restrictions are expected to lapse. The Company includes changes in restricted cash balances as part of operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

F-9


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Fair Value

          The Company records certain assets and liabilities at fair value (see Note 6). Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value is described below. This hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

          Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

          Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable through correlation with market data; and

          Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

Derivative Financial Instruments

          The Company uses derivative instruments to manage exposures to interest rates. Derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value at each balance sheet date utilizing pricing models for non-exchange-traded contracts. The Company does not designate its derivative instruments as accounting hedges as defined by the authoritative guidance for derivatives and hedging. Accordingly, changes in the fair values of the Company's derivative instruments are recognized in current period earnings and the cash flow is included in operating activities. The Company does not enter into derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes (see Note 5).

Billed and Unbilled Accounts Receivable and Deferred Revenues

          Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value. Unbilled accounts receivable arise when services have been rendered for which revenue has been recognized but the customers have not been billed. In general, prerequisites for billings and payments are established by contractual provisions, including predetermined payment schedules, which may or may not correspond to the timing of the performance of services under the contract.

          In some cases, payments received are in excess of revenue recognized. Deferred revenue represents billings or receipts of payments from customers in advance of services being provided and the related revenue being earned or reimbursable expenses being incurred. As the contracted services are subsequently performed and the associated revenue is recognized, the deferred revenue balance is reduced by the amount of the revenue recognized during the period.

F-10


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Property and Equipment

          Property and equipment is primarily comprised of furniture, software, office and computer equipment. These assets are depreciated using the straight-line method. The Company uses the estimated useful lives of up to:

Buildings

  39 years

Furniture and equipment

  7 years

Computer equipment and software

  5 years

          Leased property and equipment, which includes certain capitalized software and equipment under capital leases and leasehold improvements, are amortized over the remaining life of the lease or the estimated life of the asset, whichever is less. Amortization of assets recorded under capital leases is included within depreciation expense. Repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred and expenditures for additions and improvements that extend the useful life of the asset are capitalized.

          The Company capitalizes costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use and amortizes these costs on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the product, not to exceed three years.

Goodwill, Intangible Assets, and Long-Lived Assets

          Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. The Company performed its annual impairment test by estimating the fair value of each reporting unit using a combination of the income approach (a discounted cash flow analysis) and the market approach (a guideline transaction method) for purposes of estimating the total enterprise value for the reporting unit. In 2012, the Company determined the fair value of one of its three reporting units, Phase I Services, did not exceed the carrying value and recognized a $4.0 million impairment of goodwill (see Note 2). There were no impairment charges in 2013 or in 2011.

          Intangible assets consist primarily of trademarks, backlog, customer relationships, and technologies. Finite-lived trademarks, backlog and technologies are being amortized on a straight-line basis. Customer relationships are being amortized at the greater of actual customer attrition or a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives. Certain trademarks have an indefinite life and are not amortized but instead are evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Finite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment upon the occurrence of certain triggering events. No events have been identified that indicate there was an impairment of the recoverability of intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

          Long-lived assets, including fixed assets and definite-lived intangibles, are regularly reviewed to determine if facts and circumstances indicate that the useful life is shorter than the Company originally estimated or that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. If such facts and circumstances exist, the Company assesses the recoverability of identified assets by comparing

F-11


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their remaining lives against their respective carrying amounts. Impairments, if any, are based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets and occur in the period in which the impairment determination was made. No events have been identified that indicate there was an impairment of the recoverability of long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Revenue Recognition

          The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; (2) the service offering has been delivered to the customer; (3) the collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and (4) the arrangement consideration is fixed or determinable. The Company records revenues net of any tax assessments by governmental authorities, such as value added taxes, that are imposed on and concurrent with specific revenue generating transactions. In some cases, contracts provide for consideration that is contingent upon the occurrence of uncertain future events. The Company recognizes contingent revenue when the contingency has been resolved and all other criteria for revenue recognition have been met.

          The Company's arrangements are primarily service contracts and historically, a majority of the net service revenue has been earned under contracts which range in duration from a few months to several years. Most of the Company's contracts can be terminated by the customer with 30 days notice. In the event of termination, our contracts often provide for fees for winding down the project, which include both fees incurred and actual expenses and noncancellable expenditures and may include a fee to cover a percentage of the remaining professional fees on the project. The Company does not recognize revenue with respect to start-up activities including contract and scope negotiation, feasibility analysis and conflict of interest review associated with contracts. The costs for these activities are expensed as incurred.

          The majority of the Company's contracts are for clinical research services and, to a lesser extent, consulting services. These contracts represent a single unit of accounting. Clinical research service contracts generally take the form of fee-for-service, fixed-fee-per-unit and fixed price contracts, with the majority of the contracts being fixed-fee-per-unit. For fee-for-service contracts, fees are billed based on a contractual rate basis and the Company recognizes revenue on these arrangements as services are performed, primarily on a time and materials basis. For fixed-price contracts (including fixed-fee and fixed-price per unit arrangements), revenue is recognized as services are performed based upon a proportional performance basis, which is assessed using output measures that are specific to the service provided.

          Examples of output measures include, among others, study management months, number of sites activated, number of site initiation visits, and number of monitoring visits completed. Revenue is determined by dividing the actual units of work completed by the total units of work required under the contract and multiplying that ratio by the total contract value. The total contract value, or total contractual payments, represents the aggregate contracted price for each of the agreed upon services to be provided.

F-12


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

          Changes in the scope of work are common, especially under long-term contracts, and generally result in a renegotiation of future contract pricing terms and change in contract value. If the customer does not agree to contract modification, the Company could bear the risk of cost overruns. Renegotiated amounts are not included in net revenues until the contract modification is signed, the amount is earned and realization is assured.

          For the arrangements that include multiple elements, arrangement consideration is allocated to units of accounting based on the relative selling price. The best evidence of selling price of a unit of accounting is vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE), which is the price the Company charges when the deliverable is sold separately. When VSOE is not available to determine selling price, management uses relevant third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price, if available. When neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exists, management uses its best estimate of selling price considering all relevant information that is available without undue cost and effort. The Company considers the guidance related to the accounting for multiple element arrangements when determining whether more than one contract shall be combined and accounted for as a single arrangement.

Reimbursable Out-of-Pocket Expenses

          In connection with management of multi-site clinical trials, the Company is reimbursed by its customers for fees paid to principal investigators and for other out-of-pocket costs (such as travel expenses for the Company's clinical monitors). The Company includes these costs in direct costs, and the related reimbursements are reflected in revenues, as the Company is deemed to be the primary obligor in the applicable arrangements. The Company records costs for such activities based upon invoices that have been received from third parties in the periods presented.

Concentration of Credit Risk

          Financial assets that subject the Company to credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents and billed and unbilled accounts receivable. The Company's cash and cash equivalents consist principally of cash and are maintained at several financial institutions with reputable credit ratings. The Company believes these instruments bear minimal credit risk. There is no state insurance coverage on bank balances of $1.1 million at December 31, 2013, held in the Netherlands.

          Substantially all of the Company's net service revenue is earned by performing services under contracts with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. The concentration of credit risk is equal to the outstanding billed and unbilled accounts receivable, less deferred revenue related thereto. The Company does not require collateral or other securities to support customer receivables. The Company maintains a credit approval process and makes significant judgments in connection with assessing customers' ability to pay throughout the contractual obligation. Despite this assessment, from time to time, customers are unable to meet their payment obligations. The Company continuously monitors customers' credit worthiness and applies judgment in establishing a provision for estimated credit losses based on historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified.

F-13


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

          One customer accounted for approximately 15%, 12%, and 12% of net service revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, no customer accounted for more than 10% of billed and unbilled accounts receivable.

Stock-Based Compensation

          The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense for stock option awards provided to employees of the Company. The Company measures stock-based compensation expense at grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award and recognizes expense related to the service-based awards on a straight-line basis (net of estimated forfeitures) over the vesting period. The compensation expense with respect to performance-based awards is recognized if the Company believes it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. The Company reassesses the probability of the achievement of the performance condition at each reporting period, and adjusts the compensation expense for subsequent changes in the estimate or actual outcome.

          The Company estimates the fair value of each option award on the grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The model requires the use of the following assumptions: an expected dividend yield; expected volatility; risk-free interest rate; and expected term. Stock-based compensation cost is recorded in direct costs and selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations based on the employees' respective function.

          The Company records deferred tax assets for awards that result in deductions on the Company's income tax returns, based on the amount of compensation cost recognized and the statutory tax rate in the jurisdiction in which it will receive a deduction. Differences between the deferred tax assets recognized for financial reporting purposes and the actual tax deduction reported on the income tax return are recorded in additional paid-in capital (if the tax deduction exceeds the deferred tax asset) or in the consolidated statements of operations (if the deferred tax asset exceeds the tax deduction and no additional paid-in capital exists from previous awards).

Income Taxes

          The Company and its United States (U.S.) subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. Other subsidiaries of the Company file tax returns in their local jurisdictions.

          The Company estimates its tax liability based on current tax laws in the statutory jurisdictions in which it operates. Accordingly, the impact of changes in income tax laws on deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are recognized in net earnings in the period during which such changes are enacted. The Company records deferred tax assets and liabilities based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for tax benefit carryforwards using enacted tax rates in effect in the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

          Valuation allowances are provided to reduce the related deferred income tax assets to an amount which will, more likely than not, be realized. In estimating future taxable income, the Company has considered both positive and negative evidence, such as historical and forecasted

F-14


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

results of operations, and has considered the implementation of prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

          Judgment is required in determining what constitutes an uncertain tax position, as well as the assessment of the outcome of each tax position. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating tax positions and tax benefits. In addition, the calculation of tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in domestic and foreign jurisdictions. If the calculation of the liability related to uncertain tax positions proves to be more or less than the ultimate assessment, a tax expense or benefit to expense, respectively, would result.

Advertising Costs

          Advertising costs include costs incurred to promote the Company's business and are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs were $4.8 million, $3.3 million, and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Other Income (Expense), Net

          Other income (expense), net has historically consisted primarily of foreign currency transaction gains and losses and prior to 2012 included income from equity method investments in joint ventures. During 2012, as a result of purchasing the remaining 50% of GVK, the Company recognized a gain of $2.7 million on the investment, which was recorded in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

Restructuring and Other Costs

          Restructuring costs, which primarily include severance and facility closure costs, are recorded at estimated fair value. Key assumptions in determining the restructuring costs include the terms and payments that may be negotiated to terminate certain contractual obligations and the timing of employees leaving the Company. The Company accounts for restructuring costs in accordance with the authoritative guidance for compensation — nonretirement postemployment benefits. Under this guidance, the Company records these obligations when the obligations are estimable and probable.

          The Company accounts for one-time termination benefits, contract termination costs and other related exit costs in accordance with the authoritative guidance for exit or disposal cost obligations. This guidance requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred, as opposed to when management commits to an exit plan. Additionally, this guidance requires that (i) liabilities associated with exit and disposal activities be measured at fair value, (ii) one-time termination benefits be expensed at the date the entity notifies the employee, unless the employee must provide future service, in which case the benefits are expensed ratably over the future service period, (iii) liabilities related to an operating lease/contract be recorded at fair value and measured when the contract does not have any future economic benefit to the entity (i.e., the entity ceases to utilize the rights conveyed by the contract), and (iv) all

F-15


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

other costs related to an exit disposal activity be expensed as incurred. Restructuring liabilities are included in "Accrued liabilities" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Earnings Per Share

          The Company determines earning per share in accordance with the authoritative guidance for earnings per share. The Company calculates number of shares outstanding using the two-class method. Class B common shares have no rights to receive dividends and Class C shares have the right to receive a preferred dividend of $0.5 million per year. Both Class B and Class C common shares are excluded from the calculations of earnings per share as they do not participate in the earnings of the Company. The Company computes basic earnings per share attributable to Class A common shares based on the weighted average number of Class A common shares outstanding during the period

          Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of Class A common shares outstanding for the applicable period. Diluted earnings per share are computed in the same manner as basic earnings per share except that the number of shares is increased to assume exercise of potentially dilutive stock options using the treasury stock method, unless the effect of such increase would be anti-dilutive. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising stock options, the amount of compensation cost for future service that the Company has not yet recognized, and the amount of tax benefit that would be recognized in additional paid-in capital when the award becomes deductible are assumed to be used to repurchase shares.

Segment Information

          The Company discloses information concerning operating segments in accordance with the authoritative guidance for segment reporting, which requires segmentation based on our internal organization and reporting of revenues and operating income based upon internal accounting methods commonly referred to as the "management approach." Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM), or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company's CODM is our Chief Executive Officer. The Company has determined that it currently has three operating and reportable segments.

Subsequent Events

          The Company considers events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued to provide additional evidence relative to certain estimates or to identify matters that require additional disclosure. The Company evaluated all events and transactions through the date that these financial statements were issued.

F-16


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

          In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued guidance that requires preparers to report, in one place, information about reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) and if applicable, the effect of the reclassifications on the respective line items in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income. The guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2012. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

          In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance to clarify that nonpublic entities are not required to disclose the fair value hierarchy level for financial instruments that are not measured at fair value on the statement of financial position but for which fair value is disclosed. The guidance is effective immediately and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

          In March 2013, the FASB issued guidance specifying that a cumulative translation adjustment (CTA) should be recognized into earnings when an entity ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets within a consolidated foreign entity and the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity. For sales of an equity method investment that is a foreign entity, a pro rata portion of CTA attributable to the investment would be recognized in earnings when the investment is sold. When an entity sells either a part or all of its investment in a consolidated foreign entity, CTA would be recognized in earnings only if the sale results in the parent no longer having a controlling financial interest in the foreign entity. In addition, CTA should be recognized in earnings in a business combination achieved in stages. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company does not believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

          In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward or Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. The ASU provides guidance regarding the presentation in the statement of financial position of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward or a tax credit carryforward exists. The ASU generally provides that an entity's unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of its unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in its financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. The ASU applies prospectively to all entities that have unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists at the reporting date, and is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company does not plan to early adopt this guidance. The Company does not believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

F-17


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

2. Financial Statement Details

Accounts Receivable Billed, net

          Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 
  2013   2012  

Accounts receivable, billed

  $ 131,012   $ 106,477  

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

    (1,384 )   (1,748 )
           

Accounts receivable, billed, net

  $ 129,628   $ 104,729  
           
           

          The following table summarizes the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Balance at the beginning of the period

  $ (1,748 ) $ (2,148 )   (2,858 )

Current year provision

    (77 )   (777 )   (1,090 )

Write-offs, net of recoveries

    441     1,177     1,800  
               

Balance at the end of the period

  $ (1,384 ) $ (1,748 )   (2,148 )
               
               

Property and Equipment, net

          Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 
  2013   2012  

Software

  $ 38,469   $ 30,391  

Computer equipment

    26,798     23,777  

Leasehold improvements

    10,016     9,254  

Office furniture, fixtures, and equipment

    7,346     6,851  

Real property

    5,799     5,555  

Assets not yet placed in service

    4,720     2,658  
           

    93,148     78,486  

Less accumulated depreciation

    (52,201 )   (36,290 )
           

Property and equipment, net

  $ 40,947   $ 42,196  
           
           

          Depreciation expense was $19.2 million, $19.9 million, and $15.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

F-18


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

2. Financial Statement Details (Continued)

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

          Changes to goodwill consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  Total   Clinical
Development
Services
  Phase I
Services
  Global
Consulting
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 570,806   $ 543,019   $ 8,506   $ 19,281  

Acquisition of GVK

    6,319     6,319          

Kendle acquisition measurement period adjustment

    (8,063 )   (7,699 )   (364 )    

Impairment of goodwill

    (4,000 )       (4,000 )    

Impact of foreign currency translation

    56     56          
                   

Balance at December 31, 2012

    565,118     541,695     4,142     19,281  

Impact of foreign currency translation

    (1,753 )   (1,753 )        
                   

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 563,365   $ 539,942   $ 4,142   $ 19,281  
                   
                   

F-19


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

2. Financial Statement Details (Continued)

          In performing Step 1 of the annual impairment test for 2012, the Company determined that the carrying value of the Phase I Services reporting unit exceeded the fair value, requiring Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss which totaled $4.0 million. This charge had no impact on cash flows or compliance with debt covenants. Intangible assets, net consist of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 
 
Useful Life (Years)
  2013   2012  

Customer relationships

    8 – 12   $ 268,153   $ 268,555  

Acquired backlog

    1 – 3     76,078     76,391  

Trademarks — INC

    Indefinite     35,000     35,000  

Trademarks — other

    2.5     5,800     5,838  

Proprietary software

    1 – 3         1,210  

Noncompete agreements

    3     62     73  
                 

Total carrying amount

          385,093     387,067  
                 

Less accumulated amortization:

                   

Customer relationships

          (73,600 )   (49,384 )

Acquired backlog

          (74,728 )   (62,512 )

Trademarks — other

          (5,660 )   (3,388 )

Proprietary software

              (1,057 )

Noncompete agreements

          (54 )   (38 )
                 

Total accumulated amortization

          (154,042 )   (116,379 )
                 

Intangible assets, net

        $ 231,051   $ 270,688  
                 
                 

          Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $39.3 million, $58.9 million, and $48.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

          The identifiable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for intangible assets for years ending December 31 is expected to be as follows (in thousands):

2014

  $ 25,807  

2015

    24,344  

2016

    24,315  

2017

    24,315  

2018

    23,784  

2019 and thereafter

    73,486  
       

Total

  $ 196,051  
       
       

          During 2012, $0.5 million in customer relationships and trademarks related to the Phase I Services reporting unit were written off net of accumulated amortization of $0.1 million as restructuring and other costs in the consolidated statements of operations. During 2013, gross intangible assets decreased $(0.8) million while in 2012, gross intangibles increased $0.1 million due to the impact of foreign currency translation.

F-20


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

2. Financial Statement Details (Continued)

Accrued Liabilities and Other Long-Term Liabilities

          Accrued liabilities consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 
  2013   2012  

Compensation, including bonuses, fringe benefits, and payroll taxes

  $ 42,043   $ 30,118  

Accrued interest

    19,851     20,553  

Accrued taxes

    4,641     5,720  

Accrued rebates to customers

    5,283     5,035  

Accrued professional fees and transition services

    6,835     7,462  

Accrued restructuring costs, current portion

    2,094     5,358  

Contingent consideration payable on acquisitions

        1,340  

Other liabilities

    13,474     11,886  
           

Total accrued liabilities

  $ 94,221   $ 87,472  
           
           

          Other long-term liabilities consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 
  2013   2012  

Uncertain tax positions

  $ 13,495   $ 11,208  

Accrued restructuring costs, less current portion

    3,928     4,731  

Other liabilities

    4,766     4,505  
           

Total other long-term liabilities

  $ 22,189   $ 20,444  
           
           

Other Income (Expense), Net

          Other income (expense), net consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 
  2013   2012   2011  

Foreign currency gain (loss)

  $ (1,769 ) $ 1,261   $ 9,640  

Gain on remeasurement of equity interest in GVK

        2,735      

Gain on sale of Kendle Witts Joint Venture

            1,261  

Other, net

    120     683     618  
               

Total other income (expense), net

  $ (1,649 ) $ 4,679   $ 11,519  
               
               

3. Business Combinations

GVK Biosciences Private Limited

          From March 13, 2007 to January 4, 2012, the Company owned 50% of GVK, a joint venture. GVK is a full-service CRO based in India. The Company recorded the proportionate share of net income or loss incurred by the joint venture under the equity method of accounting. On January 4, 2012, the Company acquired the remaining 50% of shares for a cash consideration of $3.8 million and the results of operations are included in the consolidated financial statements from that date.

F-21


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

3. Business Combinations (Continued)

          A gain of $2.7 million was recognized as a result of the increase in the fair value of the equity interest held in GVK and was included in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. The fair value was determined by utilizing an average EBITDA multiple from the Company's most recent acquisitions.

          The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands):

Fair value of consideration transferred

  $ 3,750  

Fair value of previously owned 50%

    3,545  
       

Total fair value

    7,295  

Assets acquired:

   
 
 

Cash and cash equivalents

    367  

Accounts receivable

    310  

Other current assets

    39  

Property and equipment

    758  

Other assets

    134  
       

Total assets acquired

    1,608  

Liabilities assumed:

   
 
 

Accounts payable

    412  

Accrued liabilities

    220  
       

Total liabilities assumed

    632  
       

Net identifiable assets acquired

    976  
       

Resulting goodwill

  $ 6,319  
       
       

          The goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to the assembled workforce of GVK and none of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

          At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the amount of goodwill resulting from the acquisition of GVK decreased $0.7 million and $0.1 million as a result of foreign currency translation, respectively.

          Net income of $0.1 million arising from GVK operations from January 4, 2012 through December 31, 2012, is included in other income (expense), net in the Company's consolidated statements of operations. Pro forma financial information for the year ended December 31, 2012 was not material and is not presented.

Trident Clinical Research Pty Ltd (Trident)

          On June 1, 2011, INC Research, LLC acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares and voting interest of Trident (Trident Acquisition) for cash consideration of $8.8 million (which is net of cash received of $1.9 million). The results of Trident's operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date. Trident was a full-service CRO that provided Phase I to Phase IV services in the Asia-Pacific region.

F-22


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

3. Business Combinations (Continued)

          The purchase agreement required the Company to pay up to $7.6 million of additional consideration to Trident's former shareholders, if a key employee, who was also a shareholder, remained an employee in good standing with the Company, as defined in the agreement, upon specified anniversary dates. Of the additional consideration, $3.7 million was due to this same key employee and was accrued and expensed as compensation ratably over the contingent employment period. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Company recorded compensation expense of $0.3 million, $1.9 million, and $1.5 million, respectively, related to additional consideration for the key employee. Payments totaling $1.1 million and $2.4 million were paid to the key employee during 2013 and 2012, respectively. Foreign currency transaction gains totaled $0.1 million during 2013 and 2012.

          The remaining $3.9 million in contingent consideration payments due to the other former Trident shareholders was capitalized as a cost of the acquisition. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company paid $1.3 million and $2.7 million in contingent consideration related to Trident, respectively. There were no contingent consideration payments in 2011.

Kendle

          On July 12, 2011, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares and voting interest of Kendle for $15.25 per share for total cash consideration of $377.3 million (Kendle Acquisition). The results of Kendle's operations have been included in the consolidated statements of operations since that date. The acquisition of Kendle expanded the Company's global footprint, broadened its therapeutic expertise, provided additional scale to serve its customers and increased its top-tier position in Phase II to Phase IV clinical trials relative to other global CROs.

F-23


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

3. Business Combinations (Continued)

          The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands):

Fair value of consideration transferred

  $ 377,341  
       

Assets acquired:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

    21,235  

Restricted cash

    2,302  

Accounts receivable, and unbilled, net

    96,774  

Other current assets

    18,482  

Property and equipment

    31,912  

Other long-term assets

    4,839  

Identifiable intangible assets

    118,247  
       

Total assets acquired

    293,791  
       

Liabilities assumed:

       

Accounts payable

    17,065  

Accrued liabilities

    48,723  

Deferred revenue

    53,987  

Deferred tax liability, net

    3,764  

Capital lease obligations

    12  

Other long-term liabilities

    13,292  
       

Total liabilities assumed

    136,843  
       

Net identifiable assets acquired

    156,948  
       

Resulting goodwill

  $ 220,393  
       
       

          The goodwill recognized is attributable primarily to expected synergies and the assembled workforce of Kendle. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

          The Company incurred $9.9 million of acquisition-related costs for the Kendle Acquisition during the year ended December 31, 2011, which have been classified as transaction expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

          Net service revenues of $137.8 million and net loss of $8.8 million arising from Kendle operations for the period from July 12, 2011 through December 31, 2011, are included in the Company's consolidated statements of operations.

4. Debt and Leases

2011 Credit Agreement

          On July 12, 2011, the Company entered into a $375.0 million credit agreement (2011 Credit Agreement) with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., ING Capital LLC and Royal Bank of Canada, as well as a syndicate of other banks, financial institutions and other entities (Lenders). The 2011 Credit Agreement was comprised of a $300.0 million term loan, a $75.0 million revolving line of credit and a letter of credit and swing line facilities. All obligations under the 2011 Credit Agreement were guaranteed by Intermediate and certain of Intermediate's direct and indirect wholly-owned

F-24


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

domestic subsidiaries. The obligations under the 2011 Credit Agreement were secured by substantially all of the assets of INC Research LLC and the guarantors.

          On February 8, 2013, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to the 2011 Credit Agreement (the Amendment). The Company increased the then outstanding balance of the term loan facility to $300.0 million and reduced the applicable margins under the revolving line of credit and term loan facilities. In addition, the Company modified certain covenants and related definitions, and agreed to a prepayment premium of 1.0% applicable to any prepayment of term loans that is made in connection with any re-pricing transaction that occurs on or prior to February 8, 2014.

          The 2011 Credit Agreement obligations rank equal in right of payment to the $300.0 million in Senior Notes. The Company is subject to various covenants defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement with which management believes they are in compliance. The term loan (2011 Term Loan) was provided at an original issue discount of $8.6 million which is included on the consolidated balance sheet as a reduction to the long-term debt, less current portion.

          Upon Amendment No. 1 to the 2011 Credit Agreement, the discount on the term loans was decreased by $1.0 million due to certain lenders leaving the Credit Agreement. The Company amortized $1.2 million, $1.4 million, and $0.5 million of the discount into interest expense using the effective interest method during 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, leaving a net discount balance of $4.6 million and $6.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

          As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, $296.5 million and $295.5 million, respectively, was outstanding on the term loan (2011 Term Loan) with scheduled quarterly principal payments of 0.25% of the aggregate initial principal borrowed, or $0.8 million per quarter, through June 30, 2018, with the remaining outstanding principal due on July 12, 2018.

          The Company may be required to make additional payments on principal towards the 2011 Term Loan depending upon the generation of "Excess Cash Flow" as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement and such additional prepayments will be applied to the scheduled installments of principal in direct order of maturity. In April 2013, an additional principal payment of $2.0 million was made related to 2012 excess cash flow. The excess cash flow payment reduced future principal payments on the 2011 Term Loan in direct order of maturity, and as a result no further principal payments will be required until March 2014.

          The Company may voluntarily prepay the term loan without premium or penalty upon prior notice except during the period from February 8, 2013 through February 8, 2014. During this time a prepayment premium of 1.0% is applicable to any prepayment of term loans that is made in connection with a re-pricing transaction.

          The 2011 Term Loan provides Eurodollar and Base Rate term loans. The outstanding loan has been Eurodollar since inception. In advance of the last day of the then current type of loan, the Company may select a new type of loan so long as it does not extend beyond July 12, 2018. Eurodollar loans are one, two, three or six month loans (or with permission nine or twelve months) and interest is due on the last day of each three month period of the loans. Base Rate term loans have interest due the last day of each calendar quarter-end. In addition, both Eurodollar and Base Rate term loans have an interest due date concurrent with any repayment or prepayment. The base interest rate for Eurodollar term loans is equal to the greater of (a) 1.25% and (b) the rate

F-25


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

determined for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1.00%):

LIBOR


1 — Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements

          The base interest rate for Base Rate loans is equal to the highest of (a) the Wall Street Journal (WSJ) prime rate, (b) 1/2 of 1.00% per year above the Federal Funds Effective Rate, (c) the Eurodollar Rate for an interest period of one month plus 1.00%, and (d) 2.25%.

          In addition to the base interest rate, both the Eurodollar and Base Rate term loans have a margin tied to a Secured Leverage Ratio (SLR) which is defined as the ratio of (a) consolidated U.S. GAAP secured debt net of $30,000,000 of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents restricted in favor of the administrative agent, the collateral agent or any secured party to (b) Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement) for four consecutive quarters at the end of each period. Pricing grids are used to determine the margin based on the type of loan and the SLR.

          The margin is adjusted after the quarterly financial statements are delivered to the lenders. Below is the pricing grid for the term loans and revolving credit facility.

SLR
 
Eurodollar
 
Base Rate
 

> 2.00 to 1.00

    4.75 %   3.75 %

£ 2.00 to 1.00

    4.50     3.50  

          Interest is calculated based on a calendar day year and as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the combined interest rate on the term loan was 6.0% and 7.0%, respectively.

          The revolving commitment includes a five-year revolving credit facility of $75.0 million and includes a letter of credit and a swing line facility (2011 Revolver). The 2011 Revolver cannot exceed $75.0 million at any one time inclusive of letter of credit usage and swing line loans. The 2011 Revolver may be increased in an aggregate amount not to exceed, together with any increases to the 2011 Term Loan or additional term loans under the 2011 Credit Agreement, $100.0 million if certain conditions are met, as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement.

          Eurodollar and Base Rate loans are available under the 2011 Revolver and are not due until the termination date of July 12, 2016. However, since the intention of the Company is to repay these types of loans as soon as possible, any revolving loans are classified as current on the consolidated balance sheets.

          As of December 31, 2013, there were three outstanding letters of credit totaling $1.1 million, leaving $73.9 million available under the 2011 Revolver. There were no letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2012.

          The base interest rate for Eurodollar revolving loans is equal to the rate determined for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%):

LIBOR


1 — Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements

F-26


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

          The base interest rate for Base Rate revolving loans will at all times be equal to the highest of (a) WSJ prime rate (b) 1/2 of 1.00% per year above the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (c) the Eurodollar Rate for an interest period of one month plus 1.00%. Swing line loans are only base rate loans and must be repaid within 10 days of the borrowing.

          Similar to the 2011 Term Loan, pricing grids are used to determine the margin for the 2011 Revolver based on the type of loan and the SLR at the adjustment date. Below is the pricing grid for the 2011 Revolver.

SLR
 
Eurodollar
 
Base Rate
 

> 2.00 to 1.00

    4.50 %   3.50 %

£ 2.00 to 1.00 but >1.50 to 1.00

    4.25     3.25  

£ 1.50 to 1.00

    4.00     3.00  

          The 2011 Revolver includes a commitment fee which begins at 0.50% of the average daily amount of the available revolving commitment assuming any swing line loans outstanding are $0. The fee is payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of the calendar quarters and July 12, 2016.

          On and after the first adjustment date the rate will be determined based on the pricing grid below.

SLR
 
Fee Rate
 

> 1.50 to 1.00

    0.500 %

£ 1.50 to 1.00

    0.375  

          Letters of credit (LOC) are available in an amount not to exceed $15.0 million. The amount of LOC obligations together with revolving and swing line loans may not exceed $75.0 million. Fees are charged on all outstanding LOC at an annual rate equal to the margin in effect on Eurodollar revolving loans. A fronting fee of 0.25% per year on the face amount of each LOC is payable as well. The fee is payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of the calendar quarter after the issuance date until the LOC expires.

2011 Senior Notes

          On July 12, 2011, the Company issued $300.0 million in Senior Notes due July 15, 2019 (2011 Notes). The 2011 Notes were issued pursuant to Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act and do not require registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The 2011 Notes are guaranteed by Intermediate and certain of Intermediate's direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. Interest is due at 11.5% per year semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year until July 15, 2019. Except as provided below, the 2011 Notes are non-callable for the first four years.

F-27


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

          On and after July 15, 2015, the Company may redeem the 2011 Notes at the redemption prices below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on July 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 
 
Percentage
 

2015

    105.750 %

2016

    102.875  

2017 and thereafter

    100.000  

          Until July 15, 2014, in the event of a qualified equity issuance, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of 2011 Notes at a redemption price equal to 111.5% of the aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

          In addition, at any time prior to July 15, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the 2011 Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed as well as accrued and unpaid interest plus the greater of 1% of the principal amount of such Note and the excess of the present value of the redemption price (105.75%) plus all interest payments due on such note through July 15, 2015 (excluding accrued unpaid interest), discounted using the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over the then outstanding principal balance of such note.

          The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the 2011 Notes. However, upon a change of control, as such term is defined in the indenture governing the 2011 Notes, the Company must offer to repurchase all of the 2011 Notes at 101% of the aggregate principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest.

          As a result of the 2011 Credit Agreement and 2011 Notes, the Company incurred a total of $23.3 million in financing costs. These costs have been recorded in other assets and are being amortized to interest expense under the effective interest method over each of the terms of the 2011 Term Loan, 2011 Notes, and 2011 Revolver as applicable. The Company recorded interest expense associated with these deferred costs of $3.8 million, $3.9 million, and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

          The Company's maturities of obligations under the 2011 Term Loan and the 2011 Notes for the years following December 31, 2013, are as follows (in thousands):

2014

  $ 4,713  

2015

    1,287  

2016

    3,000  

2017

    3,000  

2018

    284,480  

2019 and thereafter

    300,000  

Original issue discount

    (4,565 )
       

Total long-term debt

    591,915  

Less current portion

    (4,713 )
       

Total

  $ 587,202  
       
       

F-28


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

Debt Covenants

          The 2011 Credit Agreement and the indenture governing the 2011 Notes contain usual and customary restrictive covenants that, among other things, place limitations on its ability to pay dividends or make other restricted payments; prepay, redeem or purchase debt; incur liens; make loans and investments; incur additional indebtedness; amend or otherwise alter debt and other material documents; make acquisitions and dispose of assets; transact with affiliates; and engage in businesses that are not related to the Company's existing business.

          In addition, the 2011 Credit Agreement contains a restrictive financial covenant which requires the Company to maintain a minimum Secured Leverage Ratio. This ratio is calculated as a relationship between the level of secured outstanding borrowings and Consolidated EBITDA. As further discussed in Note 17 Subsequent Events, in February 2014 the Company entered into Amendment No 2 to the 2011 Credit Agreement, which modified certain covenants and related definitions to amend the Secured Leverage Ratio financial covenant to only be applicable when the Company has more than 25% outstanding in borrowings or letters of credit under the revolving loan facility. The new covenant, when applicable, requires the Company to maintain a Secured Leverage Ratio of 4 to 1. The Company believes that it was in compliance with its debt covenants during the years ended December 2013, 2012, and 2011.

Leases

          The Company leases its office facilities under operating lease agreements that expire in various years through 2019 and records rent expense related to the leases on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Facilities rent expense was $20.7 million, $22.7 million, and $18.9 million, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

          The Company's corporate headquarters in Raleigh, North Carolina contains approximately 65,000 square feet of space and the Company has a lease agreement for the location through February of 2019 with total payments of approximately $9.7 million over the life of the lease. The Company can exit the lease in February 2017, with payment of a $480,000 termination fee. The Company amended the lease in August 2011 and August 2013, to add an additional 22,100 square feet of space with additional payments of approximately $4.9 million over the life of the lease.

F-29


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

          Lease payments are subject to increases as specified in the lease agreements. Future minimum lease payments, by year and in the aggregate, under capital leases and non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2013, are as follows (in thousands):

 
 
Operating
Leases
 
Capital
Leases
 

2014

  $ 22,247   $ 2,529  

2015

    19,250     270  

2016

    16,338     11  

2017

    13,355      

2018

    10,235      

2019 and thereafter

    3,464      
           

Total minimum payments

  $ 84,889     2,810  
             
             

Less amounts representing interest

          (246 )
             

Present value of capital lease obligations

          2,564  

Less current portion

          (2,292 )
             

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

        $ 272  
             
             

          No particular lease obligations rank senior in right of payment to any other. The gross value of assets under capital leases at December 31, 2013 and 2012, was approximately $9.2 million and $8.8 million, respectively. These assets mainly consist of software and computer equipment and are included in property and equipment. The accumulated depreciation associated with these assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012, was approximately $6.2 million and $3.2 million, respectively. Depreciation of capital lease assets is included in depreciation and amortization expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

5. Derivatives

          In January 2011, the Company entered into two $62.5 million, 2.00%, three-month LIBOR interest rate cap agreements maturing January 31, 2013, to hedge the interest rate on the then existing 2010 Credit Agreement. The Company paid a premium of $0.2 million each to two banks to enter into these caps. The 2011 Credit Agreement required that the Company enter into and maintain for at least 30 months hedge agreements so that at least 50% of the term loans are subject to a fixed interest rate. In compliance with the 2011 Credit Agreement, in August 2011, the Company entered into a third $25.0 million, 1.50%, three-month LIBOR interest rate cap agreement with another bank maturing December 31, 2012, and a $150.0 million 1.50% three month LIBOR cap commencing on December 31, 2012, and maturing March 31, 2014. The Company paid a premium of $0.3 million for these caps, which is included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company did not elect hedge accounting for these transactions.

F-30


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

6. Fair Value Measurements

          At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company's financial instruments included cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, account payable and debt. The fair value of our cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their respective carrying amounts based on the liquidity and short-term nature of these instruments.

          The fair value of the Company's long-term debt is determined based on market prices for identical or similar financial instruments or model-derived valuations based on observable inputs and falls under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as defined in the authoritative guidance. The estimated fair value of the Company's long-term debt was $634.5 million and $607.1 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

          The Company does not have any recurring fair value measurements. There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements

          Certain assets, including goodwill and identifiable intangibles, are carried on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at cost and are not remeasured to fair value on a recurring basis. These assets are tested for impairment annually and when a triggering event occurs. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, assets carried on the balance sheet and not remeasured to fair value on a recurring basis totaling $794.4 million and $835.8 million, respectively.

          The fair value of these assets fall under Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as defined in the authoritative guidance and the fair value is estimated as follows:

              Goodwill — At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had recorded goodwill of $563.4 million and $565.1 million, respectively. Goodwill represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible net assets when an acquisition is accounted for using the purchase method. The Company performs quantitative goodwill impairment assessment on each reporting unit. The Company derives each reporting unit's fair value through a combination of the market approach (the guideline publicly traded company method) and the income approach (a discounted cash flow analysis). The Company then compares the carrying value of each reporting unit, inclusive of its assigned goodwill, to its fair value.

              If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, the Company performs the second step of the impairment test to determine the implied estimated fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill. The Company determines the implied estimated fair value of goodwill by determining the present value of the estimated future cash flows for each reporting unit and comparing the reporting unit's risk profile and growth prospects to selected, reasonably similar publicly traded companies. During 2012, the Company recognized approximately $4.0 million of impairment related to goodwill (as discussed in Note 2).

              Finite-lived Intangible Assets — At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had recorded finite-lived intangible assets of $196.1 million and $235.7 million, respectively. If a

F-31


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

6. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

    triggering event occurs, the Company determines the estimated fair value of finite-lived intangible assets by determining the present value of the expected cash flows.

              Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets — At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had recorded indefinite-lived intangible assets of $35.0 million and $35.0 million, respectively. When evaluating indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment, the Company performs a quantitative impairment analysis. The Company determines the estimated fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset (trademark) by determining the present value of the estimated royalty payments on an after-tax basis that it would be required to pay the owner for the right to use such trade name. If the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. No indication of impairment was identified during the Company's annual review.

7. Restructuring and Other Costs

2011 Realignment Plan

          During June 2011, the Company adopted the 2011 Realignment Plan to better align headcount and costs with the current geographic sources and mix of revenue. In connection with the 2011 Realignment Plan, the Company incurred $2.1 million in severance costs during the year ended December 31, 2011. This plan was completed as of September 30, 2011.

2011 Integration and Restructuring Plan

          In July 2011, after the closing of the Kendle Acquisition, the Company adopted a plan to restructure and integrate operations to reduce expenses and improve operating efficiencies principally through headcount reduction, elimination of redundant facilities and operating infrastructure. The plan was completed in 2013. Costs included in the restructuring plan were employee severance, office consolidation costs, and information technology, legal, consulting, and other administrative costs related to the integration of Kendle. For the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 the Company recorded total pre-tax charges of $2.1 million, $33.3 million, and $25.7 million, respectively.

2012 Realignment Plan

          In March 2012, the Company adopted a plan to better align headcount and costs with the current geographic sources and mix of revenue. The Company incurred $2.1 million in severance costs for the year ended December 31, 2012. All actions under this plan were completed by December 31, 2012.

2013 Realignment Plan

          In March 2013, the Company adopted a plan to better align headcount and costs with the current geographic sources and mix of revenue. The Company incurred $7.9 million in severance costs and $1.8 million of facility closure cost for the year ended December 31, 2013. Actions under this plan were substantially completed by December 31, 2013.

F-32


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

7. Restructuring and Other Costs (Continued)

          The costs related to all plans are included in restructuring and other costs in the consolidated statements of operations. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 the Company made payments and provision adjustments for all plans as presented below (in thousands):

 
  Employee
Severance
Costs
  Facility
Closure
Charges
  Other
Charges
  Total  

Balance at December 25, 2010

  $   $   $   $  

Expenses incurred

    19,083         8,756     27,839  

Payments made

    (18,283 )       (8,272 )   (26,555 )
                   

Balance at December 31, 2011

    800         484     1,284  

Expenses incurred

    13,274     13,903     8,203     35,380  

Payments made

    (11,501 )   (7,238 )   (7,836 )   (26,575 )
                   

Balance at December 31, 2012

    2,573     6,665     851     10,089  

Expenses incurred

    7,892     1,829     2,107     11,828  

Payments made

    (10,465 )   (2,957 )   (2,473 )   (15,895 )
                   

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $   $ 5,537   $ 485   $ 6,022  
                   
                   

8. Stockholders' Equity

Common Stock

          On August 16, 2012, the Company's Board of Directors approved amendments to the Company's certificate of incorporation that would, among other things, reflect a 1,000 to 1 stock split for Class A and Class B common stock as well as an increase the number of authorized shares to an aggregate of 2,000,000,050 shares of common stock consisting of 1,000,000,000 shares Class A common stock, 1,000,000,000 shares Class B and 50 shares of Class C common stock. Accordingly, all references to share and per share information in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the stock split for all periods presented. The par value per share of the common stock has not changed as a result of the stock split and remained at $0.01.

          At December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, there were 888,408,801, 887,798,801, and 887,136,001 shares issued comprised of 444,204,400, 443,899,400, and 443,568,000 shares of Class A common stock, 444,204,400, 443,899,400, and 443,568,000 shares of Class B common stock, respectively. At December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, there was 1 issued share of Class C common stock.

          At December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, there were 877,066,801, 878,928,801, and 882,674,001 shares outstanding comprised of 438,533,400, 439,464,400, and 441,337,000 shares of Class A common stock, 438,533,400, 439,464,400, and 441,337,000 shares of Class B common stock, respectively. At December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, there was 1 issued share of Class C common stock.

F-33


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

8. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

Voting Rights of the Common Stock

          Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote on matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the Company. However, no share of Class A common stock is entitled to vote with respect to election of the directors of the Company.

          No share of Class B common stock is entitled to any vote on matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the Company. However each share of Class B common stock is entitled to one vote with respect to the election of the directors of the Company.

          No share of Class C common stock is entitled any vote on matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the Company unless such matter should adversely affect the rights and preferences of Class C common stock with respect to "Special Dividends" (discussed below) payable to the holders of Class C common stock. Should such a matter adversely affect the rights and preferences of Special Dividends payable to the holders of Class C common stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of Class C common stock is required.

Dividend Rights and Preferences of the Common Stock

          The holders of Class A common stock are entitled to dividends at such time and in such amounts as, if and when declared by the board of directors of the Company. However the holders of Class A common stock are not entitled to participate in any Special Dividends.

          The holders of Class B common stock are not entitled to dividends of any amount at any time.

          The holders of Class C common are entitled to receive a Special Dividend of up to $0.5 million annually paid ratably throughout the year. Special Dividends of $0.5 million were paid to the stockholder of the one share of Class C common stock issued and outstanding during each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. In addition, as a result of the Kendle Acquisition, as approved by the Board of Directors, an additional special dividend of $4.0 million was paid during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Liquidation Rights and Preferences of the Common Stock

          The holders of Class A common stock are entitled to participate on a pro rata basis in all distributions to the holders of Class A common stock upon the occurrence of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, subsequent to the payment preference available to the holders of Class B common stock.

          The holders of Class B common stock are entitled to receive $0.00002 per share of Class B common stock, subject to adjustment for any stock splits, combinations or similar events, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the affairs of the Company. Such payment is in preference to any payments made to the holders of Class A common stock.

          The holders of Class C common stock are not entitled to participate in any distributions to the holders of any class of capital stock of the Company in any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. However the holders of Class C common stock are entitled to any accrued and

F-34


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

8. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

unpaid Special Dividends prior to any amounts being paid in respect to any other class of capital stock of the Company.

9. Stock-Based Compensation

          On September 28, 2010, the Company established a new equity incentive plan called the INC Research Holdings, Inc., 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan). The purpose of the Plan is to attract, retain, and motivate officers, employees, and non-employee directors providing services to the Company and to promote the success of the Company's business by providing them with appropriate incentives and rewards either through a proprietary interest in the long-term success of the Company or compensation based on fulfilling their performance goals.

          On August 16, 2012, the Plan was amended and the amendment was effective as of the Plan's inception. The amendment arose from a 1,000 to 1 stock split and increased the number of common units, or options to grant, to 31,340,000. Each common unit includes one share of Class A common stock and one share of Class B common stock. The Company has given retroactive effect to prior period option and per option amounts in the consolidated financial statements for the effect of the stock split, such that prior periods are comparable to current period presentation.

          The Company has elected to use the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model to determine the weighted average fair value of options granted. The Company has determined the volatility for options granted based on an analysis of reported data for a peer group of public companies that have issued stock options with substantially similar terms. The expected life of options granted by the Company has been determined based upon the "simplified" method as allowed by authoritative literature and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.

          The risk-free interest rate is based on a treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected life of stock options. The Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying cash dividends on its shares of common stock; therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero. The estimated length of life of an option is based on the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The Company uses this estimate as the Company has not accumulated sufficient historical data to make a reasonable estimate of the expected life. Stock options awarded to employees under the Plan typically vest at a rate of 20% after each one year period following the anniversary of the award. Substantially all of the option awards under the Plan contain provisions to allocate half of the awards to vest on the employee's rendering service (time-based) and half to vest on the Company's achieving certain performance targets (performance-based). The performance targets are generally tied to achievement of certain levels of gross earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) as defined within the Plan. Partial achievement of the award begins at 90% of the EBITDA targets identified within the Plan.

          Using historical data among other factors, the Company has applied an estimated forfeiture rate of 5.0% - 8.0% in determining the expense recorded in the Company's consolidated statements of operations.

F-35


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

9. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

          The assumptions utilized to determine the Black-Scholes-Merton values are indicated in the following table for the year ended December 31:

 
  2013   2012   2011

Expected dividend yield

     

Expected volatility

  36.0% – 42.8%   43.0%   42.5% – 50.0%

Risk-free interest rate

  0.9% – 2.3%   0.9% – 1.5%   1.2% – 2.7%

Expected life (in years)

  5.5 – 7.5   6.5   6.5

          As of December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, there was approximately $12.7 million, $11.3 million, and $10.5 million of unrecognized compensation expense, excluding expected forfeitures and assuming full achievement of performance-based conditions, to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.9, 3.2, and 2.4 years, respectively. The options are exercisable for a period up to ten years after the date of grant and only after vesting of the underlying shares. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, 305,000 and 31,400 stock options were exercised for $307,500 and $31,400 with an intrinsic value and tax benefit both of $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively. No stock options were exercised during the year ended December 31, 2011.

F-36


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

9. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

          A summary of the option activity under the Plan is as follows:

 
  Number of
Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
  Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(In Years)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

    23,097,000     $1.00     $0.46     7.46  

Granted

    8,158,000     1.12     0.55        

Forfeited

    (5,593,600 )   1.00     0.46        
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

    25,661,400     1.04     0.49     8.96  

Granted

    5,349,000     1.25     0.54        

Exercised

    (31,400 )   1.00     0.46        

Forfeited

    (1,004,800 )   1.02     0.46        

Expired

    (313,400 )   1.00     0.46        
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

    29,660,800     1.08     0.50     8.63  

Granted

    6,580,000     1.22     0.53        

Exercised

    (305,000 )   1.01     0.49        

Forfeited

    (10,860,800 )   1.01     0.48        

Expired

    (911,600 )   1.01     0.46        
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    24,163,400     1.15     0.53     8.46  
                         
                         

Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2013

    7,141,200     $1.09     $0.52     7.11  
                   
                   

Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2012

    4,177,600     $1.02     $0.48     7.84  
                   
                   

Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2011

    1,893,500     $1.00     $0.46     7.67  
                   
                   

F-37


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

9. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

 

Options
  Number of
Options
  Weighted-Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
per Option
 

Nonvested at December 31, 2010

    23,097,000   $ 0.46  

Vested during 2011

    1,893,500     0.46  

Nonvested at December 31, 2011

    23,767,900     0.49  

Vested during 2012

    2,628,900     0.54  

Nonvested at December 31, 2012

    25,483,200     0.50  

Vested during 2013

    4,180,200     0.54  

Nonvested at December 31, 2013

    17,022,200     0.53  

          All stock-based compensation expense associated with stock options is recorded as follows for the year ended December 31 (in thousands):

 
  2013   2012   2011  

Direct Costs

  $ 1,032   $ 570   $ 331  

Selling, general, and administrative

    1,387     678     845  
               

Total stock based compensation expense

  $ 2,419   $ 1,248   $ 1,176  
               
               

2013 Options Modification

          On August 5, 2013, the Board of Directors unanimously adopted a resolution to adjust the EBITDA targets for all options granted and still outstanding under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreements. The terms of all options with performance-based conditions were revised to set a new vesting schedule and include downward revision of EBITDA targets for years 2013 to 2017. This modification in terms of the awards resulted in Type III Improbable-to-Probable modification, where the expectation that the award will ultimately vest changes from improbable to probable. In total, stock option awards held by 37 current employees to purchase in aggregate 9,146,500 shares of common stock were modified.

          According to the authoritative guidance for stock-based compensation, under these circumstances a company should recognize additional compensation cost in the amount of the incremental fair value of the modified award. Because none of the options from the original unvested award were expected to vest, the compensation expense related to these options was zero prior to the modification, and no compensation expense was previously recognized with respect to the original performance-based awards. Therefore, the incremental fair value of the modified awards represents the total cumulative compensation cost that the company will recognize and is equal to the full fair value of the modified awards. Because of the 2013 modification of performance-based awards, the Company incurred approximately $1.1 million of incremental compensation expense in 2013.

F-38


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

10. Income Taxes

          The components of loss before provision for income taxes are as follows for the year ended December 31, (in thousands):

 
  2013   2012   2011  

Domestic

  $ (76,664 ) $ (114,667 ) $ (112,469 )

Foreign

    45,984     19,809     18,311  
               

Pretax loss

  $ (30,680 ) $ (94,858 ) $ (94,158 )
               
               

 

 
  2013   2012   2011  

Federal income taxes:

                   

Current

  $ 199   $ 145   $ (13 )

Deferred

    3,090     (36,127 )   (32,829 )

Foreign income taxes:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Current

    6,627     9,206     1,910  

Deferred

    1,604     (5,214 )   140  

State income taxes:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Current

    377     100      

Deferred

    (1,048 )   (3,854 )   (3,819 )
               

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

  $ 10,849   $ (35,744 ) $ (34,611 )
               
               

          The differences in the income tax benefit and income tax expense computed using the Federal statutory income tax rates for the year ended December 31 are as follows:

 
  2013   2012   2011  

U.S. income tax (benefit) at statutory rate

  $ (10,738 ) $ (33,210 ) $ (32,955 )

Impact of foreign deemed dividend

        7,067     8,921  

U.S. taxes recorded on previous foreign earnings

    13,909          

Increase in valuation allowance

    14,913     976     319  

Foreign branch earnings

    536     (1,011 )    

Tax credits

    (1,824 )   (2,072 )   (4,009 )

Income not subject to taxation

    (1,308 )   (3,136 )   (271 )

Deferred tax impact due to rate change

            (3,527 )

State and local taxes, net of federal benefit

    (2,363 )   (3,480 )   (2,839 )

Capitalized transaction costs

            1,222  

Impact of foreign rate differential

    (3,938 )   (709 )   (1,342 )

Increase in reserve for uncertain tax positions

    2,125     2,506     467  

Provision to tax return reconciliation adjustment

    (512 )   (4,539 )   (1,050 )

Goodwill impairment

        1,400      

Other, net

    49     464     453  
               

  $ 10,849   $ (35,744 ) $ (34,611 )
               
               

F-39


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

          Prior to December 2013, the Company had considered all of its undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries to be indefinitely reinvested. Accordingly, no deferred taxes were recorded for the difference between the financial and tax basis investment in foreign subsidiaries. As of December 2013, management reevaluated this assertion in light of strategic plans for the use of excess cash generated from significant growth in its operations and cash flows. The Company concluded that the indefinite reversal exception under ASC 740-30-25-17 did not apply for 2013 undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries, due to potential plans to repatriate the earnings as part of an initiative to reduce our overall level of long-term debt. Accordingly, the Company recorded tax expense of $13.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. Management continues to assert that all undistributed foreign earnings prior to December 31, 2012, remain permanently reinvested to support future growth in foreign markets and to maintain current operating needs of foreign locations. As a result of this change in assertion, the Company recorded a deferred tax liability of $7.7 million, which represents the amount of U.S. and withholding taxes due as a result of the repatriation and is included in the deferred income taxes in the long-term liabilities section of the consolidated Balance Sheet. The portion of undistributed earnings that remains permanently reinvested would create additional U.S. taxable income if these earnings were distributed to the U.S. in the form of dividends, or otherwise. Depending on the tax position in the year of repatriation, the Company may have to pay additional U.S. income taxes. Withholding taxes may also apply to the repatriated earnings.

          At December 31, 2013, approximately $93.9 million in foreign subsidiaries' undistributed earnings are considered indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S. The earnings of these subsidiaries are not required as a source of funding for U.S. operations, and such earnings are not planned to be distributed to the U.S. in the foreseeable future. Determination of the amount of unrecognized income tax liability related to these permanently reinvested and undistributed foreign subsidiary earnings is currently not practicable.

          For the year ended December 31, 2013, the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets increased by $14.3 million. The valuation allowance increased primarily due to changes in management's judgment concerning the need for valuation allowances related to deferred tax assets for future deductible temporary differences and tax attribute carryovers in the U.S. Recent years' cumulative losses incurred in the U.S. provides significant objective negative evidence in the evaluation of whether the U.S. entity will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the tax benefits of the deferred tax assets. This negative evidence carries greater weight than the more subjective positive evidence of favorable future projected income in the assessment of whether realization of the tax benefits of the deferred tax assets is more likely than not. Based on the weight of presently objectively verifiable positive and negative evidence, it is management's judgment that realization of the tax benefits of the deferred tax assets is less than the "more likely than not" standard.

F-40


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

          The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

 
  2013   2012  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Net operating losses

  $ 102,671   $ 106,241  

Tax credits

    13,305     13,573  

Deferred revenue

    4,644     1,768  

Foreign exchange

    5,223     3,932  

Postretirement and other benefits

    6,748     2,870  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    490     2,042  

Deferred rent

    938     1,511  

Accrued liabilities

    7,656     2,002  

Other

    207     291  
           

Total deferred tax assets

    141,882     134,230  

Less: valuation allowance

    (62,450 )   (48,111 )
           

Net deferred tax assets

    79,432     86,119  

Deferred tax liability:

   
 
   
 
 

Undistributed foreign earnings

    (7,729 )    

Depreciation and amortization

    (83,446 )   (94,216 )
           

Total deferred tax liability

    (91,175 )   (94,216 )
           

Net deferred tax liability

  $ (11,743 ) $ (8,097 )
           
           

          As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had U.S. Federal net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of approximately $191.4 million and $191.5 million, respectively. Based on current estimates, approximately $5.3 million of U.S. Federal NOL carryforwards are subject to limitation under Internal Revenue Code (IRC) §382 and will expire unused. In addition, as a result of the Kendle Acquisition, approximately $76.6 million in NOL carryforwards are subject to an annual §382 base limitation of $7.7 million. The limitation is not expected to impact the realization of the deferred tax assets associated with these NOLs. The U.S. Federal NOL carryforwards begin to expire in 2018. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company has state NOL carryforwards of approximately $239.2 million and $215.0 million, respectively, a portion of which will expire annually.

          The Company also has foreign NOL carryforwards of $113.2 million and $100.2 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. A valuation allowance has been established for jurisdictions where the future benefit is uncertain. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the valuation allowance totaled $111.9 million and $100.5 million, respectively.

          The Company recognizes a tax benefit from any uncertain tax positions only if they are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. The amount of the accrual for which an exposure exists is measured as the largest amount of benefit determined on a cumulative probability basis that the Company believes is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement of the position. Components of the reserve are classified as

F-41


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

either a current or long-term liability in the consolidated balance sheet based on when the Company expects each of the items to be settled.

          The Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $23.7 million and $22.5 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. If the current gross unrecognized tax benefits were recognized, the result would be an increase in the Company's income tax expense of $13.5 million and $11.2 million, respectively. These amounts are net of accrued interest and penalties relating to unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $1.9 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

          The Company's policy is to provide for interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefit within the income tax expense line item in the consolidated statements of operation. The amount of interest and penalties recorded as an addition to income tax expense was $1.1 million, $0.2 million, and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

          The Company believes it is reasonably possible that a decrease of up to $1.1 million in unrecognized income tax benefits for foreign items may be necessary within the next 12 months due to lapse of statutes of limitations or uncertain tax positions being effectively settled. For the remaining uncertain income tax positions, it is difficult at this time to estimate the timing of resolution. The following table shows the reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued interest (in thousands):

Gross tax liability at December 25, 2010

  $ 816  

Statute closures

    (452 )

Additions for tax positions of current year

    786  

Additions for tax positions of prior years

    21,165  
       

Gross tax liability at December 31, 2011

    22,315  

Statute closures

    (78 )

Additions for tax positions of current year

    2,564  

Additions for tax positions of prior years

    1,073  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

    (3,356 )
       

Gross tax liability at December 31, 2012

    22,518  

Statute closures

    (78 )

Additions for tax positions of prior years

    1,250  
       

Gross tax liability at December 31, 2013

  $ 23,690  
       
       

          Due to the geographic breadth of the Company's operations, numerous tax audits may be ongoing throughout the world at any point in time. Income tax liabilities are recorded based on estimates of additional income taxes which will be due upon the conclusion of these audits. Estimates of these income tax liabilities are made based upon prior experience and are updated in light of changes in facts and circumstances. However, due to the uncertain and complex application of tax regulations, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of audits may result in liabilities which could be materially different from these estimates. In such an event, the Company will record additional income tax expense or benefit in the period in which such resolution occurs.

F-42


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

          The Company remains subject to audit by the IRS back to 1999 due to NOL carryforwards. The Company is subject to audit by various state taxing jurisdictions generally for the years 2007 to 2009, and in some cases longer due to NOL carryforwards. The Company's tax filings are open to investigation from 2008 forward in the United Kingdom, which is the jurisdiction of the Company's largest foreign operation.

11. Employee Benefit Plan

          The Company provides a 401(k) defined contribution plan that covers substantially all employees in the United States that meet minimum age requirements (INC Plan). Kendle provided a similar plan that was in existence through December 31, 2011 (Kendle Plan). The Kendle Plan was terminated December 31, 2011, and the assets were transferred to the INC Plan.

          For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Company matched 50% of the employees' contribution up to 6% of the employees' wages for the INC plan. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company matched 50% of the employees' contribution up to 6% of the employees' wages for the Kendle Plan. Total contributions for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 to the Plans were $3.6 million, $2.5 million, and $2.5 million, respectively. The cost is recorded in direct costs and selling, general and administrative line items in the consolidated statements of operations.

12. Earnings Per Share

          The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted loss per share computations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 (in thousands, except per share data):

 
 
Net Loss
(Numerator)
 
Number of
Shares
(Denominator)
 
Per Share
Amount
 

For the year ended December 31, 2013

                   

Basic net loss per share

  $ (42,029 )   439,479   $ (0.10 )

Effect of dilutive securities

             
               

Diluted net loss per share

  $ (42,029 )   439,479   $ (0.10 )
               
               

For the year ended December 31, 2012

                   

Basic net loss per share

  $ (59,614 )   441,115   $ (0.14 )

Effect of dilutive securities

             
               

Diluted net loss per share

  $ (59,614 )   441,115   $ (0.14 )
               
               

For the year ended December 31, 2011

                   

Basic net loss per share

  $ (64,047 )   370,742   $ (0.17 )

Effect of dilutive securities

             
               

Diluted net loss per share

  $ (64,047 )   370,742   $ (0.17 )
               
               

F-43


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

12. Earnings Per Share (Continued)

          The computation of diluted loss per share excludes unexercised stock options that are anti-dilutive. The following common stock equivalents were excluded from the earnings per share computation, as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive:

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Weighted average number of stock options calculated using the treasury stock method that were excluded due to the exercise price exceeding the average market price of our common stock during the period

    11,137     7,060     12,440  

Weighted average number of stock options calculated using the treasury stock method that were excluded due to the reporting of a net loss for the period

   
202
   
280
   
97
 
               

Total common stock equivalents excluded from diluted net loss per share computation

    11,339     7,340     12,537  
               

          There were no transactions subsequent to December 31, 2013 that materially change the number of shares in the basic or diluted loss per share computations.

Unaudited Pro Forma Earnings Per Share

          Unaudited pro forma net loss per Class A common share has been adjusted to give effect to (i) the number of shares whose proceeds are deemed to be necessary to pay the dividend amount that is in excess of 2013 earnings, (ii) the number of shares issued in the offering used to repay the 2011 Notes, (iii) a decrease in interest expense to reflect the repayment of the 2011 Notes as if they had been repaid at the beginning of the period and (iv) an increase to interest expense as if the additional borrowings under the 2011 Credit Facility used to repay the 2011 Notes had occurred as of the beginning of the period.

F-44


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

12. Earnings Per Share (Continued)

          The following presents the computation of unaudited pro forma net loss attributable to Class A common stock and unaudited pro forma loss per Class A common share for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands except per share amounts):

 
   
 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Class A stockholders

  $ (42,029 )

Pro forma adjustment for interest expense, net of tax(a)

       
       

Pro forma net income

  $  
       
       

Common shares used in computing basic and diluted income per Class A common share

   
439,479
 

Total pro forma common share adjustment(b)

       
       

Basic and diluted pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding

     
       

Basic and diluted pro forma earnings per share

  $  
       
       

(a)
These adjustments reflect the elimination of the historical interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs, as well as the incurrence of interest expense related to the new term loans, after reflecting the pro forma effect of the refinancing as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31, 2013  
 
  Interest
Expense
  Amortization
of Debt Issue
Costs
  Tax Effect   Total  

Senior notes

                    $  

Term loans

                       
                   

  $   $   $   $  
                   
                   

      The pro forma adjustments are not tax affected as the impact amounts would have been offset by the release of deferred tax asset valuation allowances.


      (b)
      Adjustments for common shares as follows:

Dividends paid in excess of earnings in the past twelve months

  $          

Offering price per common share

             
             

Common shares assumed issued to pay dividends in excess of earnings

           
             

Indebtedness to be repaid with proceeds from this offering

  $          

Offering price per common share

             
             

Common shares assumed issued to repay Notes

           
             

Total common shares assume to be issued

           
             
             

13. Segment Information

          The Company is managed through three reportable segments: Clinical Development Services, Phase I Services, and Global Consulting. Clinical Development Services offers a variety of select and stand-alone clinical development services as well as full-service global studies, along with ancillary services such as clinical monitoring, investigator recruitment, patient recruitment, data management and study reports to assist customers with their drug development process. Phase I Services focuses on clinical development services for Phase I trials that include scientific exploratory medicine, first-in-human studies through proof-of-concept stages and support for

F-45


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

13. Segment Information (Continued)

Phase I studies in established compounds. Global Consulting provides consulting services regarding clinical trial regulatory affairs, regulatory consulting services, quality assurance audits and pharmacovigilance consulting, non-clinical consulting and medical writing consulting.

          The Company's CODM reviews segment performance and allocates resources based upon segment revenue and segment contribution margin. The Company's CODM does not review inter-segment revenue when evaluating segment performance and allocating resources to each segment. Thus, inter-segment revenue is not included in the segment revenues presented in the table below. As such, total segment revenue in the table below is equal to the Company's consolidated net service revenue. All direct costs are allocated to the Company's segments, and as such, segment total direct costs are equal to the Company's consolidated direct costs and consolidated gross

F-46


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

13. Segment Information (Continued)

margin. Revenue, direct costs, and contribution margin for each of our segments are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Revenue:

                   

Clinical Development Services

  $ 620,880   $ 552,826   $ 426,062  

Phase I Services

    23,307     21,599     10,108  

Global Consulting

    8,231     4,720     835  
               

Segment revenue

    652,418     579,145     437,005  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses not allocated to segments

    342,672     289,455     218,981  
               

Total revenue

  $ 995,090   $ 868,600   $ 655,986  
               
               

Direct costs:

                   

Clinical Development Services

  $ 412,106   $ 370,070   $ 269,096  

Phase I Services

    14,039     15,010     9,489  

Global Consulting

    6,116     3,976     1,255  
               

Segment direct costs

    432,261     389,056     279,840  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses not allocated to segments

    342,672     289,455     218,981  
               

Direct costs and reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

  $ 774,933   $ 678,511   $ 498,821  
               
               

Segment contribution margin:

                   

Clinical Development Services

  $ 208,774   $ 182,756   $ 156,966  

Phase I Services

    9,268     6,589     619  

Global Consulting

    2,115     744     (420 )
               

Segment contribution margin

    220,157     190,089     157,165  

Less expenses not allocated to segments:

                   

Selling general and administrative

    117,890     109,428     95,063  

Restructuring and other costs

    11,828     35,380     27,839  

Transaction expenses

    508         10,322  

Goodwill impairment

        4,000      

Depreciation and amortization

    58,473     78,811     64,136  
               

Consolidated income (loss) from operations

  $ 31,458   $ (37,530 ) $ (40,195 )
               
               

14. Operations by Geographic Location

          The Company conducts operations in North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, Asia-Pacific and Latin America through wholly-owned subsidiaries and representative sales offices. The Company attributes net service revenues to geographical locations based upon the location of the customer (i.e., the location of where the Company invoices the end customer). The following

F-47


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

14. Operations by Geographic Location (Continued)

table summarizes total revenue by geographic area (amounts in thousands and all intercompany transactions have been eliminated):

 
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 

Net service revenues:

                   

North America(1)

  $ 477,303   $ 425,364   $ 287,011  

Europe, Middle East and Africa(2)

    160,156     138,858     133,313  

Asia-Pacific

    14,567     14,260     16,403  

Latin America

    392     663     278  
               

Total net service revenue

    652,418     579,145     437,005  

Reimbursable-out-of-pocket expenses

    342,672     289,455     218,981  
               

Total revenue

  $ 995,090   $ 868,600   $ 655,986  
               
               

(1)
North America net service revenues include revenue attributable to the U.S. of $468.6 million, $418.2 million, and $286.7 million, or 72%, 72%, and 66% of net service revenues, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. No other countries in this region represented more than 10% of net service revenue for any period.

(2)
Europe, Middle East and Africa net service revenues include revenue attributable to Germany of $49.6 million, or 11% of net service revenues in 2011. No other countries in this region represented more than 10% of net service revenue for any period.

          The following table summarizes long-lived assets by geographic area (amounts in thousands and all intercompany transactions have been eliminated):

 
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Total property and equipment, net:

             

North America

  $ 27,413   $ 28,622  

Europe, Middle East and Africa

    10,054     9,684  

Asia-Pacific

    1,098     1,408  

Latin America

    2,382     2,482  
           

Total property and equipment, net

  $ 40,947   $ 42,196  
           
           

15. Related-Party Transactions

          The Company has an agreement with a significant stockholder for the stockholder to perform certain consulting services. The Company recognized $0.6 million, $0.6 million, and $4.6 million of consulting service expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

F-48


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

15. Related-Party Transactions (Continued)

For the year ended December 31, 2011, this amount includes $4.0 million in transaction expenses. There were no transaction expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

          The Company recorded net service revenue of $0.4 million and $0.7 million in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, from a customer who has a significant stockholder who is also a significant stockholder of the Company.

16. Commitments and Contingencies

          The Company records accruals for claims, suits, investigations and proceedings when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company reviews claims, suits, investigations and proceedings at least quarterly and records or adjusts accruals related to such matters to reflect the impact and status of any settlements, rulings, advice of counsel or other information pertinent to a particular matter.

          Legal costs associated with contingencies are charged to expense as incurred. The Company is party to legal proceedings incidental to its business. While the outcome of these matters could differ from management's expectations, the Company does not believe the resolution of these matters has a reasonable possibility of having a material adverse effect to the Company's financial statements.

          In the normal course of business, the Company periodically becomes involved in various claims and lawsuits that are incidental to our business. While the outcome of these matters could differ from management's expectations, the Company does not believe the resolution of these matters will have a material effect upon the Company's financial statements.

          The Company currently maintains insurance for risks associated with the operation of its business, provision of professional services and ownership of property. These policies provide coverage for a variety of potential losses, including loss or damage to property, bodily injury, general commercial liability, professional errors and omissions, and medical malpractice. The Company's per employee retentions and deductibles associated with these insurance policies are $0.25 million per claim, $1.0 million aggregate.

          The Company is self-insured for certain losses relating to health insurance claims for the majority of its employees located within the United States. The Company purchases stop-loss coverage from third party insurance carriers to limit individual or aggregate loss exposure with respect to the Company's health insurance claims. The stop-loss coverage is on a "claims made" basis for expenses in excess of $0.2 million per member per year.

          Accrued insurance liabilities and related expenses are based on estimates of claims incurred but not reported. Incurred but not reported claims are generally determined by taking into account historical claims payments and known trends such as claim frequency and severity. The Company makes estimated judgments and assumptions with respect to these calculations, including but not limited to, estimated healthcare cost trends, estimated lag time to report any paid claims, average cost per claim and other factors. The Company believes the estimates of future liability are reasonable based on its methodology; however, changes in claims activity (volume and amount per claim) could materially affect the estimate for these liabilities. The Company continually monitors

F-49


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

16. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

claim activity and incidents and makes necessary adjustments based on these evaluations. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has self-insurance reserves accrued of $4.5 million.

17. Subsequent Events

Amendment of 2011 Credit Agreement

          On February 19, 2014, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 (Amendment No. 2) to the 2011 Credit Agreement. Pursuant to Amendment No. 2, the Company reduced the applicable margins under the revolving loan facility to 3.25% for Eurodollar loans, to 2.25% for base rate loans and reduced the applicable margins under the term loan facility to 3.25% for Eurodollar loans and to 2.25% for base rate loans, in each case subject to further reductions based upon a pricing grid. Further, Amendment No. 2 reduced the LIBOR floor from 1.25% to 1.0%. In addition, Amendment No. 2 modified certain covenants and related definitions to amend the Secured Leverage Ratio financial covenant to a "springing covenant" that is only applicable when the Company has more than 25% outstanding in borrowings or letters of credit under the revolving loan facility. The new springing covenant, when applicable, requires the Company to maintain a Secured Leverage Ratio of 4 to 1, as defined in Amendment No. 2.

          It also added a permitted receivables facility and provided for a prepayment premium of 1% applicable to any prepayment of term loans that is made in connection with a re-pricing transaction that occurs on or prior to the six month anniversary of the date of Amendment No. 2.

Acquisition of MEK Consulting

          On March 5, 2014, the Company acquired stock and assets of MEK Consulting Egypt Ltd., MEK Consulting Danismanlik Ltd. Sti., MEK Consulting Hellas EPE, and MEK Consulting SARL, a full-service CRO with operations in Egypt, Greece, Jordan, Lebanon, and Turkey. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition totaled $6.0 million, which consisted of (i) $3.0 million cash, of which $0.5 million will be placed in escrow for a one year period following the closing date for the satisfaction of potential indemnification claims, (ii) $1.0 million contingent consideration, payable, if earned, during one year period following the closing date, and (iii) $2.0 million retention payments to certain key employees that will be accounted for as compensation expense and expensed as earned during the three year period following the closing date.

F-50


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013

18. Quarterly Results of Operations — Unaudited

          The following is a summary of the Company's consolidated quarterly results of operations for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  March 31,
2012
  June 30,
2012
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2012
 

Net service revenue

  $ 141,607   $ 141,981   $ 143,443   $ 152,114  

Loss from operations(1)(2)

    (18,358 )   (8,260 )   (9,293 )   (1,619 )

Net loss

    (19,667 )   (13,792 )   (11,736 )   (13,919 )

Class C common stock dividends

    125     125     125     125  

Net loss attributable to Class A common stockholders

  $ (19,792 ) $ (13,917 ) $ (11,861 ) $ (14,044 )

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to Class A common stockholders

  $ (0.04 ) $ (0.03 ) $ (0.03 ) $ (0.03 )

 

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  March 31,
2013
  June 30,
2013
  September 30,
2013
  December 31,
2013
 

Net service revenue

  $ 149,743   $ 159,202   $ 169,108   $ 174,365  

Income from operations(1)

    370     4,786     15,021     11,281  

Net loss

    (16,746 )   (10,634 )   (1,170 )   (12,979 )

Class C common stock dividends

    125     125     125     125  

Net loss attributable to Class A common stockholders

  $ (16,871 ) $ (10,759 ) $ (1,295 ) $ (13,104 )

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to Class A common stockholders

  $ (0.04 ) $ (0.02 ) $   $ (0.03 )

(1)
Transaction expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2013 were $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively. There were no transaction expenses for year ended December 31, 2012, as well as the three months ended June 30, 2013 and September 30, 2013. Transaction expenses include legal fees associated with debt refinancing and expenses for acquisition-related activities. Restructuring charges for the three months ended March 31, 2012, June 30, 2012, September 30, 2012 and December 2012 were $12.9 million, $6.8 million, $9.5 million and $6.1 million, respectively. Restructuring charges for the three months ended March 31, 2013, June 30, 2013, September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2013 were $2.4 million, $4.8 million, $3.1 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

(2)
Goodwill impairment charges were $4.0 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012 for the Phase I Services reporting unit.

F-51


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Unaudited)

(In Thousands)

 
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2014   2013  

Net service revenue

  $ 596,003   $ 478,053  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    255,141     262,997  
           

Total revenue

    851,144     741,050  
           

Direct costs

    381,102     320,182  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    255,141     262,997  

Selling, general and administrative

    104,332     83,699  

Restructuring and other costs

    6,126     10,249  

Transaction expenses

    2,042     324  

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

    17,245      

Depreciation

    16,628     13,934  

Amortization

    23,337     29,488  
           

Total operating expenses

    805,953     720,873  
           

Income from operations

    45,191     20,177  
           

Other income (expense), net:

             

Interest income

    226     127  

Interest expense

    (41,853 )   (44,485 )

Other, net

    6,177     (1,436 )
           

Total other expense, net

    (35,450 )   (45,794 )
           

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    9,741     (25,617 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

    16,569     (2,933 )
           

Net income (loss)

    26,310     (28,550 )

Class C common stock dividends

    (375 )   (375 )
           

Net income (loss) attributable to Class A common stockholders

  $ 25,935   $ (28,925 )
           
           

Income (loss) per share attributable to Class A common stockholders:

             

Basic

  $ 0.06   $ (0.07 )

Diluted

  $ 0.06   $ (0.07 )

Weighted average Class A common shares outstanding:

             

Basic

    438,554     439,580  

Diluted

    441,221     439,580  

Basic and diluted unaudited pro forma net income per common share (see Note 8)

             

Basic and diluted unaudited pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding (Note 8)

             

   

See accompanying notes.

F-52


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2014   2013  

Net income (loss)

  $ 26,310   $ (28,550 )

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax (expense) benefit of $44 and $0, respectively

    (11,029 )   (971 )
           

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 15,281   $ (29,521 )
           
           

   

See accompanying notes.

F-53


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands)

 
  September 30,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 
 
  (unaudited)
   
 

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 185,803   $ 96,972  

Restricted cash

    539     569  

Accounts receivable:

             

Billed, net

    130,433     129,628  

Unbilled

    107,375     99,207  

Current portion of deferred income taxes

    14,667     14,378  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    39,802     35,428  
           

Total current assets

    478,619     376,182  

Property and equipment, net

    41,515     40,947  

Goodwill

    556,336     563,365  

Intangible assets, net

    200,051     231,051  

Deferred income taxes

    25,491     3,780  

Other long-term assets

    14,029     17,786  
           

Total assets

  $ 1,316,041   $ 1,233,111  
           
           

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 15,221   $ 9,594  

Accrued liabilities

    108,112     94,221  

Deferred revenue

    257,254     207,188  

Current portion of long-term debt

        4,713  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

    628     2,292  
           

Total current liabilities

    381,215     318,008  

Long-term debt, less current portion

    587,728     587,202  

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

    49     272  

Deferred income taxes

    29,470     29,233  

Other long-term liabilities

    24,091     22,189  
           

Total liabilities

    1,022,553     956,904  
           

Commitments and contingencies

             

Stockholder's equity:

             

Common stock (2,000,000,050 shares authorized, $0.01 par value; 888,594,401 and 888,408,801 shares issued at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively; 877,212,401 and 877,066,801 shares outstanding at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively)

    8,886     8,884  

Additional paid-in-capital

    475,157     472,746  

Treasury stock, at cost

    (6,789 )   (6,751 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (20,870 )   (9,841 )

Accumulated deficit

    (162,896 )   (188,831 )
           

Total stockholders' equity

    293,488     276,207  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 1,316,041   $ 1,233,111  
           
           

   

See accompanying notes.

F-54


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2014   2013  

Operating activities

             

Net income (loss):

  $ 26,310   $ (28,550 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

             

Depreciation

    16,628     13,934  

Amortization

    23,337     29,488  

Amortization of capitalized loan fees

    4,818     4,030  

Stock-based compensation

    2,305     853  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    2,811     (457 )

Deferred income taxes

    (22,233 )   (272 )

Foreign currency adjustments

    (10,697 )   998  

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

    17,245      

Loss on asset disposals

    388     16  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Restricted cash

    20     (441 )

Billed and unbilled accounts receivable

    (11,373 )   (20,795 )

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    18,546     (93 )

Deferred revenue

    51,338     12,804  

Other assets and liabilities

    (2,115 )   892  
           

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    117,328     12,407  

Investing activities

   
 
   
 
 

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

    (2,302 )    

Purchase of property and equipment

    (17,739 )   (12,559 )
           

Net cash used in investing activities

    (20,041 )   (12,559 )

Financing activities

   
 
   
 
 

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

        2,835  

Payments on long-term debt

    (5,453 )   (3,520 )

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

    (2,455 )   (2,327 )

Payments of contingent consideration related to business combinations

        (1,266 )

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

    108     295  

Dividends paid

    (375 )   (375 )

Treasury stock repurchases

    (38 )   (425 )
           

Net cash used in financing activities

    (8,213 )   (4,783 )

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   
(243

)
 
1,482
 
           

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    88,831     (3,453 )

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

    96,972     81,363  
           

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

  $ 185,803   $ 77,910  
           
           

   

See accompanying notes.

F-55


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

September 30, 2014

1. Basis of Presentation and Changes in Significant Accounting Policies

Principal Business

          The Company is a Contract Research Organization (CRO) providing a comprehensive range of clinical development services for the biopharmaceutical and medical device industries to its customers across various therapeutic areas. The international infrastructure of the Company's development business enables it to conduct Phase I to Phase IV clinical trials globally for pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies.

Organization

          On August 13, 2010, INC Research Holdings, Inc. (the Company, Parent or Holdings) was incorporated in the state of Delaware for the purposes of acquiring the outstanding equity of INC Research, INC. through INC Research Intermediate, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of INC Research Holdings Inc. The Company's investment in INC Research Intermediate, LLC (Intermediate) is represented by a 100% membership interest.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

          The significant accounting policies followed by the Company for interim financial reporting are consistent with the accounting policies followed for annual financial reporting. The Company prepared these unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) for interim financial information. These unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements, in management's opinion, include all adjustments of a normal recurring nature necessary for a fair presentation. The accompanying consolidated condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2013. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other period. The amounts in the December 31, 2013 consolidated condensed balance sheet are derived from the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Use of Estimates

          The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses during the period, as well as disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. The Company evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, valuation of goodwill and identifiable intangibles, "tax related" contingencies and valuation allowances, allowance for doubtful accounts and litigation contingencies, among others. These estimates are based on the information available to management at the time these estimates, judgments, and assumptions are made. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates.

F-56


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

1. Basis of Presentation and Changes in Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

          In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . ASU 2014-09 will eliminate transaction- and industry-specific revenue recognition guidance under current U.S. GAAP and replace it with a principle based approach for determining revenue recognition. ASU 2014-09 will require that companies recognize revenue based on the value of transferred goods or services as they occur in the contract. The ASU also will require additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09 is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is not permitted. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

          In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern . ASU 2014-15 will explicitly require management to assess an entity's ability to continue as a going concern at each annual and interim period, and to provide related footnote disclosures in certain circumstances. Disclosures will be required if conditions give rise to substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the report issuance date. If conditions do not give rise to substantial doubt, no disclosures will be required specific to going concern uncertainties. The ASU defines substantial doubt using a likelihood threshold of "probable" similar to the current use of that term in U.S. GAAP for loss contingencies and provides example indicators. ASU 2014-15 is effective for reporting periods ending after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements or related footnote disclosures.

2. Financial Statement Details

Accounts receivable billed, net

          Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  September 30,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Accounts receivable, billed

  $ 134,590   $ 131,012  

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

    (4,157 )   (1,384 )
           

Accounts receivable billed, net

  $ 130,433   $ 129,628  
           
           

Goodwill and intangible assets

          During the second quarter of 2014, the Company determined that Phase I Services and Global Consulting reporting units were not performing according to management's expectations. The

F-57


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

2. Financial Statement Details (Continued)

reporting units have declining revenues and minimal profitability and are not expected to recover in the near term, resulting in a triggering event requiring an evaluation of goodwill and intangible assets for impairment. As a result of this evaluation, the Company recorded a $9.2 million impairment of goodwill and an $8.0 million impairment of intangible assets associated with the Phase I Services and Global Consulting reporting units.

          The changes in carrying amount of goodwill for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Total   Clinical
Development
Services
  Phase I
Services
  Global
Consulting
 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 563,365   $ 539,942   $ 4,142   $ 19,281  

Acquisition of MEK Consulting

    2,327     2,327          

Impairment of goodwill

    (9,243 )       (1,219 )   (8,024 )

Impact of foreign currency translation

    (113 )   (113 )        
                   

Balance at September 30, 2014

  $ 556,336   $ 542,156   $ 2,923   $ 11,257  
                   
                   

          Intangible assets, net consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  September 30, 2014   December 31, 2013  
 
  Gross   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net   Gross   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net  

Intangible assets with finite lives:

                                     

Customer relationships

  $ 268,111   $ (103,201 ) $ 164,910   $ 268,153   $ (73,600 ) $ 194,553  

Acquired backlog

    2,186     (2,081 )   105     76,078     (74,728 )   1,350  

Trademarks — other

    218     (182 )   36     5,800     (5,660 )   140  

Noncompete agreements

    61     (61 )       62     (54 )   8  
                           

Total intangible assets with finite lives

    270,576     (105,525 )   165,051     350,093     (154,042 )   196,051  

Trademarks — INC — indefinite-lived

    35,000           35,000     35,000           35,000  
                           

Total intangible assets

  $ 305,576   $ (105,525 ) $ 200,051   $ 385,093   $ (154,042 ) $ 231,051  
                           
                           

          The finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives. As a result of the impairment of the intangible assets in the second quarter of 2014, the Company reduced the

F-58


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

2. Financial Statement Details (Continued)

estimated useful lives of certain intangible assets. As of September 30, 2014, the estimated useful lives of the Company's intangible assets were as follows:

 
  Useful Life (Years)

Customer relationships

  6 – 10

Acquired backlog

  1 – 3

Trademarks — INC

  Indefinite

Trademarks — other

  2.5

Noncompete agreements

  3

          The estimated future amortization expense of finite-lived intangible assets is expected to be as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ending:
   
 

December 31, 2014 (remaining three months)

  $ 9,591  

December 31, 2015

    37,909  

December 31, 2016

    37,886  

December 31, 2017

    28,503  

December 31, 2018

    19,120  

Thereafter

    32,042  
       

Total future estimated amortization

  $ 165,051  
       
       

Accrued liabilities

          Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  September 30,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Compensation, including bonuses, fringe benefits, and payroll taxes

  $ 58,621   $ 42,043  

Accrued interest

    9,187     19,851  

Accrued taxes

    9,658     4,641  

Accrued rebates to customers

    6,917     5,283  

Accrued professional fees

    7,840     6,835  

Accrued restructuring costs, current portion

    2,087     2,094  

Acquisition related liabilities

    1,500      

Other liabilities

    12,302     13,474  
           

Total accrued liabilities

  $ 108,112   $ 94,221  
           
           

F-59


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

2. Financial Statement Details (Continued)

Other long-term liabilities

          Other long-term liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  September 30,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Uncertain tax positions

  $ 12,179   $ 13,495  

Accrued restructuring costs, less current portion

    5,029     3,928  

Other liabilities

    6,883     4,766  
           

Total other long-term liabilities

  $ 24,091   $ 22,189  
           
           

Other income (expense), net

          Other income (expense), net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2014   2013  

Foreign currency gain (loss)

  $ 6,061   $ (1,213 )

Other, net

    116     (223 )
           

Total other income (expense), net

  $ 6,177   $ (1,436 )
           
           

3. Business Combinations

Acquisition of MEK Consulting

          On March 5, 2014, the Company acquired stock and assets of MEK Consulting, consisting of MEK Consulting Egypt Ltd., MEK Consulting Danismanlik Ltd. Sti., MEK Consulting Hellas EPE, and MEK Consulting SARL (MEK Consulting), collectively referred to as MEK. MEK is a full service CRO with operations in Egypt, Greece, Jordan, Lebanon, and Turkey. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition totaled $6.0 million, which consisted of (i) $3.0 million cash, of which $0.5 million was placed in escrow for the one year period following the closing date for the satisfaction of potential indemnification claims, (ii) $1.0 million contingent consideration, payable, if earned, during the one year period following the closing date, and (iii) $2.0 million retention payments to certain key employees that will be accounted for as compensation expense and expensed as earned during the three year period following the closing date.

F-60


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

3. Business Combinations (Continued)

          The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands):

 
  March 5, 2014  

Cash

  $ 3,000  

Contingent consideration

    1,000  
       

Total fair value

    4,000  

Assets acquired:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

    283  

Accounts receivable

    1,308  

Other current assets

    10  

Property and equipment

    56  

Intangible assets

    369  

Other assets

    4  
       

Total assets acquired

    2,030  

Liabilities assumed:

       

Accounts payable

    137  

Accrued liabilities

    250  
       

Total liabilities assumed

    387  
       

Net identifiable assets acquired

    1,643  
       

Impact of foreign currency translation

    30  
       

Resulting goodwill

  $ 2,327  
       
       

          The purchase price allocation is preliminary, subject to final review of acquired asset valuations, and is expected to be finalized by December 31, 2014.

          For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the Company recorded $0.6 million of deferred consideration for successful retention of operational staff and certain key employees. The remaining $1.4 million of contingent consideration will be accrued and expensed ratably over the contingent employment periods. This contingent consideration is included as compensation expense within "Direct costs" line item in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

          The goodwill recognized is primarily attributable to the assembled workforce of MEK Consulting and is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

F-61


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

4. Debt and Leases

2011 Credit Agreement

          On July 12, 2011, the Company entered into a $375.0 million credit agreement (2011 Credit Agreement) with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., ING Capital LLC and Royal Bank of Canada, as well as a syndicate of other banks, financial institutions and other entities (Lenders). The 2011 Credit Agreement was comprised of a $300.0 million term loan, a $75.0 million revolving line of credit and letter of credit and swing line facilities. All obligations under the 2011 Credit Agreement were guaranteed by the assets of the Company and certain of the Company's direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries.

          On February 8, 2013, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to the 2011 Credit Agreement. The Company increased the then outstanding balance of the term loan facility to $300.0 million and reduced the applicable margins under the revolving line of credit and term loan facilities. In addition, the Company modified certain covenants and related definitions, and agreed to a prepayment premium of 1.0% applicable to any prepayment of term loans that is made in connection with a re-pricing transaction that occurred on or prior to February 8, 2014.

          On February 19, 2014, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the 2011 Credit Agreement. Pursuant to Amendment No. 2, the Company reduced the applicable margins under the revolving loan facility to 3.25% for Eurodollar loans, to 2.25% for base rate loans and reduced the applicable margins under the term loan facility to 3.25% for Eurodollar loans and to 2.25% for base rate loans, in each case subject to further reductions based upon a pricing grid.

          Further, Amendment No. 2 reduced the LIBOR floor from 1.25% to 1.0%. In addition, Amendment No. 2 modified certain covenants and related definitions to amend the Secured Leverage Ratio financial covenant to a "springing covenant" that is only applicable when the Company has more than 25% outstanding in borrowings or letters of credit under the revolving loan facility. The new springing covenant, when applicable, requires the Company to maintain a Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined in Amendment No. 2) of 4 to 1. The Amendment also added the ability to enter into a permitted receivables facility and provided for a prepayment premium of 1% (the Amendment No. 2 Soft Call) applicable to any prepayment of term loans that is made in connection with a re-pricing transaction that occurs on or prior to the six month anniversary date of Amendment No. 2.

          The term loan (2011 Term Loan) was issued at an original issue discount of $8.6 million which is included on the consolidated balance sheet as a reduction to the long-term debt, net of accumulated amortization. Upon the effectiveness of Amendment No. 1 to the 2011 Credit agreement, the discount on the term loans was decreased by $1.0 million due to certain lenders leaving the syndication. As a result of Amendment No. 2 to the 2011 Credit agreement, the discount on the term loans was decreased by $0.5 million due to certain lenders leaving the syndication. The Company amortized $1.2 million and $1.3 million of the discount into interest expense using the effective interest method for both the nine months ended September 30, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

          As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $291.0 million and $296.5 million, respectively, was outstanding on the term loan with scheduled quarterly principal payments of

F-62


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

0.25% of the principal borrowed, or $0.7 million per quarter, through June 30, 2018, with the remaining outstanding principal due on July 12, 2018.

          The Company may be required to make mandatory payments on principal towards the 2011 Term Loan depending upon the generation of "Excess Cash Flow" as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement and such additional prepayments will be applied successively to the scheduled installments of principal in direct order of maturity. In March 2014 and in April 2013, mandatory principal payments of $4.7 million and $2.0 million, respectively, were made due to the generation of Excess Cash flow for 2013 and 2012. The Excess Cash Flow payments reduced future principal payments on the 2011 Term Loan in direct order of maturity, and as a result no further principal payments will be required until December 2015.

          The Company may voluntarily prepay the term loan without premium or penalty upon prior notice except upon exercise of the Amendment No. 2 Soft Call.

          The 2011 Term Loan provides for Eurodollar and Base Rate term loans. The outstanding loan has been Eurodollar since inception. In advance of the last business day of the then current type of loan, the Company may select a new type of loan so long as the maturity does not extend beyond July 12, 2018. Eurodollar loans are one, two, three or six month loans (or with permission nine or twelve months) and interest is due on the last business day of each three month period of the loans. Base Rate term loans have interest due the last business day of each calendar quarter-end. In addition, both Eurodollar and Base Rate term loans have an interest due date concurrent with any repayment or prepayment. The base interest rate for Eurodollar term loans is equal to the greater of (a) 1.00% and (b) the rate determined for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1.00%):

LIBOR  
1 — Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements

          The base interest rate for Base Rate loans is equal to the highest of (a) the Wall Street Journal (WSJ) prime rate, (b) 1/2 of 1.00% per year above the Federal Funds Effective Rate, (c) the Eurodollar Rate for an interest period of one month plus 1.00%, and (d) 2.00%.

          In addition to the base interest rate, both the Eurodollar and Base Rate term loans have a margin tied to a Secured Leverage Ratio (SLR) which is defined as the ratio of (a) consolidated U.S. GAAP secured debt net of $30.0 million of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents restricted in favor of the administrative agent, the collateral agent or any secured party to (b) Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement as amended from time to time) for four consecutive quarters at the end of each period. Pricing grids are used to determine the margin based on the type of loan and the SLR.

F-63


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

          The margin is adjusted after the quarterly financial statements are delivered to the lenders. Below is the pricing grid for the term loans and revolving credit facility.

SLR
  Eurodollar   Base Rate  

> 1.75 to 1.00

    3.25 %   2.25 %

£ 1.75 to 1.00

    3.00 %   2.00 %

£ 1.75 to 1.00 and qualified public offering resulting in gross proceeds of at least $100,000,000 consummated

    2.75 %   1.75 %

          Interest is calculated based on a calendar day year and as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the combined interest rate on the term loan was 4.25% and 6.0%, respectively.

          The revolving commitment includes a five-year revolving credit facility of $75.0 million and includes a letter of credit and a swing line facility (2011 Revolver). The 2011 Revolver cannot exceed $75.0 million at any one time inclusive of letter of credit usage and swing line loans. The 2011 Revolver may be increased in an aggregate amount not to exceed, together with any increases to the 2011 Term Loan or additional term loans under the 2011 Credit Agreement, $100.0 million if certain conditions are met, as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement.

          Eurodollar and Base Rate loans are available under the 2011 Revolver and are not due until the termination date of July 12, 2016. However, since the intention of the Company is to repay these types of loans as soon as possible, any revolving loans are classified as current on the consolidated balance sheets.

          As of September 30, 2014, there were three outstanding letters of credit totaling $0.9 million, leaving $74.1 million available under the 2011 Revolver.

          The 2011 Revolver includes a commitment fee which begins at 0.50% of the average daily amount of the available revolving commitment assuming any swing line loans outstanding are $0. The fee is payable quarterly in arrears on the last business day of the calendar quarters and July 12, 2016.

          On and after the first adjustment date the rate will be determined based on the pricing grid below.

SLR
  Fee Rate  

> 1.50 to 1.00

    0.500 %

£ 1.50 to 1.00

    0.375 %

          Letters of credit (LOC) are available in an amount not to exceed $15.0 million. The amount of LOC obligations together with revolving and swing line loans may not exceed $75.0 million. Fees are charged on all outstanding LOC at an annual rate equal to the margin in effect on Eurodollar revolving loans. A fronting fee of 0.25% per year on the face amount of each LOC is payable as well. The fee is payable quarterly in arrears on the last business day of the calendar quarter after the issuance date until the LOC expires.

F-64


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

2011 Senior Notes

          On July 12, 2011, the Company issued $300.0 million in Senior Notes due July 15, 2019 (2011 Notes). The 2011 Notes were issued pursuant to Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act and do not require registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The 2011 Notes are guaranteed by the Company and certain of the Company's direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries. Interest is due at 11.5% per year and is paid semi-annually in arrears on July 15 and January 15 of each year until July 15, 2019. The 2011 Notes are non-callable for the first four years.

          On and after July 15, 2015, the Company may redeem the 2011 Notes at the redemption prices below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on July 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 
  Percentage  

2015

    105.750 %

2016

    102.875 %

2017 and thereafter

    100.000 %

          In addition, at any time prior to July 15, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the 2011 Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed as well as accrued and unpaid interest plus the greater of 1% of the principal amount of such Note and the excess of the present value of the redemption price (105.75%) plus all interest payments due on such note through July 15, 2015 (excluding accrued unpaid interest), discounted using the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over the then outstanding principal balance of such note.

          The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the 2011 Notes. However, upon a change of control, as such term is defined in the indenture governing the 2011 Notes, the Company must offer to repurchase all of the 2011 Notes at 101% of the aggregate principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest.

          As a result of the 2011 Credit Agreement and 2011 Notes, the Company incurred a total of $23.3 million in financing costs. These costs have been recorded in other assets and are being amortized to interest expense under the effective interest method over each of the lives of the 2011 Term Loan, 2011 Notes, and 2011 Revolver as applicable. The Company recorded interest expense associated with these deferred costs of $4.1 million and $2.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

F-65


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

4. Debt and Leases (Continued)

          The Company's maturities of obligations under the 2011 Term Loan and the 2011 Notes for the years following September 30, 2014, are as follows (in thousands):

Years ending:
   
 

December 31, 2014 (remaining three months)

  $  

December 31, 2015

    476  

December 31, 2016

    2,965  

December 31, 2017

    2,965  

December 31, 2018

    284,621  

December 31, 2019 and thereafter

    300,000  

Original issue discount

    (3,299 )
       

Total long-term debt

    587,728  

Less current portion

     
       

Total

  $ 587,728  
       
       

Debt Covenants

          The 2011 Credit Agreement and the indenture governing the 2011 Notes contain usual and customary negative covenants that, among other things, place limitations on its ability to pay dividends or make other restricted payments; prepay, redeem or purchase debt; incur liens; make loans and investments; incur additional indebtedness; amend or otherwise alter debt and other material documents; make acquisitions and dispose of assets; transact with affiliates; and engage in businesses that are not related to the Company's existing business.

          In addition, the 2011 Credit Agreement contained a negative financial covenant which requires the Company to maintain a minimum Secured Leverage Ratio. This ratio is calculated as a relationship between the level of secured outstanding borrowings and adjusted EBITDA. In February 2014 the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the 2011 Credit Agreement, which modified certain covenants and related definitions to amend the Secured Leverage Ratio financial covenant to apply only when the Company has more than 25% outstanding in borrowings or letters of credit under the revolving loan facility. The new covenant, when applicable, requires the Company to maintain a Secured Leverage Ratio of 4 to 1. The Company believes that it was in compliance with its debt covenants for all periods through September 30, 2014.

5. Fair Value Measurements

          At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company's financial instruments included cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt. The fair value of the cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their respective carrying amounts based on the liquidity and short-term nature of these instruments.

          The fair value of the long-term debt is determined based on market prices for identical or similar financial instruments or model-derived valuations based on observable inputs and falls under

F-66


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

5. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as defined in the authoritative guidance. The estimated fair value of the long-term debt was $619.6 million and $634.5 million as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

          The Company does not have any recurring fair value measurements. There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 during the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements

          Certain assets, including goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, are carried on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at cost and are not remeasured to fair value on a recurring basis. These assets are tested for impairment annually and when a triggering event occurs. As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, assets carried on the balance sheet and not remeasured to fair value on a recurring basis total $756.4 million and $794.4 million, respectively.

          The fair value of these assets fall under Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as defined in the authoritative guidance and the fair value is estimated as follows:

              Goodwill — As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had recorded goodwill of $556.3 million and $563.4 million, respectively. Goodwill represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible net assets when an acquisition is accounted for using the purchase method. The Company performs quantitative goodwill impairment assessment on each reporting unit. The Company derives each reporting unit's fair value through a combination of the market approach (the guideline publicly traded company method) and the income approach (a discounted cash flow analysis). The Company then compares the carrying value of each reporting unit, inclusive of its assigned goodwill, to its fair value.

              If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, the Company performs the second step of the impairment test to determine the implied estimated fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill. The Company determines the implied estimated fair value of goodwill by determining the present value of the estimated future cash flows for each reporting unit and comparing the reporting unit's risk profile and growth prospects to selected, reasonably similar publicly traded companies. During the second quarter of 2014, the Company recognized a $9.2 million impairment of goodwill (as discussed in Note 2 — Financial Statement Details).

              Finite-lived Intangible Assets — As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had recorded finite-lived intangible assets of $165.1 million and $196.1 million, respectively. If a triggering event occurs, the Company determines the estimated fair value of finite-lived intangible assets by determining the present value of the expected cash flows. During the second quarter of 2014, the Company recognized an $8.0 million impairment of its finite-lived intangible assets (as discussed in Note 2 — Financial Statement Details).

F-67


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

5. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

              Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets — As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had recorded indefinite-lived intangible assets of $35.0 million. When evaluating indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment, the Company performs a quantitative impairment analysis. The Company determines the estimated fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset (trademark) by determining the present value of the estimated royalty payments on an after-tax basis that it would be required to pay the owner for the right to use such trade name. If the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. No indication of impairment was identified during the Company's annual review.

6. Restructuring and Other Costs

          In the second quarter of 2014, the Company initiated restructuring activities related to closure of its Glasgow facility and partial closure of its Cincinnati facility. The Company incurred $4.7 million of severance costs and facility closure expenses related to these activities, which are reflected in the amounts presented in the table below.

          The costs related to all restructuring plans are included in restructuring and other costs in the consolidated statements of operations. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the Company made payments and provision adjustments for all plans as presented below (in thousands):

 
  Employee
Severance
Costs
  Facility
Closure
Charges
  Other
Charges
  Total  

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $   $ 5,537   $ 485   $ 6,022  

Expenses incurred

    2,716     3,345     65     6,126  

Payments made

    (2,716 )   (1,783 )   (533 )   (5,032 )
                   

Balance at September 30, 2014

  $   $ 7,099   $ 17   $ 7,116  
                   
                   

7. Stockholders' Equity

Common Stock

          On August 16, 2012, the Company's Board of Directors approved amendments to the Company's certificate of incorporation that would, among other things, reflect a 1000 to 1 stock split for Class A and Class B common stock as well as an increase the number of authorized shares to an aggregate of 2,000,000,050 shares of common stock consisting of 1,000,000,000 shares Class A common stock, 1,000,000,000 shares Class B and 50 shares of Class C common stock. Accordingly, all references to share and per share information in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the stock split for all periods presented. The par value per share of the common stock has not changed as a result of the stock split and remained at $0.01.

F-68


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

7. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

Voting Rights of the Common Stock

          Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote on matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the Company. However, no share of Class A common stock is entitled to vote with respect to election of the directors of the Company.

          No share of Class B common stock is entitled to any vote on matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the Company. However each share of Class B common stock is entitled to one vote with respect to the election of the directors of the Company.

          No share of Class C common stock is entitled any vote on matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the Company unless such matter should adversely affect the rights and preferences of Class C common stock with respect to "Special Dividends" (discussed below) payable to the holders of Class C common stock. Should such a matter adversely affect the rights and preferences of Special Dividends payable to the holders of Class C common stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of Class C common stock is required.

Dividend Rights and Preferences of the Common Stock

          The holders of Class A common stock are entitled to dividends at such time and in such amounts as, if and when declared by the board of directors of the Company. However the holders of Class A common stock are not entitled to participate in any Special Dividends.

          The holders of Class B common stock are not entitled to dividends of any amount at any time.

          The holders of Class C common are entitled to receive a Special Dividend of up to $0.5 million annually paid ratably throughout the year. Special Dividends of $0.4 million were paid to the stockholder of the one share of Class C common stock issued and outstanding for each of the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and September 30, 2013, respectively.

Liquidation Rights and Preferences of the Common Stock

          The holders of Class A common stock are entitled to participate on a pro rata basis in all distributions to the holders of Class A common stock upon the occurrence of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, subsequent to the payment preference available to the holders of Class B common stock.

          The holders of Class B common stock are entitled to receive $0.00002 per share of Class B common stock, subject to adjustment for any stock splits, combinations or similar events, upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the affairs of the Company. Such payment is in preference to any payments made to the holders of Class A common stock.

          The holders of Class C common stock are not entitled to participate in any distributions to the holders of any class of capital stock of the Company in any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. However, the holders of Class C common stock are entitled to any accrued and unpaid Special Dividends prior to any amounts being paid in respect to any other class of capital stock of the Company.

F-69


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

8. Earnings Per Share

          The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share computations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and September 30, 2013 (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  Net Income
(Loss)
(Numerator)
  Number of
Class A
Shares
(Denominator)
  Per-Share
Amount
 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2014

                   

Basic net income per share

  $ 25,935     438,554   $ 0.06  

Effect of dilutive securities

        2,667        
               

Diluted net income per share

  $ 25,935     441,221   $ 0.06  
               
               

For the nine months ended September 30, 2013

                   

Basic net loss per share

  $ (28,925 )   439,580   $ (0.07 )

Effect of dilutive securities

               
               

Diluted net loss per share

  $ (28,925 )   439,580   $ (0.07 )
               
               

          The computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share excludes unexercised stock options that are anti-dilutive. The following common stock equivalents were excluded from the earnings (loss) per share computation, as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive:

 
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2014   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Weighted average number of stock options calculated using the treasury stock method that were excluded due to the exercise price exceeding the average market price of our common stock during the period

    6,933     11,480  

Weighted average number of stock options calculated using the treasury stock method that were excluded due to the reporting of a net loss for the period

        186  
           

Total common stock equivalents excluded from diluted net income (loss) per share computation

    6,933     11,666  
           
           

          There were no transactions subsequent to September 30, 2014 that materially change the numbers of shares in the basic or diluted earnings (loss) per share computation.

Unaudited Pro Forma Earnings Per Share

          Unaudited pro forma net income per Class A common share has been adjusted to give effect to (i) the number of shares issued in the offering used to repay the 2011 Notes, (ii) a decrease in

F-70


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

8. Earnings Per Share (Continued)

interest expense to reflect the repayment of the 2011 Notes as if they had been repaid at the beginning of the period and (iii) an increase to interest expense as if the additional borrowings under the 2011 Credit Facility used to repay the 2011 Notes had occurred as of the beginning of the period.

          The following presents the computation of unaudited pro forma net income attributable to Class A common stock and unaudited pro forma earnings per Class A common share for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

Net income attributable to Class A stockholders

  $ 25,935  

Pro forma adjustment for interest expense, net of tax(a)

     
       

Pro forma net income

  $ 25,935  
       
       

Common shares used in computing earnings per Class A common share:

       

Basic

    438,554  

Diluted

    441,221  

Total pro forma common share adjustments(b):

   
 
 

Basic

     

Diluted

     

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding:

   
 
 

Basic

     

Diluted

     

Pro forma earnings per share:

   
 
 

Basic

  $  

Diluted

  $  

(a)
These adjustments reflect the elimination of the historical interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs, as well as the incurrence of interest expense related to the new term loans, after reflecting the pro forma effect of the refinancing as follows:

 
  Nine months ended September 30, 2014  
 
  Interest
Expense
  Amortization
of Debt Issue
Costs
  Tax Effect   Total  

Senior Notes

                    $  

Term Loans

                       
                   

  $   $   $   $  
                   
                   

The pro forma adjustments are not tax affected as the impact amounts would have been offset by the release of deferred tax asset valuation allowances.


    (b)
    Adjustments for common shares are as follows:

Indebtedness to be repaid with proceeds from this offering

                        

Offering price per common share

                        
       

Common shares assumed issued to repay Notes

                        
       

Total common shares assumed to be issued

                        
       
       

F-71


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

9. Stock-Based Compensation

          On June 26, 2014, the Company amended the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) to increase the maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the awards under the Plan from 31,340,000 to 35,840,000 shares.

          The following table summarizes option activity as of and for the period ending September 30, 2014:

 
  Number of
Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (In Years)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    24,163,400   $ 1.15           8.46  

Granted

    9,772,000   $ 1.86   $ 0.65        

Exercised

    (92,800 ) $ 1.16   $ 0.50        

Forfeited

    (987,200 ) $ 1.23   $ 0.52        

Expired

    (100,000 ) $ 1.25   $ 0.52        
                         

Outstanding at September 30, 2014

    32,755,400   $ 1.36           8.24  
                         
                         

Vested and exercisable at September 30, 2014

    9,358,400   $ 1.10           6.46  
                         
                         

          Total stock-based compensation expense associated with stock options issued is recognized in the unaudited consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and September 30, 2013 as follows (in thousands):

 
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2014   2013  

Direct costs

  $ 1,026   $ 337  

Selling, general and administrative

    1,279     516  
           

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 2,305   $ 853  
           
           

10. Income Taxes

          The Company is required to estimate its full-year income and the related tax expense in each jurisdiction in which it operates. Changes in the geographic mix or estimated level of pre-tax income can impact its effective tax rate. This process involves estimating current tax liabilities in each jurisdiction in which the Company operates, including the impact of additional tax resulting from income tax examinations and making judgments regarding the recoverability of deferred tax assets. The Company has excluded from its effective tax rate projection any current year losses in jurisdictions where its deferred tax assets are not realizable on a more-likely-than-not basis.

F-72


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

          The Company and its United States (U.S.) subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. Other subsidiaries of the Company file tax returns in their local jurisdictions. The Company provides for income taxes on all transactions that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Specifically, the Company estimates its tax liability based on current tax laws in the statutory jurisdictions in which it operates. Accordingly, the impact of changes in income tax laws on deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in net earnings in the period during which such changes are enacted.

          Valuation allowances are provided to reduce the related deferred income tax assets to an amount which will, more likely than not, be realized. Due to a history of operating losses, resulting in a cumulative loss position, management concluded that a full valuation allowance was needed to offset certain foreign and domestic deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities. At June 30, 2014, management concluded that it was more likely than not that a majority of the foreign deferred tax assets will be realized through future taxable income. This conclusion was based, in part, on our achieving sustained profitability in 2014 in these jurisdictions and projections of positive future earnings. Therefore, the Company released a significant portion of the valuation allowances related to foreign deferred tax assets in the second quarter of 2014 and will continue to reassess the ability to realize the deferred tax benefits on a quarterly basis. If it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize the deferred tax benefits, then all or a portion of the valuation allowance may need to be re-established, which would result in a charge to tax expense. The release of these valuation allowances resulted in an income tax benefit of $23.1 million, which was recorded as a discrete item during the quarter ending June 30, 2014. The Company continues to provide a valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets related to its domestic operations.

          As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $22.4 million and $23.7 million, respectively, and the total amount of unrecognized tax benefit that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate was $13.1 million and $13.5 million, respectively. The Company recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if the Company believes it is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. Judgment is required in determining what constitutes an individual tax position, as well as the assessment of the outcome of each tax position. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating tax positions and tax benefits. In addition, the calculation of tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in domestic and foreign jurisdictions. If events occur and the payment of these amounts ultimately proves to be unnecessary, the reversal of liabilities would result in tax benefits being recognized in the period when it is determined the liabilities are no longer necessary. If the calculation of liability related to uncertain tax positions proves to be more or less than the ultimate assessment, a tax expense or benefit to expense, respectively, would result. The Company does not foresee any reasonably possible change in the unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months but acknowledges circumstances can change due to unexpected developments in the law.

          The Company's policy has been to provide income taxes on earnings of foreign subsidiaries only to the extent those earnings are expected to be repatriated. The Company intends to repatriate current and future earnings of its foreign subsidiaries to meet certain cash requirements in the U.S. As result, the Company has provided taxes on these earnings. The Company continues to assert that all undistributed foreign earnings prior to December 31, 2012 remain permanently reinvested to support future growth in foreign markets and to maintain current operating needs of foreign locations.

F-73


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

11. Segment Information

          The Company is managed through three reportable segments: Clinical Development Services, Phase I Services, and Global Consulting. Clinical Development Services offers a variety of select and stand-alone clinical trial services as well as full-service, global studies, and also provides ancillary services including clinical monitoring, investigator recruitment, patient recruitment, data management, and study report to assist customers with their drug development process. Phase I Services focuses on clinical development services for Phase I trials that include scientific exploratory medicine, first-in-human studies through proof-of-concept stages, and support for Phase I studies in established compounds. Global Consulting provides consulting services regarding clinical trial regulatory affairs, regulatory consulting services, quality assurance audits and pharmacovigilance, non-clinical consulting and medical writing.

          The Company's Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) reviews segment performance and allocates resources based upon segment revenue and segment contribution margin. The Company's CODM does not review inter-segment revenue when evaluating segment performance and allocating resources to each segment. Thus, inter-segment revenue is not included in the segment revenues presented in the table below. As such, total segment revenue in the table below is equal to the Company's consolidated net service revenue. All direct costs are allocated to the Company's segments, and as such, segment total direct costs are equal to the Company's consolidated direct costs and consolidated segment contribution margin.

F-74


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

11. Segment Information (Continued)

          Revenue, direct costs, and contribution margin for each of the Company's segments are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Nine Months Ended  
 
  September 30,
2014
  September 30,
2013
 

Revenue:

             

Clinical Development Services

  $ 581,510   $ 454,451  

Phase I Services

    8,377     17,080  

Global Consulting

    6,116     6,522  
           

Segment revenue

    596,003     478,053  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses not allocated to segments

    255,141     262,997  
           

Total revenue

  $ 851,144   $ 741,050  
           
           

Direct costs:

             

Clinical Development Services

  $ 368,566   $ 305,636  

Phase I Services

    6,367     10,078  

Global Consulting

    6,169     4,468  
           

Segment direct costs

    381,102     320,182  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses not allocated to segments

    255,141     262,997  
           

Direct costs and reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

  $ 636,243   $ 583,179  
           
           

Segment contribution margin:

             

Clinical Development Services

  $ 212,944   $ 148,815  

Phase I Services

    2,010     7,002  

Global Consulting

    (53 )   2,054  
           

Segment contribution margin

  $ 214,901   $ 157,871  

Less expenses not allocated to segments:

             

Selling, general and administrative

    104,332     83,699  

Restructuring and other costs

    6,126     10,249  

Transaction expenses

    2,042     324  

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

    17,245      

Depreciation

    16,628     13,934  

Amortization

    23,337     29,488  
           

Consolidated income from operations

  $ 45,191   $ 20,177  
           
           

12. Operations by Geographic Location

          The Company conducts operations in North America, Europe, Middle East and Africa, Asia-Pacific, and Latin America through wholly-owned subsidiaries and representative sales offices. The Company attributes net service revenues to geographical locations based upon the location of the customer (i.e., the location to which the Company invoices the end customer).

F-75


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

12. Operations by Geographic Location (Continued)

          The following table summarizes total revenue by geographic area (amounts in thousands and all intercompany transactions have been eliminated):

 
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2014   2013  

Net service revenue:

             

North America(1)

  $ 420,139   $ 352,680  

Europe, Middle East and Africa

    157,771     115,997  

Asia-Pacific

    18,071     8,971  

Latin America

    22     405  
           

Total net service revenue

    596,003     478,053  

Reimbursable-out-of-pocket expenses

    255,141     262,997  
           

Total revenue

  $ 851,144   $ 741,050  
           
           

(1)
For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, North America net service revenue includes revenue attributable to the U.S. of $418.7 million, or 70.2% of net service revenues. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, North America net service revenue includes revenue attributable to the U.S. of $344.8 million, or 72.1% of net service revenues.

          Various subsidiaries of Otsuka Holdings Co., Ltd. accounted for 14% and 15% of total net service revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Various subsidiaries of Astellas Pharma, Inc. accounted for 12% of total net service revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

          At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, no customer accounted for more than 10% of billed and unbilled accounts receivable.

          The following table summarizes long-lived assets by geographic area (amounts in thousands):

 
  September 30,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Total property and equipment, net:

             

North America

  $ 26,649   $ 27,413  

Europe

    10,260     10,054  

Asia-Pacific

    3,684     1,098  

Latin America

    922     2,382  
           

Total property and equipment, net

  $ 41,515   $ 40,947  
           
           

13. Related-Party Transactions

          The Company has an agreement with a significant stockholder for the stockholder to perform certain consulting services. The Company recognized $0.4 million of consulting service expense in each of the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

F-76


Table of Contents


INC Research Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

September 30, 2014

13. Related-Party Transactions (Continued)

          The Company recorded net service revenue of $0.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, from a customer who has a significant stockholder who is also a significant stockholder of the Company. There was no revenue recorded for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

14. Commitments and Contingencies

          The Company records accruals for claims, suits, investigations and proceedings when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company reviews claims, suits, investigations and proceedings at least quarterly and records or adjusts accruals related to such matters to reflect the impact and status of any settlements, rulings, advice of counsel or other information pertinent to a particular matter. Legal costs associated with contingencies are charged to expense as incurred. The Company is party to legal proceedings incidental to its business. While the outcome of these matters could differ from management's expectations, the Company does not believe the resolution of these matters has a reasonable possibility of having a material adverse effect to the Company's financial statements.

          In the normal course of business, the Company periodically becomes involved in various claims and lawsuits that are incidental to our business. While the outcome of these matters could differ from management's expectations, the Company does not believe the resolution of these matters will have a material effect upon the Company's financial statements.

          The Company currently maintains insurance for risks associated with the operation of its business, provision of professional services and ownership of property. These policies provide coverage for a variety of potential losses, including loss or damage to property, bodily injury, general commercial liability, professional errors and omissions, and medical malpractice. The Company's per employee retentions and deductibles associated with these insurance policies are $0.25 million per claim, $1.0 million in aggregate.

          The Company is self-insured for health insurance for certain losses relating to health insurance claims for the majority of its employees located within the United States. The Company purchases stop-loss coverage from third party insurance carriers to limit individual or aggregate loss exposure with respect to the Company's health insurance claims. The stop-loss coverage is on a "claim made" basis for the expense in excess of $0.2 million per member per year.

          Accrued insurance liabilities and related expenses are based on estimates of claims incurred but not reported. Incurred but not reported claims are generally determined by taking into account historical claims payments and known trends such as claim frequency and severity. The Company makes estimated judgments and assumptions with respect to these calculations, including but not limited to, estimated healthcare cost trends, estimated lag time to report any paid claims, average cost per claim and other factors. The Company believes the estimates of future liability are reasonable based on its methodology; however, changes in claims activity (volume and amount per claim) could materially affect the estimate for these liabilities. The Company continually monitors claim activity and incidents and makes necessary adjustments based on these evaluations. As of September 30, 2014, the Company has accrued self-insurance reserves of $2.4 million.

F-77


Table of Contents


                  Shares

INC Research Holdings, Inc.

Class A Common Stock



LOGO



Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Credit Suisse
Baird
Wells Fargo Securities
William Blair



           Through and including                           , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

   


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

          The expenses, other than underwriting commissions, expected to be incurred by us in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered under this Registration Statement are estimated to be as follows:

SEC Registration Fee

  $ 17,430  

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. Filing Fee

    23,000  

Exchange Listing Fee

    25,000  

Printing and Engraving

              *

Legal Fees and Expenses

              *

Accounting Fees and Expenses

              *

Blue Sky Fees and Expenses

              *

Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees

              *

Miscellaneous

              *
       

Total

  $           *
       

*
To be completed by amendment.

ITEM 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

          The Registrant is governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL. Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person was or is an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such officer, director, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the corporation's best interest and, for criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that such person's conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or contemplated action or suit by or in the right of such corporation, under the same conditions, except that such indemnification is limited to expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person, and except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if such person is adjudged to be liable to such corporation. Where an officer or director of a corporation is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above, or any claim, issue or matter therein, the corporation must indemnify that person against the expenses (including attorneys' fees) which such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

          The Registrant's amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize the indemnification of its officers and directors, consistent with Section 145 of the DGCL. Reference is made to Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, which enables a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director's fiduciary duty, except (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to

II-1


Table of Contents

the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends of unlawful stock purchase or redemptions or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. As permitted by the DGCL, we will include in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation a provision to eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that we are required to indemnify our officers and directors under certain circumstances, including those circumstances in which indemnification would otherwise be discretionary, and we are required to advance expenses to our officers and directors as incurred in connection with proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified.

          The Registrant intends to enter into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, will require the Registrant to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts actually and reasonably incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of the Registrant, arising out of the person's services as a director or executive officer.

          The Registrant maintains directors' and officers' liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers.

          The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification to the Registrant's directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

ITEM 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

          The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by us in the last three years:

          On February 2, 2012, the Registrant issued and sold 200,000 shares of each of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock (taken together, a "Common Unit") to an executive for $1.25 per Common Unit pursuant to the 2010 Plan.

          On February 2, 2012, the Registrant issued and sold 100,000 shares of each of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock to an executive for $1.25 per Common Unit pursuant to the 2010 Plan.

          On December 1, 2012, the Registrant issued and sold 31,400 shares of each of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock to an executive upon executive's exercise of an option with an exercise price of $1.00 per Common Unit granted to executive pursuant to a Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement.

          On February 28, 2013, the Registrant issued and sold 13,000 shares of each of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock to an executive upon executive's exercise of an option with an exercise price of $1.00 per Common Unit granted to executive pursuant to a Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement.

          On April 11, 2013, the Registrant issued and sold 282,000 shares of each of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock to an executive upon executive's exercise of an option with an exercise price of $1.00 per Common Unit granted to executive pursuant to a Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement.

II-2


Table of Contents

          On December 16, 2013, the Registrant issued and sold 10,000 shares of each of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock to an executive upon executive's exercise of an option with an exercise price of $1.25 per Common Unit granted to executive pursuant to a Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement.

          On June 12, 2014, the Registrant issued and sold 10,000 shares of each of Class A common stock and Class B common stock to an executive upon executive's exercise of an option with an exercise price of $1.19 per Common Unit granted to executive pursuant to a Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement.

          The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to information about the Registrant.

          None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering.

ITEM 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)
Exhibits

Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Exhibits
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

3.1

**

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of INC Research Holdings, Inc., to be in effect at the closing of this offering.

 

3.2

**

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of INC Research Holdings, Inc., to be in effect at the closing of this offering.

 

4.1

*

Specimen Certificate for Class A Common Stock.

 

4.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, by and among INC Research Holdings, Inc. and certain stockholders named therein.

 

4.3

**

Indenture, dated as of July 12, 2011, among INC Research, LLC, as Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee.

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP.

 

10.1.1

**

Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011, among INC Research, LLC, as the Borrower, INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender.

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Exhibits
  10.1.2 ** Amendment No. 1, dated February 8, 2013, to Credit Agreement, dated July 12, 2011, among INC Research, LLC, as the Borrower, INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender.

 

10.1.3

**

Amendment No. 2, dated February 19, 2014, to Credit Agreement, dated July 12, 2011, among INC Research, LLC, as the Borrower, INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender.

 

10.2

**

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated July 12, 2011, made by INC Research, LLC, INC Research Intermediate, LLC and the other signatories thereto, in favor of General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent.

 

10.3.1

**

Triangle Acquisition Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.3.2

**

Amendment No. 1 to INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.3.3

**

Amendment No. 2 to INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.4

**

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.5

 

INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.6

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.7

**

2013 Management Incentive Plan.

 

10.8

**

Form of Management Incentive Plan.

 

10.9.1

**

Lease, dated May 6, 2010, by and between INC Research, Inc. and Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership.

 

10.9.2

**

Lease Amendment No. 1, dated August 26, 2010, by and between INC Research, Inc. and Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership.

 

10.9.3

**

Lease Amendment No. 2, dated August 23, 2011, by and between INC Research, Inc. and Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership.

 

10.9.4

**

Lease Amendment No. 3, dated January 4, 2013, by and between INC Research, Inc. and Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership.

 

10.10

**

Executive Employment Agreement, effective as of July 31, 2014, by and between INC Research, LLC and D. Jamie Macdonald.

 

10.11

**

Executive Employment Agreement, effective as of August 5, 2013, by and between INC Research, LLC and Gregory S. Rush.

 

10.12

**

Executive Service Agreement, dated July 31, 2014, by and between INC Research Holding Limited and Alistair Macdonald.

 

10.13

**

Executive Employment Agreement, effective as of July 31, 2014, by and between INC Research, LLC and Christopher L. Gaenzle.

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Exhibits
  10.14   Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.15

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Non-U.S. Participant under INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.16

 

Form of 2010 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Adjustment Letter.

 

10.17

 

Form of 2010 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Performance Award Amendment Letter.

 

21.1

**

List of Significant Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

23.2

*

Consent of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto).

 

24.1

**

Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

II-5


Table of Contents

(b)
Financial statement schedules

          None.

ITEM 17.    Undertakings

          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this registration statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

    (1)
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (2)
    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-6


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Raleigh, State of North Carolina, on October 17, 2014.

    INC Research Holdings, Inc.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ CHRISTOPHER L. GAENZLE

        Name:   Christopher L. Gaenzle
        Title:   Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
*

D. Jamie Macdonald
  Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director   October 17, 2014

*

Gregory S. Rush

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

October 17, 2014

*

James T. Ogle

 

Chairman and Director

 

October 17, 2014

*

James A. Bannon

 

Director

 

October 17, 2014

*

Robert W. Breckon

 

Director

 

October 17, 2014

*

David F. Burgstahler

 

Director

 

October 17, 2014

*

Steve Faraone

 

Director

 

October 17, 2014

Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
*

Charles C. Harwood, Jr.
  Director   October 17, 2014

*

Terry Woodward

 

Director

 

October 17, 2014

*By:

 

/s/ CHRISTOPHER L. GAENZLE

                                      
Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Exhibits
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

3.1

**

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of INC Research Holdings, Inc., to be in effect at the closing of this offering.

 

3.2

**

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of INC Research Holdings, Inc., to be in effect at the closing of this offering.

 

4.1

*

Specimen Certificate for Class A Common Stock.

 

4.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, by and among INC Research Holdings, Inc. and certain stockholders named therein.

 

4.3

**

Indenture, dated as of July 12, 2011, among INC Research, LLC, as Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee.

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP.

 

10.1.1

**

Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011, among INC Research, LLC, as the Borrower, INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender.

 

10.1.2

**

Amendment No. 1, dated February 8, 2013, to Credit Agreement, dated July 12, 2011, among INC Research, LLC, as the Borrower, INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender.

 

10.1.3

**

Amendment No. 2, dated February 19, 2014, to Credit Agreement, dated July 12, 2011, among INC Research, LLC, as the Borrower, INC Research Intermediate, LLC, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender.

 

10.2

**

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated July 12, 2011, made by INC Research, LLC, INC Research Intermediate, LLC and the other signatories thereto, in favor of General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent.

 

10.3.1

**

Triangle Acquisition Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.3.2

**

Amendment No. 1 to INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.3.3

**

Amendment No. 2 to INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.4

**

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.5

 

INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.6

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.7

**

2013 Management Incentive Plan.

 

10.8

**

Form of Management Incentive Plan.

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Exhibits
  10.9.1 ** Lease, dated May 6, 2010, by and between INC Research, Inc. and Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership.

 

10.9.2

**

Lease Amendment No. 1, dated August 26, 2010, by and between INC Research, Inc. and Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership.

 

10.9.3

**

Lease Amendment No. 2, dated August 23, 2011, by and between INC Research, Inc. and Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership.

 

10.9.4

**

Lease Amendment No. 3, dated January 4, 2013, by and between INC Research, Inc. and Highwoods Realty Limited Partnership.

 

10.10

**

Executive Employment Agreement, effective as of July 31, 2014, by and between INC Research, LLC and D. Jamie Macdonald.

 

10.11

**

Executive Employment Agreement, effective as of August 5, 2013, by and between INC Research, LLC and Gregory S. Rush.

 

10.12

**

Executive Service Agreement, dated July 31, 2014, by and between INC Research Holding Limited and Alistair Macdonald.

 

10.13

**

Executive Employment Agreement, effective as of July 31, 2014, by and between INC Research, LLC and Christopher L. Gaenzle.

 

10.14

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.15

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Non-U.S. Participant under INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.16

 

Form of 2010 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Adjustment Letter.

 

10.17

 

Form of 2010 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Performance Award Amendment Letter.

 

21.1

**

List of Significant Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

23.2

*

Consent of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto).

 

24.1

**

Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.



Exhibit 4.2

 

FORM OF

 

SECOND AMENDED & RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

DATED AS OF

 

                 , 2014

 

AMONG

 

INC RESEARCH HOLDINGS, INC.

 

AVISTA CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P.

 

AVISTA CAPITAL PARTNERS (OFFSHORE) II, L.P.

 

AVISTA CAPITAL PARTNERS (OFFSHORE) II-A, L.P.

 

1829356 ONTARIO LIMITED

 

INC RESEARCH MEZZANINE CO-INVEST, LLC

 

ACP INC RESEARCH CO-INVEST, LLC

 

AND

 

THE MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS IDENTIFIED HEREIN

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

2

 

 

 

Section 1.01.

Definitions

2

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

8

 

 

 

Section 2.01.

Composition of the Board

8

Section 2.02.

Removal

9

Section 2.03.

Intentionally Omitted

9

Section 2.04.

Intentionally Omitted

10

Section 2.05.

Intentionally Omitted

10

Section 2.06.

Intentionally Omitted

10

Section 2.07.

Matters Requiring Stockholder Consent

10

Section 2.08.

Intentionally Omitted

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

11

 

 

 

Section 4.01.

General Restrictions on Transfer

11

Section 4.02.

Restrictions on Transfer by Management Stockholders

12

Section 4.03.

Intentionally Omitted

13

Section 4.04.

Management Permitted Transferees

13

Section 4.05.

Intentionally Omitted

13

Section 4.06.

Intentionally Omitted

13

Section 4.07.

Intentionally Omitted

13

Section 4.08.

Mezzanine Co-Invest Vehicle Participation

13

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

14

 

 

 

Section 7.01.

Demand Registration

14

Section 7.02.

Piggyback Registration

16

Section 7.03.

Shelf Registration

17

Section 7.04.

Lock-Up Agreements

19

Section 7.05.

Registration Procedures

19

Section 7.06.

Indemnification by the Company

23

Section 7.07.

Indemnification by the Participating Stockholders

24

Section 7.08.

Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings

24

Section 7.09.

Contribution

25

Section 7.10.

Cooperation by the Company

25

Section 7.11.

Restriction on Company Grants of Subsequent Registration Rights

26

Section 7.12.

Assignment of Registration Rights

26

Section 7.13.

Intentionally Omitted

26

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

26

 

 

 

Section 8.01.

Intentionally Omitted

26

Section 8.02.

Intentionally Omitted

26

Section 8.03.

Confidentiality

27

Section 8.04.

Management Stockholders Non-Compete

28

Section 8.05.

Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance

28

 

i



 

Section 8.06.

Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance

29

Section 8.07.

No Exclusive Duty to Company

29

Section 8.08.

Intentionally Omitted

30

Section 8.09.

Intentionally Omitted

30

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

30

 

 

 

Section 9.01.

Binding Effect; Assignability; Benefit

30

Section 9.02.

Notices

30

Section 9.03.

Waiver; Amendment; Termination

31

Section 9.04.

Non-Recourse

32

Section 9.05.

Governing Law; Venue

32

Section 9.06.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

32

Section 9.07.

Specific Enforcement; Cumulative Remedies

33

Section 9.08.

Entire Agreement

33

Section 9.09.

Severability

33

Section 9.10.

Ownership Thresholds; Levels

33

Section 9.11.

Counterparts; Effectiveness

34

 

 

 

SCHEDULE A

STOCKHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY

41

EXHIBIT A

JOINDER AGREEMENT

42

EXHIBIT B

BY-LAWS OF THE COMPANY

43

 

ii



 

SECOND AMENDED & RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECOND AMENDED & RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [            ], 2014, amends and restates in its entirety that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2011 (the “ Previous Agreement ”), among INC Research Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Triangle Acquisition Holdings Inc.), a Delaware corporation (together with its successors, the “ Company ”), Avista Capital Partners II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Avista ”), Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II, L.P., a Bermuda exempted limited partnership, Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II-A, L.P., a Bermuda exempted limited partnership (collectively, the “ Avista Funds ”), 1829356 Ontario Limited, a corporation formed under the laws of the Province of Ontario and wholly-owned subsidiary of OTPP (as defined below), (“ CapitalCo ”; and each of CapitalCo, on the one hand, and the Avista Funds, collectively, on the other hand, a “ Sponsor ”), ACP INC Research Co-Invest, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Avista Syndication Vehicle ”), INC Research Mezzanine Co-Invest, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Mezzanine Co-Invest Vehicle ”), the individuals listed on the signature pages to the Previous Agreement and/or Annex A hereto as Management Stockholders, and the Persons who from time to time become stockholders of the Company in accordance with this Agreement and execute and deliver a Joinder Agreement, substantially as set forth on Exhibit A hereto (a “ Joinder Agreement ”) (each of the foregoing a “ Stockholder ” and collectively, the “ Stockholders ”).

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the contemplated initial public offering (the “ Offering ”)of the Company’s New Class A Common Stock (as defined below), the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) has approved this Agreement at a meeting of the Board on     , 2014;

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement shall be effective upon the effectiveness of the merger of INC Research Intermediate Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Intermediate ”), with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”) that is being effected in connection with the Offering (the “ Effective Time ”) pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Intermediate and the Company (the “ Merger Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, (i) each share of issued and outstanding stock of the Company designated as class A common stock (“ Old Class A Common Stock ”) issued, outstanding and held by 1829356 Ontario Limited, a corporation formed under the laws of the Province of Ontario and a wholly owned subsidiary of Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan (the “ OTPP Shareholder ”)  immediately prior to the Effective Time was converted into and became a number of shares of New Class B Common Stock (as defined below) equal to multiplied by one share of Old Class A Common Stock; (ii) each share of Old Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, other than those shares of Old Class A Common Stock held by the OTPP shareholder as contemplated by clause (i) above (all such shares not held by the OTPP Shareholder, “ Non-OTPP Class A Common Stock ”), was converted into and became a number of shares of New Class A Common Stock, equal to multiplied by one share of Old Class A Common Stock, and such shares of New Class A Common Stock; (iii) each share of issued and outstanding stock of the Company designated as class B common stock (“ Old Class B Common Stock ”) immediately prior to the Effective Time was converted into and became a number of shares of new Class D common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (“ New Class D Common Stock ”), equal to multiplied by one share of Old Class B Common Stock; (iv) each share of issued and outstanding stock of the Company designated as class C common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time was

 

1



 

converted into and became one (1) share of new Class C Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (“ New Class C Common Stock ”); and (v) each share of Old Common Stock of the Corporation held by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries immediately prior to the Effective Time (collectively, the “ Treasury Shares ”) will automatically be canceled and retired and will cease to exist, and no consideration will be delivered in exchange therefor

 

WHEREAS, promptly after the Effective Time and as referred to in the Merger Agreement, all of the shares of New Class C Common Stock and New Class D Common Stock will be redeemed by the Company;

 

WHEREAS, the Company, the Sponsors and the other Stockholders signatory hereto desire to amend and restate the Previous Agreement in accordance with Section 9.03 of the Previous Agreement; it being understood that such amendments to the Previous Agreement reflected herein do not adversely affect the Management Stockholders disproportionately as compared to the Sponsors, and, accordingly, are being adopted by the Company with the Requisite Consent (as defined in the Previous Agreement); and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01.                                                   Definitions.

 

(a)                                  The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

 

30% Rule ” means those certain regulatory provisions under the Pension Benefits Act (Ontario) that preclude OTPP from, directly or indirectly, investing in securities of a corporation to which are attached more than thirty percent (30%) of the votes that may be cast to elect the directors of the corporation, as those provisions may be amended or replaced from time to time.

 

A&R Charter ” means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company effective as of the Effective Time as contemplated by the Merger Agreement, as may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls such first Person or is controlled by said Person or is under common control with said Person, where “ control ” means the power and ability to direct, directly or indirectly, or share equally in or cause the direction of, the management and/or policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting shares or other equivalent interests of the controlled Person, by contract (including proxy) or otherwise.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Business ” means, with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, the provision of contract research services to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, including

 

2



 

clinical trial services, data services, strategic and regulatory consulting services, post-approval services and functional services.

 

Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City, New York or Toronto, Ontario are authorized or required by applicable law to close.

 

By-laws ” means the by-laws of the Company, as the same may be amended from time to time, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit B hereto, as the same may be amended from time to time as permitted hereunder.

 

CapitalCo Stockholder ” means CapitalCo and each Sponsor Affiliate thereof and each other of its Affiliates that is a Stockholder.

 

Common Stock ” means the New Class A Common Stock, the New Class B Common Stock, and any share capital of the Company into which such Common Stock may thereafter be converted, changed, reclassified or exchanged.

 

Company Competitor ” means (a) any Person that is reasonably determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board to be a competitor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in any material respect and (b) any Affiliate of any such Person specified in clause (a).  For purposes hereof, without limiting the foregoing, any Person with, or whose Affiliate has, substantial operations in the Business shall be presumed to be a Company Competitor unless the Board otherwise determines; provided , however , that for purposes of this Agreement, no private equity fund or CapitalCo, including the Sponsors (or any of their respective Affiliates), shall be deemed a Company Competitor solely due to its direct or indirect investment in a portfolio company of such Person where such portfolio company would be deemed a Company Competitor.

 

Equity Securities ” means, without duplication, (i) the Common Stock, and (ii) any other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or options, warrants or other rights to acquire, Common Stock, or any other equity or equity-linked security issued by the Company (excluding the New Class C Common Stock and the New Class D Common Stock).  Schedule A hereto sets forth the names of and the number of Equity Securities owned by each Stockholder as of the date hereof, and the Company shall update Schedule A from time to time to reflect any issuances or Transfers of Equity Securities.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Family Member ” means, with respect to any Person who is an individual, any spouse or lineal descendants, including adoptive relationships.

 

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, local or foreign governmental authority, department, commission, board, bureau, agency, court, instrumentality or judicial or regulatory body or entity.

 

Incentive Plan ” means the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented.

 

3



 

Investment Vehicle ” means the Avista Syndication Vehicle and/or the Mezzanine Co-Invest Vehicle.

 

IPO ” means the initial Public Offering registered on Form S-1 (or any successor form under the Securities Act).

 

Management Permitted Transferee ” means, with respect to any Management Stockholder, (i) any executor, administrator or testamentary trustee of such Stockholder’s estate if such Stockholder dies, (ii) any Person receiving Equity Securities of such Stockholder by will, intestacy laws or the laws of descent or survivorship, or (iii) any trustee of a trust (including an inter vivos trust) of which there are no principal beneficiaries other than such Stockholder or one or more Family Members of such Stockholder.

 

Management Stockholders means those certain members of management of the Company or its Subsidiaries who are, from time to time, party to this Agreement and their Management Permitted Transferees.

 

New Class A Common Stock ” means the shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 of the Company, as of the Effective Time, with such rights and preferences as set forth in the A&R Charter.

 

New Class B Common Stock ” means the shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 of the Company, as of the Effective Time, with such rights and preferences as set forth in the A&R Charter.

 

Non-Competition Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the last day of such Management Stockholder’s employment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and ending on the first anniversary of the last day of such Management Stockholder’s employment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Option ” means an option to purchase shares of New Class A Common Stock granted pursuant to the Incentive Plan.

 

OTPP ” means Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board.

 

Person ” means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a Governmental Authority.

 

Proportion ” means the percentage derived by dividing the amount of shares of New Class A Common Stock and all Class B Common Stock) to be transferred by any Sponsor or its Sponsor Affiliates, by the total amount of shares of New Class A Common Stock and New Class B Common Stock held by all of the Sponsors and their Sponsor Affiliates before such proposed Transfer.

 

Public Offering ” means an underwritten public offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form.

 

Registrable Securities ” means shares of Common Stock, including those shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of any option, warrant or other

 

4



 

security of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any securities of the Company which may be issued or distributed with respect to, or in exchange or substitution for, or conversion of, such Common Stock and such other securities pursuant to a stock dividend, stock split or other distribution, merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reclassification or otherwise or subsequently acquired by the Stockholders; provided , that Registrable Securities shall not include any shares (i) the sale of which has been registered pursuant to the Securities Act and which shares have been sold pursuant to such registration, (ii) which have been sold pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 145, (iii) which have been registered for resale pursuant to an effective registration statement on a Form S-8 (or any successor or similar form); and provided , further , that, for the avoidance of doubt, all Registrable Securities held by Management Stockholders shall remain subject to Section 4.02 of this Agreement.

 

Registration Expenses ” means any and all expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with any registration or marketing of securities, including all (i) registration and filing fees, and all other fees and expenses payable in connection with the listing of securities on any securities exchange or automated interdealer quotation system, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with any securities or “ blue sky ” laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with “ blue sky ” qualifications of the securities registered), (iii) expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, mailing and delivery of any registration statements, prospectuses and other documents in connection therewith and any amendments or supplements thereto, (iv) security engraving and printing expenses, (v) internal expenses of the Company (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (vi) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and customary fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses relating to any comfort letters or costs associated with the delivery by independent certified public accountants of any comfort letters to be provided pursuant to Section 7.05(h)  hereof), (vii) fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration, (viii) reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of any counsel to each of the Sponsors (including the Investment Vehicles), and for one counsel to the Management Stockholders participating in the offering selected by the Management Stockholders holding the majority of the Registrable Securities to be sold for the account of all Management Stockholders in the offering, (ix) fees and expenses in connection with any review of the underwriting arrangements or other terms of the offering, and all fees and expenses of any “ qualified independent underwriter ” or other independent appraiser participating in any offering, including the fees and expenses of any counsel thereto, (x) fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, but excluding any underwriting fees, discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities, (xi) costs of printing and producing any agreements among underwriters, underwriting agreements, any “ blue sky ” or legal investment memoranda and any selling agreements and other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of the Registrable Securities, (xii) transfer agents’ and registrars’ fees and expenses and the fees and expenses of any other agent or trustee appointed in connection with such offering, (xiii) expenses relating to any analyst or investor presentations or any “ road shows ” undertaken in connection with the registration, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities, (xiv) fees and expenses payable in connection with any ratings of the Registrable Securities, including expenses relating to any presentations to rating agencies, and (xv) all other costs and expenses incurred by the Company or its officers in connection with their compliance with Article 7 hereof.

 

Requisite Consent ” means the prior written consent of each Sponsor whose ownership (together with its respective Sponsor Affiliates) of shares of New Class A Common

 

5



 

Stock and New Class B Common Stock is equal to at least fifteen percent (15%) of the shares of New Class A Common Stock and New Class B Common Stock then outstanding.”

 

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Sponsor Affiliates ” means, (x) in the case of the Avista Funds, is an investment fund that is a parallel fund (but not a successor fund) or alternative investment vehicle of the Avista Funds with the same general partner as the Avista Funds or a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Avista Funds or such parallel fund or alternate investment vehicle, including the Avista Syndication Vehicle, and (y) in the case of CapitalCo, is a direct or indirect, wholly owned Subsidiary of OTPP; provided , however , that no “ portfolio company ” (as such term is customarily used among institutional investors) of any Sponsor or any entity controlled by any portfolio company of any Sponsor shall constitute a Sponsor Affiliate.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person in which such specified Person, directly or indirectly through one or more Affiliates or otherwise, beneficially owns at least fifty percent (50%) of the ownership interest (determined by equity or economic interests) in, and the voting control of, such other Person.

 

Transfer ” means, with respect to any Equity Securities, (i) when used as a verb, to sell, assign, dispose of, exchange, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or otherwise transfer such Equity Securities or any participation or interest therein, whether directly or indirectly, or agree or commit to do any of the foregoing, and (ii) when used as a noun, a direct or indirect sale, assignment, disposition, exchange, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, or other transfer of such Equity Securities or any participation or interest therein or any agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing.

 

(b)                                  Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

 

TERM

 

SECTION

Agreement

 

Preamble

Avista

 

Preamble

Avista Designees

 

2.01(a)(i)

Avista Funds

 

Preamble

Avista Syndication Vehicle

 

Preamble

CapitalCo

 

Preamble

CapitalCo Designees

 

2.01(a)(ii)

Company

 

Preamble

Confidential Information

 

8.03(a)

Confidentiality Affiliates

 

8.03(a)

Coordination Committee

 

4.01(b)

 

6



 

TERM

 

SECTION

Damages

 

7.06

Demand Maximum Offering Size

 

7.01(d)

Demand Registration

 

7.01(a)

Determination Time

 

4.02(b)

Effective Time

 

Recitals

INC Research

 

Recitals

Indemnified Party

 

7.08

Indemnifying Party

 

7.08

Inspectors

 

7.05(g)

Intermediate

 

Recitals

Joinder Agreement

 

Preamble

Merger

 

Recitals

Merger Agreement

 

Recitals

Mezzanine Co-Invest Vehicle

 

Recitals

New Class C Common Stock

 

Recitals

New Class D Common Stock

 

Recitals

Non-OTPP Class A Common Stock

 

Recitals

Offering

 

Recitals

Old Class A Common Stock

 

Recitals

Old Class B Common Stock

 

Recitals

Original Agreement

 

Recitals

OTPP Shareholder

 

Recitals

Piggyback Maximum Offering Size

 

7.02(b)

Piggyback Registration

 

7.02(a)

Previous Agreement

 

Preamble

Records

 

7.05(g)

Registering Stockholders

 

7.01(a)(ii)

Relative Ownership Percentage

 

4.02(b)

Requesting Stockholders

 

7.01(a)

Shelf Registration

 

7.03(a)

Shelf Request

 

7.03(a)

Stockholder

 

Preamble

Stockholders

 

Preamble

Sponsor Designees

 

2.01(a)(ii)

Sponsors

 

Preamble

Underwritten Shelf Take-down

 

7.03(b)

Unrestricted Securities

 

4.02(b)(i)

Unwinding Event

 

4.04(b)

Withdrawing Holders

 

7.04(b)

 

(c)                                   Other Definitional and Interpretive Matters .  Unless otherwise expressly provided, for purposes of this Agreement, the following rules of interpretation shall apply:

 

Calculation of Time .  When calculating the period before which, within which or after which any act is to be done or step taken pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded.  If the last day of such period is a non-Business Day, the period in question shall end on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

7


 

Dollars .  Any reference in this Agreement to “ $ ” means U.S. dollars.

 

Annexes/Exhibits/Schedules .  The Annexes, Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement are hereby incorporated and made a part hereof and are an integral part of this Agreement.  Any capitalized terms used in any Annex, Exhibit or Schedule but not otherwise defined therein shall be defined as set forth in this Agreement.

 

Gender and Number .  Any reference in this Agreement to gender shall include all genders, and words imparting the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

Headings .  The provision of a Table of Contents, the division of this Agreement into Articles, Sections and other subdivisions and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect or be utilized in construing or interpreting this Agreement.  All references in this Agreement to any “ Article ” or “ Section ” are to the corresponding Article or Section of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

Herein .  The words such as “ herein , ” “ hereinafter , ” “ hereof , ” and “ hereunder ” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not merely to a subdivision in which such words appear unless the context otherwise requires.

 

Other .  The words “ include, ” “ includes ” and “ including ” when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “ without limitation. ”  The phrases “ provided to, ” “ furnished to, ” and phrases of similar import when used herein, unless the context otherwise requires, shall mean that a true, correct and complete copy of the information or material referred to has been provided to the party to whom such information or material is to be provided. The word “ extent ” in the phrase “ to the extent ” means the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase does not mean simply “ if .”

 

ARTICLE 2

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Section 2.01.                                                   Composition of the Board .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 2.01(e) below, Avista, for and on behalf of the Avista Funds, shall have the right to nominate two directors to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Avista Designees ”).

 

(b)                                  CapitalCo shall have the right to nominate two directors to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ CapitalCo Designees ” and, together with the Avista Designees, the “ Sponsor Designees ”).

 

(c)                                   (i) In the event that any Sponsor (and its Sponsor Affiliates) cease to beneficially own shares of New Class A Common Stock and/or Class B Common stock that equal at least fifteen percent (15%) of the shares of New Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock then outstanding, but continues to beneficially own shares of New Class A Common Stock and/or New Class B Common Stock that equal at least five percent (5%) of the shares of New Class A Common Stock and New Class B Common Stock then outstanding, such Sponsor shall no longer have the right to appoint two Sponsor Designees, and shall have the right to appoint only one Sponsor Designee, and (ii) in the event that any Sponsor (and its Sponsor Affiliates) cease to beneficially own shares of New Class A Common Stock and/or New Class B Common

 

8



 

Stock that equal at least five percent (5%) of the shares of New Class A Common Stock and New Class B Common Stock then outstanding, such Sponsor shall no longer have the right to nominate any Sponsor Designees.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to facilitate the appointment of the Sponsor Designees pursuant to this Section 2.01 to be elected as members of the Board, and to permit the Sponsors to remove, replace or change their Sponsor Designees from time to time and fill vacancies created by reason of death, removal or resignation of such Sponsor Designees, including by calling a general meeting of stockholders of the Company for the purpose of voting on any appointment, removal, replacement or change.

 

(e)                                   Until such time as any of the Sponsors (together with its Sponsor Affiliates) individually ceases beneficially to own shares of New Class A Common Stock and/or Class B Common Stock that equal at least five percent (5%) of the shares of New Class A Common Stock or New Class B Common Stock then outstanding, each Sponsor and the Mezzanine Co-Invest Vehicle shall, at any time it is then entitled to vote for the election of directors to the Board, vote all of its Equity Securities that are entitled to vote or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, and take all other necessary action (including causing the Company to call a special meeting of Stockholders) in order to ensure that the composition of the Board is as set forth in this Section 2.01 .

 

(f)                                    The Company shall reimburse each Sponsor (or its designee) for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the attendance by such Sponsor’s Sponsor Designees at meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, including, without limitation, travel, lodging and meal expenses.

 

Section 2.02.                                                   Intentionally Omitted .

 

Section 2.03.                                                   Additional Provisions .

 

(a)                                  The Company agrees and acknowledges that the Sponsor Designees may share confidential, non-public information about the Company with the Sponsors.

 

(b)                                  (i)                                      The Company covenants and agrees to, until such time as such Sponsor ceases to beneficially own shares of New Class A Common Stock and/or Class B Common Stock that equal less than percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of New Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, (i) deliver to each of the Sponsors with reasonable promptness, such information and data, including, but not limited to, any information necessary to assist each of the Sponsors in preserving its qualification as a “venture capital operating company” as defined in the regulations promulgated under the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 by the United States Department of Labor, with respect of the Company and each of its subsidiaries from time to time may be reasonably requested by such Sponsor and (ii) cause its and its Subsidiaries’ officers, directors, employees, auditors and other agents to (a) afford the officers, employees, auditors and other agents of such Sponsor, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, reasonable access and consultation rights at all reasonable times to its officers, employees, auditors, legal counsel, properties, offices, plants and other facilities and to all books and records, and (b) afford such Sponsor the opportunity to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with the Company’s officers from time to time as each such Sponsor may reasonably request.

 

9



 

(c)                                   CapitalCo covenants and agrees to convert its shares of New Class B Common Stock to shares of New Class A Common Stock at such times as it becomes aware that such conversion is necessary for the Sponsors to maintain more than fifty percent (50%) voting power for the election of directors of the Board; provided that CapitalCo shall not be required to make any such conversions to the extent that doing so would violate the 30% Rule as determined by CapitalCo.  In addition, the Company shall provide CapitalCo with reasonable advance notice of any redemption or repurchase by the Company of New Class A Common Stock so as to permit CapitalCo (and any of its Sponsor Affiliates) to convert its shares of New Class A Common Stock into shares of New Class B Common Stock in order to avoid a violation of the 30% Rule.

 

(d)                                  If the IPO is not consummated on or prior to this Agreement will be of no force and effect, the Previous Agreement will be in full force and effect, and the parties will take reasonable efforts to (i) restore the capital structure of the Company to the capital structure of the Company that was in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, including by amending and restating the certificate of incorporation of the Company to the form thereof immediately prior to the Effective Time, and (ii) the stockholder ownership structure of the Company in respect of each stockholder’s shareholdings to that of the Company that was in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

Section 2.04.                                                   [Intentionally Omitted.]

 

Section 2.05.                                                   [Intentionally Omitted.]

 

Section 2.06.                                                   [Intentionally Omitted.]

 

Section 2.07.                                                   Matters Requiring Stockholder Consent .  Until such time as the Sponsors collectively cease to beneficially own shares of New Class A Common Stock and/or New Class B Common Stock that equal at least fifty percent (50%) of the shares of New Class A Common Stock and New Class B Common Stock then outstanding, the Company shall not (and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to) take any of the actions listed below without the Requisite Consent; provided , that in that event that either the Avista Funds or CapitalCo owns less than fifteen percent (15%) of the Company’s New Class A Common Stock and New Class B Common Stock, such action will only require the prior written consent of the Sponsor owning fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding shares of New Class A Common Stock and New Class B Common Stock:

 

(a)                                  enter into or effect any transaction or series of related transactions, involving the purchase, rent, license, exchange or other acquisition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any assets (including any securities of any other Person) for consideration having a fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Board) in excess of seventy five million dollars ($75,000,000) other than transactions in the ordinary course of business exclusively between and among any of the Company’s direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries;

 

(b)                                  enter into or effect any transaction or series of related transactions, involving the sale, lease, license, exchange or other disposal by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any assets (including any securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) for consideration having a fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Board) in excess of seventy five million dollars ($75,000,000), other than transactions in the ordinary course of

 

10



 

business exclusively between and among any of the Company’s direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries;

 

(c)                                   enter into any material joint venture, partnership, business alliance or similar arrangement, that has, or would reasonably be expected to have, an aggregate value in excess of seventy five million dollars ($75,000,000) in one transaction or series of transactions, or modify or amend any material joint venture, partnership, business alliance similar arrangement; or

 

(d)                                  hire or remove, with or without cause, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, from time to time;

 

Section 2.08.                                                       [Intentionally Omitted.]

 

ARTICLE 3

 

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.]

 

ARTICLE 4

 

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

 

Section 4.01.                                                   General Restrictions on Transfer .

 

(a)                                  Each Stockholder understands and agrees that the Equity Securities held by it have not been registered under the Securities Act and are restricted securities under the Securities Act.  No Stockholder shall Transfer any Equity Securities (or solicit any offers in respect of any Transfer of any Equity Securities), except in compliance with the Securities Act, any other applicable securities or “ blue sky ” laws and any restrictions on Transfer contained in this Agreement or any other provisions set forth in any other agreements or instruments pursuant to which such Equity Securities were issued.

 

(b)                                  The Sponsors shall create a coordination committee (the “ Coordination Committee ”), which shall not be a committee of the Board, and will maintain such committee until the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of an IPO, or (ii) disbanded with Requisite Consent.  During the one (1) year period following an IPO, except with respect to a Transfer by a Sponsor to a Sponsor Affiliate of such Sponsor, the Coordination Committee shall facilitate coordination of dispositions by the Sponsors of any securities of the Company held by the Sponsors, any Sponsor wishing to Transfer any securities during such period shall consult with the Coordination Committee prior to taking such action or entering into any definitive agreement with respect to such action.  Each Sponsor shall be permitted to designate one representative (who may, but need not, be a director of the Company) to participate on the Coordination Committee, and shall be permitted to remove and replace such designee from time to time.  The procedures governing the conduct of the Coordination Committee shall be established from time to time by Requisite Consent; provided , that such procedures shall not discriminate against any particular designee or designees in any material way.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for so long as either of the Sponsors holds more than five percent (5%) of New Class A Common Stock and/or New Class B Common Stock issued by the Company, a Sponsor wishing to effectuate a Transfer of

 

11



 

some or all of its Equity Securities pursuant a Transfer under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (such Transfer, a “ Rule 144 Transfer ”; and such Sponsor, a “ Rule 144 Transferring Sponsor ”) shall consult with the other Sponsor (the “ Other Sponsor ”) at least two (2) Business Days prior to effectuating any such Rule 144 Transfer, and shall provide the Other Sponsor with the opportunity to participate in the contemplated Rule 144 Transfer by selling its Equity Securities up to an amount equal to (x) the number of Equity Securities proposed to be Transferred by the Rule 144 Transferring Sponsor in such Rule 144 Transfer multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Equity Securities held by the Other Sponsor immediately prior to the Rule 144 Transfer, and the denominator of which is the number of Equity Securities held by the Rule 144 Transferring Sponsor immediately prior to the Rule 144 Transfer; it being understood that if such product is fractional, it shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.

 

(d)                                  The Transfer restrictions in this Agreement may not be avoided by the holding of equity securities directly or indirectly through a Person that can itself be sold to dispose of an interest in Equity Securities free of such restrictions.

 

Section 4.02.   Restrictions on Transfer by Management Stockholders .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary:

 

(a)                                  Prior to an IPO, no Management Stockholder may Transfer any of its Equity Securities, except (i) to a Management Permitted Transferee in accordance with Section 4.04 or (ii) with the Requisite Consent; provided that, in each case, such Transfer shall be in compliance with any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such Equity Securities have been issued.

 

(b)                                  Following an IPO, until such time as the Sponsors have Transferred at least 50% of the Equity Securities owned by the Sponsors immediately prior to the IPO, no Management Stockholder shall Transfer any Equity Securities (other than to Management Permitted Transferees pursuant to Section 4.04 ) to the extent that such Transfer would result in the Relative Ownership Percentage (as defined below) of such Management Stockholder immediately following the effective time of such Transfer (the “ Determination Time ”) being less than the Relative Ownership Percentage of the Sponsors immediately following the Determination Time.  For purposes of this Section 4.02(b) , “ Relative Ownership Percentage ” means:

 

with respect to a Management Stockholder, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), (A) the numerator of which is the number of Equity Securities other than unvested options to purchase Common Stock (“ Unrestricted Securities ”) owned by such Management Stockholder immediately following the Determination Time and (B) the denominator of which is the sum of (x) the number of Unrestricted Securities owned by such Management Stockholder immediately following the IPO and (y) the number of Equity Securities owned by such Management Stockholder that were not Unrestricted Securities immediately following the IPO but that have subsequently become Unrestricted Securities; and

 

with respect to the Sponsors, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), (A) the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Equity Securities owned by the Sponsors immediately following the Determination

 

12



 

Time and (B) the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Equity Securities owned by the Sponsors immediately following the IPO.

 

(c)                                   Any attempt by a Management Stockholder to Transfer any Equity Securities not in compliance with this Section 4.02 Agreement shall be null and void and have no force or effect, and the Company shall not, and shall cause any transfer agent not to, give any effect in the Company’s stock records to such attempted Transfer.  The parties hereto acknowledge that the transfer restrictions contained herein are reasonable and in the best interests of the Company.

 

Section 4.03.                                                   [Intentionally Omitted.]

 

Section 4.04.                                                   Management Permitted Transferees.

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 4.01 , any Management Stockholder may at any time Transfer any or all of its Equity Securities to a Management Permitted Transferee without the consent of any Person and without compliance with Section 4.02 , so long as such Management Permitted Transferee shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement by executing a Joinder Agreement.  Such Management Stockholder must give prior written notice to the Company of any proposed Transfer to a Management Permitted Transferee, including the identity of such proposed Management Permitted Transferee and such other documentation reasonably requested by the Company, to ensure compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  If, while a Management Permitted Transferee holds any Equity Securities, a Management Permitted Transferee ceases to qualify as a Management Permitted Transferee in relation to the initial transferring Management Stockholder from whom or which such Management Permitted Transferee or any previous Management Permitted Transferee of such initial transferring Management Stockholder received such shares (an “ Unwinding Event ”), then:

 

(i)                                      the relevant initial transferor Management Stockholder shall forthwith notify the other Stockholders and the Company of the pending occurrence of such Unwinding Event; and

 

(ii)                                   immediately following such Unwinding Event, without limiting any other rights or remedies, such initial transferor Management Stockholder shall take all actions necessary to effect a Transfer of all the Equity Securities held by the relevant Sponsor Affiliate either back to such Management Stockholder or, pursuant to this Section 4.04 , to another Person that qualifies as a Sponsor Affiliate of such initial transferring Management Stockholder.

 

Section 4.05.                                                   [Intentionally Omitted.]

 

Section 4.06.                                                   [Intentionally Omitted.].

 

Section 4.07.                                                   [Intentionally Omitted.]

 

Section 4.08.                                                   Mezzanine Co-Invest Vehicle Participation .  In connection with any Transfers of Equity Securities permitted by this Agreement by either Sponsor, the Mezzanine Co-Invest Vehicle and each of the Sponsors will cooperate in good faith and take such actions with respect to the Equity Securities held by the Mezzanine Co-Invest Vehicle, such that the Mezzanine Co-Invest Vehicle may Transfer Equity Securities it holds in

 

13



 

such Transfer up to a maximum amount of Equity Securities that is equal to the Proportion times the amount of Equity Securities held by the Mezzanine Co-Invest Vehicle as of immediately prior to such proposed Transfer.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

ARTICLE 6

 

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

ARTICLE 7

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

Section 7.01.                                                   Demand Registration.

 

(a)                                  At any time after the six month anniversary of the consummation by the Company of the IPO, if the Company shall receive a written request from a Sponsor or Sponsors holding outstanding Registrable Securities (such requesting Persons, the “ Requesting Stockholders ”) that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of such Requesting Stockholders’ Registrable Securities, and specifying the intended method of disposition thereof, then the Company shall promptly give notice of such requested registration (each such request shall be referred to herein as a “ Demand Registration ”) at least ten (10) days prior to the anticipated filing date of the registration statement relating to such Demand Registration to the other Stockholders and thereupon shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect, as expeditiously as possible, the registration under the Securities Act of:

 

(i)                                      all Registrable Securities for which the Requesting Stockholders have requested registration under this Section 7.01 , and

 

(ii)                                   subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 7.01(d) , all other Registrable Securities that any other Stockholders (all such Stockholders, together with the Requesting Stockholders, the “ Registering Stockholders ”) have requested the Company to register by request received by the Company within seven (7) days after such Stockholders receive the Company’s notice of the Demand Registration, all to the extent necessary to permit the disposition (in accordance with the intended methods thereof as aforesaid) of the Registrable Securities so to be registered; provided that no Person may participate in any registration statement pursuant to this Section 7.01(a)  unless such Person agrees to sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters selected as provided in Section 7.05(f)  on the same terms and conditions as apply to the Requesting Stockholders; provided , however , that no such Registering Stockholders shall be required to make any representations or warranties, or provide any indemnity, in connection with any such registration other than representations and warranties (or indemnities with respect thereto) as to (i) such Person’s ownership of his, her or its Registrable Securities to be transferred free and clear of all liens, claims, and encumbrances, (ii) such Person’s power and authority to effect such transfer, and (iii) such matters pertaining to compliance with securities laws by such Registering Stockholder as may be reasonably requested; provided , further , however , that the obligation of such Person to indemnify pursuant to any such underwriting arrangements shall be several, not joint and several, among such Persons selling

 

14



 

Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Person will be in proportion thereto; and provided , further , that such liability will be limited to, the net proceeds received by such Person from the sale of his, her or its Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration;

 

provided that, the Company shall not be obligated to effect a Demand Registration unless the aggregate gross proceeds expected to be received from the sale of the Registrable Securities requested to be included by all Registering Stockholders in such Demand Registration are at least $25,000,000.

 

(b)                                  Promptly after the expiration of the seven-day period referred to in Section 7.01(a)(ii)  hereof, the Company will notify all Registering Stockholders of the identities of the other Registering Stockholders and the number of shares of Registrable Securities requested to be included therein.  At any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration, a majority of the Requesting Stockholders may revoke such request without liability to any of the other Registering Stockholders, by providing a notice to the Company revoking such request.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall be liable for and pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each Demand Registration, regardless of whether such Registration is effected; provided that holders of Registrable Securities shall pay all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Stockholder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Stockholders borne and paid by the Company as a Registration Expense.

 

(d)                                  If a Demand Registration involves a Public Offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company and the Requesting Stockholders that, in its view, the number of Registrable Securities that the Registering Stockholders and the Company propose to include in such registration exceeds the largest number of Registrable Securities that can be sold without having an adverse effect on such offering, including the price at which such Registrable Securities can be sold (the “ Demand Maximum Offering Size ”), the Company shall include in such registration, in the priority listed below, up to the Demand Maximum Offering Size:

 

(i)                                      first, all Registrable Securities requested to be registered by the Registering Stockholders (the Registrable Securities in this clause (i) allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Demand Maximum Offering Size, pro rata among the Requesting Stockholders and the other holders of Registrable Securities on the basis of the relative number of Registrable Securities so requested to be included in such registration by each); and

 

(ii)                                   second, all Registrable Securities proposed to be registered by the Company.

 

(e)                                   The Company may defer the filing (but not the preparation) of a registration statement, or suspend the continued use of a registration statement, required by Section 7.01 for a period of up to sixty (60) days after the request to file a registration statement if at the time the Company receives the request to register Registrable Securities, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are engaged in confidential negotiations or other confidential business activities, disclosure of which would be required in such registration statement (but would not be required if such registration statement were not filed), and the Board determines in good faith, after consultation with external legal counsel, that such disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business or on the Company’s ability to effect a proposed material acquisition, disposition, financing, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction.  A

 

15



 

deferral of the filing of a registration statement, or the suspension of the continued use of a registration statement, pursuant to this Section 7.01(e) , shall be lifted, and the requested registration statement shall be filed forthwith, in the case of a deferral, if the negotiations or other activities are disclosed or terminated.  In order to defer the filing of a registration statement, or suspend the continued use of a registration statement, pursuant to this Section 7.01(e) , the Company shall promptly (but in any event within five (5) days), upon determining to seek such deferral or suspension, deliver to each Requesting Stockholder a certificate signed by an executive officer of the Company stating that the Company is deferring such filing, or suspending the continued use of a registration statement, pursuant to this Section 7.01(e)  and a general statement of the reason for such deferral or suspension, as the case may be, and an approximation of the anticipated delay.  The Company may defer the filing, or suspend the continued use of, a particular registration statement pursuant to this Section 7.01(e)  no more than twice in any twelve month period; provided , that there must be an interim period of at least sixty (60) days between the end of one deferral or suspension period and the beginning of a subsequent deferral or suspension period.  The Company agrees, that in the event it exercises its rights under this Section 7.01(e) , it shall, within ten (10) days following receipt by the holders of Registrable Securities of the notice of deferral or suspension, as the case may be, update the deferred or suspended registration statement as may be necessary to permit the holders of Registrable Securities to resume use thereof in connection with the offer and sale of their Registrable Securities in accordance with applicable law.

 

Section 7.02.                                                   Piggyback Registration.

 

(a)                                  If the Company proposes to register any Equity Securities under the Securities Act (whether for itself or otherwise in connection with a sale of securities by another Person, but other than (i) in connection with a Shelf Registration and any resale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration, which shall be governed by the terms of Section 7.03 , (ii) a registration on a Form S-4 in connection with a direct or indirect acquisition by the Company of another Person, (iii) a registration on a Form S-8, or (iv) an IPO (unless the Sponsors are participating therein as selling stockholders), the Company shall at each such time give prompt written notice at least ten (10) days prior to the anticipated filing date of the registration statement relating to such registration to each Stockholder holding Registrable Securities hereunder, which notice shall set forth such Stockholder’s rights under this Section 7.02 and shall offer such Stockholder the opportunity to include in such registration statement all or any portion of the Registrable Securities held by such Stockholder (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), subject to the restrictions set forth herein.  Upon the request of any such Stockholder made within ten (10) days after the receipt of notice from the Company (which request shall specify the number of Registrable Securities intended to be registered by such Stockholder), the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that the Company has been so requested to register by all such Stockholders with rights to require registration of Registrable Securities hereunder, to the extent requisite to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities so to be registered, provided that if such registration involves a Public Offering, all such Stockholders requesting to be included in the Company’s registration must sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters selected as provided in Section 7.05(f)  on the same terms and conditions as apply to the Company or any other selling stockholders; provided , however , that no such Person shall be required to make any representations or warranties, or provide any indemnity, in connection with any such registration other than representations and warranties (or indemnities with respect thereto) as to (i) such Person’s ownership of his, her or its Registrable Securities to be transferred free and clear of all liens, claims, and encumbrances, (ii) such Person’s power and authority to effect such transfer,

 

16



 

and (iii) such matters pertaining to compliance with securities laws by such Person as may be reasonably requested; provided , further , however , that the obligation of such Person to indemnify pursuant to any such underwriting arrangements shall be several, not joint and several, among such Persons selling Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Person will be in proportion thereto, and provided , further , that such liability will be limited to, the net proceeds received by such Person from the sale of his, her or its Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration.  If, at any time after giving notice of its intention to register any Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 7.02(a)  and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company or the initiating holders, as applicable, shall determine for any reason not to register such securities, the Company shall give notice to all such Stockholders and, thereupon, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration.  No registration effected under this Section 7.02 shall relieve the Company of its obligations to effect a Demand Registration to the extent required by Section 7.01 .  The Company shall be liable for and pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each Piggyback Registration, regardless of whether such registration is effected.

 

(b)                                  If a Piggyback Registration involves a Public Offering (other than any Demand Registration, in which case the provisions with respect to priority of inclusion in such offering set forth in Section 7.01(d)  shall apply) and the managing underwriter advises the Company that, in its view, the number of Registrable Securities that the Company and all selling stockholders propose to include in such registration exceeds the largest number of Registrable Securities that can be sold without having an adverse effect on such offering, including the price at which such Registrable Securities can be sold (the “ Piggyback Maximum Offering Size ”), the Company shall include in such registration, in the following priority, up to the Piggyback Maximum Offering Size:

 

(i)                                      first, such number of Registrable Securities proposed to be registered for the account of the Company, if any, as would not cause the offering to exceed the Piggyback Maximum Offering Size; and

 

(ii)                                   second, all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any Stockholders pursuant to this Section 7.02 (the Registrable Securities in this clause (ii) allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Piggyback Maximum Offering Size, pro rata among such Stockholders based on their relative number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in the Piggyback Registration); provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Stockholders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other Stockholder’s securities are included in such offering.

 

Section 7.03.                                                   Shelf Registration.

 

(a)                                  At any time after the 12 month anniversary of the consummation by the Company of the IPO, upon receipt of a written request (the “ Shelf Request ”) from a Sponsor or Sponsors holding more than ten percent (10%) of the then outstanding Registrable Securities that the Company file a “ shelf ” registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (the “ Shelf Registration ”) on Form S-3 (or any successor form to Form S-3, or any similar short-form registration statement), covering the resale of Registrable Securities, the reasonably

 

17


 

anticipated gross proceeds from all resales covered thereunder of which would exceed $25,000,000, the Company shall (i) within five (5) days of the receipt by the Company of such notice, give written notice of such proposed registration to any non-requesting Sponsor, and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts, consistent with the terms of this Agreement, to cause the Shelf Registration to be filed with the SEC as soon as practicable (but in no event later than thirty (30) days of its receipt of the Shelf Request) and to include all Registrable Securities held by such requesting Sponsor to be registered on such form for the offering together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Sponsor joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within ten (10) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company and (iii) use its reasonable best efforts, consistent with the terms of this Agreement, to cause such Shelf Registration to be declared effective by the SEC as soon as possible.  As soon as reasonably practicable after the IPO, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts, consistent with the terms of this Agreement, to qualify for and remain eligible to use Form S-3 registration or a similar short-form registration.  The provisions of Section 7.05 shall be applicable to each take-down from a Shelf Registration initiated under this Section 7.03 and any subsequent resale of Registrable Securities pursuant thereto; provided , that the gross proceeds from such take-down equal at least $10,000,000.

 

(b)                                  In connection with any proposed firmly underwritten resale of Registrable Securities which is not pursuant to a Demand Registration under Section 7.01 and with respect to which such Shelf Registration is expressly being utilized to effect such resale (an “ Underwritten Shelf Take-down ”) pursuant to a Shelf Registration, each Sponsor agrees, in an effort to conduct any such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down in the most efficient and organized manner, to coordinate with the other Sponsor prior to initiating any sales efforts and cooperate with the other Sponsor as to the terms of such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, including the aggregate amount of securities to be sold and the number of Registrable Securities to be sold by each Sponsor.  In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company shall give prompt notice to the non-initiating Sponsor (if such Sponsor’s Registrable Securities are included in the Shelf Registration) of the receipt of a request from the initiating Sponsor (whose Registrable Securities are included in the Shelf Registration) of a proposed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down under and pursuant to the Shelf Registration and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, will provide such non-initiating Sponsor a period of two (2) business days to participate in such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, subject to the terms negotiated by and applicable to the initiating Sponsor and subject to “ cutback ” limitations set forth in Section 7.01(d)  as if the subject Underwritten Shelf Take-Down was being effected pursuant to a Demand Registration.  All such Sponsors electing to be included in an Underwritten Shelf Take-down must sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters selected as provided in Section 7.05(f)  on the same terms and conditions as apply to any other selling stockholders; provided , however , that no such Person shall be required to make any representations or warranties, or provide any indemnity, in connection with any such registration other than representations and warranties (or indemnities with respect thereto) as to (i) such Person’s ownership of his, her or its Registrable Securities to be transferred free and clear of all liens, claims, and encumbrances, (ii) such Person’s power and authority to effect such transfer, and (iii) such matters pertaining to compliance with securities laws by such Person as may be reasonably requested; provided , further , however , that the obligation of such Person to indemnify pursuant to any such underwriting arrangements shall be several, not joint and several, among such Persons selling Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Person will be in proportion thereto, and provided , further , that such liability will be limited to, the net proceeds received by such Person from the sale of his, her or its Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration.

 

18



 

(c)                                   The Company shall be liable for and pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each Shelf Registration, regardless of whether such Shelf Registration is effected, and any Underwritten Shelf Take-Down; provided that holders of Registrable Securities shall pay all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Sponsor, except for the fees and disbursements of the Sponsors borne and paid by the Company as a Registration Expense.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Management Stockholder will be entitled to participate with respect to any shelf registration effected pursuant to this Section 7.03 or with respect to any resales of securities pursuant to any shelf registration.

 

Section 7.04.                                                   Lock-Up Agreements.

 

(a)                                  In connection with each underwritten Public Offering (excluding, in the case of the Sponsors only, an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down) and if requested by the managing underwriter, each of the Company and the Stockholders agree not to effect any public sale or private offer or distribution (other than a distribution-in-kind pro rata to all limited partners or members, as the case may be, of such Stockholder) of any Registrable Securities during the ten (10) days prior to the consummation of such Public Offering and during such time period after the consummation of such Public Offering, not to exceed ninety (90) days (one-hundred and eighty (180) days in the case of the IPO) as may be requested by the managing underwriter; provided that such lock-up agreements are also required from all directors, executive officers and Stockholders who hold at least five percent (5%) of the Registrable Securities and that are party to this Agreement; provided, further that each such director, executive officer or Stockholder referenced in the foregoing proviso, shall enter into such lock-up agreements if so required.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 7.04 shall not apply to any sale by a Stockholder or a director or officer of a Stockholder of Common Stock acquired in open market transactions or block purchases by such Stockholder or its Affiliates subsequent to the IPO.  Any discretionary waiver or reduction of the requirements under the foregoing provisions made by the Company or the applicable lead managing underwriters shall apply to each Stockholder on a pro rata basis.

 

(b)                                  At any time following the IPO, either Sponsor that, together with its Affiliates, holds less than five percent (5%) of the then outstanding Common Stock may elect (on behalf of itself and its Affiliates (collectively, the “ Withdrawing Holders ”)), by written notice to the Company, to withdraw from the provisions of this Article 7 and as a result of such withdrawal, such Withdrawing Holders shall no longer be entitled to the rights, nor be subject to the obligations, of this Article 7 and the Common Stock held by the Withdrawing Holders shall conclusively be deemed thereafter not to be “ Registrable Securities ” under this Agreement.  No withdrawal pursuant to this Section 7.04(b)  shall release any Withdrawing Holder from its indemnification and contribution rights and obligations, if any, pursuant to Sections 7.06 , 7.07 , 7.09 and 9.11 herein.

 

Section 7.05.                                                       Registration Procedures.   Whenever any Stockholders request that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to Section 7.01 , Section 7.02 , or Section 7.03 hereof, subject to the provisions of such Sections, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof as quickly as practicable, and, in connection with any such request:

 

19



 

(a)                                  The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible, and, if the Company is not qualified for the use of Form S-3, no later than sixty (60) days from the date of receipt by the Company of the written request, and if the Company is qualified for use of Form S-3, no later than forty-five (45) days from the date of receipt by the Company of the written request, prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies and the managing underwriter, if any, and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such filed registration statement to become and remain effective for a period of not less than one-hundred and eighty (180) days or in the case of a Shelf Registration, not less than two years (or such shorter period in which all of the Registrable Securities of the Registering Stockholders included in such registration statement shall have actually been sold thereunder); provided , however , that such one-hundred and eighty (180) day period or two year period, as applicable, shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period any Stockholder refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter and in the case of any Shelf Registration, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such two year period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold.

 

(b)                                  Prior to filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, the Company shall furnish to each participating Stockholder and each underwriter, if any, of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of such registration statement as proposed to be filed, and thereafter the Company shall furnish to such Stockholder and underwriter, if any, such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 or Rule 430A under the Securities Act and such other documents as such Stockholder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Stockholder.

 

(c)                                   After the filing of the registration statement, the Company shall (i) cause the related prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act and shall incorporate such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters and each of the Sponsors agree should be included therein relating to the plan of distribution; provided , that in the event the Registrable Securities being sold for either of the Sponsors are less than 50% of the Registrable Securities of the other Sponsor, then the agreement of the Sponsor who holds such lesser amount of Registrable Securities being sold, shall not be required under this Section 7.05(c) , (ii) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Registering Stockholders thereof set forth in such registration statement or supplement to such prospectus and (iii) promptly notify each Registering Stockholder holding Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement of any stop order issued or threatened by the SEC or any state securities commission and take all reasonable actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or “ blue sky ” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as any Registering

 

20



 

Stockholder holding such Registrable Securities reasonably (in light of such Stockholder’s intended plan of distribution) requests and (ii) cause such Registrable Securities to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Stockholder to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Stockholder; provided that the Company shall not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 7.05(d) , (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction.

 

(e)                                   The Company shall immediately notify each Registering Stockholder holding such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and promptly prepare and make available to each such Stockholder and file with the SEC any such supplement or amendment.

 

(f)                                    Except for a Demand Registration and Underwritten Shelf Take-down, the Board shall have the right to select the underwriter or underwriters in connection with any Public Offering.  In connection with the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Demand Registration or Underwritten Shelf Take-down, the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered in a Demand Registration shall select the underwriter or underwriters, provided that such selection shall be subject to the consent of the Board, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In connection with any Public Offering, the Company shall enter into customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement in customary form, provided that the scope of the indemnity contained in such underwriting agreement on the part of the selling Stockholders is not more extensive than the indemnity described in Section 7.07 hereof), provided that such agreements are consistent with this Agreement, and take all such other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in any such Public Offering, including the engagement of a “ qualified independent underwriter ” in connection with the qualification of the underwriting arrangements with FINRA.  The Company shall make such representations and warranties to the holders of Registrable Securities being registered, and the underwriters or agents, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers in secondary underwritten public offerings and take any other actions as the Sponsors, or the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the registration and disposition of such Registrable Securities.  Each Stockholder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into such agreement, provided that the terms of any such agreement are consistent with this Agreement.

 

(g)                                   Upon execution of confidentiality agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall make available for inspection by any Registering Stockholder and any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a registration statement being filed by the Company pursuant to this Section 7.05 and any attorney, accountant or other professional retained by any such Stockholder or underwriter (collectively, the “ Inspectors ”), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the “ Records ”) as shall be reasonably necessary or desirable to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors

 

21



 

and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any Inspectors in connection with such registration statement.  Records that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and that it notifies the Inspectors are confidential shall not be disclosed by the Inspectors unless (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such registration statement or (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction or is otherwise required by law.  Each Stockholder agrees that at the time that such Stockholder is a Registering Stockholder, information obtained by it as a result of such inspections shall be deemed confidential and shall not be used by it or its Affiliates as the basis for any market transactions in Common Stock unless and until such information is made generally available to the public, and further agrees that, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall give notice to the Company and allow the Company, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential.

 

(h)                                  The Company shall cause to be furnished to each Registering Stockholder and to each such underwriter, if any, a signed counterpart, addressed to such Stockholder or underwriter, of (i) an opinion or opinions of counsel to the Company and (ii) a comfort letter or comfort letters from the Company’s independent public accountants, each in customary form and covering such matters of the kind customarily covered by opinions or comfort letters, as the case may be, as a majority of such Stockholders or the managing underwriter therefor reasonably requests.

 

(i)                                      The Company shall otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earning statement or such other document that shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.  The Company shall cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings to be made with FINRA.

 

(j)                                     The Company may require each such Registering Stockholder, by written notice given to each such Registering Stockholder not less than ten (10) days prior to the filing date of such registration statement, to promptly, and in any event within seven (7) days after receipt of such notice, furnish in writing to the Company such information regarding the distribution of the Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request and such other information as may be legally required in connection with such registration.  Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees to furnish such information to the Company and cooperate with the Company as reasonably necessary to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(k)                                  Each Stockholder agrees that at the time that such Stockholder is a Registering Stockholder, upon receipt of any written notice from the Company of the occurrence of any event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment of a prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities covered by a registration statement that is required to be delivered under the Securities Act so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or to make the statements therein not misleading, such Stockholder shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Stockholder’s receipt of the

 

22



 

copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus, and, if so directed by the Company, such Stockholder shall deliver to the Company all copies, other than any permanent file copies then in such Stockholder’s possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.  If the Company shall give such notice, the Company shall extend the period during which such registration statement shall be maintained effective (including the period referred to in Section 7.05(a) ) by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of notice pursuant to Section 7.05(e)  to the date when the Company shall make available to such Stockholder a prospectus supplemented or amended to conform with the requirements of Section 7.05(e) .

 

(l)                                      The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to list all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement on any securities exchange or quotation system on which any of the Registrable Securities are then listed or traded and if none of the Registrable Securities are so listed, on any securities exchange or quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed, and if no such similar securities are listed, on any national securities exchange.

 

(m)                              The Company shall have appropriate officers of the Company (i) prepare and make presentations at any “ road shows ” and before analysts and rating agencies, as the case may be, (ii) take other reasonable actions to obtain ratings for any Registrable Securities and (iii) otherwise use their reasonable best efforts to cooperate as requested by the underwriters in the offering, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities.

 

Section 7.06.                                                Indemnification by the Company.   The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Stockholder, its officers, directors, employees, managers, members, partners and agents, and each Person, if any, who controls any such Persons within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable expenses of investigation and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (“ Damages ”) caused by or relating to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus, or caused by or relating to any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or caused by or related to any violation or alleged violation of the Securities Act or Exchange Act, except insofar as such Damages are caused by or related to any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission so made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such Stockholder or on such Stockholder’s behalf expressly for use therein, provided that, with respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in any preliminary prospectus, or in any prospectus, as the case may be, the indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph shall not apply to the extent that any Damages result from the fact that a current copy of the prospectus (or such amended or supplemented prospectus, as the case may be) was not sent or given to the Person asserting any such Damages at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Registrable Securities concerned to such Person if it is determined that the Company has provided such prospectus to such Stockholder and it was the responsibility of such Stockholder to provide such Person with a current copy of the prospectus (or such amended or supplemented prospectus, as the case may be) and such current copy of the prospectus (or such amended or supplemented prospectus, as the case may be) would have cured the defect giving rise to such Damages.

 

23



 

Section 7.07.                                                Indemnification by the Participating Stockholders.   Each Stockholder, at the time that such Stockholder is a Registering Stockholder holding Registrable Securities included in any registration statement agrees, severally but not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless from and against all Damages the Company, its officers, directors and agents and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (i) with respect to information furnished in writing to the Company by such Stockholder or on such Stockholder’s behalf expressly for use in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus or (ii) to the extent that any Damages result from the fact that a current copy of the prospectus (or such amended or supplemented prospectus, as the case may be) was not sent or given to the Person asserting any such Damages at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Registrable Securities concerned to such Person if it is determined that it was the responsibility of such Stockholder to provide such Person with a current copy of the prospectus (or such amended or supplemented prospectus, as the case may be) and such current copy of the prospectus (or such amended or supplemented prospectus, as the case may be) was available to such Stockholder and would have cured the defect giving rise to such Damages.  As a condition to including Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed in accordance with Article 7 , the Company may require that it shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from any underwriter to indemnify and hold it harmless to the extent customarily provided by underwriters with respect to similar securities.  No Stockholder shall be liable under this Section 7.07 for any Damages in excess of the net proceeds realized by such Stockholder in the sale of Registrable Securities of such Stockholder to which such Damages relate.

 

Section 7.08.                                                Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings.   If any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to this Article 7 , such Person (an “ Indemnified Party ”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing and the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, and shall assume the payment of all fees and expenses, provided that the failure of any Indemnified Party so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such failure to notify.  In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) in the reasonable judgment of such Indemnified Party, representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them.  It is understood that, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for all such Indemnified Parties, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.  In the case of any such separate firm for the Indemnified Parties, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Indemnified Parties.  The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, but if settled with such consent, or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnified Parties from and against any Damages (to the extent stated above) by reason of such settlement or judgment.  Without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, no Indemnifying Party shall effect any settlement of any pending or threatened

 

24



 

proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such proceeding.

 

Section 7.09.                                                   Contribution.

 

(a)                                  If the indemnification provided for in this Article 7 is unavailable to the Indemnified Parties or insufficient in respect of any Damages (other than by reason of the exceptions provided herein), then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Damages, as between the Company on the one hand and each such Stockholder on the other, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company and of each such Stockholder in connection with such statements or omissions, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of each such Stockholder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(b)                                  The Company and the Stockholders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7.09 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph.  The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the Damages referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7.09 , no Stockholder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds realized by such Stockholder in the sale of Registrable Securities of such Stockholder to which such Damages relate exceeds the amount of any Damages that such Stockholder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  Subject to the foregoing and as among the Stockholders, each Stockholder’s obligation to contribute pursuant to this Section 7.09 is several in the proportion that the proceeds of the offering received by such Stockholder bears to the total proceeds of the offering received by all such Registering Stockholders and not joint.

 

Section 7.10.                                                Cooperation by the Company.   With a view to making available to the Stockholders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC that may at any time permit the sale of securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to:

 

(a)                                  make and keep public information available, as those terms are defined in Rule 144, at all times after the effective date that the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act;

 

25



 

(b)                                  file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements);

 

(c)                                   furnish to any Stockholder, so long as such Stockholder owns any Registrable Securities, upon request by such Stockholder, (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for a Public Offering), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements) or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and (iii) such other reports and documents of the Company and other information in the possession of or reasonably obtainable by the Company as a Stockholder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing a Stockholder to sell any such securities without registration.

 

(d)                                  Upon the request of any Stockholder, instruct the transfer agent in writing that it shall rely on the written legal opinion of such Stockholder’s counsel, and shall act in accordance with the written instructions of such Stockholder’s counsel, with respect to any transfer of Equity Securities.

 

Section 7.11.                                                Restriction on Company Grants of Subsequent Registration Rights.   The Company covenants and agrees, that so long as any Sponsor holds any Registrable Securities in respect of which registration rights provided for in Section 7.01 of this Agreement remain in effect, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, without the Requisite Consent, grant to any Person or agree to otherwise become obligated in respect of (i) the rights of registration in the nature or substantially in the nature of those set forth in Section 7.01 of this Agreement that would have priority over or parity with the Registrable Securities with respect to the inclusion of such securities in any registration or (ii) demand registration rights exercisable prior to such time as the Sponsors can first exercise their rights under Section 7.01 .

 

Section 7.12.                                                Assignment of Registration Rights.   Following an IPO, the registration rights granted pursuant to this Article 7 shall not be assignable.

 

Section 7.13.                                                   [Intentionally Omitted.]

 

ARTICLE 8

 

CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

 

Section 8.01.                                                   [Intentionally Omitted.]

 

Section 8.02.                                                [Intentionally Omitted.]

 

Section 8.03.                                 Certain Canadian Securities Law Matters .  The Company shall provide to CapitalCo, upon request, information concerning the number of beneficial owners of New Class A Common Stock and the owners’ jurisdictions of residence, and the percentage of New Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by residents of Canada, as of the date on which any shares of Common Stock were or are acquired by any CapitalCo Stockholder and as of the date of the IPO.  The Company shall cooperate with CapitalCo and provide such documentation to the Canadian securities regulatory authorities as may be

 

26



 

reasonably requested by CapitalCo in order to facilitate the resale of any shares of Common Stock that may be held by any CapitalCo Stockholder pursuant to applicable Canadian securities laws.

 

Section 8.04.                                                   Confidentiality.

 

(a)                                  Each Stockholder agrees that it shall (and shall cause its Affiliates (other than Affiliates that are a Company Competitor) and its and their officers, directors, employees, partners, legal counsel, agents and representatives to) (collectively, the “ Confidentiality Affiliates ”)) (i) hold confidential and not disclose (other than by a Stockholder to its Confidentiality Affiliates having a reasonable need to know in connection with the permitted purposes hereunder), without the prior approval of the Board, all confidential or proprietary written, recorded or oral information or data (including research, developmental, engineering, manufacturing, technical, marketing, sales, financial, operating, performance, cost, business and process information or data, know how and computer programming and other software techniques) provided or developed by the Company and any of its Subsidiaries, another Stockholder or its Confidentiality Affiliates in connection herewith or with the Business, whether such confidentiality or proprietary status is indicated orally or in writing or in a context in which any of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries or the disclosing Stockholder or any of their Confidentiality Affiliates reasonably communicated, or the receiving Stockholder or its Confidentiality Affiliates should reasonably have understood, that the information should be treated as confidential, whether or not the specific words “ confidential ” or “ proprietary ” are used (“ Confidential Information ”) and (ii) use such Confidential Information only for the purposes of performing its obligations hereunder to which it is a party and carrying on the business of the Company and monitoring its investment in the Company; provided , however , that Stockholders may disclose any such Confidential Information on a confidential basis to current and prospective lenders in connection with a loan or prospective loan to a Stockholder and, in connection with a Transfer of Equity Securities permitted under this Agreement, to prospective purchasers of Equity Securities from a Stockholder, after such prospective purchaser has entered into a non-disclosure agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company, as well as to such prospective purchaser’s legal counsel, auditors, agents and representatives.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Stockholders may disclose any such Confidential Information on a confidential basis to limited partners or prospective limited partners or investors of a Stockholder or its Confidentiality Affiliates, subject to such limited partners or prospective limited partners or investors having agreed to maintain the confidentiality of any such Confidential Information; provided , however , that each Stockholder shall not (and shall cause its Confidentiality Affiliates and its limited partners or prospective limited partners or investors of such Stockholder or its Confidentiality Affiliates not to) disclose any Confidential Information to any Person that is a Company Competitor.  Each Stockholder agrees that it shall be responsible and liable for any breach of this Section 8.04 by its Confidentiality Affiliates and its limited partners or prospective limited partners or investors of such Stockholder or its Confidentiality Affiliates (as if such Confidentiality Affiliates, limited partners or prospective limited partners or investors were parties to and bound by the provisions of this Section 8.04 by which such Stockholder is bound).

 

(b)                                  The obligations contained in Section 8.04(a)  shall not apply, or shall cease to apply, to Confidential Information if or when, and to the extent that, such Confidential Information (i) was, or becomes through no breach of the receiving Stockholder’s obligations hereunder, known to the public, (ii) becomes known to the receiving Stockholder or its Confidentiality Affiliates from other sources under circumstances not involving any breach of any confidentiality obligation between such source and the disclosing Stockholder’s or discloser’s

 

27


 

Confidentiality Affiliates or a third party, (iii) is independently developed by the receiving Stockholder or its Confidentiality Affiliates, or (iv) is required to be disclosed by law, governmental regulation or applicable legal process; provided , that to the extent permitted by law, such Stockholder shall notify the Company promptly of such request or requirement so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order or other appropriate relief; provided , further , that in the absence of a protective order or other appropriate relief, the Stockholder shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an order or other assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such portion of the information required to be disclosed as the Company shall designate.

 

Section 8.05.                                                   Management Stockholders Non-Compete.

 

(a)                                  Except as provided below, each Management Stockholder, for so long as he or she is employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and for the Non-Competition Period, such Management Stockholder shall not, without the express written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, engage in any activity which is, or participate or invest in or assist (whether as owner, part-owner, stockholder, partner, director, officer, trustee, employee, agent, independent contractor or consultant, or in any other capacity) any Company Competitor.

 

(b)                                  Each Management Stockholder agrees that for so long as he or she is employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and for the Non-Competition Period, such Management Stockholder shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit for employment or employ any person who is employed by the Company, (ii) encourage any officer, employee, client, customer or supplier to terminate or alter his, her, or its relationship or employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iii) solicit for or on behalf of any Company Competitor any client, customer or supplier of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and divert to any Person any client or business opportunity of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(c)                                   In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing restrictions, during each Management Stockholder’s employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and the Non-Competition Period, subject to each Management Stockholder’s duties of employment, each Management Stockholder shall not devote any time to consulting, lecturing or engaging in other self-employment or employment activities without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

(d)                                  If any court of competent jurisdiction in a final nonappealable determines that a specified time period, a geographical area, a specified business limitation or any other relevant feature of this Section 8.05 is unreasonable, arbitrary or against public policy, then a lesser time period, geographical area, business limitation or other relevant feature which is determined by such court to be reasonable, not arbitrary and not against public policy may be enforced against the applicable party.

 

(e)                                   Each Management Stockholder, while he or she is employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries, agrees to offer or otherwise make known or available to the Company or any Subsidiary, as directed by the Company and without additional compensation or consideration, any business prospects, contracts or other business opportunities that he may discover, find, develop or otherwise have available to him in any field in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is engaged, and further agrees that any such prospects, contracts or other business opportunities shall be the property of the Company.

 

28



 

Section 8.06.                                                   Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance.   The Company shall purchase, within a reasonable period following the Closing, and maintain for such periods as the Board shall in good faith determine, at its expense, insurance in an amount determined in good faith by the Board to be appropriate, on behalf of any person who after the Closing is or was a director or officer of the Company or any Subsidiary, or is or was serving at the request of the Company or any Subsidiary as a director, officer, employee or agent of another limited company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, against any expense, liability or loss asserted against such Person and incurred by such Person in any such capacity, or arising out of such Person’s status as such, subject to customary exclusions.  The provisions of this Section 8.06 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 8.07.                                                   No Exclusive Duty to Company.   In recognition that the Sponsors currently have, and will in the future have or will consider acquiring, investments in numerous companies with respect to which such Sponsor (or one or more Affiliates, associated investment funds, portfolio companies or employees) may serve as an advisor, a director or in some other capacity, and in recognition that such Sponsor (or one or more Affiliates, associated investment funds, portfolio companies or employees) may have a myriad of duties to various investors and partners, and in anticipation that the Company, on the one hand, and such Stockholder (or one or more Affiliates, associated investment funds, portfolio companies or employees), on the other hand, may engage in the same or similar activities or lines of business and have an interest in the same areas of corporate opportunities, and in recognition of the benefits to be derived by the Company hereunder and in recognition of the difficulties which may confront any Sponsor who desires and endeavors fully to satisfy such Sponsor’s duties, in determining the full scope of such duties in any particular situation, the provisions of this Section 8.07 are set forth to regulate, define and guide the conduct of certain affairs of the Company as they may involve such Sponsor.

 

(a)                                  Such Sponsor shall have the right:

 

to directly or indirectly engage in or invest in any business (including any business activities or lines of business that are the same as or similar to those pursued by, or competitive with, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries);

 

to directly or indirectly do business with any client or customer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

to take any other action that such Sponsor believes in good faith is necessary to or appropriate to fulfill its obligations as described in the first sentence of this Section 8.07; and

 

not to present potential transactions, matters or business opportunities to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and to pursue, directly or indirectly, any such opportunity for itself, and to direct any such opportunity to another person.

 

(b)                                  Such Sponsor (or one or more Affiliates, associated investment funds, portfolio companies or employees) shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present any corporate opportunities to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to refrain from any actions specified in Section 8.07(a) , and the Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of its Subsidiaries, hereby renounces and waives any right to require such Sponsor (or one or more

 

29



 

Affiliates, associated investment funds, portfolio companies or employees) to act in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of Section 8.07(a) .

 

(c)                                   Such Sponsor and its Affiliates, associated investment funds, portfolio companies and employees shall not be liable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of any activities or omissions of the types referred to in this Section 8.0(c)  or such Sponsor’s or its Affiliates’, associated investment funds’, portfolio companies’ or employees’ participation therein.

 

Section 8.08.                                                   [Intentionally Omitted.]

 

Section 8.09.                                                   [Intentionally Omitted.]

 

ARTICLE 9

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 9.01.                                                   Binding Effect; Assignability; Benefit.

 

(a)                                  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.  Any Stockholder that ceases to beneficially own any Equity Securities shall cease to be bound by the terms hereof (other than as expressly set forth herein or with respect to Section 8.04 or Article 9 ).

 

(b)                                  Other than as expressly set forth herein, neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by any party hereto pursuant to any Transfer of Equity Securities or otherwise.  Any Person acquiring Equity Securities that is required or permitted by the terms of this Agreement to become a party hereto shall (unless already bound hereby) execute a Joinder Agreement and shall thenceforth be a “ Stockholder ” and not a “ Sponsor ”; provided , however , that any Person that acquires all Equity Securities then held by a Sponsor shall be deemed a “ Sponsor ”.

 

(c)                                   Except for Sections 7.06 , 7.07 , 7.08 , 7.09 , 8.06 , 8.07 , 9.04 , 9.05 , 9.06 , and 9.07 , nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the parties hereto, and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.02.                                                Notices.   All notices provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered or certified first-class mail, telex, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery to the other party at the following addresses (or at such other address as shall be given in writing by any party to the others):

 

If to the Company, to:

 

c/o INC Research, LLC

3201 Beechleaf Court, Suite 600

Raleigh, North Carolina 27604-1547

Attention:  General Counsel

Facsimile No.:  (919) 334-3666

 

30



 

If to any of the Avista Funds, to:

 

c/o Avista Capital Holdings, L.P.

65 East 55th Street

18th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: David Burgstahler

Ben Silbert, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 593-6901

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10153

Attention: David Blittner

Facscimile: (212) 310-8007

 

If to CapitalCo, to:

 

c/o Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board

5650 Yonge Street, 8th Floor

Toronto ON M2M 4H5

Attention:  Terry Woodward

Stephen Solursh, Esq.

Facsimile:  (416) 730-3771

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Torys LLP

237 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Joseph J. Romagnoli

Facsimile: (212) 682-0200

 

If to any other Stockholder, to the address or facsimile number opposite such Stockholder’s name on Schedule A .

 

All such notices shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when transmission confirmation is received, if telecopied; and on the next business day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

 

Section 9.03.                                                   Waiver; Amendment; Termination.

 

(a)                                  No provision of this Agreement may be waived, amended or otherwise modified except by an instrument in writing executed by (i) the Company and (ii) with the

 

31



 

Requisite Consent; provided , however , that any waiver, amendment or modification that adversely affects Management Stockholders disproportionately as compared to the Sponsors (taking into account and considering the rights of Management Stockholders prior to such amendment or modification), shall require the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock then held by the Management Stockholders; provided , further , that any waiver, amendment or modification that materially and adversely affects a Stockholder disproportionately as compared to all other Stockholders, shall require the prior written consent of a majority-in-interest of such Stockholders so adversely affected; provided , further , that no update of any Schedule hereto shall be deemed to constitute an amendment to this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement shall terminate at such time that there are no Registrable Securities, except for the provisions of Sections 7.06 , 7.07 , 7.08 and 7.09 and all of this Article 9 .

 

Section 9.04.                                                Non-Recourse.   Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this Agreement, the Company and each Stockholder covenant, agree and acknowledge that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement shall be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member or equity holder of any Stockholder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any current or future officer, agent or employee of any Stockholder or any current or future member or equity holder of any Stockholder or any current or future director, officer, employee, partner or member or equity holder of any Stockholder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such for any obligation of any Stockholder under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

 

Section 9.05.                                                Governing Law; Venue.   All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforceability of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto, and their negotiation, execution, performance or nonperformance, interpretation, termination, construction and all matters based upon, arising out of or related to any of the foregoing, whether arising in law or equity, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.  Any legal action or proceeding with respect this Agreement shall be brought in the courts of the United States District Court for the District of Delaware or any other competent court of the State of Delaware, and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party hereby irrevocably accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts.  Each party irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of the aforesaid actions or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement in the courts referred to in this paragraph and hereby further irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  Each party agrees that service of process upon such party in any action shall be effective if notice is given in accordance with Section 9.02 .

 

Section 9.06.                                                WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.   EACH OF THE STOCKHOLDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT OF TRIAL BY JURY

 

32



 

IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING (INCLUDING COUNTERCLAIMS) RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS OR RELATIONSHIPS HEREBY CONTEMPLATED OR OTHERWISE IN CONNECTION WITH THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.

 

Section 9.07.                                                Specific Enforcement; Cumulative Remedies.   The parties hereto acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for violations of this Agreement and that any party, in addition to any other rights and remedies which the parties may have hereunder or at law or in equity, may, in his or its sole discretion, apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance or injunction or such other relief as such court may deem just and proper in order to enforce this Agreement or prevent any violation hereof and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, each party waives any objection to the imposition of such relief.  All rights, powers and remedies provided under this Agreement or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity shall be cumulative and not alternative, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise of any thereof by any party shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise of any other such rights, powers or remedies by such party.

 

Section 9.08.                                                Entire Agreement.   This Agreement, together with all agreements referenced to herein and any schedules, exhibits and other documents referred to herein or therein constitute the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous arrangements, agreements and understandings, both oral and written, whether in term sheets, presentations or otherwise among the parties hereto, or between any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

 

Section 9.09.                                                   Severability.

 

(a)                                  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.  Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner so that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

(b)                                  To the extent the terms of the By-laws or any other constitutive documents of the Company are contradictory to, or inconsistent with, the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by law, supersede such conflicting or inconsistent terms.  All terms of the By-laws and any other constitutive documents not contradictory to, or inconsistent with, the terms of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Section 9.10.                                                   Ownership Thresholds; Levels. Solely for the purposes of determining ownership thresholds of New Class A Common Stock or New Class B Common Stock or percentages or ownership levels of shares of New Class A Common Stock or New Class B Common Stock of either Sponsor hereunder, the shares of New Class A Common Stock and/or New Class B Common Stock owned by the Mezzanine Co-Invest Vehicle shall be

 

33



 

allocated fifty percent (50%) to each Sponsor, and shares owned by a Sponsor Affiliate of any Sponsor shall be affiliate to such applicable Sponsor.

 

Section 9.11.                                                   Counterparts; Effectiveness.   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

34



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

INC RESEARCH HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Christopher L. Gaenzle

 

 

Title:   Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Amended & Restated Stockholders Agreement]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

AVISTA CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P.

 

By:

Avista Capital Partners II GP, LLC

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: David Burgstahler

 

 

Title:   Authorized Representative

 

 

 

AVISTA CAPITAL PARTNERS (OFFSHORE) II, L.P.

 

By:

Avista Capital Partners II GP, LLC

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: David Burgstahler

 

 

Title: Authorized Representative

 

 

 

AVISTA CAPITAL PARTNERS (OFFSHORE) II-A, L.P.

 

By:

Avista Capital Partners II GP, LLC

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: David Burgstahler

 

 

Title:   Authorized Representative

 

 

 

ACP INC RESEARCH CO-INVEST, LLC

 

By:

Avista Capital Partners II GP, LLC

 

 

its manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: David Burgstahler

 

 

Title:   Authorized Representative

 

 

 

INC RESEARCH MEZZANINE CO-INVEST, LLC

 

By:

Avista Capital Partners II GP, LLC

 

 

its manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: David Burgstahler

 

 

Title:   Authorized Representative

 

[Signature Page to Amended & Restated Stockholders Agreement]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

1829356 ONTARIO LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Terry Woodward

 

 

Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to Amended & Restated Stockholders Agreement]

 


 

 

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Duncan Jamie Macdonald

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jean S. Chitwood

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kelvin Logan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nicholas Kenny

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alistair Macdonald

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Gibertini

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Karen M. Wall

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Michael Corrado

 

[Signature Page to Amended & Restated Stockholders Agreement]

 



 

 

CORRADO FAMILY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name: Michael Corrado

 

Title:   Managing Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Potthoff

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James T. Ogle

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kevin L. Keim

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Malcolm Fletcher

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patricia B. Monteforte

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey Kueffer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James A. Bannon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Breckon

 

[Signature Page to Amended & Restated Stockholders Agreement]

 



 

 

 

 

Charles Cumings Harwood, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Schlagheck

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Zoda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Andrew Silverman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Mark

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Pierce

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Melissa Leigh Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noel Marsden

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Judy Swilley

 

[Signature Page to Amended & Restated Stockholders Agreement]

 



 

SCHEDULE A

 

STOCKHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder Agreement ”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “ Joining Party ”) in accordance with the Second Amended & Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of [ · ], 2014 (the “ Stockholders’ Agreement ”), among INC RESEARCH HOLDINGS, INC., AVISTA CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P., AVISTA CAPITAL PARTNERS (OFFSHORE) II, L.P., AVISTA CAPITAL PARTNERS (OFFSHORE) II-A, L.P., 1829356 ONTARIO LIMITED and certain other persons named therein, as the same may be amended from time to time.  Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to and “ Stockholder ” (for the avoidance of doubt, the Joining Party shall in no case be deemed a “ Sponsor ”), except in the event a Person acquires all Equity Securities held by a Sponsor in accordance with the Stockholders’ Agreement and as contemplated in Section 9.01(b)  of the Stockholders’ Agreement, under the Stockholders’ Agreement as of the Effective Time and shall have all of the rights and obligations of the Stockholder from whom it has acquired Equity Securities (to the extent permitted by the Stockholders’ Agreement) as if it had executed the Stockholders’ Agreement.  The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the Effective Time, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

 

 

Date:                                  ,

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF JOINING PARTY]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Address for Notices:

 

AGREED ON THIS [      ] day of [                  ], 20[    ]:

 

INC RESEARCH HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

BY-LAWS OF THE COMPANY

 




Exhibit 10.5

 

INC RESEARCH HOLDINGS, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.                                       Purpose .  The purpose of the INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan is to further align the interests of eligible participants with those of the Company’s stockholders by providing long-term incentive compensation opportunities tied to the performance of the Company and its Common Stock.  The Plan is intended to advance the interests of the Company and increase stockholder value by attracting, retaining and motivating key personnel upon whose judgment, initiative and effort the successful conduct of the Company’s business is largely dependent.

 

2.                                       Definitions .  Wherever the following capitalized terms are used in the Plan, they shall have the meanings specified below:

 

Accounting Firm ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.8(b)(i) hereof.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that the subject Person, either directly or indirectly, is under common control with, is controlled by or controls.

 

Award ” means an award of a Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit, Cash Performance Award or Stock Award granted under the Plan.

 

Award Agreement ” means a notice or an agreement entered into between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of an Award granted to a Participant as provided in Section 15.2 hereof.

 

Avista ” means, collectively, Avista Capital Partners II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II L.P., a Bermuda exempted limited partnership, Avista Capital Partners (Offshore) II-A, L.P., a Bermuda exempted limited partnership, and ACP INC Research Co-Invest LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and their respective Affiliates.

 

Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Business Combination ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.2(b) hereof.

 

Cash Performance Award ” means an Award that is denominated by a cash amount to an Eligible Person under Section 10 hereof, payable based upon the attainment of pre-established business and/or individual Performance Goals over a specified performance period and subject to such conditions, in each case, as are set forth in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

Capital Co. ” means 1829356 Ontario Limited and any of its Affiliates.

 



 

Cause ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.2(b) hereof.

 

Change in Control ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.2 hereof.

 

Chosen Court ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.16 hereof.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Committee ” means (i) the Compensation Committee of the Board, (ii) such other committee of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, or (iii) subject to the terms of the Plan, the Board.

 

Common Stock ” means the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, as the same may be converted, changed, reclassified or exchanged.

 

Company ” means INC Research Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

 

Date of Grant ” means, with respect to any Award under the Plan, the date on which such Award is granted by the Committee or such later date as the Committee may specify in the resolutions comprising the corporate action constituting such grant by the Company of such Award to be the effective date of an Award, in each case in accordance with Section 5.4 hereof.

 

Disability ” means, unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement,

 

(i)                                      if a Participant has an effective employment agreement or service agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary that defines “Disability” or a like term, the meaning set forth in such agreement at the time of the Participant’s termination of Service, or

 

(ii)                                   in the absence of such an effective employment or service agreement or definition, a Participant’s physical or mental illness, injury or infirmity which is reasonably likely to prevent and/or prevents such Participant from performing his or her essential job functions for a period of (A) ninety (90) consecutive calendar days or (B) an aggregate of one hundred twenty (120) calendar days out of any consecutive twelve (12) month period.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, and solely for purposes of any Incentive Stock Option, “Disability” shall mean a permanent and total disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code).

 

EBITDA ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.4 hereof.

 

Effective Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.1 hereof.

 

Eligible Person ” means any person who is an employee, Non-Employee Director, consultant or other personal service provider of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2



 

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to a share of Common Stock as of a given date of determination hereunder, unless otherwise determined or provided by the Committee in the circumstances, the closing price as reported on the Principal Market on such date or if the Common Stock was not traded on such date, then on the next preceding trading day that the Common Stock was traded on such exchange, as reported by such responsible reporting service as the Committee may select.  The Committee may, however, provide with respect to one or more Awards that the Fair Market Value shall equal the average of the high and low trading price as reported on the Principal Market on the applicable date of determination, or if the Common Stock was not traded on such date, then on the next preceding trading day that the Common Stock was traded on such Principal Market, as reported by such responsible reporting service as the Committee may select.  If the Common Stock is not listed on any such exchange, “Fair Market Value” shall be such value as determined by the Board or the Committee in its discretion and, to the extent necessary, shall be determined in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

 

Forfeiture Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.2(a) hereof.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect from time to time.

 

Incentive Stock Option ” means a Stock Option granted under Section 6 hereof that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

 

Net After-Tax Receipt ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.8(b)(iv)(B) hereof.

 

Non-Employee Director ” means a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Nonqualified Stock Option ” means a Stock Option granted under Section 6 hereof that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

Outstanding Company Voting Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.2(a) hereof.

 

Overpayment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.8(b)(iii) hereof.

 

Parachute Payment Ratio ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.8(b)(iv)(C) hereof.

 

Participant ” means any Eligible Person who holds an outstanding Award under the Plan.

 

Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.8(b)(i) hereof.

 

Performance Awards ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2 hereof.

 

3



 

Performance Criteria ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.4 hereof.

 

Performance Goals ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.5 hereof.

 

Performance Stock Unit ” means a Restricted Stock Unit denominated as a Performance Stock Unit under Section 9.2 hereof, to be paid or distributed based upon the attainment of pre-established business and/or individual Performance Goals over a specified performance period.

 

Person ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) thereof.

 

Plan ” means the INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan as set forth herein, as may be amended and/or amended and restated from time to time.

 

Policy ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.3(b) hereof.

 

Principal Market ” means, as of any date of determination, the principal exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed on such date.

 

Reduced Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.8(b)(iv)(A) hereof.

 

Restricted Stock Award ” means a grant of shares of Common Stock to an Eligible Person under Section 8 hereof that are issued subject to such vesting and transfer restrictions as the Committee shall determine, and such other conditions, in each case, as are set forth in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

Restricted Stock Unit ” means a contractual right granted to an Eligible Person under Section 9 hereof representing a notional unit interest equal in value to a share of Common Stock to be paid or distributed at such times, and subject to such conditions, in each case, as set forth in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

Service ” means a Participant’s service with the Company or any Subsidiary as an employee, Non-Employee Director, consultant or other service provider of the Company or any Subsidiary, as applicable.

 

Share Reserve ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.

 

Sponsors ” means Avista and Capital Co.

 

Stock Appreciation Right ” means a contractual right granted to an Eligible Person under Section 7 hereof entitling such Eligible Person to receive a payment, representing the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock over the base price per share of the right, at such time, and subject to such conditions, in each case, as are set forth in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

4



 

Stock Award ” means a grant of shares of Common Stock to an Eligible Person under Section 11 hereof that are issued free of transfer restrictions and forfeiture conditions.

 

Stock Option ” means a contractual right granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6 hereof to purchase shares of Common Stock at such time and price, and subject to such conditions, in each case, as are set forth in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

Subsidiary ” means an entity (whether or not a corporation) that is wholly or majority owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any other Affiliate of the Company that is so designated, from time to time, by the Committee, during the period of such Affiliated status; provided , however , that with respect to Incentive Stock Options, the term “Subsidiary” shall include only an entity that qualifies under Section 424(f) of the Code as a “subsidiary corporation” with respect to the Company.

 

Successor Entity ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.2(b) hereof.

 

Tax-Related Items ” means income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to the Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Participant.

 

Treasury Regulations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.8 hereof.

 

Underpayment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.8(b)(iii) hereof.

 

3.                                       Administration .

 

3.1                                Committee Members .  The Plan shall be administered by a Committee comprised of no fewer than two members of the Board who are appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.  To the extent deemed necessary by the Board, or as may be required by any applicable securities or tax laws, the Principal Market, each Committee (as defined in clause (i) or (ii) of the definition thereof) member shall satisfy the requirements for (i) an “independent director” under rules adopted by the Principal Market, (ii) a “nonemployee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and (iii) an “outside director” under Section 162(m) of the Code.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the mere fact that a Committee (as defined in clause (i) or (ii) of the definition thereof) member shall fail to qualify under any of the foregoing requirements shall not invalidate any Award made by the Committee (as defined in clause (i) or (ii) of the definition thereof) which Award is otherwise validly made under the Plan.  Neither the Company nor any member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith by the Committee with respect to the Plan or any Award thereunder.

 

3.2                                Committee Authority .  It shall be the duty of the Committee to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions.  The Committee shall have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (i) determine the Eligible Persons to whom Awards shall be granted under the Plan and to grant Awards, (ii) prescribe the restrictions, terms and conditions of all Awards, (iii) interpret the Plan and terms of the Awards, (iv) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and interpret, amend or revoke any such rules, (v) make all determinations with respect to a Participant’s Service and the

 

5



 

termination of such Service for purposes of any Award, (vi) subject the provisions of Section 6 hereof, to extend at any time the period in which Stock Options may be exercised, (vii) to determine at any time whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances distribution or the receipt of Stock and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the receiving Participant and whether and to what extent the Company shall pay or credit amounts constituting interest (at rates determined by the Committee) or dividends or deemed dividends on such deferrals, (viii) correct any defect(s) or omission(s) or reconcile any ambiguity(ies) or inconsistency(ies) in the Plan or any Award thereunder, (ix) make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan, decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan, and otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan, (x) suspend the right to exercise or net exercise any Award during any blackout period that is necessary or desirable to comply with the requirements of applicable securities or exchange control laws, and extend the period for exercise of such Award by an equal period of time, (xi) subject to the terms of the Plan, amend the terms of an Award in any manner that is not inconsistent with the Plan, and (xii) adopt such procedures, subplans and Award Agreements as are necessary or appropriate to facilitate participation in the Plan by Eligible Persons who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States or as otherwise are necessary or appropriate for the administration and application of the Plan.  The Committee’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by the Committee selectively among Participants and Eligible Persons, whether or not such persons are similarly situated.  The Committee shall, in its discretion, consider such factors as it deems relevant in making its interpretations, determinations and actions under the Plan including, without limitation, the recommendations or advice of any officer or employee of the Company or such attorneys, consultants, accountants or other advisors as it may select.  All interpretations, determinations and actions by the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties.

 

3.3                                Delegation of Authority .  The Committee shall have the right, from time to time, to delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority of the Committee to grant and determine the terms and conditions of Awards granted under the Plan, subject to the requirements of Section 157(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (or any successor provision) and such other limitations as the Committee shall determine.  In no event shall any such delegation of authority be permitted with respect to Awards granted to any member of the Board or to any Eligible Person who is subject to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or is a “covered employee” under Section 162(m) of the Code (as determined in accordance with applicable guidance as of the applicable date of determination).  The Committee shall also be permitted to delegate, to any appropriate officer or employee of the Company, responsibility for performing certain ministerial functions under the Plan.  In the event that the Committee’s authority is delegated to officers or employees in accordance with the foregoing, all provisions of the Plan relating to the Committee shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the foregoing by treating any such reference as a reference to such officer or employee for such purpose.  Any action undertaken in accordance with the Committee’s delegation of authority hereunder shall have the same force and effect as if such action was undertaken directly by the Committee and shall be deemed for all purposes of the Plan to have been taken by the Committee.

 

6



 

4.                                       Shares Subject to the Plan .

 

4.1                                Number of Shares Reserved .  Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.5 hereof and subject to Section 15.10 hereof, the total number of shares of Common Stock that are reserved for issuance under the Plan shall be [ · ](1) (the “ Share Reserve ”); provided , that no more than [ · ](2) may be granted as Incentive Stock Options, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.5 hereof and the provisions of Sections 422 or 424 of the Code and any successor provisions; provided , further , that nothing in this Plan requires any percentage of Awards (or Shares underlying Awards) to be granted as Incentive Stock Options .  Each share of Common Stock subject to an Award shall reduce the Share Reserve by one share; provided , that Awards that are required to be paid in cash pursuant to their terms shall not reduce the Share Reserve.  Any shares of Common Stock delivered under the Plan shall consist of authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares.

 

4.2                                Share Replenishment .  To the extent that an Award granted under this Plan is canceled, expired, forfeited, surrendered, settled by delivery of fewer shares than the number underlying the Award, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without delivery of the shares to the Participant, the shares of Common Stock retained by or returned to the Company will (i) not be deemed to have been delivered under the Plan, (ii) be available for future Awards under the Plan, and (iii) increase the Share Reserve by one share for each share that is retained by or returned to the Company; provided , that notwithstanding the foregoing, shares that are (x) withheld from an Award or separately surrendered by the Participant in payment of the exercise or purchase price or Tax-Related Items with respect to such an Award or (y) not issued or delivered as a result of the net settlement of an outstanding Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be deemed to constitute delivered shares, shall count against the Share Reserve and not be available for future Awards under the Plan and shall continue to be counted as outstanding for purposes of determining whether any of the Award limits specified in Sections 4.3 or 4.4 have been attained.

 

4.3                                Awards Granted to Eligible Persons Other Than Non-Employee Directors .  For purposes of complying with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to (i) Stock Options, (ii) Stock Appreciation Rights, (iii) Restricted Stock Awards that vest in full or in part based on the attainment of Performance Goals and (iv) Restricted Stock Units that vest in full or in part based on the attainment of Performance Goals that are granted to any Eligible Person other than a Non-Employee Director during any calendar year shall be limited to [ · ](3) shares of Common Stock for each such Award type individually (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.5 hereof).  If an Award is settled in cash, the number of shares of Common Stock on which the Award is based shall not count toward the individual share limit set forth in this Section 4.3, but shall count against the annual Cash Performance Award limit set forth in Section 10.7.

 


(1) NTD:  Insert number.

 

(2) NTD:  Insert (i) number of shares of Common Stock or (ii) percentage of the Share Reserve as of the Effective Date.

 

(3) NTD:  A specified limit is required to the extent any Awards are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.  The appropriate share limit should be discussed with Pearl Meyer.

 

7



 

4.4                                Awards Granted to Non-Employee Directors .  The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to (i) Stock Options, (ii) Stock Appreciation Rights, (iii) Restricted Stock Awards, (iv) Restricted Stock Units and (v) Stock Awards granted to any Non-Employee Director during any calendar year shall be limited to [ · ](4) shares of Common Stock for all such Award types in the aggregate (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.5 hereof).  If an Award is settled in cash, the number of shares of Common Stock on which the Award is based shall not count toward the individual share limit set forth in this Section 4.4, but shall count against the annual Cash Performance Award limit set forth in Section 10.7.

 

4.5                                Adjustments .  If there shall occur any change with respect to the outstanding shares of Common Stock by reason of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, extraordinary dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other distribution with respect to the shares of Common Stock or any merger, reorganization, consolidation, combination, spin-off, stock purchase or other similar corporate change or any other change affecting the Common Stock (other than regular cash dividends to shareholders of the Company), the Committee shall, in the manner and to the extent it considers equitable to the Participants and consistent with the terms of the Plan, (i) cause an adjustment to be made to the maximum number and kind of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.3 and 4.4 hereof (including the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may become payable to a Participant pursuant to Sections 4.3 and 4.4 hereof), (ii) cause an adjustment to be made to the number and kind of shares of Common Stock, units or other rights subject to then outstanding Awards, (iii) cause an adjustment to be made to the exercise or base price for each share or unit or other right subject to then outstanding Awards, (iv) cause an adjustment to be made to the maximum amount that may become payable to a Participant under Cash Performance Awards provided in Section 10.7 hereof, (v) issue additional Awards or shares of Common Stock, issue dividend equivalent rights or make cash payments to the holders of outstanding Awards, in each case, on such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee, and/or (vi) cause an adjustment to be made to any other terms of an Award that are affected by the event; provided , that with respect to any Awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, no adjustment shall be made to the Performance Goals or the manner in which performance will be measured against the Performance Goals, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.6 hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) any such adjustments shall, to the extent necessary, be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and (b) in the case of Incentive Stock Options, any such adjustments shall, to the extent practicable, be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

5.                                       Eligibility and Awards .

 

5.1                                Designation of Participants .  Any Eligible Person may be selected by the Committee to receive an Award and become a Participant under the Plan.  The Committee has the authority, in its discretion, to determine and designate from time to time those Eligible Persons who are to be granted Awards, the types of Awards to be granted, the number of shares

 


(4) NTD:  Insertion of a specified limit for non-employee director awards should be considered a best practice based on recent case law which denied the application of the business judgment rule to grants made by directors to themselves under a plan which did not contain appropriate limits as to the size of the awards which they could make to themselves.  The appropriate share limit should be discussed with the Pearl Meyer.

 

8



 

of Common Stock or units subject to Awards to be granted, the terms and conditions of such Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, and to grant any such Awards.  In selecting Eligible Persons to be Participants, and in determining the type and amount of Awards to be granted under the Plan, the Committee shall consider any and all factors that it deems relevant or appropriate.  Designation of a Participant in any year shall not require the Committee to designate such person to receive an Award in any other year or, once designated, to receive the same type or amount of Award as granted to the Participant in any other year.

 

5.2                                Determination of Awards .  The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of all Awards granted to Participants in accordance with its authority under Section 3.2 hereof.  An Award may consist of one type of right or benefit hereunder or of two or more such rights or benefits granted in tandem.

 

5.3                                Award Agreements .  Each Award granted to an Eligible Person under the Plan will be represented in an Award Agreement.  The terms of all Awards under the Plan, as determined by the Committee, will be set forth in each individual Award Agreement as described in Section 15.2 hereof.

 

5.4                                Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards . Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the resolutions comprising such corporate action, regardless of when the instrument, certificate or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Committee consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the Award grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement or related grant documents.

 

6.                                       Stock Options .

 

6.1                                Grant of Stock Options .  A Stock Option may be granted to any Eligible Person selected by the Committee, except that an Incentive Stock Option may only be granted to an Eligible Person satisfying the conditions of Section 6.7(a) hereof.  Each Stock Option shall be designated on the Date of Grant, in the discretion of the Committee, as an Incentive Stock Option or as a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

6.2                                Exercise Price .  The exercise price per share of a Stock Option shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Date of Grant.  The Committee may in its discretion specify an exercise price per share that is higher than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Date of Grant.

 

6.3                                Vesting of Stock Options .  The Committee shall, in its discretion, prescribe the time or times at which or the conditions upon which a Stock Option or portion thereof shall become vested and/or exercisable.  The requirements for vesting and exercisability of a Stock

 

9



 

Option may be based on the continued Service of the Participant with the Company or a Subsidiary for a specified time period (or periods), on the attainment of a specified Performance Goal(s) or on such other terms and conditions as approved by the Committee in its discretion, all as set forth in the Award Agreement.  The Committee may accelerate the vesting or exercisability of any Stock Option, including, without limitation, upon a Change in Control or upon termination of Service under certain circumstances, in each case, as set forth in the Award Agreement or the Committee’s subsequent resolutions.  If the vesting requirements of a Stock Option are not satisfied, the Award shall be forfeited as set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

6.4                                Term of Stock Options .  The Committee shall in its discretion prescribe in an Award Agreement the period during which a vested Stock Option may be exercised; provided , however , that the maximum term of a Stock Option shall be ten (10) years from the Date of Grant.  The Committee may provide that a Stock Option will cease to be exercisable upon or at the end of a specified time period following a termination of Service for any reason as set forth in the Award Agreement or otherwise.

 

6.5                                Stock Option Exercise; Tax Withholding .  Subject to such terms and conditions as specified in an Award Agreement, a Stock Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the term thereof by notice in the form required by the Company, together with payment of the aggregate exercise price and applicable Tax-Related Items withholding.  Payment of the exercise price shall be made:  (i) in cash or by cash equivalent acceptable to the Committee or (ii) to the extent permitted by the Committee in its sole discretion and set forth in the Award Agreement, (A) in shares of Common Stock valued at the Fair Market Value of such shares on the date of exercise, (B) through an open-market, broker-assisted sales transaction pursuant to which the Company is promptly delivered the amount of proceeds necessary to satisfy the exercise price, (C) by reducing the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the Stock Option by the number of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price, (D) by a combination of the methods described above or (E) by such other method as may be approved by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement.  In addition to and at the time of payment of the exercise price, the Participant shall pay to the Company the full amount of any and all applicable Tax-Related Items required to be withheld in connection with the Option (including, such exercise), payable by such of the methods described above for the payment of the exercise price as may be approved by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

6.6                                Limited Transferability of Nonqualified Stock Options .  All Nonqualified Stock Options shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant or by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.  The Nonqualified Stock Options and the rights and privileges conferred thereby shall be non-transferable, except as otherwise provided in Section 15.3 hereof.

 

6.7                                Additional Rules for Incentive Stock Options .

 

(a)                                  Eligibility .  An Incentive Stock Option may only be granted to an Eligible Person who is considered an employee for purposes of Treasury Regulation § 1.421-1(h) with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary that qualifies as a “subsidiary corporation” with respect to the Company for purposes of Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

10


 

(b)                                  Annual Limits .  No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to a Participant as a result of which the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Common Stock with respect to which incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code are exercisable for the first time in any calendar year under the Plan and any other stock option plans of the Company or any subsidiary or parent corporation would exceed $100,000, determined in accordance with Section 422(d) of the Code.  This limitation shall be applied by taking such incentive stock options into account in the order in which they were granted.

 

(c)                                   Additional Limitations .  In the case of any Incentive Stock Option granted to an Eligible Person who owns, either directly or indirectly (taking into account the attribution rules contained in Section 424(d) of the Code), stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary, the exercise price shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Date of Grant and the maximum term shall be five (5) years.

 

(d)                                  Termination of Employment .  An Award of an Incentive Stock Option shall provide that such Stock Option may be exercised not later than (i) three (3) months following termination of employment of the Participant with the Company and all Subsidiaries (other than as set forth in clause (ii) of this Section 6.7(d)) or (ii) one year following termination of employment of the Participant with the Company and all Subsidiaries due to death or permanent and total Disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, in each case as and to the extent determined by the Committee to comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(e)                                   Other Terms and Conditions; Nontransferability .  No Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan may be granted more than ten (10) years following the date that the Plan is adopted or the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders, whichever is earlier.  The Award Agreement representing any Incentive Stock Option granted hereunder shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as are deemed necessary or desirable by the Committee, which terms, together with the terms of the Plan, shall be intended and interpreted to cause such Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code.  A Stock Option that is granted as an Incentive Stock Option shall, to the extent it fails to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under the Code, be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option.  An Incentive Stock Option shall by its terms be nontransferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of a Participant only by such Participant.

 

(f)                                    Disqualifying Dispositions .  If shares of Common Stock acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within two years following the Date of Grant or one year following the transfer of such shares to the Participant upon exercise, the Participant shall, promptly following such disposition, notify the Company in writing of the date and terms of such disposition and provide such other information regarding the disposition as the Company may reasonably require.

 

11



 

7.                                       Stock Appreciation Rights .

 

7.1                                Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights .  Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted to any Eligible Person selected by the Committee.  Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted on a basis that allows for the exercise of the right by the Participant or that provides for the automatic payment of the right upon a specified date or event, in either case, as set forth in the Award Agreement representing such Stock Appreciation Rights.  Stock Appreciation Rights and the rights and privileges conferred thereby shall be non-transferable, except as provided in Section 15.3 hereof.

 

7.2                                Stand-Alone Stock Appreciation Rights .  A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted without any related Stock Option.  The Committee shall in its discretion provide in an Award Agreement the time or times at which or the conditions upon which a Stock Appreciation Right or portion thereof shall become vested and/or exercisable.  The requirements for vesting and exercisability of a Stock Appreciation Right may be based on the continued Service of a Participant with the Company or a Subsidiary for a specified time period (or periods), on the attainment of a specified Performance Goal(s) or on such other terms and conditions as approved by the Committee in its discretion, all as set forth in the Award Agreement.  If the vesting requirements of a Stock Appreciation Right are not satisfied, the Award shall be forfeited as set forth in the Award Agreement.  The Committee may accelerate the vesting or exercisability of any Stock Appreciation Right, including, without limitation, upon a Change in Control or upon termination of Service under certain circumstances, in each case, as set forth in the Award Agreement or the Committee’s subsequent resolutions.  A Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable or payable at such time or times as determined by the Committee as set forth in the Award Agreement; provided , that the maximum term of a Stock Appreciation Right shall be ten (10) years from the Date of Grant.  The Committee may provide that a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be exercisable upon or at the end of a period following a termination of Service for any reason as set forth in the Award Agreement.  The base price of a Stock Appreciation Right granted without any related Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee in its discretion; provided , however , that the base price per share of any such stand-alone Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Date of Grant.

 

7.3                                Tandem Stock Option/Stock Appreciation Rights .  A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted in tandem with a Stock Option and constitute a single Award.  A tandem Stock Option/Stock Appreciation Right will entitle the holder to elect, as to all or any portion of the number of shares subject to the Award, to exercise either the Stock Option or the Stock Appreciation Right, resulting in the reduction of the corresponding number of shares subject to the Award, including the tandem Stock Appreciation Right or Stock Option, as applicable, not so exercised.  A Stock Appreciation Right granted in tandem with a Stock Option hereunder shall have a base price per share equal to the per share exercise price of the Stock Option, will be vested and exercisable at the same time or times that a related Stock Option is vested and exercisable, and will expire no later than the time at which the related Stock Option expires, in each case, as set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

7.4                                Payment of Stock Appreciation Rights .  A Stock Appreciation Right will entitle the holder, upon exercise or other payment of the Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, to

 

12



 

receive an amount determined by multiplying:  (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise or payment of the Stock Appreciation Right over the base price of such Stock Appreciation Right, by (ii) the number of shares as to which such Stock Appreciation Right is exercised or paid.  Payment of the amount determined under the foregoing may be made, as approved by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement, in shares of Common Stock valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise or payment, in cash or in a combination of shares of Common Stock and cash, subject to applicable Tax-Related Items withholding requirements.

 

8.                                       Restricted Stock Awards .

 

8.1                                Grant of Restricted Stock Awards .  A Restricted Stock Award may be granted to any Eligible Person selected by the Committee.  The Committee may require the payment by the Participant of a specified purchase price in connection with the issuance of any Restricted Stock Award as set forth in the Award Agreement representing such Restricted Stock Award, which may also include the manner in which payment of any specified purchase price may be made as prescribed by the Committee.

 

8.2                                Vesting Requirements .  The restrictions imposed on shares granted under a Restricted Stock Award shall lapse in accordance with the vesting requirements specified by the Committee in the Award Agreement.  The requirements for vesting of a Restricted Stock Award may be based on the continued Service of the Participant with the Company or a Subsidiary for a specified time period (or periods), on the attainment of a specified Performance Goal(s) designed to meet the requirements for exemption under Section 162(m) of the Code or on such other terms and conditions as approved by the Committee in its discretion.  The Committee may accelerate the vesting of a Restricted Stock Award, including, without limitation, upon a Change in Control or upon termination of Service under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Award Agreement or the Committee’s subsequent resolutions, subject to compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code (to the extent applicable).  If the vesting requirements of a Restricted Stock Award shall not be satisfied or, if applicable, the Performance Goal(s) with respect to such Restricted Stock Award are not attained, the Award shall be forfeited and the shares of Stock subject to the Award shall be returned to the Company, as set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

8.3                                Transfer Restrictions .  Shares granted under any Restricted Stock Award and the rights and privileges conferred thereby shall be non-transferable until all applicable restrictions are removed or have expired, except as provided in Section 15.3 hereof.  Failure to satisfy any applicable restrictions shall result in the subject shares of the Restricted Stock Award being forfeited and returned to the Company.  The Committee may require in an Award Agreement that certificates (if any) representing the shares granted under a Restricted Stock Award bear a legend making appropriate reference to the restrictions imposed, and that certificates (if any) representing the shares granted or sold under a Restricted Stock Award will remain in the physical custody of an escrow holder (which may be the Company or an officer of the Company) until all restrictions are removed or have expired.

 

8.4                                Rights as Stockholder .  Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 8, the provisions of Section 15.6 hereof and to the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, the Participant shall not have any rights of a stockholder with respect any of the shares granted to the

 

13



 

Participant under a Restricted Stock Award (including the right to vote or receive dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect thereto) unless and until such shares vest.

 

8.5                                Section 83(b) Election .  If a Participant makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to a Restricted Stock Award, the Participant shall file, within thirty (30) days following the Date of Grant, a copy of such election with the Company and with the Internal Revenue Service, in accordance with the regulations under Section 83 of the Code.  The Committee may provide in an Award Agreement that the Restricted Stock Award is conditioned upon the Participant’s making or refraining from making an election with respect to the Award under Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

8.6                                Other .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 8 or any other section of the Plan, with respect to any Restricted Stock Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, unless the Board determines that an applicable exemption under applicable law applies, all references to the Committee shall solely mean each member of the Committee that satisfies the requirements for an “outside director” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

9.                                       Restricted Stock Units .

 

9.1                                Grant of Restricted Stock Units .  A Restricted Stock Unit may be granted to any Eligible Person selected by the Committee.  The value of each Restricted Stock Unit shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the applicable date or time period of determination, as specified by the Committee.  Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall determine and as set forth in the Award Agreement representing such Restricted Stock Units.  Restricted Stock Units and the rights and privileges conferred thereby shall be non-transferable, except as provided in Section 15.3 hereof.

 

9.2                                Vesting of Restricted Stock Units .  On the Date of Grant, the Committee shall, in its discretion, determine any vesting requirements with respect to Restricted Stock Units, which shall be set forth in the Award Agreement.  The requirements for vesting of a Restricted Stock Unit may be based on the continued Service of the Participant with the Company or a Subsidiary for a specified time period (or periods) or on such other terms and conditions as approved by the Committee in its discretion.  In addition, a Restricted Stock Unit may be denominated as a Performance Stock Unit.  The requirements for vesting of a Restricted Stock Unit denominated as a Performance Stock Unit may be based, in whole or in part, on the attainment of pre-established business and/or individual Performance Goal(s) over a specified performance period designed to meet the requirements for exemption under Section 162(m) of the Code, or otherwise, as approved by the Committee in its discretion and as set forth in the Award Agreement.  The Committee may accelerate the vesting of a Restricted Stock Unit, including, without limitation, upon a Change in Control or upon termination of Service under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Award Agreement or the Committee’s subsequent resolutions, subject to compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code (to the extent applicable).  If the vesting requirements of a Restricted Stock Units Award are not satisfied or, if applicable, the Performance Goal(s) with respect to such Restricted Stock Units Award are not attained, the Award shall be forfeited, as set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

14



 

9.3                                Payment of Restricted Stock Units .  Restricted Stock Units shall become payable to a Participant at the time or times determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement, which may be upon or following the vesting of the Award.  Payment of a Restricted Stock Unit may be made, as approved by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement, in cash or in shares of Common Stock or in a combination thereof, subject to applicable Tax-Related Items withholding requirements.  Any cash payment of a Restricted Stock Unit shall be made based upon the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, determined on such date or over such time period as determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

9.4                                Dividend Equivalent Rights.  Restricted Stock Units may be granted together with a dividend equivalent right with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to the Award, which dividend equivalent right may be accumulated and may be deemed reinvested in additional Restricted Stock Units or may be accumulated in cash, as determined by the Committee in its discretion and set forth in an Award Agreement.  Dividend equivalent rights will be paid at such time as determined by the Committee in its discretion (including, without limitation, at the times paid to stockholders generally or at the times of vesting or payment of the Restricted Stock Unit), as set forth in an Award Agreement.  Dividend equivalent rights may be subject to forfeiture under the same conditions as apply to the underlying Restricted Stock Units, as set forth in an Award Agreement.

 

9.5                                Other .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9 or any other section of the Plan, with respect to any Restricted Stock Units intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, unless the Board determines that an applicable exemption under applicable law applies, all references to the Committee shall solely mean each member of the Committee that satisfies the requirements for an “outside director” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

10.                                Performance Awards and Performance Criteria .

 

10.1                         Grant of Cash Performance Awards .  A Cash Performance Award may be granted to any Eligible Person selected by the Committee.  Payment amounts shall be based on the attainment of specified levels of attainment with respect to the Performance Goals, including, if applicable, specified threshold, target and maximum performance levels or such other terms and conditions as approved by the Committee in its discretion and set forth in an Award Agreement.  The requirements for payment may be also based upon the continued Service of the Participant with the Company or any Subsidiary during the respective performance period and on such other conditions as determined by the Committee and set forth in an Award Agreement.  Cash Performance Awards and the rights and privileges conferred thereby shall be non-transferable, except as provided in Section 15.3 hereof.

 

10.2                         Establishment of Performance-Based Terms .  With respect to Cash Performance Awards and other Awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code (collectively, “ Performance Awards ”), before the 90th day of the applicable performance period (or, if the performance period is less than one year, no later than the number of days which is equal to 25% of such performance period), the Committee will determine the duration of the performance period, the Performance Criteria, the applicable

 

15



 

Performance Goals relating to the Performance Criteria and the amount and terms of payment/vesting upon achievement of the Performance Goals.

 

10.3                         Award Agreements .  Each Cash Performance Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the performance period and such other terms and conditions as the Committee, in its discretion, shall determine.  The Committee may accelerate the vesting of a Cash Performance Award, including, without limitation, upon a Change in Control or termination of Service under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Award Agreement or the Committee’s subsequent resolutions, subject to compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code (to the extent applicable).

 

10.4                         Performance Criteria .  For purposes of Performance Awards, the “ Performance Criteria ” shall be one or any combination of the following, for the Company or any identified Subsidiary, division or business unit or line, as determined by the Committee at the time of the Award:  (i) total stockholder return; (ii) such total stockholder return as compared to total return (on a comparable basis) of a publicly available index such as, but not limited to, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index; (iii) net income; (iv) pretax earnings; (v) adjusted net income; (vi) adjusted pretax earnings; (vii) adjusted earnings per share; (viii) adjusted earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“ EBITDA ”); (ix) pretax operating earnings after interest expense and before bonuses, service fees, and extraordinary or special items; (x) operating margin; (xi) earnings per share; (xii) return on equity; (xiii) return on capital; (xiv) return on investment; (xv) operating earnings; (xvi) working capital; (xvii) ratio of debt to stockholders’ equity; (xviii) revenue; (xix) free cash flow (i.e., EBITDA, less cash taxes, cash interest, net capital expenditures, mandatory payments of principal under any credit facility and payments under collateralized lease obligations and financing lease obligations); and (xx) any combination of or a specified increase in any of the foregoing.  Each of the Performance Criteria shall be applied and interpreted in accordance with an objective formula or standard established by the Committee at the time the applicable Award is granted, which may include, without limitation, GAAP.

 

10.5                         Performance Goals .  For purposes of Performance Awards, the “ Performance Goals ” shall be the levels of achievement relating to the Performance Criteria selected by the Committee for the Award.  The Performance Goals shall be written and shall be expressed as an objective formula or standard that precludes discretion to increase the amount of compensation payable that would otherwise be due upon attainment of the goal.  The Performance Goals may be applied on an absolute basis or relative to an identified index, peer group or one or more competitors or other companies (including particular business segments or divisions of such companies), as specified by the Committee.  The Performance Goals need not be the same for all Participants.

 

10.6                         Adjustments .  At the time that an Award is granted, the Committee may provide for the Performance Goals or the manner in which performance will be measured against the Performance Goals to be adjusted in such objective manner as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, adjustments to reflect non-cash losses or charges (e.g., amortization expense, stock-based compensation, impairments, etc.), charges for restructurings, non-operating income, the impact of corporate transactions, discontinued operations or financing transactions, severance and recruitment costs, “run rate” savings, costs incurred in establishing new manufacturing

 

16



 

sources, specified legal expenses, extraordinary and other unusual or non-recurring items or events and the cumulative effects of accounting or tax law changes.  In addition, with respect to a Participant hired or promoted following the beginning of a performance period, the Committee may determine to prorate the Performance Goals and/or the amount of any payment in respect of such Participant’s Performance Awards for the partial performance period.

 

10.7                         Maximum Amount of Cash Performance Awards .  The maximum amount that may become payable to any one Participant during any one calendar year under all Cash Performance Awards and all other Awards that are actually paid or settled in cash is limited to [ · ](5).

 

10.8                         Negative Discretion .  Notwithstanding anything else contained in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall, to the extent provided in an Award Agreement, have the right, in its discretion, (i) to reduce or eliminate the amount otherwise payable to any Participant under an Award and (ii) to establish rules or procedures that have the effect of limiting the amount payable to any Participant to an amount that is less than the amount that is otherwise payable under an Award.  The Committee may exercise the discretion provided for by the foregoing sentence in a non-uniform manner among Participants.  The Committee shall not have discretion to increase the amount that is otherwise payable to any Participant under a Performance Award.

 

10.9                         Certification .  Following the conclusion of the performance period of a Performance Award, the Committee shall certify in writing whether the Performance Goals for that performance period have been achieved, or certify the degree of achievement, if applicable.

 

10.10                  Payment .  Upon certification of the Performance Goals for a Performance Award, the Committee shall determine the level of vesting or amount of payment to the Participant pursuant to the Award, if any.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, Performance Awards may be paid, at the discretion of the Committee, in any combination of cash or shares of Common Stock, based upon the Fair Market Value of such shares at the time of payment.

 

10.11                  Other .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10 or any other section of the Plan, with respect to any Performance Award, unless the Board determines that an applicable exemption under applicable law applies, all references to the Committee shall solely mean each member of the Committee that satisfies the requirements for an “outside director” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

11.                                Stock Awards .

 

11.1                         Grant of Stock Awards .  A Stock Award may be granted to any Eligible Person selected by the Committee.  A Stock Award may be granted for past, or in anticipation of future, Services, in lieu of any discretionary bonus or other discretionary cash compensation, as directors’ compensation or for any other valid purpose as determined by the Committee.  The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards, and such Awards shall be made without vesting requirements.  In addition, the Committee may, in connection with any

 


(5) NTD:  Insert correct number.

 

17



 

Stock Award, require the payment of a specified purchase price, which may also include the manner in which payment of any specified purchase price may be made as prescribed by the Committee.

 

11.2                         Rights as Stockholder .  Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 11 and the applicable Award Agreement, upon the issuance of the Common Stock under a Stock Award, the Participant shall have all rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock, including the right to vote the shares and receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect thereto.

 

11.3                         Elections to Receive Stock in Lieu of Compensation .  Subject to Section 409A of the Code and, if applicable, Section 15.4 hereof, upon the request of a Participant who is a U.S. taxpayer and with the consent of the Committee, such Participant may, pursuant to an advance written election delivered to the Company no later than the date specified by the Committee, receive a portion of the cash compensation otherwise due to such Participant in the form of shares of Common Stock either currently or on a deferred basis in accordance with Section 15.4 hereof.

 

11.4                         Restrictions on Transfers .  The right to receive shares of Common Stock on a deferred basis and the rights and privileges conferred thereby shall be non-transferable, except as provided in Section 15.3 hereof.

 

12.                                Change in Control .

 

12.1                         Effect on Awards .  Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless otherwise specifically prohibited under applicable law or unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, the Committee is authorized (but not obligated) to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of outstanding Awards, including, without limitation, any of the following (or any combination thereof):

 

(a)                                  continuation or assumption of such outstanding Awards under the Plan by the Company (if it is the surviving company or corporation) or by the surviving company or corporation or its parent;

 

(b)                                  substitution by the surviving company or corporation or its parent of awards with substantially the same or comparable terms (including with respect to economic value) for outstanding Awards (with appropriate adjustments to the type of consideration payable upon settlement of the Awards);

 

(c)                                   accelerated exercisability, vesting and/or payment under outstanding Awards immediately prior to or upon the occurrence of such event or upon a termination of employment following such event; and

 

(d)                                  if all or substantially all of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock are transferred in exchange for cash consideration in connection with such Change in Control:

 

18



 

(i)                                      upon written notice, provide that any outstanding Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights are exercisable during a reasonable period of time immediately prior to the scheduled consummation of the event or such other reasonable period as determined by the Committee (contingent upon the consummation of the event), and at the end of such period, such Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall terminate to the extent not so exercised within the relevant period; and

 

(ii)                                   cancellation of all or any portion of outstanding Awards for fair value (in the form of cash, shares, other property or any combination thereof) as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee; provided , that in the case of Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the fair value may equal the excess, if any, of the value of the consideration to be paid in the Change in Control transaction to holders of the same number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Awards (or, if no such consideration is paid, Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Awards or portion thereof being canceled) over the aggregate exercise or base price, as applicable, with respect to such Awards or portion thereof being canceled, or, if there is no such excess, zero.

 

12.2                         Definition of Change in Control.   Unless otherwise defined in an Award Agreement, “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of one of the following events:

 

(a)                                  Any Person becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power, excluding any Person who Beneficially Owns fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power on the Effective Date of the Plan, of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of its directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ”), including by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise; provided , however , that for purposes of this definition, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control:  (i) any acquisition of Outstanding Company Voting Securities directly from the Company, including, without limitation, a public offering of securities or (ii) any acquisition of Outstanding Company Voting Securities by (x) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including an acquisition by any employee benefit plan or related trust sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (y)(i) either Sponsor or a “group” (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) in which a Sponsor is a member and (ii) after such acquisition, a Sponsor holds more than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such acquiring Person.

 

(b)                                  Consummation of a reorganization, merger, or consolidation to which the Company is a party or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “ Business Combination ”), unless, following such Business Combination:  (i) any Persons who were the Beneficial Owners of Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination are the Beneficial Owners, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or election of members of a comparable governing body) of the entity resulting from the Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity which, as a result of such transaction, owns all or substantially all of the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) (the “ Successor Entity ”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination; or (ii) no Person (excluding any

 

19



 

Successor Entity or any employee benefit plan or related trust of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, such Successor Entity or any of its subsidiaries) is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or comparable governing body) of the Successor Entity, except to the extent that such ownership of the Company existed prior to the Business Combination.

 

(c)                                   Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code with respect to the payment of “nonqualified deferred compensation,” “Change of Control” shall be defined as, and limited to, a “change in control event” as defined under Section 409A of the Code.

 

13.                                Forfeiture Events .

 

13.1                         General .  The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement at the time of the Award that the Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award.  Such events may include, but shall not be limited to, termination of Service for Cause, violation of material Company policies, breach of noncompetition, confidentiality or other restrictive covenants that may apply to the Participant or other conduct by the Participant that is detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to Section 11.3 hereof shall be subject to this Section 13 hereof, other than Section 13.3 hereof or the terms or as otherwise may be required pursuant to the terms and conditions of such cash compensation otherwise due to the Participant.

 

13.2                         Termination for Cause .

 

(a)                                  Treatment of Awards .  Unless otherwise provided by the Committee and set forth in an Award Agreement, if (i) a Participant’s Service with the Company or any Subsidiary shall be terminated for Cause, or (ii) after termination of Service for any other reason, the Committee determines in its discretion, that the Participant engaged in conduct that violates any continuing obligation or duty of the Participant set forth in any executive or restrictive covenant agreement with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, intellectual property or trade secret protection, or any similar agreement to which the Participant is a party in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary (any such event described in clause (i) or (ii), with respect to any Participant, a “ Forfeiture Event ” with respect to such Participant), then such Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to such an Award shall be subject to cancellation, forfeiture and/or recoupment, as provided in Section 13.3 below.  The Committee shall have the power to determine whether, and the date on which, any Forfeiture Event has occurred and whether to exercise the right of recapture provided in Section 13.3.  Any such determination shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the Participant.  In addition, if the Committee shall reasonably determine that a Forfeiture Event with respect to any Participant has

 

20


 

occurred, then the Committee may suspend such Participant’s rights to exercise, receive any payment under or vest in any right with respect to any Award pending a final determination by the Committee of whether such an act has been committed.

 

(b)                                  Definition of Cause .  Unless otherwise defined in an Award Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean:

 

(i)                                      if a Participant has an effective employment agreement, service agreement or other similar agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary that defines “Cause” or a like term, the meaning set forth in such agreement at the time of the Participant’s termination of Service; or,

 

(ii)                                   in the absence of such definition, (A) the Participant’s breach of any fiduciary duty or material breach of any legal or contractual obligation to the Company or any of its Affiliates, or to the Company’s direct or indirect equity holders, (B) the Participant’s failure to follow the reasonable instructions of the Board or such Participant’s direct supervisor, which breach, if curable, is not cured within ten (10) business days after notice to such Participant or, if cured, recurs within one hundred eighty (180) days, (C) the Participant’s gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud or acts of dishonesty relating to the Company or any of its Affiliates or (D) the Participant’s conviction of any misdemeanor relating to the affairs of the Company or any of its Affiliates or indictment for any felony.

 

13.3                         Right of Recapture .

 

(a)                                  General .  If a Forfeiture Event with respect to a Participant occurs at any time within one (1) year (or such longer time period specified in any Award Agreement or other agreement with a Participant) after the date on which any Award to such Participant is exercised, vests, becomes payable or is paid or the date on which gain or income is otherwise realized in connection with any such Award, then any gain or income realized by the Participant from the exercise, vesting, payment or other realization event in connection with such Award shall be paid by the Participant to the Company upon written notice from the Company or the Committee, subject to applicable state or local law.  Such gain or income shall be determined as of the date or dates on which such gain or income is realized by the Participant, without regard to any subsequent change in the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock.  The Company shall, subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code and other applicable law, have the right to offset any such gain or income against any amounts otherwise owed to the Participant by the Company or any Subsidiary (whether as wages, vacation pay or pursuant to any benefit plan or other compensatory arrangement).

 

(b)                                  Accounting Restatement .  If pursuant to any Award a Participant receives compensation calculated by reference to financial statements that are subsequently required to be restated in a way that would decrease the value of such compensation, then the Participant will, upon the written request of the Committee and in the Committee’s sole discretion, forfeit and repay to the Company the difference between what the Participant received during the period of three years preceding the date on which the Company becomes required to prepare the restatement and what the Participant should have received based on the accounting restatement, in accordance with (i) the Company’s compensation recovery, “clawback” or similar policy, if

 

21



 

any, as may be in effect from time to time and (ii) any compensation recovery, “clawback” or similar policy made applicable by law, including the provisions of Section 945 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules, regulations and requirements adopted thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any national securities exchange on which the Company’s equity securities may be listed, as may be in effect from time to time (clauses (i) and (ii) collectively, the “ Policy ”).  By accepting an Award hereunder, each Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Policy shall apply to such Award, and all incentive-based compensation payable pursuant to such Award shall be subject to forfeiture and repayment pursuant to the terms of the Policy.  Although not required to give effect to the provisions of this Section 13.3(b), the Committee may, as it deems appropriate, amend the Plan to reflect the terms of the Policy, which shall not be deemed a material amendment.

 

14.                                Transfer, Leave of Absence, Etc .  For purposes of the Plan, the following events shall not be deemed a termination of Service:

 

(a)                                  a Participant’s transfer of employment or termination with immediate rehire from the Company to a Subsidiary or from a Subsidiary to the Company, or from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary; or

 

(b)                                  an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the employee’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Committee otherwise so provides in writing.

 

15.                                General Provisions .

 

15.1                         Status of Plan .  The Committee may (but shall not be obligated to) authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations to deliver stock or make payments with respect to Awards.

 

15.2                         Award Agreement .  Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, which may include special terms for non-U.S. Participants in a separate appendix, in a written or electronic form approved by the Committee setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock subject to or otherwise underlying the Award, the exercise price, base price or purchase price of the Award, the time or times at which an Award will become vested, exercisable or payable and the term of the Award.  The Award Agreement may also set forth the effect on an Award of a Change in Control or a termination of Service under certain circumstances.  The Award Agreement shall be subject to and shall (or shall be deemed to) incorporate, by reference or otherwise, all of the applicable terms and conditions of the Plan, and may also set forth other terms and conditions applicable to the Award as determined by the Committee consistent with the limitations of the Plan.  The grant of an Award under the Plan shall not confer any rights upon the Participant holding such Award other than such terms, and subject to such conditions, as are specified in the Plan as being applicable to such type of Award (or to all Awards) or as are expressly set forth in the Award Agreement.  The Committee need not require the execution of an Award Agreement by a Participant, in which case, acceptance of the Award by the Participant shall constitute agreement by the Participant to the terms,

 

22



 

conditions, restrictions and limitations set forth in the Plan and the Award Agreement as well as the administrative guidelines of the Company in effect from time to time.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan and any Award Agreement, the provisions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

15.3                         No Assignment or Transfer; Beneficiaries .  Except as provided in Section 6.7(e) hereof or as otherwise determined by the Committee, Awards under the Plan shall not be assignable or transferable by the Participant, and shall not be subject in any manner to assignment, alienation, pledge, encumbrance or charge.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of the death of a Participant, except as otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement, an outstanding Award may be exercised by or shall become payable to the Participant’s beneficiary as designated by the Participant in the manner prescribed by the Committee or, in the absence of an authorized beneficiary designation, by a legatee or legatees of such Award under the participant’s last will or by such Participant’s executors, personal representatives or distributees of such Award in accordance with the Participant’s will or the laws of descent and distribution.  The Committee may provide in the terms of an Award Agreement or in any other manner prescribed by the Committee that the Participant shall have the right to designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries who shall be entitled to any rights, payments or other benefits specified under an Award following the Participant’s death.

 

15.4                         Deferrals of Payment .  The Committee may in its discretion permit a Participant to defer the receipt of payment of cash or delivery of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be due to the Participant by virtue of (a) the exercise of a right or the satisfaction of vesting or other conditions with respect to an Award or (b) an election to receive shares of Common Stock (in lieu of compensation otherwise payable in cash) on a deferred basis pursuant to Section 11.3 hereof; provided , however , that such discretion shall not apply in the case of a Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right.  If any such deferral is to be permitted by the Committee, the Committee shall establish rules and procedures relating to such deferral in a manner intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including, without limitation, the time when an election to defer may be made, the time period of the deferral and the events that would result in payment of the deferred amount, the interest or other earnings attributable to the deferral and the method of funding, if any, attributable to the deferred amount.

 

15.5                         No Right to Employment or Continued Service .  Nothing in the Plan, in the grant of any Award or in any Award Agreement shall confer upon any Eligible Person or any Participant any right to continue in the Service of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate the Service relationship of an Eligible Person or a Participant for any reason at any time.

 

15.6                         Rights as Stockholder .  Except as may otherwise be provided herein, a Participant shall have no rights as a holder of shares of Common Stock with respect to any unissued securities covered by an Award until the date the Participant becomes the holder of record of such securities.  Except as provided in Section 4.5 hereof or as otherwise determined by the Committee, no adjustment or other provision shall be made for dividends or other stockholder rights, except to the extent that the Award Agreement provides for dividend payments, dividend equivalent rights or other similar rights, it being understood that the Committee may provide for

 

23



 

the payment of dividends and other distributions to the Participant at such times as paid to the stockholders or at the times of vesting or otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.  The Committee may determine in its discretion the manner of delivery of Common Stock to be issued under the Plan, which may be by delivery of stock certificates, electronic account entry into new or existing accounts or any other means as the Committee, in its discretion, deems appropriate.  The Committee may (a) require that the stock certificates (if any) be held in escrow by the Company (or any of its officers) for any shares of Common Stock, (b) cause the shares of Common Stock to be legended in order to comply with the securities laws or other applicable restrictions or (c) should the shares of Common Stock be represented by book or electronic account entry rather than a certificate, take such steps to restrict transfer of such shares of Common Stock as the Committee considers necessary or advisable.

 

15.7                         Trading Policy Restrictions .  Option exercises and other Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s insider trading policy or other trading or ownership policy-related restrictions, terms and conditions as in effect from time to time.

 

15.8                         Section 409A Compliance and Section 280G .

 

(a)                                  Section 409A.   To the maximum extent possible, it is intended that the Plan and all Awards hereunder are, and shall be, exempt from or otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, the regulations thereunder promulgated by the United States Department of Treasury (the “ Treasury Regulations ”) and other guidance issued thereunder, and that the Plan and all Award Agreements shall be interpreted and applied by the Committee in a manner consistent with this intent in order to avoid the imposition of any additional Tax-Related Items under Section 409A of the Code.  In the event that any (i) provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement, (ii) Award, payment or transaction or (iii) other action or arrangement contemplated by the provisions of the Plan is determined by the Committee to not comply with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code, the Treasury Regulations and other guidance issued thereunder, the Committee shall have the authority to take such actions and to make such changes to the Plan or an Award Agreement as the Committee deems necessary to comply with such requirements.  No payment that constitutes deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code that would otherwise be made under the Plan or an Award Agreement upon a termination of Service will be made or provided unless and until such termination is also a “separation from service,” as determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything elsewhere in the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, if a Participant is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code at the time of termination of Service with respect to an Award, then solely to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of any additional Tax-Related Items under Section 409A of the Code, the commencement of any payments or benefits under the Award shall be deferred until the date that is six months following the Participant’s termination of Service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the specified employee) and shall instead be paid (in a manner set forth in the Award Agreement) on the payment date that immediately follows the end of such six-month period (or death) or as soon as administratively practicable within thirty (30) days thereafter, but in no event later than the end of the applicable taxable year.  In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional Tax-Related Items, interest or penalties that may be imposed on a Participant by Section 409A of the Code or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

 

24



 

(b)                                  Section 280G .

 

(i)                                      Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the receipt of all payments or distributions by the Company in the nature of compensation to or for a Participant’s benefit, whether paid or payable pursuant to this Plan or otherwise (a “ Payment ”), would subject the Participant to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, the accounting firm which audited the Company immediately prior to the corporate transaction which results in the application of such excise tax (the “ Accounting Firm ”) shall determine whether to reduce any of the Payments to the Reduced Amount (as defined below).  The Payments shall be reduced to the Reduced Amount only if the Accounting Firm determines that the Participant would have a greater Net After-Tax Receipt (as defined below) of aggregate Payments if the Participant’s Payments were reduced to the Reduced Amount.  If such a determination is not made by the Accounting Firm, the Participant shall receive all Payments to which the Participant is entitled.

 

(ii)                                   If the Accounting Firm determines that aggregate Payments should be reduced to the Reduced Amount, the Company shall promptly give the Participant notice to that effect and a copy of the detailed calculation thereof.  All determinations made by the Accounting Firm under this Section 15.8(b) shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable and in no event later than sixty (60) days following the date of termination or such earlier date as requested by the Company.  For purposes of reducing the Payments to the Reduced Amount, such reduction shall be implemented by determining the Parachute Payment Ratio (as defined below) for each Payment and then reducing the Payments in order beginning with the Payment with the highest Parachute Payment Ratio.  For Payments with the same Parachute Payment Ratio, such Payments shall be reduced based on the time of payment of such Payments, with amounts having later payment dates being reduced first.  For Payments with the same Parachute Payment Ratio and the same time of payment, such Payments shall be reduced on a pro rata basis (but not below zero) prior to reducing Payments with a lower Parachute Payment Ratio.  In all cases, the reduction of Payments shall be implemented in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code.  All other provisions of any agreement embodying the Payments shall remain in full force and effect.  All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.

 

(iii)                                As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed by the Company to or for the benefit of the Participant pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise which should not have been so paid or distributed (the “ Overpayment ”) or that additional amounts which will have not been paid or distributed by the Company to or for the benefit of the Participant pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise could have been so paid or distributed (the “ Underpayment ”), in each case, consistent with the calculation of the Reduced Amount hereunder. In the event that the Accounting Firm, based upon the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against either the Company or the Participant which the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success, determines that an Overpayment has been made, the Participant shall pay any such Overpayment to the Company together with interest at the applicable federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code; provided , however , that no amount shall be payable by the Participant to the Company if and to the extent such payment would not either reduce the amount

 

25



 

on which the Participant is subject to tax under Section 1 and Section 4999 of the Code or generate a refund of such taxes.  In the event that the Accounting Firm, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, determines that an Underpayment has occurred, any such Underpayment shall be paid promptly (and in no event later than sixty (60) days following the date on which the Underpayment is determined) by the Company to or for the benefit of the Participant together with interest at the applicable federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code.

 

(iv)                               For purposes hereof, the following terms have the meanings set forth below: (A) “ Reduced Amount ” shall mean the greatest amount of Payments that can be paid that would not result in the imposition of the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code if the Accounting Firm determines to reduce Payments pursuant to this Section 15.8(b), (B) “ Net After-Tax Receipt ” shall mean the present value (as determined in accordance with Sections 280G(b)(2)(A)(ii) and 280G(d)(4) of the Code) of a Payment net of all taxes imposed on the Participant with respect thereto under Sections 1 and 4999 of the Code and under applicable state and local laws, determined by applying the highest marginal rate under Section 1 of the Code and under state and local laws which applied to the Participant’s taxable income for the immediately preceding taxable year, or such other rate(s) as the Participant certifies, in the Participant’s sole discretion, as likely to apply to the Participant in the relevant tax year(s), and (C) “ Parachute Payment Ratio ” shall mean a fraction the numerator of which is the present value (as determined in accordance with Sections 280G(b)(2)(A)(ii) and 280G(d)(4) of the Code) of the applicable Payment for purposes of Section 280G and the denominator of which is the intrinsic value of such Payment.

 

15.9                         Securities and Exchange Control Law Compliance .  No shares of Common Stock will be issued or transferred pursuant to an Award unless and until all then applicable requirements imposed by federal and state securities and other securities or exchange control laws, rules and regulations and by any regulatory agencies having jurisdiction, and by any exchanges upon which the shares of Common Stock may be listed, have been fully met.  As a condition precedent to the issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the grant or exercise of an Award, the Company may require the Participant to take any reasonable action to meet such requirements.  The Committee may impose such conditions on any shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, restrictions under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, under the requirements of any exchange upon which such shares of the same class are then listed and under any blue sky or other securities laws applicable to such shares.

 

15.10                  Substitute Awards in Corporate Transactions .  Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Committee to grant Awards under the Plan in connection with the acquisition, whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction, of the business or assets of any corporation or other entity.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Committee may grant Awards under the Plan to an employee, director or other individual service provider of another corporation who becomes an Eligible Person by reason of any such corporate transaction in substitution for awards previously granted by such corporation or entity to such person.  The terms and conditions of the substitute Awards may vary from the terms and conditions that would otherwise be required by the Plan solely to the extent the Committee deems necessary for such purpose.  Any such substitute awards shall not (a) reduce the number

 

26



 

of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (b) be subject to or counted against the Award limits specified in Sections 4.3, 4.4 or 10.7 hereof or (c) replenish the Share Reserve upon the occurrence of any event set forth in Section 4.2 hereof.

 

15.11                  Tax Withholding .  The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold automatically from any amount deliverable under the Award or otherwise, or require a Participant to remit to the Company or the applicable Subsidiary, the minimum statutory amount to satisfy federal, state and local Tax-Related Items, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the Plan.  With respect to required withholding, Participants may elect (subject to the Company’s automatic withholding right set out above) to satisfy the withholding requirement with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the Plan, in whole or in part, by the methods described in Section 6.5 hereof with respect to Stock Options or by a method similar to the methods described in Section 6.5 hereof with respect to Awards other than Stock Options (except as otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement).

 

15.12                  Unfunded Plan .  The adoption of the Plan and any reservation of shares of Stock or cash amounts by the Company to discharge its obligations hereunder shall not be deemed to create a trust or other funded arrangement.  Except upon the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to an Award, any rights of a Participant under the Plan shall be those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company, and neither a Participant nor the Participant’s permitted transferees or estate shall have any other interest in any assets of the Company by virtue of the Plan.  Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Company shall have the right to implement or set aside funds in a grantor trust, subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors or otherwise, to discharge its obligations under the Plan.  The Plan is not subject to the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

15.13                  Other Compensation and Benefit Plans .  The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other share incentive or other compensation plans in effect for the Company or any Subsidiary, nor shall the Plan preclude the Company or any Subsidiary from establishing any other forms of share incentive or other compensation or benefit program for employees of the Company or any Subsidiary.  The amount of any income deemed to be received by a Participant pursuant to an Award shall not constitute includable compensation for purposes of determining the amount of benefits to which a Participant is entitled under any other compensation or benefit plan or program of the Company or a Subsidiary, including, without limitation, under any pension or severance benefits plan, except to the extent specifically provided by the terms of any such plan.

 

15.14                  Plan Binding on Transferees .  The Plan shall be binding upon the Company, its transferees and assigns, and the Participant, the Participant’s executor, personal representative(s), distributes, administrator, permitted transferees, permitted assignees, beneficiaries and legatee(s), as applicable.

 

15.15                  Severability .  If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any court of law in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions hereof and thereof shall be severable and enforceable in accordance with their terms, and all provisions shall remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction.

 

27



 

15.16                  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .  The Plan and each Award Agreement and all claims, causes of action or proceedings (whether in contract, in tort, at law or otherwise) that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts- or choice-of-law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of the Plan to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.  Each Participant and each party to an Award Agreement agrees that it shall bring all claims, causes of action and proceedings (whether in contract, in tort, at law or otherwise) that may be based upon, arise out of or be related to the Plan or any Award Agreement exclusively in the Delaware Court of Chancery or, in the event (but only in the event) that such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction over such claim, cause of action or proceeding, exclusively in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware (the “ Chosen Court ”), and hereby (i) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chosen Court, (ii) waives any objection to laying venue in any such proceeding in the Chosen Court, (iii) waives any objection that the Chosen Court is an inconvenient forum or does not have jurisdiction over any party and (iv) agrees that service of process upon such party in any such claim or cause of action shall be effective if notice is given in accordance with such Award Agreement.

 

15.17                  No Fractional Shares .  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine (i) whether cash, other securities or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock or (ii) whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated (in the case of this clause (ii), with no consideration paid therefor).

 

15.18                  No Guarantees Regarding Tax Treatment .  Neither the Company nor the Committee make any guarantees to any person regarding the tax treatment of Awards or payments made under the Plan.  Neither the Company nor the Committee has any obligation to take any action to prevent the assessment of any Tax-Related Items on any person with respect to any Award under Section 409A of the Code, Section 4999 of the Code, Section 280G of the Code or otherwise and neither the Company nor the Committee shall have any liability to a person with respect thereto.

 

15.19                  Data Protection .  By participating in the Plan, each Participant consents to the collection, processing, transmission and storage by the Company, its Subsidiaries and any third party administrators of any data of a professional or personal nature for the purposes of administering the Plan.

 

15.20                  Awards to Non-U.S. Employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants.   With respect to grants of Awards to Eligible Persons residing in countries other than the United States in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries operates or has employees, Non-Employee Directors, consultants or other personal service providers, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to:

 

(a)                                  Determine which Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan;

 

28



 

(b)                                  Determine which employees, Non-Employee Directors, consultants or other personal service providers outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan;

 

(c)                                   Modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to employees, Non-Employee Directors,  consultants or other personal service providers outside the United States to facilitate compliance with applicable foreign laws;

 

(d)                                  Take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, including, without limitation, to facilitate compliance with applicable foreign laws; and

 

(e)                                   Establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable.  Any subplans and modifications to Plan terms and procedures established under this Section 15.20 by the Committee shall be attached to this Plan document as appendices.

 

16.                                Term; Amendment and Termination; Stockholder Approval .

 

16.1                         Term .  The Plan shall be effective as of the later of (i) the date of adoption by the Board, which date is set forth below, and (ii) the effectiveness of the Form S-8 in connection with the Company’s initial public offering (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

16.2                         Amendment and Termination .  The Committee may from time to time and in any respect, amend, modify, suspend or terminate the Plan; provided , that, except as provided in Section 15.8, Section 15.20 or as otherwise determined by the Committee as it deems necessary to comply with applicable laws, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of the Plan shall adversely affect any Award theretofore granted without the consent of the Participant or the permitted transferee of the Award.  The Committee may seek the approval of any amendment, modification, suspension or termination by the Company’s stockholders to the extent it deems necessary or advisable in its discretion for purposes of compliance with Section 162(m) or Section 422 of the Code, the listing requirements of the Principal Market or other exchange or securities market or for any other purpose.

 

This Plan was duly adopted and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company by resolution at a meeting held on the [ · ] day of [ · ], 2014.

 

*                                          *                                          *

 

29




Exhibit 10.6

 

INC RESEARCH HOLDINGS, INC.
2014 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Stock Option Award Agreement for U.S. Participants

 

This Stock Option Award Agreement for U.S. Participants (this “ Agreement ”) is made by and between INC Research Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [ · ] (the “ Participant ”), effective as of [ · ] (the “ Date of Grant ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Company has adopted the INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as the same may be amended and/or amended and restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”), which Plan is incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement, and capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement will have the meanings ascribed to those terms in the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS , the Committee has authorized and approved the grant of an Award to the Participant of a Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock (“ Shares ”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants set forth in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Grant of Stock Option Award The Company has granted to the Participant, effective as of the Date of Grant, the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, all or any part of an aggregate of [ · ] Shares, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Plan (the “ Option ”).  The Option is intended to be a [ · ](1).

 

2.                                       Exercise Price .   The exercise price of the Option is $[ · ] per Share, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Plan (the “ Exercise Price ”).

 

3.                                       Vesting of Option .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, the Option will vest as follows:

 

(a)                                  General .  Except as otherwise provided in Sections 3(b) and 4, the Option will vest in equal annual installments of [25%](2) of the Shares over a [four](3)-year period on each anniversary of the Date of Grant, subject to the Participant’s continued Service through each applicable vesting date.

 


(1) NTD: Insert Nonqualified Stock Option or Incentive Stock Option, as applicable.

 

(2) NTD: Use “one-third” for annual option grants to directors.

 

(3) NTD: Use “three” for annual option grants to directors.

 



 

(b)                                  Change in Control .  The Option will become fully vested immediately prior the consummation of a Change in Control subject to the Participant’s continued Service through the date of such Change in Control.

 

4.                                       Forfeiture; Expiration .

 

(a)                                  Termination of Service .  Any unvested portion of the Option will be forfeited immediately, automatically and without consideration upon a termination of the Participant’s Service for any reason.  In the event the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the vested portion of the Option will also be forfeited immediately, automatically and without consideration upon that termination for Cause.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Option and the Shares (and any resulting proceeds) will continue to be subject to Section 13 of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Expiration .  Any unexercised portion of the Option will expire on the [ · ](4) anniversary of the Date of Grant (the “ Expiration Date ”), or earlier as provided in this Agreement (including Section 5) or the Plan.

 

5.                                       Period of Exercise .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Participant may exercise all or any part of the vested portion of the Option at any time prior to the earliest to occur of:

 

(a)                                  the Expiration Date ;

 

(b)                                  the date that is one (1) year following termination of the Participant’s Service due to death or Disability ;

 

(c)                                   the date that is [ninety (90) days](5) following termination of the Participant’s Service without Cause or, to the extent applicable, for Good Reason ;

 

(d)                                  the date of termination of the Participant’s Service for Cause; or

 

(e)                                   the date that is forty-five (45) days following the termination of the Participant’s Service for any reason other than pursuant to Sections 5(b), 5(c) or 5(d) above.

 

6.                                       Exercise of Option

 

(a)                                  Notice of Exercise .  Subject to Section 4 and 5, the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant’s representative may exercise all or any part of the vested portion of the Option by delivering to the Company at its principal office a written notice of exercise in the form attached as Exhibit A or any other form that the Committee may permit (such notice, a “ Notice of

 


(4) NTD: Term of option not to exceed ten years from the date of grant.

 

(5) NTD: Replace with “three (3) months” if Incentive Stock Option.

 

2



 

Exercise ”).  The Notice of Exercise will be signed by the person exercising the Option.  In the event that the Option is being exercised by the Participant’s representative, the Notice of Exercise will be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Committee) of the representative’s right to exercise the Option.  The Participant or the Participant’s representative will deliver to the Committee, at the time of giving the Notice of Exercise, payment in a form permissible under Section 7 for the full amount of the Purchase Price and applicable Tax-Related Items withholding as provided below.

 

(b)                                  Issuance of Common Stock .  After all requirements with respect to the exercise of the Option have been satisfied, including, any Tax-Related Items withholding, the Committee will cause to be issued the Shares as to which the Option has been exercised (or, in the Committee’s discretion, in un-certificated form, upon the books of the Company’s transfer agent), registered in the name of the person exercising the Option (or in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with right of survivorship).  Neither the Company nor the Committee will be liable to the Participant or any other Person for damages relating to any delays in issuing the Shares or any mistakes or errors in the issuance of the Shares.

 

(c)                                   Withholding Requirements .  The Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold automatically from any Shares deliverable under this Agreement, or to require the Participant or the Participant’s representative to remit to the Company, the minimum statutory amount necessary to satisfy federal, state and local Tax-Related Items, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of this Agreement (collectively, “ Withheld Taxes ”) ; provided that any obligations to pay Withheld Taxes may be satisfied in the manner in which the Purchase Price is permitted to be paid under Section 7 or any other manner permitted by the Plan.

 

7.                                       Payment for Shares The “ Purchase Price ” will be the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised.  All or part of the Purchase Price and any Withheld Taxes may be paid as follows:

 

(a)                                  Cash or Check .  I n cash or by bank certified check.

 

(b)                                  Brokered Cashless Exercise To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise provided by the Committee, from the proceeds of a sale through a broker on the date of exercise of some or all of the Shares to which the exercise relates.  In that case, the Participant will provide the Company a properly executed Notice of Exercise, together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale proceeds to pay the aggregate purchase price and/or Withheld Taxes, as applicable.  To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, enter into agreements or coordinate procedures with one or more brokerage firms .

 

3



 

(c)                                   Net Exercise By reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the Option by the number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of the Purchase Price and/or Withheld Taxes, as applicable.

 

(d)                                  Surrender of Stock .  In each instance, at the sole discretion of the Committee , by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Participant free and clear of any restriction or limitation, unless the Committee specifically agrees to accept such Shares subject to such restriction or limitation.  Such Shares will be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and will be valued by the Company at their Fair Market Value on the date of the applicable exercise of the Option, or to the extent applicable, on the date the Withheld Taxes is to be determined.  The Participant will not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Purchase Price (or Withheld Taxes) if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to this Option for financial reporting purposes that otherwise would not have occurred .

 

8.                                       Adjustment to Option .  In the event of any change with respect to the outstanding shares of Common Stock contemplated by Section 4.5 of the Plan, the Option may be adjusted in accordance with Section 4.5 of the Plan.

 

9.                                       Miscellaneous Provisions

 

(a)                                  Securities Laws Requirements .  No Shares will be issued or transferred pursuant to this Agreement unless and until all then applicable requirements imposed by federal and state securities and other laws, rules and regulations and by any regulatory agencies having jurisdiction, and by any exchanges upon which the Shares may be listed, have been fully met.  As a condition precedent to the issuance of Shares pursuant to this Agreement, the Company may require the Participant to take any reasonable action to meet those requirements.  The Committee may impose such conditions on any Shares issuable pursuant to this Agreement as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, restrictions under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, under the requirements of any exchange upon which shares of the same class are then listed and under any blue sky or other securities laws applicable to those Shares.

 

(b)                                  Rights of a Shareholder of the Company . Neither the Participant nor the Participant’s representative will have any rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Shares subject to the Option until the Participant or the Participant’s representative becomes entitled to receive those Shares by (i) filing a Notice of Exercise, (ii) paying the Purchase Price and Withheld Taxes as provided in this Agreement, and the Company actually receiving those amounts, (iii) the Company issuing those Shares and entering the name of the Participant in the register of shareholders of the Company as the registered holder of those Shares and (iv) satisfying any other conditions as the Committee reasonably requires.

 

4



 

(c)                                   Transfer Restrictions .  The Shares purchased by exercise of the Option will be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such shares are listed, any applicable federal or state laws and any agreement with, or policy of, the Company or the Committee to which the Participant is a party or subject, and the Committee may cause orders or designations to be placed upon the books and records of the Company’s transfer agent to make appropriate reference to such restrictions .

 

(d)                                  No Right to Continued Service Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan confers upon the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Subsidiary employing or retaining the Participant) or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause .

 

(e)                                   Notification Any notification required by the terms of this Agreement will be given by the Participant (i) in a writing addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and will be deemed effective upon actual receipt when delivered by personal delivery or by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, or (ii) by electronic transmission to the Company’s e-mail address of the Company’s General Counsel and will be deemed effective upon actual receipt.  Any notification required by the terms of this Agreement will be given by the Company (x) in a writing addressed to the address that the Participant most recently provided to the Company and will be deemed effective upon personal delivery or within three (3) days of deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, or (y) by facsimile or electronic transmission to the Participant’s primary work fax number or e-mail address (as applicable) and will be deemed effective upon confirmation of receipt by the sender of such transmission.

 

(f)                                    Entire Agreement This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter of this Agreement.  This Agreement and the Plan supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter of this Agreement .

 

(g)                                   Waiver No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement will be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition whether of like or different nature .

 

(h)                                  Successors and Assigns The provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon the Participant, the Participant’s executor, personal representative(s), distributees, administrator, permitted transferees, permitted assignees, beneficiaries, and legatee(s), as applicable, whether or not any such person will

 

5



 

have become a party to this Agreement and have agreed in writing to be joined herein and be bound by the terms hereof .

 

(i)                                      Severability .  The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, then the remaining provisions will nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

(j)                                     Amendment .  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, this Agreement will not be amended unless the amendment is agreed to in writing by both the Participant and the Company.

 

(k)                                  Choice of Law; Jurisdiction This Agreement and all claims, causes of action or proceedings (whether in contract, in tort, at law or otherwise) that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement will be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts or choice-of-law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.  The Participant and each party to this Agreement agrees that it will bring all claims, causes of action and proceedings (whether in contract, in tort, at law or otherwise) that may be based upon, arise out of or be related to the Plan and this Agreement exclusively in the Delaware Court of Chancery or, in the event (but only in the event) that such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction over such claim, cause of action or proceeding, exclusively in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware (the “ Chosen Court ”), and hereby (i) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chosen Court, (ii) waives any objection to laying venue in any such proceeding in the Chosen Court, (iii) waives any objection that the Chosen Court is an inconvenient forum or does not have jurisdiction over any party and (iv) agrees that service of process upon such party in any such claim or cause of action will be effective if notice is given in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(l)                                      Signature in Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, manually or electronically, each of which will be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures to each were upon the same instrument.

 

(m)                              Acceptance .  The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Agreement.  The Participant has read and understands the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, and accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.  In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained in this Agreement and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable term and provision of the Plan will govern and prevail .

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Participant have executed this Stock Option Award Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

PARTICIPANT

INC RESEARCH HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

[Signature Page — Form — Stock Option Award Agreement for U.S. Participants]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

INC Research Holdings, Inc.
[Address 1]
[Address 2]
Attention: General Counsel

 

Date of Exercise:                                

 

Ladies & Gentlemen:

 

1.                                       Exercise of Option .  This constitutes notice to INC Research Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) that, pursuant to my INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Award Agreement, dated                       , 20     (the “ Award Agreement ”), I elect to purchase the number of Shares set forth below for the price set forth below.  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this notice will have the meanings ascribed to those terms in the Award Agreement.  By signing and delivering this notice to the Company, I hereby acknowledge that I am the holder of the Option exercised by this notice and have full power and authority to exercise the Option.

 

Number of Shares as to which Option is exercised (“Optioned Shares”):

 

 

 

 

 

Shares to be issued in name of:

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

 

 

Total Purchase Price:

 

 

 

2.                                       Delivery of Payment . With this notice, I hereby deliver to the Company the full exercise price of the Optioned Shares and any and all Tax-Related Items withholding due in connection with the exercise of my Option, subject to satisfaction of the Purchase Price any and all Tax-Related Items withholding in any other manner consistent with the Award Agreement and the Plan.

 

3.                                       Rights as Stockholder .  While the Company will endeavor to process this notice in a timely manner, I acknowledge that, until the issuance of the Optioned Shares (or, in the Committee’s discretion, in un-certificated form, upon the books of the Company’s transfer agent) and my satisfaction of any other conditions imposed by the Committee pursuant to the Plan or as set forth in the Award Agreement, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Optioned Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of my

 

A-1



 

Option.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance of the Optioned Shares.

 

4.                                       Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this notice will be submitted promptly by me or by the Company to the Committee.  The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee will be final and binding on all parties.

 

5.                                       Entire Agreement . The Plan, the Award Agreement under which the Optioned Shares were granted are incorporated herein by reference and, together with this notice, constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this notice.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Social Security Number:

 

 

 

A-2


 



Exhibit 10.14

 

INC RESEARCH HOLDINGS, INC.
2014 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Restricted Stock Award Agreement

 

This Restricted Stock Award Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made by and between INC Research Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [ · ] (the “ Participant ”), effective as of [ · ] (the “ Date of Grant ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Company has adopted the INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as the same may be amended and/or amended and restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”), which Plan is incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement, and capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement will have the meanings ascribed to those terms in the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS , the Committee has authorized and approved the grant of an Award to the Participant of Restricted Stock , subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants set forth in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Grant of Restricted Stock Award The Company has granted to the Participant, effective as of the Date of Grant, [ · ] shares of Restricted Stock, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Plan.

 

2.                                       Issuance of Shares .

 

(a)                                  Book-Entry Registration of the Shares; Delivery of Shares .  The Company may at its election either: (i) after the Date of Grant, issue a certificate representing the shares of Restricted Stock subject to this Agreement and place a legend and stop transfer notice on that certificate, in which case the Company may retain that certificate unless, until and as any shares represented by that certificate have vested and may cancel that certificate if and to the extent that the shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited or otherwise required to be transferred back to the Company; provided that, if the shares of Restricted Stock are to be certificated, the Company may require the Participant to deliver to the Company a duly-executed blank stock power in a form to be provided by the Company; or (ii) not issue any certificate representing the shares of Restricted Stock subject to this Agreement and instead document the Participant’s interest in the shares of Restricted Stock by registering the shares of Restricted Stock with the Company’s transfer agent (or another custodian selected by the Company) in book-entry form in the Participant’s name with the applicable restrictions noted in the book entry system, in which case no certificate representing all or any part of the shares of Restricted Stock will be issued unless, until and as any of those shares have vested, and the Company may cancel those book entry shares if and to the extent

 



 

that the shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited or otherwise required to be transferred back to the Company.  In any case, the Company may provide a reasonable delay in the issuance or delivery of vested shares of Common Stock to address Tax-Related Items withholding and other administrative matters.

 

(b)                                  Shareholder Rights . The Participant will not have any rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock, including voting rights, unless, until and as the shares of Restricted Stock vest; provided that the Participant will be entitled to receive dividends with respect to the vested Restricted Stock and with respect to the unvested Restricted Stock as may be determined by the Committee in accordance with the Plan; and provided further that (x) any regular cash dividends paid with respect to an unvested share of Restricted Stock (the “ associated share ”) will be withheld by the Company and will be paid to the Participant, without interest, within thirty (30) days after the associated share vests and will be forfeited if and when the associated share is forfeited, and (y) any property (other than cash) distributed with respect to an associated share (including without limitation a distribution of shares by reason of a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise or a distribution of other securities with respect to an associated share) will be subject to the restrictions of this Agreement in the same manner and for so long as the associated share remains subject to those restrictions and will be forfeited if and when the associated share is forfeited or will vest if and when the associated share vests.

 

(c)                                   Withholding Requirements . As a condition to the grant and vesting of the Restricted Stock, the Participant will make such arrangements as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign Tax-Related Items withholding obligations that may arise in connection with that Restricted Stock.  Unless otherwise elected by the Participant within ninety (90) days following the Date of Grant, these requirements will be met by having the Company withhold a number of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value on the date the Tax-Related Items are to be determined equal to the minimum statutory total Tax-Related Items that could be imposed on the transaction.

 

3.                                       Vesting of Restricted Stock .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, the Restricted Stock will vest as follows:

 

(a)                                  General Except as otherwise provided in Sections 3(b) and 4, the shares of Restricted Stock will vest in equal annual installments of [25%](1) over a [four](2)-year period on each anniversary of the Date of Grant, subject to the Participant’s continued Service through each applicable vesting date.

 


(1)  NTD: Use “one-third” for annual option grants to directors.

 

(2)  NTD: Use “three” for annual option grants to directors.

 

2



 

(b)                                  Change in Control . All shares of Restricted Stock will become fully vested immediately prior to the consummation of a Change in Control subject to the Participant’s continued Service through the date of such Change in Control.

 

4.                                       Forfeiture .  Any unvested shares of Restricted Stock will be forfeited immediately, automatically and without consideration upon a termination of the Participant’s Service for any reason.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the shares of Restricted Stock and any vested shares (and any resulting proceeds) will continue to be subject to Section 13 of the Plan.

 

5.                                       Adjustment to Restricted Stock .  In the event of any change with respect to the outstanding shares of Common Stock contemplated by Section 4.5 of the Plan, the Restricted Stock may be adjusted in accordance with Section 4.5 of the Plan.

 

6.                                       Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Securities Laws Requirements .  No shares of Common Stock will be issued or transferred pursuant to this Agreement unless and until all then applicable requirements imposed by federal and state securities and other laws, rules and regulations and by any regulatory agencies having jurisdiction, and by any exchanges upon which the shares of Common Stock may be listed, have been fully met.  As a condition precedent to the issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement, the Company may require the Participant to take any reasonable action to meet those requirements.  The Committee may impose such conditions on any shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to this Agreement as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, restrictions under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, under the requirements of any exchange upon which shares of the same class are then listed and under any blue sky or other securities laws applicable to those shares of Common Stock.

 

(b)                                  Section 83(b) Election . The Participant may file an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to the Restricted Stock, provided that the Participant has made such arrangements as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign Tax-Related Items withholding obligations with respect to the transfer of shares of Restricted Stock in cash, upon the filing of such election. If the Participant makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, the Participant will file, within thirty (30) days following the date of grant, a copy of such election with the Company and with the Internal Revenue Service, in accordance with the regulations under Section 83 of the Code. The Participant acknowledges that it is his or her sole responsibility, and not the Company’s, to file a timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, even if the Participant requests that the Company or its representatives make this filing on his or her behalf.

 

(c)                                   Non-Transferability Any shares of Common Stock delivered hereunder will be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations and other requirements of

 

3



 

the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such shares are listed, any applicable federal or state laws and any agreement with, or policy of, the Company or the Committee to which the Participant is a party or subject, and the Committee may cause orders or designations to be placed upon any certificate(s) or other document(s) delivered to the Participant, or on the books and records of the Company’s transfer agent, to make appropriate reference to such restrictions .

 

(d)                                  No Right to Continued Service Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Subsidiary employing or retaining the Participant) or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause .

 

(e)                                   Notification Any notification required by the terms of this Agreement will be given by the Participant (i) in a writing addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and will be deemed effective upon actual receipt when delivered by personal delivery or by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, or (ii) by electronic transmission to the Company’s e-mail address of the Company’s General Counsel and will be deemed effective upon actual receipt.  Any notification required by the terms of this Agreement will be given by the Company (x) in a writing addressed to the address that the Participant most recently provided to the Company and will be deemed effective upon personal delivery or within three (3) days of deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, or (y) by facsimile or electronic transmission to the Participant’s primary work fax number or e-mail address (as applicable) and will be deemed effective upon confirmation of receipt by the sender of such transmission.

 

(f)                                    Entire Agreement This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter of this Agreement.  This Agreement and the Plan supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter of this Agreement .

 

(g)                                   Waiver No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement will be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition whether of like or different nature .

 

(h)                                  Successors and Assigns The provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon the Participant, the Participant’s executor, personal representative(s), distributees, administrator, permitted transferees, permitted assignees, beneficiaries and legatee(s), as applicable, whether or not any such person will have become a party to this Agreement and have agreed in writing to be joined herein and be bound by the terms hereof .

 

4



 

(i)                                      Severability .  The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, then the remaining provisions will nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

(j)                                     Amendment .  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, this Agreement will not be amended unless the amendment is agreed to in writing by both the Participant and the Company.

 

(k)                                  Choice of Law; Jurisdiction This Agreement and all claims, causes of action or proceedings (whether in contract, in tort, at law or otherwise) that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement will be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts or choice-of-law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.  The Participant and each party to this Agreement agrees that it will bring all claims, causes of action and proceedings (whether in contract, in tort, at law or otherwise) that may be based upon, arise out of or be related to the Plan and this Agreement exclusively in the Delaware Court of Chancery or, in the event (but only in the event) that such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction over such claim, cause of action or proceeding, exclusively in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware (the “ Chosen Court ”), and hereby (i) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chosen Court, (ii) waives any objection to laying venue in any such proceeding in the Chosen Court, (iii) waives any objection that the Chosen Court is an inconvenient forum or does not have jurisdiction over any party and (iv) agrees that service of process upon such party in any such claim or cause of action will be effective if notice is given in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(l)                                      Signature in Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, manually or electronically, each of which will be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures to each were upon the same instrument.

 

(m)                              Acceptance .  The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Agreement.  The Participant has read and understands the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, and accepts the Restricted Stock subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.  In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained in this Agreement and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable term or provision of the Plan will govern and prevail .

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Participant have executed this Restricted Stock Award Agreement as of the Date of Grant.

 

 

Participant

 

INC Research Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[Signature Page — Form — Restricted Stock Award Agreement]

 




Exhibit 10.15

 

INC RESEARCH HOLDINGS, INC.
2014 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Stock Option Award Agreement for Non-U.S. Participants

 

This Stock Option Award Agreement for Non-U.S. Participants (the “ Option Agreement ”), including any special terms and conditions for the Participant’s country set forth in an appendix to the Plan or the Option Agreement, and provided to the Participant (collectively this “ Agreement ”) is made by and between INC Research Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [ · ] (the “ Participant ”), effective as of [ · ] (the “ Date of Grant ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Company has adopted the INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as the same may be amended and/or amended and restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”), which Plan is incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement, and capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement will have the meanings ascribed to those terms in the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS , the Committee has authorized and approved the grant of an Award to the Participant of a Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock (“ Shares ”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, including any special terms and conditions for the Participant’s country set forth in an appendix to the Plan or the Option Agreement provided to the Participant.

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants set forth in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Grant of Stock Option Award .   The Company has granted to the Participant, effective as of the Date of Grant, the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, all or any part of an aggregate of [ · ] Shares, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Plan (the “ Option ”).  The Option is intended to be a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

2.                                       Exercise Price .   The exercise price of the Option is $[ · ] per Share, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Plan (the “ Exercise Price ”).

 

3.                                       Vesting of Option .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, the Option will vest as follows:

 

(a)                                  General .  Except as otherwise provided in Sections 3(b) and 4, the Option will vest in equal annual installments of [25%](1) of the Shares over a [four](2)-year period on each anniversary of the Date of Grant, subject to the Participant’s continued Service through each applicable vesting date.

 


(1)  NTD: Use “one-third” for annual option grants to directors.

 

(2)  NTD: Use “three” for annual option grants to directors.

 



 

(b)                                  Change in Control .  The Option will become fully vested immediately prior the consummation of a Change in Control subject to the Participant’s continued Service through the date of such Change in Control.

 

4.                                       Forfeiture; Expiration .

 

(a)          Termination of Service .  Any unvested portion of the Option will be forfeited immediately, automatically and without consideration upon a termination of the Participant’s Service for any reason.  In the event the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the vested portion of the Option will also be forfeited immediately, automatically and without consideration upon that termination for Cause.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Option and the Shares (and any resulting proceeds) will continue to be subject to Section 13 of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Expiration .  Any unexercised portion of the Option will expire on the [ · ](3) anniversary of the Date of Grant (the “ Expiration Date ”), or earlier as provided in this Agreement (including Section 5) or the Plan.

 

5.                                       Period of Exercise .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Participant may exercise all or any part of the vested portion of the Option at any time prior to the earliest to occur of:

 

(a)                                  the Expiration Date ;

 

(b)                                  the date that is one (1) year following termination of the Participant’s Service due to death or Disability ;

 

(c)                                   the date that is ninety (90) days following termination of the Participant’s Service without Cause or, to the extent applicable, for Good Reason ;

 

(d)                                  the date of termination of the Participant’s Service for Cause; or

 

(e)                                   the date that is forty-five (45) days following the termination of the Participant’s Service for any reason other than pursuant to Sections 5(b), 5(c) or 5(d) above.

 

6.                                       Exercise of Option

 

(a)                                  Notice of Exercise .  Subject to Section 4 and 5, the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant’s representative may exercise all or any part of the vested portion of the Option by delivering to the Company at its principal office a written notice of exercise in the form attached as Exhibit A or any other form that the Committee may permit (such notice, a “ Notice of Exercise ”).  The Notice of Exercise will be signed by the person exercising the Option.  In the event that the Option is being exercised by the Participant’s

 


(3)  NTD: Term of option not to exceed ten years from the date of grant.

 

2



 

representative, the Notice of Exercise will be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Committee) of the representative’s right to exercise the Option.  The Participant or the Participant’s representative will deliver to the Committee, at the time of giving the Notice of Exercise, payment in a form permissible under Section 7 for the full amount of the Purchase Price and applicable Tax-Related Items withholding as provided below.

 

(b)                                  Issuance of Common Stock .  After all requirements with respect to the exercise of the Option have been satisfied, including any Tax-Related Items, the Committee will cause to be issued the Shares as to which the Option has been exercised (or, in the Committee’s discretion, in un-certificated form, upon the books of the Company’s transfer agent), registered in the name of the person exercising the Option (or in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with right of survivorship if recognized in the Participant’s jurisdiction).  Neither the Company nor the Committee will be liable to the Participant or any other Person for damages relating to any delays in issuing the Shares or any mistakes or errors in the issuance of the Shares.

 

(c)                                   Responsibility for Taxes .  The Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, the Subsidiary employing or retaining the Participant (the “ Employer ”), the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains the Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer.  The Participant further acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Options, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting, or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends; and (2) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate the Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result.  Further, if the Participant is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction, the Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former Employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

 

(d)                                  Withholding Requirements .  Prior to any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Participant agrees to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all Tax-Related Items.  In this regard, the Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy their withholding obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by any of the means described in of the Plan or Section 7 of this Agreement.

 

Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding rates or other applicable withholding rates, including maximum applicable rates,

 

3



 

in which case the Participant will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Common Stock equivalent.  If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, the Participant is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the exercised Options, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares is held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

 

Finally, the Participant agrees to pay to the Company or the Employer, including through withholding from the Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to the Participant by the Company and/or the Employer, any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of the Participant’s participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described.  The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares, if the Participant fails to comply with the Participant’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

 

7.                                       Payment for Shares The “ Purchase Price ” will be the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised.  All or part of the Purchase Price and any Tax-Related Items withholding may be paid as follows:

 

(a)                                  Cash or Check .  I n cash or by bank certified check.

 

(b)                                  Brokered Cashless Exercise To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise provided by the Committee, from the proceeds of a sale through a broker on the date of exercise of some or all of the Shares to which the exercise relates.  In that case, the Participant will provide the Company a properly executed Notice of Exercise, together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale proceeds to pay the aggregate purchase price and/or Tax-Related Items withholding, as applicable.  To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may enter into agreements or coordinate procedures with one or more brokerage firms .

 

(c)                                   Net Exercise By reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the Option by the number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of the Purchase Price and/or Tax-Related Items withholding, as applicable.

 

(d)                                  Surrender of Stock .  In each instance, at the sole discretion of the Committee , by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Participant free and clear of any restriction or limitation, unless the Committee specifically agrees to accept such Shares subject to such restriction or limitation.  Such Shares will be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and will be valued by the Company at their Fair Market Value on the date of the applicable exercise of the Option, or to the extent applicable, on the date the Tax-Related Items withholding is to be determined.  The Participant will not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Purchase Price (or Tax-

 

4



 

Related Items withholding) if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to this Option for financial reporting purposes that otherwise would not have occurred .

 

8.                                       Adjustment to Option .  In the event of any change with respect to the outstanding Shares contemplated by Section 4.5 of the Plan, the Option may be adjusted in accordance with Section 4.5 of the Plan.

 

9.                                       Nature of Grant .  In accepting the grant of the Option, the Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

 

(a)                                  the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

 

(b)                                  the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

 

(c)                                   all decisions with respect to future Options or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

(d)                                  the Option grant and the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall not be interpreted as forming a Service contract with the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(e)                                   the Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

(f)                                    the Option and the Shares subject to the Option, and the income and value of same, are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

 

(g)                                   the Option and the Shares subject to the Option, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including, without limitation, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, holiday pay, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

 

(h)                                  the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

(i)                                      if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

 

(j)                                     if the Participant exercises the Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

 

(k)                                  no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from a termination of the Participant’s Service (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of

 

5



 

employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Participant is employed or the terms of the Participant’s employment agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Option to which the Participant is otherwise not entitled, the Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, waives the Participant’s ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company and its Subsidiaries from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

 

(l)                                      for purposes of the Option, the Participant’s Service will be considered terminated as of the date that the Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later to be found invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Participant is employed or the terms of the Participant’s employment agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or determined by the Company, (i) the Participant’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period ( e.g. , the Participant’s period of Service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Participant is employed or the terms of the Participant’s employment agreement, if any), and (ii) the period (if any) during which the Participant may exercise the Option after such termination of the Participant’s employment will commence on such date and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Participant is employed or terms of the Participant’s employment agreement, if any; the Committee shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when the Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of the Option (including whether the Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence); and

 

(m)                              neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between the Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any amounts due to the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise.

 

10.                                No Advice Regarding Grant .  The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding the Participant’s participation in the Plan, or the Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares.  The Participant is hereby advised to consult with the Participant’s own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding the Participant’s participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

 

11.                                Data Privacy .  The Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Participant’s personal data

 

6



 

as described in this Agreement and any other Option grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and its Subsidiaries for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan.

 

The Participant understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about the Participant, including, but not limited to, the Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

 

The Participant understands that Data will be transferred to [insert name of broker], or such other stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company in the future, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan.  The Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Participant’s country.  The Participant understands that the Participant may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting the Participant’s local human resources representative.  The Participant authorizes the Company, [insert name of broker] and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan.  The Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan.  The Participant understands that the Participant may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing the Participant’s local human resources representative.  Further, the Participant understands that the Participant is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If the Participant does not consent, or if the Participant later seeks to revoke the Participant’s consent, the Participant’s Service and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing the Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Options or other equity awards to the Participant or administer or maintain such awards.  Therefore, the Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing the Participant’s consent may affect the Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan.  For more information on the consequences of the Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, the Participant understands that the Participant may contact the Participant’s local human resources representative.

 

12.                                Language .  If the Participant has received this Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

7


 

13.                                Electronic Delivery and Acceptance .  The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means.  The Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

14.                                Imposition of Other Requirements .  The Company reserves the right to impose any other requirements on the Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the Option and on any shares acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require the Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

 

15.                                Appendix .  Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement, the Option grant shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in the applicable appendix to this Option Agreement or the Plan for the Participant’s country.  Such appendix constitutes part of this Option Agreement.

 

16.                                Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws .  The Participant acknowledges that, depending on his or her country, the Participant may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws, which may affect his or her ability to acquire or sell Shares or rights to Shares ( e.g. , Options) under the Plan during such times as the Participant is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in the Participant’s country).  Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy.  The Participant is responsible for ensuring compliance with any applicable restrictions and is advised to consult his or her personal legal advisor on this matter.

 

17.                                Miscellaneous Provisions

 

(a)                                  Securities or Exchange Control Laws Requirements .  No Shares will be issued or transferred pursuant to this Agreement unless and until all then applicable requirements imposed by federal and state securities and other securities or exchange control laws, rules and regulations and by any regulatory agencies having jurisdiction, and by any exchanges upon which the Shares may be listed, have been fully met.  As a condition precedent to the issuance of Shares pursuant to this Agreement, the Company may require the Participant to take any reasonable action to meet those requirements.  The Committee may impose such conditions on any Shares issuable pursuant to this Agreement as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, restrictions under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, under the requirements of any exchange upon which shares of the same class are then listed and under any blue sky or other securities laws applicable to those Shares.

 

8



 

(b)                                  Rights of a Shareholder of the Company . Neither the Participant nor the Participant’s representative will have any rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Shares subject to the Option until the Participant or the Participant’s representative becomes entitled to receive those Shares by (i) filing a Notice of Exercise, (ii) paying the Purchase Price and Tax-Related Items withholding as provided in this Agreement, and the Company actually receiving those amounts, (iii) the Company issuing those Shares and entering the name of the Participant in the register of shareholders of the Company as the registered holder of those Shares and (iv) satisfying any other conditions as the Committee reasonably requires.

 

(c)                                   Transfer Restrictions .  The Shares purchased by exercise of the Option will be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such shares are listed, any applicable federal, state or local laws and any agreement with, or policy of, the Company or the Committee to which the Participant is a party or subject, and the Committee may cause orders or designations to be placed upon the books and records of the Company’s transfer agent to make appropriate reference to such restrictions .

 

(d)                                  No Right to Continued Service Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan confers upon the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Subsidiary employing or retaining the Participant) or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause .

 

(e)                                   Notification Any notification required by the terms of this Agreement will be given by the Participant (i) in a writing addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and will be deemed effective upon actual receipt when delivered by personal delivery or by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, or (ii) by electronic transmission to the Company’s e-mail address of the Company’s General Counsel and will be deemed effective upon actual receipt.  Any notification required by the terms of this Agreement will be given by the Company (x) in a writing addressed to the address that the Participant most recently provided to the Company and will be deemed effective upon personal delivery or within three (3) days of deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, or (y) by facsimile or electronic transmission to the Participant’s primary work fax number or e-mail address (as applicable) and will be deemed effective upon confirmation of receipt by the sender of such transmission.

 

(f)                                    Entire Agreement This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter of this Agreement.  This Agreement and the Plan supersede any other agreements, representations or

 

9



 

understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter of this Agreement .

 

(g)                                   Waiver No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement by the Participant or any other Participant will be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition whether of like or different nature .

 

(h)                                  Successors and Assigns The provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon the Participant, the Participant’s executor, personal representative(s), distributees, administrator, permitted transferees, permitted assignees, beneficiaries, and legatee(s), as applicable, whether or not any such person will have become a party to this Agreement and have agreed in writing to be joined herein and be bound by the terms hereof .

 

(i)                                      Severability .  The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, then the remaining provisions will nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

(j)                                     Amendment .  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, this Agreement will not be amended unless the amendment is agreed to in writing by both the Participant and the Company.

 

(k)                                  Choice of Law; Jurisdiction This Agreement and all claims, causes of action or proceedings (whether in contract, in tort, at law or otherwise) that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement will be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts or choice-of-law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.  The Participant and each party to this Agreement agrees that it will bring all claims, causes of action and proceedings (whether in contract, in tort, at law or otherwise) that may be based upon, arise out of or be related to the Plan and this Agreement exclusively in the Delaware Court of Chancery or, in the event (but only in the event) that such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction over such claim, cause of action or proceeding, exclusively in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware (the “ Chosen Court ”), and hereby (i) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chosen Court, (ii) waives any objection to laying venue in any such proceeding in the Chosen Court, (iii) waives any objection that the Chosen Court is an inconvenient forum or does not have jurisdiction over any party and (iv) agrees that service of process upon such party in any such claim or cause of action will be effective if notice is given in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(l)                                      Signature in Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, manually or electronically, each of which will be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures to each were upon the same instrument.

 

10



 

(m)                              Acceptance .  The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Agreement.  The Participant has read and understands the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, and accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.  In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained in this Agreement and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable term and provision of the Plan will govern and prevail .

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Participant have executed this Stock Option Award Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

PARTICIPANT

 

INC RESEARCH HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

[Signature Page — Form — Stock Option Award Agreement for Non-U.S. Participants]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

INC Research Holdings, Inc.
[Address 1]
[Address 2]
Attention: General Counsel

 

Date of Exercise:                        

 

Ladies & Gentlemen:

 

1.                                       Exercise of Option .  This constitutes notice to INC Research Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) that, pursuant to my INC Research Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Award Agreement, dated                       , 20     (the “ Award Agreement ”), I elect to purchase the number of Shares set forth below for the price set forth below.  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this notice will have the meanings ascribed to those terms in the Award Agreement.  By signing and delivering this notice to the Company, I hereby acknowledge that I am the holder of the Option exercised by this notice and have full power and authority to exercise the Option.

 

Number of Shares as to which Option is exercised (“Optioned Shares”):

 

 

 

Shares to be issued in name of:

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

Total Purchase Price:

 

 

2.                                       Delivery of Payment . With this notice, I hereby deliver to the Company the full exercise price of the Optioned Shares and any and all withholding Tax-Related Items due in connection with the exercise of my Option, subject to satisfaction of the Purchase Price any and all withholding Tax-Related Items in any other manner consistent with the Award Agreement and the Plan.

 

3.                                       Rights as Stockholder .  While the Company will endeavor to process this notice in a timely manner, I acknowledge that, until the issuance of the Optioned Shares (or, in the Committee’s discretion, in un-certificated form, upon the books of the Company’s transfer agent) and my satisfaction of any other conditions imposed by the Committee pursuant to the Plan or as set forth in the Award Agreement, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Optioned Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of my

 



 

Option.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance of the Optioned Shares.

 

4.                                       Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this notice will be submitted promptly by me or by the Company to the Committee.  The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee will be final and binding on all parties.

 

5.                                       Entire Agreement . The Plan, the Award Agreement under which the Optioned Shares were granted are incorporated herein by reference and, together with this notice, constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this notice.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Social Security Number:

 

 

 

A-2




Exhibit 10.16

 

FORM OF 2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN STOCK OPTION ADJUSTMENT LETTER

 

[INC Research Holdings, Inc. Letterhead]

 

[Optionholder Name]
[Optionholder Address]

 

          , 2014

 

Re:                              Notice of Adjustment

2010 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option

 

Dear                  ,

 

We are writing to inform you that the first underwritten public offering and sale of shares of common stock of INC Research Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), is expected to occur in the near future (although, of course, we cannot guarantee success).  In connection with, but prior to, the consummation of the Initial Public Offering the Company intends to effectuate certain common stock share exchanges, redemptions and conversions (collectively, the “ Pre-IPO Capitalization Restructuring ”), whereby immediately prior to the Initial Public Offering the Company’s capital structure will consist solely of shares of Class A common stock (which will contain all of the shareholder rights previously attributable to shares of the Company’s Class A common stock and Class B common stock, as such rights existed immediately prior to the commencement of the Pre-IPO Capitalization Restructuring) (the “ New Class A Common Stock ”) and shares of Class B common stock (which will contain all of the shareholder rights previously attributable to shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, as such rights existed immediately prior to the Pre-IPO Capitalization Restructuring).

 

In order to prevent the Pre-IPO Capitalization Restructuring from causing inappropriate dilution or enlargement of your rights under the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ 2010 Plan ”), the Board of Directors of the Company and its compensation committee have taken certain actions whereby, in connection with, and effective upon the completion of, the Pre-IPO Capitalization Restructuring, but in all events prior to the Initial Public Offering, each stock option granted to you under the 2010 Plan that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the commencement of the Pre-IPO Capitalization Restructuring (each such option, a “ 2010 Plan Option ”) will be adjusted to reflect the following:

 

1.               Immediately following the Pre-IPO Capitalization Restructuring each 2010 Plan Option (each, an “ Adjusted Option ”) shall consist solely of a right to acquire a number of shares of New Class A Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock of the Company that represented a portion of the “Common Units” subject to the 2010 Plan Option as of immediately prior to the commencement of the Pre-IPO Capitalization

 



 

Restructuring multiplied by [ · ](1), rounded down to the nearest whole share.  In addition, the exercise price per each share of New Class A Common Stock subject to the Adjusted Option will be equal to the exercise price per “Common Unit” subject to the 2010 Plan Option as of immediately prior to the commencement of the Pre-IPO Capitalization Restructuring divided by [ · ](2), rounded up to the nearest whole cent.

 

2.               Immediately following the Pre-IPO Capitalization Restructuring, each reference in an Adjusted Option to a “Common Unit” shall instead be a reference to New Class A Common Stock.

 

3.               Except as expressly adjusted hereby, each Adjusted Option shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms of its stock option award agreement under the 2010 Plan and the 2010 Plan as in effect immediately prior to the Pre-IPO Capitalization Restructuring.  To the extent there is an inconsistency between the terms of an Adjusted Option and this notice, the terms of this notice shall prevail and govern.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

INC Research Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  NTD: Insert the Conversion Factor.

(2)  NTD: Insert the Conversion Factor.

 

2




Exhibit 10.17

 

FORM OF 2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN STOCK OPTION AMENDMENT LETTER

 

[INC Research Holdings, Inc. Letterhead]

 

[Optionholder Name]
[Optionholder Address]

 

              , 2014

 

Re: 2010 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Performance Award Amendment

 

Dear                                                                       ,

 

We are writing to inform you that, pursuant to action taken by the Board of Directors of INC Research Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and its compensation committee, each stock option granted to you under the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ 2010 Plan ”), that is outstanding as of the date the first underwritten public offering and sale of shares of the Company’s common stock for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, becomes effective (such date, the “ First Determination Date ,” and each such option, a “ 2010 Plan Option ”) was amended, and, by this letter agreement, is being amended, in each case, effective as of, and conditioned upon the occurrence of, the First Determination Date, to reflect the following:

 

1.               The portion of each 2010 Plan Option that is an unvested Performance Award (as defined in the applicable award agreement for such 2010 Plan Option; each such award agreement, a “ 2010 Plan Option Award Agreement ”) as of the First Determination Date shall: (i) subject solely to your continued Service (as defined in the 2010 Plan), continue to vest on its existing vesting schedule in equal installments on the last day of each fiscal year of the Company (i.e., December 31) that occurs during the remaining portion of such Performance Award’s performance period, commencing with the first December 31 to occur on or after the First Determination Date, and (ii) otherwise be subject to all of the terms and conditions applicable to the portion of such 2010 Plan Option which is a Time Award (as defined in the applicable 2010 Plan Option Award Agreement) that was outstanding under the applicable 2010 Plan Option Award Agreement immediately prior to the First Determination Date.  For example, if the First Determination Date was November 1, 2014 and you have a Performance Award that is eligible to vest with respect to the Company’s EBITDA for fiscal years 2014, 2015 and 2016 and 120 shares of common stock were subject to such award and outstanding and unvested as of November 1, 2014, then as so amended, such award would be eligible to vest one-third (i.e., 40 shares) on each of December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016.

 

2.               From and after the First Determination Date, Schedule A and Schedule B of each applicable 2010 Plan Option Award Agreement shall be deleted, and any reference to

 



 

“Schedule A” or to “Schedule B” in such 2010 Plan Option Award Agreement shall be deemed a reference to this letter agreement.

 

3.               Except as expressly amended hereby, each applicable 2010 Plan Option Award Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.  To the extent there is an inconsistency between the terms of such 2010 Plan Option Award Agreement with respect to the terms of a Performance Award and this letter agreement, the terms of this letter agreement shall prevail and govern.

 

Thank you again for all your efforts on behalf of the Company.  If you have any questions about this letter please contact Chris Gaenzle at (919) 257-6530 or Chris.Gaenzle@INCResearch.com.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

INC Research Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

2




Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated July 17, 2014, (except Note   , as to which the date is     , 2014), in the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-199178) and related Prospectus of INC Research Holdings, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

 

Ernst & Young LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina

 

The foregoing consent is in the form that will be signed upon the completion of the reverse stock split described in Note     to the financial statements.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina

October 17, 2014